PHOTOLOFT COM
10SB12G, 1999-07-13
Previous: SCRIPPS FINANCIAL CORP, 10-12G/A, 1999-07-13
Next: BEAR STEARNS ASSET BAC SE INC MOR BA LIB NOT CL A SE 1999-1, 8-K, 1999-07-13





AS  FILED  WITH  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  ON  JULY  9,  1999

                                                Registration  No.__________


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-SB
                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
                            OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER
                          UNDER SECTION 12(B) OR (G) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                              ____________________

                                  PHOTOLOFT.COM
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)

NEVADA                                               87-0431036
(State  or  Other  Jurisdiction  of     (I.R.S. Employer Identification  Number)
Incorporation  or  Organization)

          300 ORCHARD CITY DRIVE, SUITE 142 CAMPBELL, CALIFORNIA  95008
              (Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code)

                    Issuer's Telephone Number: (408) 364-8777


Securities  to  be  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(b)  of  the  Act:


Securities  to  be  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(g)  of  the  Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $.001 per share


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PHOTOLOFT.COM

                                            FORM 10-SB

                                        Table of Contents

<S>      <C>                                                                                   <C>
Item 1   Description of Business                                                                2
Item 2   Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operations                            21
Item 3   Description of Properties                                                             36
Item 4   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management                        38
Item 5   Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons                          40
Item 6   Executive Compensation                                                                44
Item 7   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                                        49
Item 8   Legal Proceedings                                                                     52
Item 9   Market For Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters                              52
Item 10  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities                                               54
Item 11  Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered                               58
Item 12  Indemnification of Directors and Officers                                             62
Item 13  Financial Statements                                                                  63
Item 14  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  63
Item 15  Financial Statements and Exhibits                                                     64
</TABLE>


                                        2
<PAGE>

                 INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT


     "Photoloft"  and "HOWDY" are trademarks and service marks of PhotoLoft.com.
All  other  trademarks,  service  marks  or  tradenames  referred  to  in  this
Registration Statement on Form 10-SB ("Registration Statement") are the property
of  their  respective  owners.  Except as otherwise required by the context, all
references  in  this  Registration  Statement  to  (a)  "we,"  "us,"  "our"  or
"PhotoLoft.com"  refer to the consolidated operations of PhotoLoft.com, a Nevada
corporation,  and its wholly-owned subsidiary, PhotoLoft.com, Inc., a California
corporation,  (b)  "you"  refer to prospective investors in our common stock and
other  readers  of this Registration Statement, (c) the "Web" refer to the World
Wide  Web,  and  (d)  the  "site"  refer  to  our  Web  site.

     This  Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning  of  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("Exchange  Act"),  and  Section  27A  of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
("Securities  Act"),  and  is  subject  to  the  safe  harbors  created by those
sections.  These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and
uncertainties,  including  information  included  under  Items  1  and 2 of this
Registration Statement, which may cause actual results to differ materially from
those  discussed  in  such  forward-looking  statements.  The  forward-looking
statements  within  this  Registration Statement are identified by words such as
"believes," "anticipates," "expects," "intends," "may," "will" and other similar
expressions  regarding  our  intent,  belief and current expectations.  However,
these  words  are  not  the  exclusive means of identifying such statements.  In
addition,  any  statements  which  refer  to  expectations, projections or other
characterizations  of  future events or circumstances and statements made in the
future  tense are forward-looking statements.  Readers are cautioned that actual
results  may  differ  materially  from  those  projected  in the forward looking
statements as a result of various factors, many of which are beyond our control.
We  undertake  no obligation to publicly release the results of any revisions to
these  forward-looking  statements  which  may  be  made  to  reflect  events or
circumstances  occurring subsequent to the filing of this Registration Statement
with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC").  Readers are urged to
carefully  review  and  consider  the  various  disclosures  made  by us in this
Registration  Statement.

     This  Registration  Statement  includes  statistical  data  regarding
Photoloft.com  and  the markets in which it operates.  Such data is based on our
records  or  are taken or derived from information published by various sources,
including  Dataquest,  Reuters  Technology  Survey,  New  Media,  Jupiter
Communications,  and  International  Data  Corporation. Although these companies
specialize  in  providing  market  and strategic information for the information
technology  industry, and we believe that data from these companies is generally
reliable,  this  type  of data is inherently imprecise. You are cautioned not to
place  undue  reliance  on  this  data.

                                        1
<PAGE>
ITEM  1.     DESCRIPTION  OF  BUSINESS

     PhotoLoft.com  is  a  leading  photo-sharing and digital imaging e-commerce
community.  Our  revolutionary  viewing  and printing technology allows users to
view, share, and print personal images quickly, easily and inexpensively.  Users
can  choose  from over 90 categories in which to catalogue their images and view
others.  This growing list provides users with a quick reference point to access
images  of interest to them, while at the same time giving potential advertisers
and  sponsors on the site the opportunity to ultra-target their audience. We are
also developing a multi-faceted e-commerce program, including a complete line of
photo-personalized  gifts  and customized electronic greeting cards, consumables
such  as  ink,  paper  and  other  digital  imaging items, and photos offered by
professional  photographers.

BACKGROUND

     Our  predecessor  company,  AltaVista  Technology,  Inc. ("AltaVista"), was
formed  in  November  1993  to take advantage of the burgeoning need for fun and
creative  applications  for  the Internet.  The market place was rapidly leaving
behind  cumbersome  computers  that  required  highly  trained operators and was
turning  to  PC-based computing that allowed people with average computer skills
to  enter  a  new  world.  AtlaVista began developing imaging software that made
computing  even more fun, and the various products that the company designed and
marketed brought images to life on the computer.  In 1995 the company introduced
Howdy!,  the  world's  first  ever multi-media e-mail tool.  Still being shipped
today, the software was an instant success because it was engaging, fun and easy
to  use.  As  a  component of this product, AltaVista also established web pages
via  e-mail.  Over  the  years,  AltaVista  developed and marketed the following
products:

     Howdy!  -  an  electronic  postcard  maker  for  Windows  PCs
     Howdios  -  additional  postcards  for  Howdy!  owners  available  on  line
     Webcannon!  -  a  template-driven  Web  page  authoring  "system"
     Media  Wrangler  -  a  multimedia  authoring  tool
     SmartNet  Singles  -  thematic  Internet  access  kits  (27  titles)
     Internet  Suite  -  a  suite  of  products  designed to get users up and
                         Running quickly  and  easily  on  the  Internet

     As  a  software developer, AltaVista followed the traditional revenue model
of  bundling  its  software  with Original Equipment Manufacturers ("OEMs").  As
that  market  evolved  into a non-revenue source, we began exploring new ways to
bring products to market at a profit.  This coincided with the phenomenal growth
of  the  Internet and the evolution of Internet users who were rapidly beginning
to  utilize the medium as a source of entertainment as well as information.  The
expertise  of  the  company  was  clearly in Internet imaging technology and the
decision  was  made  to  aggregate  images  into  a  photo-sharing  community.

                                        2
<PAGE>
     We adopted our new business model in June 1998.  In August 1998 we sold our
URL  (AltaVista.com) to Digital Equipment (Compaq Computer) and changed our name
to PhotoLoft.com, Inc. ("PhotoLoft-California").  The official launch of our new
Web  site was in February 1999, the same month that PhotoLoft-California entered
into  a  reorganization  with  Data Growth, Inc. ("DGI"), a non-operating public
company  incorporated  in  Nevada.  Under  the  terms  of  the  reorganization,
PhotoLoft-California  shareholders  received shares of DGI in exchange for their
shares  of  PhotoLoft-California  common  stock,  PhotoLoft-California  became a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of DGI, all of the executive officers and directors of
DGI  resigned  and  the executive officers and directors of PhotoLoft-California
became  the executive officers and directors of DGI, and DGI changed its name to
PhotoLoft.com.  See  "Item  7.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
All of our business is currently conducted through PhotoLoft-California, and our
principal  executive  offices  are located at 300 Orchard City Drive, Suite 142,
Campbell,  California.  Our  telephone number at this address is (408) 364-8777.

Photo  Processing  Technology

     The continuing evolution of the Internet as an entertainment medium coupled
with  rapid  advances  in  technology  are  working  together  to  create a very
different photo processing model that the traditional chemical film based model.
Typically,  photographers drop their used film at a photo processor, return at a
later  date  to  retrieve  it,  make  decisions for additional copies of certain
photos  and  then  return  several  days  later  to  get those as well.  Digital
photography,  the  Internet  and advances in printing technology are making that
model  obsolete.

     According to Dataquest Inc. nearly 50% of all U.S. households owned a PC at
the  end of 1998, versus 43% and 36% in 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Two thirds
of new PC buyers purchase for entertainment purposes.  The Ziff-Davis Technology
User  Profile  estimates  that 61% of those households with a PC also access the
Internet.  Reuters  Technology  Survey reports that Internet usage doubles every
100  days.

     The  digital  capture  market continues to explode as well.  Digital camera
prices dropped 40 percent to 50 percent during 1998, making them more accessible
to more people.   According to New Media, the digital camera market is currently
enjoying  a  boom  that  is expected to reach $5.4 billion in sales by 2002.  In
Japan  today,  sales  of  digital  cameras  exceed  those of film-based cameras.

     Printer  technology continues to focus on crisp, clear prints delivered via
the  home  printer  at affordable prices.  Companies like Hewlett-Packard derive
more  revenue  from  ink  sales  than  printer  sales, and printers that provide
consumers  with  excellent  images (and use a lot of ink in the process) help to
drive  the  technology.

     In  this  new  world,  digital images are directly uploaded to the Internet
where  the  owner  can  view and share them with others.  Traditional photos can
easily  be  scanned  onto  the Internet.  The owner can then choose to print the
photo(s)  of  his  choice  from  the comfort of his own PC.  This avoids getting
unwanted photos, provides an excellent storage place for the images, and ensures
that  photos  can  be  found and reprinted at any time.  Using our revolutionary
software,  the  prints  made  will  be to the highest resolution of the printer,
which  typically  provides photo-finish quality prints.  All printers shipped by
Epson and Hewlett-Packard in the U.S. in 1999 have this capability.  The printer
prices  start  at  $250.  In  addition,  users  can  designate  what  standard
photographic  size  they  prefer,  anything  from  wallet  to  8"x10".

                                        3
<PAGE>
The  Internet

     The  move  from  a chemical-based photo solution to a digital one coincides
with  the  explosive growth of the Internet into a significant global medium for
entertainment,  communications,  news,  information  and  commerce.
Commercialization  of the Internet began in the mid-1980s, with e-mail providing
the  primary  means of communication.  However, it was the Internet's World Wide
Web,  which  provided  a  means  to  link text and pictures, that has led to the
blossoming of e-commerce and sparked the explosive growth of the Internet in the
1990s.  Today,  at  least  100  million people in 135 countries send and receive
information,  and  purchase  products  and  services,  through  the  Internet.

     While  a  number of factors have contributed to the continued growth of the
Internet,  several  specific trends have been particularly important.  The first
has  been  the  emergence  of  community  Web  sites.  Community sites provide a
platform  for  publishing  and  aggregating  the  rapidly  increasing  volume of
personalized content created by Internet users.  Online communities also provide
a  single  online  destination  where like-minded users can interact and quickly
find  pertinent  information,  products and services related to their particular
needs.  Community sites generally offer free services including access to e-mail
accounts,  chat  rooms,  message  boards,  news and entertaining.  Through these
features, community sites can provide Internet users with the same opportunities
for  expression, interaction, sharing, support and recognition that they seek in
the  everyday  world.  A  successful  community  will accomplish these goals and
create a base of loyal members who will collaborate in the evolution of the site
as  their  needs  and  interests  change  and  expand.

     Online  communities  also  provide  advertisers  an  attractive  means  of
promoting  and  selling  products  and  services.  According  to  Jupiter
Communications,  the  amount of advertising dollars spent on the Web is expected
to  grow  from  approximately  $1.8  billion  in 1998 to $7.7 billion by 2002, a
compound  annual  growth  rate  of 42%. To date, advertisers have typically used
traditional  navigational  sites  and  professionally  created  content sites to
promote  their  products and services online.  However, online communities allow
them to reach highly targeted audiences within a more personalized context, thus
providing  the  opportunity  to  increase advertising efficiency and improve the
likelihood  of  a  successful  sale.  Moreover,  advertisers  can  track  more
accurately  the effectiveness of their advertising messages by receiving reports
of  the  number  of  advertising  "impressions"  delivered  to consumers and the
resulting  "click-through"  rate  to  their  Web  sites.

     According  to  Jupiter  Communications,  traditional  on-line  banner
advertising,  while  still strong, is beginning to give way to sponsorships.  In
1998,  61%  of  ad inventory sold was banners and 27% was sponsorships.  Jupiter
expects  sponsorships to gain in popularity at the expense of banner advertising
for  the  next  few  years.

                                        4
<PAGE>
     The  second  trend of interest in the Internet world has been the advent of
e-commerce.  According  to  International  Data  Corporation, worldwide commerce
revenue  on  the Internet is expected to increase from approximately $32 billion
in  1998  to  approximately  $130 billion in 2000.  Surveys indicate that 35% of
people  utilizing  the Internet to purchase goods driven by price - shopping for
the  best  deal.  The  remaining  65% of the users are driven by convenience and
selection.

OUR  SOLUTION

     For  Internet  consumers,  PhotoLoft.com provides a photo-sharing community
that  continues to meet the evolving needs of the marketplace.  It is attractive
to  photographers of all types, from professional to neophyte, who want to share
their  images,  solicit  comments  on  their photos, browse others' pictures and
participate  in  photo-personalized  e-commerce  or  simply  take advantage of a
convenient  solution  for purchasing digital imaging supplies.  In addition, our
advanced  viewing  technology  allows  users  to  study  photos from a number of
different  angles  and our printing technology allows them to print photo-finish
quality  prints  from  their  home  or  office  printers. For business partners,
PhotoLoft.com  brings  a  unique  solution to the questions of how to make their
sites  more  interesting and ultimately more appealing to their users.  No other
photo-sharing web site on the Internet offers this broad combination of products
and  services  to  meet  all  of  these  needs.

Consumers

     Our  solution  is well timed to take advantage of the growing popularity of
online  communities.  Jupiter  Communications has reported that facilitating the
sharing  of photos among communities will be the primary application for on-line
consumer  digital imaging.  Our response has been to offer a vertical portal for
digital  imaging,  replete  with  photo-sharing  opportunities,  photo  chats,
contests,  targeted  advertising and a unique e-commerce solution.  In addition,
our efforts to develop an entertaining community site are positioning us well to
capture  a share of the next generation of Internet users who will be looking to
the  Internet for reasons other than information.  Internal statistics show that
as  an  entertainment  medium  and  Web  site,  we  are  not  only successful at
attracting users, but we also keep them on the site for long periods of time and
keep  members  once  they  upload  their images.  Sharing photos with family and
friends;  being  able to browse other photos and comment on them; and enjoying a
community  of photography buffs, all combine to make us a popular community with
a  promising  future  with  new  members.

     In  addition,  PhotoLoft.com  offers  a  highly  focused Web site, which is
particularly  attractive  to  advertisers.  Through our 98 different categories,
advertisers  can  choose to target their audience as much or little as possible.
Combined  with  PhotoLoft.com's  community, which sponsors contests and provides
information  and  news  about digital imaging, the Web site is a very attractive
option  for  advertisers,  that  can  choose  traditional  banner advertising on
ultra-targeted  pages or sponsorships of the various activities available at the
site.

                                        5
<PAGE>
     We have also developed a multi-faceted e-commerce solution that will appeal
to  users  looking  for  photo-personalized gifts and greeting cards, as well as
those  choosing  to  take  advantage  of  the  "ease  of  doing  business"  that
PhotoLoft.com affords them.  The first component of the e-commerce program is in
place  today  and  offers customers a choice of over 150 photo-personalized gift
items.  Because  these  gifts  are always unique, they can never be commoditized
and  are  proving to be an excellent opportunity for repeat sales to users.  The
second  component  of  the e-commerce program is photo-personalized cards, which
have  the additional feature of customized greetings.  The unique design of this
program  allows  PhotoLoft.com  to  generate  both  advertising  and  e-commerce
revenues.  The third component of the e-commerce solution includes on-line sales
of  digital  imaging  products  such  as  cameras,  scanners  and  printers.  In
addition,  we  will  offer  printing  paper and ink cartridges for sale at costs
competitive  with  more  traditional  retail  outlets.

Business  Partners

     Jupiter  Communications  research  also  indicates  the  photos  "anchor" a
community.  As  a  photo-sharing  community, PhotoLoft.com attracts members that
are actively looking for the "community" experience with a "photographic" slant.
As  members join PhotoLoft.com they upload images and remain with us, as opposed
to  some  communities  where  it  is  easy  to switch to a competitive site.  In
addition,  statistics  show  that PhotoLoft.com is an extremely "sticky" site, a
very  important  point  for advertisers on the web site.  Examining photos takes
more  time  than simply scanning most web sites.  Also, PhotoLoft.com users then
zoom  in  on  or pan the image they have chosen an average of three times.  This
feature  is  very  important  because  each time it is accessed it increases the
total  amount  of  time  a user is on the site.  These two factors combined have
made  PhotoLoft.com  very  attractive  to  other  Web  sites that are constantly
looking  for  ways  to  increase  the potential of their communities.  Utilizing
PhotoLoft.com's  unique  co-branding and private label opportunities, sites like
PowWow  (owned  by  Tribal  Voice) are able to further cement their relationship
with  users.

The  final  component  of the e-commerce solution involves PhotoLoft.com-enabled
e-commerce.  This  product  was  developed  on  demand  from  professional
photographers,  who  will  utilize  PhotoLoft.com  to  display  photos taken for
events.  Potential  customers  can  browse  the  photos in a PhotoLoft.com album
created  by  the  photographer  and  then print directly from the web site.  The
photographer  will  be  reimbursed  based  upon  the  number  of photos printed.

Technology

     What  makes  our  site truly popular with all users is the technology.  Our
leading-edge  software  greatly  simplifies the task of displaying images on the
Internet,  offering  automatic  creation  of  thumb-nails;  auto-generation of a
perfectly  sized  viewable image; transparent image compression; the photo album
metaphor,  and  many  other uses.  We have also taken Internet digital imaging a
step  further  with  our advanced viewing capabilities.  Users can zoom in on or
pan  an  image,  allowing  them to observe even the tiniest details or enjoy the
full panorama of a photo.  This technology, which is compatible with all on-line
auction  sites,  makes us particularly popular with bidders closely scrutinizing
their  potential  purchases.  In addition, to take full advantage of the digital
revolution,  we  allow  users  to print their pictures at home.  This home photo
processing  is  comparable  to  the  current  photo  finish quality, and is cost
competitive  with  the  traditional  model  of  film  processing  with the added
advantages  of  allowing  users the convenience of printing only the photos they
want,  at  the  sizes  they  designate  from  the  comfort  of  their  homes.

                                        6
<PAGE>
STRATEGY

     In  order  to  achieve our goal of becoming the most complete photo-sharing
e-commerce  community  on  the  Internet,  we  have  implemented a multi-faceted
strategy to enhance the content and features available on our Web site, increase
the  amount  of  traffic on our site, expand advertising sales and sponsorships,
and  develop  a  variety  of  e-commerce  solutions.

Enhance  Our  Online  Community

     We continue to evolve our site to offer the latest in technology as well as
the  latest  trends  in  Internet  communities.  To be successful in the rapidly
developing  market,  we  need  to  be  pacesetters  at  all  times.

     Recently,  we  began to aggressively upgrade the look and feel of our site,
creating  new  and  popular contests, encouraging users to comment on photos via
the  "guest  books"  feature,  and  bringing  new  users  to the site through an
e-invitation  e-mail  program.  By  virtue of the photos, our site is inherently
"sticky,"  meaning that users visiting the site tend to be there a while.  Users
study  photos  for  a  period of time before moving on and, due to the company''
advanced  viewing  technology, for every image served on our site, users zoom or
pan  the  image an average of three times.  In addition, once users upload their
photos  to  the  Loft,  they  are  reluctant  to move them.  These are extremely
important  features  for  potential  partners  as  well  as  advertisers.

     New  developments  trend  into  two  distinct  arenas:  technology  and
entertainment.  Technically, we are working to add new features that enhance our
current  product,  such  as  advanced  image  editing - cropping, red eye, image
manipulation,  etc.,  --  simplified image uploading, and the addition of audio.
We  realize that to be successful, we must have an extremely easy, user-friendly
site.  We recently instituted a "feedback" page on the site that allows users to
communicate  their  ideas  easily and quickly with the company.  Many of our new
enhancements  will  be derived from this user interface.  We are also working to
cut  the  costs of technology.  As our Web site continues to grow we can achieve
many  cost  efficiencies.  In  addition,  our engineers are working to lower the
cost  even more through new developing technologies for image hosting.  Finally,
we  are  devoted  to  Internet  image  hosting, and as that develops, we plan to
remain  on  the  forefront  of  the technology.   For example, we are constantly
monitoring  the  state  of  web-based  video.

                                        7
<PAGE>
     Perhaps even more important is the entertainment component of the site.  We
are  constantly  on  the  lookout  for new ideas that will enhance the community
experience for our users.  In the very near term we anticipate adding additional
contests,  an  automated  address  book  for  emailing purposes and private chat
(communication)  between members versus the public forum available today through
Guest  Books.

Traffic  Generation

     We  have  made  a  strategic  decision  to  make traffic generation our top
priority.  In  order  to  accomplish  this,  we intend to enter into co-branding
relationships  with  original  equipment manufacturers (OEMs) of digital imaging
equipment.  We  currently  enjoy  successful  partnerships  with OEMs of digital
cameras,  scanners,  printers and other digital photography equipment, including
UMAX, Epson, and Hewlett-Packard.  Our partners ship copies of our software with
new  equipment;  advertise PhotoLoft.com on their boxes; feature our site in box
inserts  and/or  user  guides;  and  create  links  from  their  Web  sites.

Typically  OEM  relationships  are  manifested  as co-branded Web sites, whereby
users  on  the OEM partner's home page can click through to a page featuring the
OEM's  branding  along with PhotoLoft.com.  As users browse through the site and
take  advantage  of all our unique features, they constantly see both brands-the
OEM  and PhotoLoft.com.  This solution, unique to PhotoLoft.com, is very popular
with  OEM's that are understandably are reluctant to send potential customers to
another  Web site.  PhotoLoft.com, the OEM and the user are all winners: we grow
our  user  base  and  image bank; the OEM is perceived as offering a value-added
service;  both companies share in the revenue generated by advertising sales and
e-commerce;  and  the  user  has  an  opportunity  to  join  our community.  See
"Marketing  and  Promotion--Co-Branding  Agreements."

     Another  promising  strategy  for  traffic generation is the development of
private  label  sites.  This  concept  was pioneered when we developed a private
label site for the Walt Disney Company in conjunction with Disney's launch of "A
Bug's  Life."  Under  this  concept,  a  partner  company,  such  as Disney, can
commission  us to create a Web site that is branded exclusively for them, giving
users  the  impression  they  have  never  left  the original site.  As an added
feature,  the  private  label  partner  can  specify  parameters  for  the site,
including  content  and advertising.  The advantages of a private label site are
numerous  for  both  the partner and us.  The partner has total control over the
site,  including  tight  security,  the  chance to communicate with visitors and
reinforce  its  brand.  We  add  to our image bank, enjoy additional traffic and
participate  in  revenues  generated  via  e-commerce  and  advertising  sales.

     Our  private  label  program  allows  partners  to  choose  how  to feature
PhotoLoft.com  or  offer its services.  That way, we are not a competitor, but a
value-added  supplier  and  partner.  As  we  add  private  label  agreements,
PhotoLoft.com  will  quickly  become  the digital imaging host for the Internet.
See  "Marketing  and  Promotion--Private  Labeling  Agreements."

                                        8
<PAGE>
     We  are also maximizing relationships with other Web sites to drive traffic
from  an  entirely  different  population  -  Internet surfers.  We already have
agreements  in  place  with  Compaq  Computer;  Lycos;  Hylas;  Tribal Voice and
Netopia,  and  are actively pursuing additional agreements with high traffic Web
sites.  See  "Marketing  and  Promotion--Web  Site  Partnering."

Advertising  Sales

     As  advertising  costs  continue  to  spiral  upward, savvy advertisers are
constantly  on  the  look  out  for  innovative ways to deliver their message to
increasingly  targeted  audiences.  The Internet is an excellent medium for this
ultra-targeted  advertising  and  we  are  an  ideal  Web  site,  acting  as  an
electronic  alternative  to  printed  photo magazines.  Our unique design allows
users  to  generate  numerous  impressions  based  on  just  one  image.  Users
publishing  complete  albums  create an exponential number of impressions.  Each
impression  allows  advertisers  to  reach an increasingly targeted audience, an
advantage not lost upon cost-conscious advertisers looking for value.  Also, the
unique nature of our greeting card program creates multiple impressions as users
create  their  own  cards.  In  addition,  the  community nature of our Web site
creates  opportunities  to  further  segment the audience, giving advertisers an
even  more  targeted  buy.

     To  further our advertising strategy, we have partnered with Adsmart as our
advertising  representation  company.  Adsmart  is  the  industry's  largest
site-focused  on-line  advertising  representation  firm,  and  the relationship
provides  us  with  a  tremendous  opportunity  to  grow  advertising sales.  In
addition,  we are aggressively pursuing partnering arrangements with advertisers
interested  in  sponsorship  opportunities  on our Web site.  See "Advertising."

E-Commerce

     E-commerce  is  a  growing phenomenon of the Internet and we intend to take
advantage of this opportunity by offering convenience and quality to buyers.  We
currently  offer  a wide selection of photo-personalized gifts, and plans are in
place  for  phased  introduction  of additional products and services, including
photo-personalized  greeting  cards,  consumables,  and  photos  offered  by
professional  photographers.  See  "Products  and  Services--E-Commerce."


PRODUCTS  AND  SERVICES

Our  Web  Site

     Our  Web  site  at Photoloft.com was created to give our members a place to
store  their  pictures;  a way to categorize their memories; and a mechanism for
sharing  their  photos.  Members  can  store  photos;  utilize  the site's album
metaphor  to  organize  the  photos;  and either view them on-line, through high
quality output devises such as television, or print them using our revolutionary
print  technology.

                                        9
<PAGE>
Once  users  arrive at our site, navigating the different areas is quite simple.
Immediately,  users  can  opt  to  sign  up, upload their photos or search for a
specific  album.  Following  this  lead navigation bar, users can scroll through
the 98 photographic categories ranging from animals to news to travel.  Views of
photos  are only a click away.  Users choosing to upload a photo must first join
PhotoLoft.com  by  completing a very brief registration form and agreeing to the
site's  terms and conditions.  Once that is handled, users can load their images
three  ways,  via  the digital camera, scanning or emailing the image.  They are
automatically  stored  in  an  "album"  which can be edited and manipulated very
easily  at any time.  Also available on the home page are buttons to display the
current  stock  quote  (through  a  link  with  Yahoo Finance); contest winners;
contest  entries;  and  gift  ordering.

     One of the unique and attractive  features of our Web site is the community
experience. The importance of community cannot be underestimated: Internet users
are looking for interaction and the "community"  experience  fulfills that need.
The longer  users stay on the site,  the more  opportunity  Web sites have to be
successful.  Our site currently  features 98 categories of images that users can
browse through.  These categories  represent the top subjects that photographers
typically  photograph.  In addition  to giving  users a  convenient  way to view
photos, the segmentation is attractive to potential advertisers that can use the
categories to ultra-target audiences.  For example, pet food ads can be featured
on the "Pet" section of our site. The  categories  also help draw viewers deeper
into the site,  increasing the number of impressions  received and the number of
images  served.  This,  in turn,  makes  our site  particularly  attractive  for
advertisers,  thereby  increasing  opportunities for advertising  revenues.  See
"Advertising."

     Other  features  on  our  site  that contribute to the community experience
include  photo  comments,  photo  sharing,  and user participation via contests.
Using  our  Guest  Books feature, users can comment on various images throughout
the  site.  Those  comments  can  then  be viewed by anyone accessing the photo.
This is a particularly popular feature for professional models, who use the site
to post their portfolios, and professional photographers.  A unique component to
the  Guest Books feature that is scheduled to launch during the third quarter of
1999,  is  an  e-mail  service  that  will alert users when comments about their
images  have  been  received.

     According  to  a  Jupiter  Communications  study, sharing is one of the top
reasons  that  people  choose  digital  images.  Our  site  provides the perfect
vehicle  to  do  that  easily  through its e-invitation feature.  Members simply
e-mail  their  friends  and  family when they post a photo or album they want to
share.  Rather  than  tie  up  the  recipient's computer with large e-mail files
carrying  photos,  our  system invites the recipient to "click here" to view the
photo  or  album.  This system is extremely easy and popular; is very fast since
it  does not download actual photos to the recipient's PC; and brings more users
to  our  site.

     Another  important  aspect  of our community experience is the contents and
other  forms of entertainment on our site.  Currently, our users can participate
in two contests on our site: "image of the week" and "album of the week."  Users
are invited to submit their work for these contests and all interested users are
allowed to vote.  These contests offer substantial promotional opportunities for
advertisers  willing  to  "sponsor"  a  contest on our site.  See "Advertising."

                                       10
<PAGE>
Technology

     One  of  our  competitive  advantages  is  our  unique advanced viewing and
printing  technologies.     They  are  both  based on Hewlett-Packard's FlashPix
technology,  but take the concept a step further, allowing for the simplicity of
viewing  and  ease  of  printing.

     Our advanced  viewing  capability is unique to our site and allows users to
zoom in on or out of a photo  and  examine  the  tiniest  details  of an  image.
Conversely, users can also pan an image to enjoy the full panorama of the photo.
These  features are  available  directly from the user's  browser,  requiring no
special down loads or add-ons and are particularly popular with users of on-line
auction sites.

     Our  proprietary  printing  technology allows users to print to the highest
quality of their printer, giving them crisp, clear photos.  Most technology only
allows users to print 72 dots per inch (dpi) using the "screen print" feature on
their  PCs.  With  our  technology and the appropriate printer (prices for these
printers  start  at  $250;  every Hewlett-Packard printer shipped after 1998 has
this  ability) users can easily print photos that rival those printed at the top
photo finishers.  In addition, the technology allows users to grab and print the
identified  image (versus printing the entire page) and gives users a variety of
size  options  ranging  from  8"x10"  to  wallet sizes. This technology directly
rivals  the  traditional  photo  processing  model.  It is revolutionizing photo
printing,  allowing  photographers  to  bypass  the  local  photo  finishers.

E-commerce

     We  have  taken  a  multi-faceted approach to e-commerce and expect that it
will  become  an important revenue stream in the future.  The first phase of our
e-commerce  solution,  photo-personalized  gifts,  is  already  in place.  Users
currently  have a choice of over 120 gift items, ranging from T-shirts to coffee
mugs,  all emblazoned with the image of their choice.  This service is currently
provided  to  us  through  an  arrangement  with  Pix.com, a leader in Web-based
e-commerce.  Under  terms of the agreement, we share the generated revenues with
Pix.com;  however,  we  retain  the right to utilize other services or implement
this  program  itself  at  any  time.

     The  next  phase  of our e-commerce solution is photo-personalized greeting
cards.  Other  sites offering online greeting cards have generated a significant
amount  of  traffic,  and  printed  photo-personalized  greeting cards have also
become  quite  popular.  Our  greeting  card solution will combine both of these
successful  approaches  into  an  easy Internet solution.  Initially our members
will  be  able  to  choose  from  over  140 exclusive card designs, ranging from
birthdays  to  bar  mitzvahs,  that can not only be photo-personalized, but also
customized  with the greeting of the members' choice.  The cards can be e-mailed
or printed and mailed.  Because of our proprietary printing technology, the home
printed  greeting cards will be of the same quality as those purchased in stores
with  the  added  bonus  of being photo-personalized.  In addition, the user can
provide  us with the appropriate address and we will print and mail the card for
them.  Users  can  order  up  to 500 copies of a greeting card to be printed and
either  mailed  to them or distributed to a mailing list provided to us.  Adding
to the convenience is a value-added service that will trigger an e-mail reminder
when  an important "card giving" occasion, such as a birthday or anniversary, is
approaching.  Our  greeting  card  products  and  services will be rolled out in
stages  over  the next three month and should be fully operational by the end of
the  third  quarter  of  1999.

                                       11
<PAGE>
     The  next  phase  of  our  e-commerce  solution  will  be  a  wide array of
consumables.  By  simply  clicking  a  mouse button, users will be able to order
paper,  ink,  cameras,  scanners  and  other  digital  imaging and photo sharing
equipment  on  our  site.  A  helpful  reminder  service  will  prompt  users to
periodically  check their ink and paper volumes to ensure they have a continuous
supply.  Once  ordered,  the  item  will  be  delivered to the address indicated
within  a  specified  time  frame.  We  expect to launch this service during the
fourth  quarter  of  1999  and  anticipate  entering into resale agreements with
wholesalers  of  digital  imaging  products.

     Prior  to  the  end of 1999, we will expand our e-commerce opportunities to
professional  photographers  choosing  to partner with us.  Under this scenario,
professional  photographers  will  upload  photos from a specific event to their
album  and  utilize  our  e-invitation email system to notify customers that the
photos  are  available  for viewing.  Customers can then view the photos, choose
those  they'd like to purchase, indicate the size and number they want and place
the  order,  all on-line.  This option is particularly attractive to wedding and
special  event  photographers.  This  component of our service will have a "lock
out"  provision  on  the printing technology to deter users from simply printing
their  own  images.

Product  Development

     Product development on our site continues at a rapid pace.  We hired a site
producer  in  May  1999  and have identified 58 additional features that will be
added  to  the  community  by  the  end of the third quarter 1999. These include
advanced  image  editing  (cropping,  "red  eye,"  spinning);  introduction  of
additional  contests, such as a Treasure Hunt; an audio feature for slide shows;
introduction  of  a  newsletter  focusing  on  digital  imaging and photography;
customized  album  designs;  and  much  more.

Membership  Plans

     We  currently  offer  two  membership  plans.  Our  free  membership allows
members  to access up to 20 megabytes of storage (approximately 200 photos).  We
also  offer  members  a  premium  account  at  a price of $29.95 annually.  This
service  gives  users an additional 30 megabytes of storage, password protection
if  the  user  opts for privacy; and merchandise discounts.  The true benefit of
the Premium Account to us is that is allows partners (such as co-brand partners)
to  bundle  the Premium Account (which brings value to the co-brand and branding
to  our  site)  with  the  other products creating a perception of value for the
consumer.  See  "Marketing  and  Promotion--Co-Branding  Agreements."

                                       12
<PAGE>
ADVERTISING

     As  advertising  costs  continue  to  spiral  upward, savvy advertisers are
constantly  on  the  lookout  for  innovative  ways  to deliver their message to
increasingly  targeted  audiences.  The Internet is an excellent medium for this
ultra-targeted  advertising  and  our  Web  site  an ideal program, acting as an
electronic  alternative  to  printed  photo magazines.  Our unique design allows
users  to  generate  numerous  impressions  based  on  just  one picture.  Users
publishing  complete  albums  create an exponential number of impressions.  Each
impression  allows  advertisers  to  reach an increasingly targeted audience, an
advantage not lost upon cost-conscious advertisers looking for value.  Also, the
unique  nature of our site brings a virtually unlimited number of viewers to the
site  each  day  to  view  the  photos.

     In  addition,  the  community  nature  of Web site creates opportunities to
further  segment  the  audience,  giving  advertisers an even more targeted buy.
Similar  to the already successful community sites, our community encompasses 98
categories  of  popular  targets  ranging  from  astrology to zoos.  Enthusiasts
simply post their photo albums to these communities, where they can share images
while  seeing  the  latest  from  advertisers  in  that  field.

     We  have  recently  entered  into an agreement with Adsmart, an advertising
representation  firm, to ensure that we maximize the opportunities available via
advertising  sales.  Adsmart  is  the  industry's  largest  site-focused  online
advertising  representation  firm.  It  has  more  than  175  premier Web brands
totaling  1.2  billion impressions per month.  The contract guarantees that 100%
of  our  inventory  will  be  sold  each  month.  The  CPM  (cost  per thousand)
impressions  is  based  on  a  sliding  scale.  This  number will increase as we
continue  to  increase  the  volume of traffic to our site.  In addition, we can
receive more revenue per CPM by providing numerous ultra-targeted channels, such
as  the  categories.  Working with Adsmart, we have begun to target key affinity
networks  that  will  utilize  our  site  as  an  advertising  venue.

     Recognizing  that  the  traditional banner advertising will, by definition,
eventually  reach  a  cap, we are beginning to explore more creative advertising
sales  opportunities.  Forrester  Research  speculates  that  over the next five
years,  between  50%-70%  of  Internet  marketing  budgets  will  be  spent  on
promotional  activities  versus  traditional banner advertising.  Our promotions
are  primarily  taking  the  form  of  sponsorship  opportunities.  Under  this
scenario,  advertisers can "sponsor" a contest or other form of entertainment on
our  Web  site.  The  advantages  to the sponsor are that it gets a more focused
audience,  since  visitors  want to participate in the event and will not "click
through" the message; the message can be more advertorial, usually carrying more
credibility  with the target audience; and it is not "competing" with the myriad
of  other messages typically found on Web sites.  The advantage to us is that it
allows us to work in conjunction with advertisers as business partners to create
venues  that  will  enhance the community facet of our Web site and, ultimately,
increase  our  membership. Sponsorships also have the potential to generate more
revenue  than  most  banner  ads.

                                       13
<PAGE>
     Typical  advertisers  and  sponsors  on  our  site  include  Visa,  Intel,
About.com,  TravelNow,  and  Hewlett-Packard.  Our  contract  with  Adsmart will
increase  the  number of advertisers and allow  us to target certain advertisers
that  will  benefit  by  the  site's  unique  community  set  up.

MARKETING  AND  PROMOTION

     We  market  our  site  through three primary channels: links to other sites
(Web  site partnering); co-branding agreements; and private labeling agreements.

Web  Site  Partnering

     Web  site  partnering  arrangements  allow  us  to recruit members from the
broadest of populations - Internet surfers.  We already have agreements in place
with  Compaq  Computer  (through  the  AltaVista  search service); Hylas, Tribal
Voice,  and Netopia, guaranteeing exposure to approximately 30 million potential
users  per  day,  and  we  are actively pursuing additional agreements with high
traffic  Web  sites.  To that end, we are actively utilizing banner swaps in our
advertising program.  Under this scenario, we gain advertising space on targeted
Web  sites  in  exchange  for running that Web site's banner ads for free.  This
barter  arrangement allows us to advertise without incurring the expense that is
usually  associated  with  Internet  advertising.

Co-Branding  Agreements

     Co-branding  agreements  are  particularly  popular with original equipment
manufacturers  (OEMs).  Typically  these  agreements  call for a co-branded home
page,  featuring  the  look  and  feel  of  our site along with the brand of the
partner  company.  Usually  this brand is found in the upper right corner of the
home  page.  The  partner  companies  also advertise PhotoLoft.com through their
packaging  by  including  our  logo  on  the  box, inserts in the packaging, and
mentions  in  the users' manuals or newsletters.  Users are directed to our site
via  a link at the partner company's Web site. As an added inducement to utilize
our  site,  all  purchasers are offered premium accounts at no extra charge.  We
share  with  our  partners  any  revenues  generated  via  advertising sales and
e-commerce  from  the  co-branded  site.

     The  OEM  views  adding  our software to its package of products as a value
added benefit for the consumer.  In addition, depending upon the OEM partner, we
can  help  to  increase  sales  (as  in  the  case of Hewlett-Packard, which can
increase  sales of ink as consumers print high resolution photos--enabled by our
proprietary  printing  technology--on  their  HP  printers).  Currently  we have
co-brand  agreements  in  place  with UMAX (which ships approximately 50% of the
scanners  sold  in  the U.S.), Epson, Casio, Hewlett-Packard and others.  We are
actively  engaged  in  discussions  to develop additional co-branding agreements
with  other  Web  sites  and  Internet  companies.

                                       14
<PAGE>
     As  our  business  development team grows, co-branding agreements are being
marketed  to other sectors as well.  A recently signed agreement is with PowWow,
a fully integrated instant messaging and online community with over four million
users,  that  was  developed  by  Tribal Voice.  Under terms of the arrangement,
PowWow  users  will  be notified that they have received a free one-year Premium
Account with PhotoLoft.com.  Announcements in the online newsletter will further
explain  the program and a direct link from the PowWow Web site will bring users
to  our  site.  Tribal  Voice was searching for a photo sharing solution for its
site,  photos  being  a  critical  component in the success of a community site.
PhotoLoft.com was an excellent solution as our model of co-branded sites allowed
PowWow  to  keep its branding program in tact while offering an additional value
added  service  to  its  users.

Private  Label  Agreements

     Our  unique web site architecture allows the company to offer private label
agreements  to  partner companies. To date, no other photo sharing community has
integrated this component into its marketing strategy.  In these agreements, the
partner  company  pays  an initial development fee and we create a private photo
sharing  community  for  that company.  While the entire space is branded by the
partner  company,  a  tag line reads "powered by PhotoLoft.com" and the uploaded
images  become  part  of the our image bank. Typically we share with the partner
company  any  revenues  generated  by  advertising  sales  and e-commerce on the
private  label  site.

     The  most  prominent  example of a private label site is the one created by
PhotoLoft.com  for  the Walt Disney Company in conjunction with its launch of "A
Bug's  Life."  As  our  marketing  efforts  mature, we are finding more and more
opportunities to create private label sites.  They are particularly appealing to
online  portals  that  are  reluctant  to  lose  their branding but want a photo
sharing  community  as  a  component  of  their  portfolio.

OPERATIONS  AND  SYSTEMS

Administrative  Operations

     To  provide  our  members with the most efficient, flexible, and innovative
services possible, our administrative operations combine in-house and outsourced
services  and functions.  Our strategy is to keep our in-house staff small, with
a  focus  on  core competencies in technical and research and development areas,
and  to  outsource other functions and projects on an as-needed basis.  Internal
functions  currently  include  account  management,  traffic  management,  and
managerial  projects  focusing  on  the  development  and management of business
partnerships  with  appropriate  parties.  At  this  point, outsourced functions
include  e-commerce  business  services  and maintenance of network hardware and
Internet  connections.

                                       15
<PAGE>
Systems

     Our Web site is located  in a secured  individual  "cage"  space at the San
Jose,  California  site hosting site operated by AboveNet  Communications,  Inc.
AboveNet is the architect of the global,  one-hop  Internet  Service  ExchangeTM
(ISXTM), a network delivering  Internet  connectivity and co-location  solutions
for high-bandwidth,  mission-critical applications.  AboveNet's major networking
equipment  includes  Cisco  12000 and 7500  series  routers  and Cisco  Catalyst
switches.  The following  carriers currently have fiber cabinets and connections
at the  AboveNet  San Jose Network  Center:  Brooks  Fiber  (OC-48  Connection),
Pacific  Bell  (OC-48  Connection),  TCG  (OC-12  Connection),  and  MFS  (OC-48
Connection).

     Our  site  is  served  on  a  series  of Intel Pentium II  - Dual Processor
Servers  with  high  availability disk arrays for maximum uptime guarantee.  Our
site  currently utilizes several Single Processor Pentium 400's with 1Gb RAM for
the web servers.  The Image servers are hosted by several Dual Processor Pentium
400's  with 1Gb RAM. Currently,  there  is  one  dual Processor Pentium 400 with
512M RAM for the database engine.  The combination of a database server, several
image  servers,  and several web servers is called a POD, and we add pods as our
community  grows.

     PhotoLoft.com's secure data  management  is through SQL Server version 7.0.
SQL  Server  Logs  are  generated  every  24  hours  to  facilitate  database
reconstruction  in  the  case  of hardware or software failure.  These files are
written  to the hard disk and the CD-ROM that is generated nightly.  All data is
backed  up  on  a  daily basis utilizing CD-ROM Burner and software developed in
house.  Currently,  the  average Photoloft.com web site serves .8 page views/sec
and  the  average  peak  load is 1.13 page views/sec.  With the above referenced
software  and  hardware  configurations, it has been determined that the current
peak  load  served  is  15  page views per second per image server. With 6 image
servers,  the site is capable of 90 page views per second.  To scale the system,
additional  web  servers  and  image  servers are added as needed.  To scale the
database,  a  mirror  copy  is  made  of  the database server and dedicated to a
particular  account.

     Since  January  1998,  our  site has maintained an uptime service record of
99.6+%.  This  service  time  excludes  outages that were due to "act of god" or
catastrophic  failure  of  the  hosting  service  unrelated  to  any  specific
PhotoLoft.com  software  or  hardware  issues.

COMPETITION

     Competition  is  the  Internet  photo  sharing and digital imaging arena is
intensifying.  When  we  began  development  of  our  site  in  1998  there were
virtually  no competitors.  By the time that our site was officially launched in
February 1999, several potential competitors had emerged and we are aware of new
companies  planning to enter the market in the near future.  As one of the first
photo  sharing  communities  in the marketplace, we have laid the groundwork for
many competitors to follow.  In doing internal competitive analysis, it is clear
that we are seen as a leader in the space and that competitors have mimicked our
technology and marketing strategies in a number of ways.  However, to date, none
of  the  competitors  have  successfully  duplicated  the unique combinations of
features  and  advanced  technology  that  we  offer.

                                       16
<PAGE>
     PhotoNet, PhotoHighway,  PhotoPoint.com,  and ClubPhoto are among the first
wave of companies  engaged in activities  similar to ours. These companies allow
users to upload  their  images and share them via e-mail,  and some offer online
greeting cards and  photo-personalized  gifts. Some of these sites have followed
the online community  business model.  These companies are also forging valuable
marketing  relationships and some enjoy significant financial backing.  However,
they  have  not  introduced   advanced  viewing  and  high  resolution  printing
capabilities comparable to ours. Also, at present,  PhotoNet, which is 50% owned
by Kodak, is primarily  designed to help Kodak protect the traditional  chemical
film based photography industry. But, we anticipate that this will change in the
future as the popularity of digital imaging increases.

     There  are  many other smaller photo-sharing Web sites in various stages of
development.  In  a  recent  competitive  analysis,  we  identified  at least 15
additional  companies  beginning  to  get into the photo sharing/digital imaging
Internet  business.  The barriers to entry for a photo storing Web site are few.
However,  to  develop  an  interactive site with a large database of images that
also  offers advanced technology is more costly and time consuming.  A more real
threat  could  be  traditional  media  companies,  a  number of which, including
Disney,  CBS and NBC, have recently made significant acquisitions or investments
in  Internet  companies.

     We  believe  that  the  principle  competitive  factors  in  our market are
community  development,  technology (easy uploading, fun manipulation of images,
the  ability  to  host huge image files, etc.) number of images in the database,
rate  of  adding members, ability to partner with companies that can bring large
groups  of  pre-qualified  (already  interested in digital imaging) users to our
site.  Certain  of our current and many of our potential competitors have longer
operating  histories,  larger customer bases, greater brand recognition in other
business  and  Internet  markets and significantly greater financial, marketing,
technical  and  other resources than us.  In addition, other online services may
be  acquired  by,  receive  investments  from  or  enter  into  other commercial
relationships  with  larger, well-established and well-financed companies as use
of  the  Internet and other online services increases. Therefore, certain of our
competitors  with  other revenue sources may be able to devote greater resources
to  marketing  and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies
and devote substantially more resources to Web site and systems development than
us  or  may  try  to  attract  traffic  by offering services for free. Increased
competition  may  result  in reduced operating margins, loss of market share and
diminished  value  of  our  brand.  See  "Item 2. Financial Information--Factors
Affecting Our Business, Operating Results and Financial Condition--We May Not Be
Able  To  Compete  Successfully."

                                       17
<PAGE>
INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY

     We  have  registered  our  trademark  "Howdy" with, and our application for
registration  of  the  mark  "Photoloft" is currently pending before, the United
States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office.

     We  regard  the  protection  of  our copyrights, service marks, trademarks,
trade  dress  and  trade secrets as critical to our future success and rely on a
combination  of  copyright,  trademark,  service  mark and trade secret laws and
contractual  restrictions  to  establish  and  protect our proprietary rights in
products  and  services.  We  have  entered  into  confidentiality and invention
assignment  agreements  with  our  employees  and contractors, and nondisclosure
agreements with its suppliers and strategic partners in order to limit access to
and  disclosure  of  its proprietary information. There can be no assurance that
these  contractual  arrangements  or  the other steps taken by us to protect our
intellectual  property  will prove sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our
technology  or  to  deter  independent  third-party  development  of  similar
technologies.  While  we  intend  to  pursue  registration of our trademarks and
service  marks  in  the  U.S.  and internationally, effective trademark, service
mark,  copyright  and  trade  secret  protection  may  not be available in every
country  in  which  our  services  are  made  available  online.

     We  also  rely  on certain technologies that we license from third parties,
such  as  the  suppliers  of  key  database technology, the operating system and
specific  hardware  components  for  our  products and services. There can be no
assurance  that  these  third-party  technology  licenses  will  continue  to be
available  to  us  on commercially reasonable terms. The loss of such technology
could require us to obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance
standards  or  at  greater  cost,  which  could  materially adversely affect our
business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.

     Although we do not believe that we infringe the proprietary rights of third
parties,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  third  parties  will  not  claim
infringement  by  us  with  respect to past, current or future technologies.  We
expect  that  participants  in  our  markets  will  be  increasingly  subject to
infringement  claims  as  the number of services and competitors in our industry
segment  grows.  Any  such  claim,  whether  meritorious  or  not,  could  be
time-consuming,  result  in  costly  litigation, cause service upgrade delays or
require  us  to  enter  into  royalty  or  licensing agreements. Such royalty or
licensing agreements might not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.
As  a  result,  any  such  claim  could  have a material adverse effect upon our
business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.

GOVERNMENTAL  REGULATION

     Our  company,  operations  and  products  and  services  are all subject to
regulations  set  forth by various federal, state and local regulatory agencies.
We  take  measures  to  ensure  our  compliance  with  all  such  regulations as
promulgated  by  these  agencies  from time to time.  The Federal Communications
Commission  sets  certain standards and regulations regarding communications and
related  equipment.

     There  are  currently  few  laws and regulations directly applicable to the
Internet.  It  is  possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted
with  respect  to  the  Internet  covering issues such as user privacy, pricing,
content,  copyrights, distribution, antitrust and characteristics and quality of
products  and services.  The growth of the market for online commerce may prompt
calls  for  more  stringent  consumer protection laws that may impose additional
burdens  on  those  companies  conducting business online.  Tax authorities in a
number  of  states  are  currently  reviewing  the  appropriate tax treatment of
companies  engaged in online commerce, and new state tax regulations may subject
us  to  additional  state  sales  and  income  taxes.

                                       18
<PAGE>
     Several  states have also proposed legislation that would limit the uses of
personal  user  information  gathered  online  or  require  online  services  to
establish  privacy  policies.  The  Federal  Trade Commission has also initiated
action  against  at  least  one  online  service  regarding  the manner in which
personal  information  is  collected  from  users and provided to third parties.
Changes  to  existing  laws or the passage of new laws intended to address these
issues,  including  some  recently proposed changes, could create uncertainty in
the  marketplace  that  could  reduce  demand  for  our products and services or
increase the cost of doing business as a result of litigation costs or increased
service  delivery  costs,  or could in some other manner have a material adverse
effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and financial condition. In
addition,  because our services are accessible worldwide and we facilitate sales
of  goods to users worldwide, other jurisdictions may claim that we are required
to  qualify  to  do  business  as a foreign corporation in a particular state or
foreign  country.  Our  failure  to  qualify  as  a  foreign  corporation  in  a
jurisdiction  where  it  is  required  to  do  so  could subject us to taxes and
penalties  for  the  failure  to  qualify  and  could result in our inability to
enforce contracts in such jurisdictions. Any such new legislation or regulation,
or  the  application of laws or regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do not
currently  apply  to  our  business, could have a material adverse effect on our
business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.

EMPLOYEES

     As of May 31, 1999, we had 17 full time employees, including 2 in marketing
and advertising  sales and customer  support;  2 in business  development;  2 in
administration;  and 11 in product  development  (this includes  engineering and
support; and e-commerce). We recently embarked on an active search to hire up to
six additional product development employees; three additional advertising sales
and  customer  support  professionals;  three  additional  business  development
experts;  and one  administration  employee.  Although  talented  and  qualified
employees  are  difficult  to find in the  current  tight  job  market,  we have
experienced  relative  success in attracting and retaining  highly motivated and
talented  employees.  Digital  imaging  is a growing  field  and many  employees
working in the Internet arena are attracted to a start-up  company with a record
of success in such a dynamic field.

                                       19
<PAGE>
     We  believe  that  the future success of the company will depend in part on
our  continued  ability  to  attract,  integrate,  retain  and  motivate  highly
qualified  technical and managerial personnel, and upon the continued service of
our  senior  management  and  key  technical  personnel.  The  competition  for
qualified personnel in our industry and graphical location is intense, and there
can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will be successful in attracting, integrating,
retaining  and  motivating a sufficient number of qualified personnel to conduct
its  business  in  the  future.  From  time  to time, we also employ independent
contractors  to  support  our  research  and  development,  marketing, sales and
support  and  administrative  organizations.  We have never had a work stoppage,
and  no  employees  are  represented under collective bargaining agreements.  We
consider  our  relations  with  our  employees  to  be  good.

                                       20
<PAGE>
ITEM  2.     MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OR  PLAN  OF  OPERATIONS

SELECTED  FINANCIAL  DATA

     The following table contains certain selected financial data of the Company
and is qualified by the more detailed financial statements and the notes thereto
provided  in  this Registration Statement.  The financial data as of and for the
years  ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997, have been derived from the Company's
financial  statements,  which  statements were audited by BDO Seidman, LLP.  The
financial  data as of March 31, 1999 and for the three-month periods ended March
31,  1999  and  1998,  has  been  derived from the Company's unaudited financial
statements.

     The comparisons made between the noted periods should be evaluated in light
of  the  following significant factors:  (1) During 1997 and 1998, the Company's
primary  source  of  revenue  was  derived  from selling software.  As the gross
margin  from selling software began to decline, the Company explored other means
of  generating  revenue.  Beginning in early 1998, the Company shifted focus and
began  selling  advertising  on  the  AltaVista  web  page,  (2) The sale of the
AltaVista  URL in July 1998 resulted in a significant increase to net income but
eliminated  the  advertising  revenue  generated  by  the  web  site,  which  is
calculated  based  on the number of impressions the web site receives.  With the
sale of AltaVista, the Company began developing PhotoLoft.com as a new source of
generating  advertising revenue, (3) During 1999, the Company has begun to focus
on  building  the  PhotoLoft.com  brand  name and increasing the number of daily
impressions  to  the site.  As a means of achieving this, the Company has made a
strategic  decision to focus on increasing traffic to the PhotoLoft.com web site
instead  of  generating  revenue.  To accomplish this, the Company has increased
its marketing efforts by trading advertising space with other Internet companies
and  attending  trade  shows.  As  a  result,  the  number of impressions to the
PhotoLoft.com web site has increased, which should ultimately increase revenues.


                                       21
<PAGE>
Statement  of  Operations  Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Three  Months  Ended     Fiscal  Year  Ended
                                          March  31,            December  31,
                                 ------------------------  ----------------------
                                      1999         1998       1998        1997
                                 --------------  --------  ----------  ----------
                                   (unaudited) (unaudited)
<S>                              <C>             <C>       <C>         <C>
Revenues                         $      21,800   $204,100  $  674,300  $ 574,200

Net Income (loss)                     (360,500)       300   1,663,600   (165,500)

Net Income (loss) per share to
  Common Shareholders:
     Basic                       $       (0.04)  $   0.00  $      .26  $   (0.03)
     Diluted                     $       (0.04)  $   0.00  $      .18  $   (0.03)

Balance Sheet Data
                                          March  31,            December  31,
                                 ------------------------  ----------------------
                                      1999         1998       1998        1997
                                 --------------  --------  ----------  ----------
                                   (unaudited) (unaudited)

Current Assets                   $   2,093,000   $103,800  $1,211,100  $  93,900

Total Assets                     $   3,651,200   $132,700  $2,939,000  $ 123,900

Current Liabilities              $     542,400   $131,700  $  502,900  $ 151,000

Long Term Debt

Total Liabilities                $   1,122,900   $131,700  $1,169,600  $ 151,000

Shareholders Equity              $   2,528,300   $  1,000  $1,769,400  $ (27,100)
</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.

     The  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.
The  matters  discussed  in  this Registration Statement contain forward-looking
statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  Our  actual results could
differ  materially  from  those  discussed  herein.  Factors that could cause or
contribute  to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
below  in  "Factors  Affecting  Our  Business,  Operating Results, and Financial
Condition"  as  well  as  those  discussed in this section and elsewhere in this
Registration  Statement.

Overview

     PhotoLoft.com  is  an  Internet  web site community that is revolutionizing
data  imaging  and  photo  processing.  PhotoLoft.com  is  the  fastest  growing
photographic  imaging  community on the Internet, and its unique software allows
consumers  to share and print personal images quickly, easily and inexpensively.
Users can create a "virtual photo album," which is impossible to lose; instantly
accessible and easily reproducible; easily transported; easily displayed on high
quality  output  devices,  such  as  television;  and  completely  personalized.
Members can automatically invite others to view their albums via e-mail and give
users  the opportunity to comment on other images.  PhotoLoft.com is also taking
advantage  of  the  rise in e-commerce, offering a wide array of gift items that
have  been  imprinted with a PhotoLoft.com image selected by the user.  The site
has  been  carefully  designed  to  be user friendly and the community aspect of
PhotoLoft.com  makes  for  a  highly  entertaining  experience  for visitors and
members.

     PhotoLoft.com  was  founded  in  1993  as  AltaVista  Technology,  Inc.
("AltaVista").  In  July  1998,  the  URL  (AltaVist.com)  was  sold  to Digital
Equipment  (Compaq)  and the company name changed to Photoloft.com.  Since then,
we  have  continued  to  upgrade  the  site,  offering  better  and  faster user
components  to PhotoLoft.com.  Through February 1999, revenues have been derived
primarily  through  the  sale  of  advertising.  With  the  latest  release  of
PhotoLoft.com in February 1999, we began focusing on increasing e-commerce sales
and  advertising  sales.  Anticipated  success in these areas will come from the
increased membership base (estimated to increase from 24,000 to 123,000 in 1999)
and  increased impressions per day (estimated to increase from 20,000 per day in
1998  to  500,000  per  day  in  1999).

     In  1998,  PhotoLoft.com began developing a new product, ID4Life.  Designed
as  a  preventative  service  to  aid  in  finding  missing persons, ID4Life has
developed as a different product than the rest of PhotoLoft.com.  We are seeking
to  sell  ID4Life  and  expect  to  complete  a  transaction  during  1999.

Operating  Results

                                       23
<PAGE>
Three  Months Ended March 31, 1999 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 1998

     Revenues for the three months ended March 31, 1999 were $21,800, a decrease
of  $182,300,  or  approximately  89%, compared to $204,100 for the three months
ended  March  31,  1998.  Revenues  decreased  primarily  due to a change in the
Company's  operations  from selling software to selling advertising.  This event
did  not  occur until the latter half of 1998 contemporaneously with the sale of
the  URL  to  Compaq  Computer.  The new business plan is focused on advertising
sales  and e-commerce revenues.  The first quarter results reflect less than one
year  operations  under  the  new  model.

     The  negative  gross  margin  for the three months ended March 31, 1999 was
($14,500),  a  decrease of $186,400 or approximately 108%, compared to the gross
profit  of $171,900 for the three months ended March 31, 1998.  This decrease in
gross  margin  is due primarily to the transition of the Company's business from
software sales to advertising sales resulting in an inability to cover the fixed
cost  component  of the cost of revenues during the three months ended March 31,
1999  due  to  the  significant  decrease  in  revenues.

     Selling,  general,  and  administrative expenses for the three months ended
March  31,  1999  were  $623,900,  an  increase  of $453,500 or 266%,compared to
$170,400  for the three months ended March 31, 1998.  This increase reflects the
growth  phase of the Company's new business model, which includes a strategy for
aggressive  growth  immediately.  Included in the costs are additional equipment
to  handle increased image volume; necessary staffing increases, particularly in
the  engineering  and  sales  areas; and additional facilities.  The growth plan
calls  for  a  ramp  up  of all operations throughout 1999, leveling off in 2000

     Loss  from  operations  for  the  three  months  ended  March  31, 1999 was
($638,400),  a decrease of $639,900 compared to income from operations of $1,500
for the three months ended March 31, 1998. This decrease is primarily due to the
change  in  the  Company's  product  and  the  costs  incurred  to  develop  the
PhotoLoft.com  web  site.

     Interest  income  for the three months ended March 31, 1999 was $40,100, an
increase  of  100%  compared  to  $0  for the three months ended March 31, 1998.
Interest  income increased due to the note receivable related to the sale of the
AltaVista  URL  in  July  1998.

Fiscal  Year  Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
1997

     Revenues  for  fiscal  1998  were  $674,300,  an  increase  of  $100,100 or
approximately 17%, compared to $574,200 for fiscal 1997.  Revenues increased due
to  the  Company  generating  advertising revenue in addition to software sales.

                                       24
<PAGE>
     Gross  profit  for  fiscal 1998 was $561,300, an increase of $47,900 or 9%,
compared  to  $513,400  for  fiscal  1997.  However, there was a decrease in the
gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  sales to 8.3% for fiscal 1998 from 8.9% in
fiscal  1997  which  was  due  primarily  to  a  reduction in the sales price of
software  bundled  with  OEM  product.

     Selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  for  fiscal  1998  were
$1,324,000, an increase of $649,600 or 96% compared to $674,400 for fiscal 1997.
As  a  percentage  of  revenue,  selling,  general  and  administrative expenses
increased to 196% in fiscal 1998 from 117% in fiscal 1997, primarily as a result
of  investment  in  the technology required to generate web page advertising and
the  increase  in  employee  headcount.

     Loss  from  operations  for  fiscal  1998  was  ($762,700),  an increase of
$601,700  compared to a loss from operations of ($161,000) for fiscal 1997.  The
increase  is  due  primarily  to  the higher selling, general and administrative
expenses  resulting  from  the  increased  number of employees and the Company's
investment  in  technology.

     Net  income  for  fiscal  1998  was  $1,663,300,  an increase of $1,828,800
compared  to  the  net  loss  of  ($165,500)  for  fiscal 1997.  The increase is
primarily  due  to  the  sale  of  the  AltaVista  URL  in  July  1998.

Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources

     Net  cash  used in operating activities during the three months ended March
31,  1999  was  $527,300, which reflected the net effect of the net loss for the
period, decreases in deferred income taxes and deferred revenues and an increase
in  prepaid  expenses and other current assets, which was partially offset by an
increase  in  accounts  payable.  Net  cash  used in operating activities during
fiscal  1998  was $361,000, a decrease of $374,800 compared to net cash provided
by  operating  activities  of  $13,800  in  fiscal  1997.  The  net cash used in
operating  activities  in  fiscal  1998  reflects  the  gain  on the sale of the
AltalVista  URL  that was partially offset by the net income for the year and an
increase  in  deferred  income  taxes.

     Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities was $47,700 for the three months
ended  March  31,  1999,  primarily  reflecting cash used for the acquisition of
property  and  equipment.  Net  cash used in investing activities in fiscal 1998
was  $54,300  compared  with  net cash used in fiscal 1997 of $14,200, with both
years  reflecting  cash  used  for  the  acquisition  of property and equipment.

     Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities was $1,286,900 for the three
months ended March 31, 1999, primarily reflecting cash received from the sale of
stock  and  exercise of stock options, and the proceeds from the note receivable
relating  to  the AltaVista URL sale.  Net cash provided by financing activities
for  fiscal  1998  was $785,300 due to the proceeds from the AltaVista URL sale.

                                       25
<PAGE>
     Our capital requirements are dependent on several factors, including market
acceptance  of  our  services, the amount of resources devoted to investments in
the  Company's  Web  site,  the  resources  devoted to marketing and selling the
Company's  services  and  brand  promotions  and  other  factors.  Fueling  the
Company's need for cash currently is the development of rival technology and new
Internet  sites  and  portals  offering  similar  products.   See  "Item  1.
Business-Competition."  As we enjoy continued growth we must work to stay at the
forefront  of technology and continue to grow in sales.  This will necessitate a
substantial  increase  in  capital  expenditures consistent with its growth.  In
addition,  PhotoLoft.com  will  continue  to  evaluate  possible  investments in
businesses,  products  and  technologies  and  plans  to  expand  its  sales and
marketing  programs and conduct more aggressive brand promotions.  We anticipate
that additional financing of $10 million will be needed to grow as contemplated.
At  March  31,  1999,  the  Company  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  totaling
$1,081,900,  resulting  principally  from  the sale of common stock in a private
placement  during  March  1999,  and working capital of $1,550,600.  The Company
believes that additional debt or equity financing will be needed, along with the
receipt  of  scheduled principal payments on its outstanding note receivable, in
order  to  satisfy  the  Company's capital requirements to support its expansion
plans.

     We  believe  that  our  current  cash  and cash equivalents, as well as the
proceeds  from  scheduled  payments  from the sale of AltaVista.com to Compaq in
August  1998,  will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working
capital  and  capital  expenditures  through  2001.  If  cash  generated  from
operations is insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to
sell  additional  equity  or debt securities or to obtain a credit facility. The
sale  of  additional  equity  or  convertible  debt  securities  could result in
additional  dilution  to  our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would
result  in  an  increase  in our fixed obligations and could result in operating
covenants  that  would  restrict  its operations. There can be no assurance that
financing  will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
If  financing  is  not available when required or is not available on acceptable
terms,  we  may  be  unable  to  develop or enhance our products or services. In
addition,  we  may  be  unable  to  take  advantage of business opportunities or
respond  to competitive pressures. Any of these events could have a material and
adverse  effect  on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Impact  of  the  Year  2000

     Many  currently  installed computer systems and software products are coded
to  accept  or  recognize  only  two digit entries in the date code field. These
systems  may  recognize  a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year
2000.  As  a result, computer systems and/or software used by many companies and
governmental  agencies  may  need  to  be  upgraded  to  comply  with  Year 2000
requirements  or  risk  system failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of
normal  business  activities.

     State  of  Readiness.  The third-party vendor upon which we materially rely
is AboveNet Communications, Inc. which co-locates our Web equipment and provides
our  connection  to  the  Internet.  We  have  sought confirmation from AboveNet
Communications,  Inc.  that  its  system  is  Year  2000  compliant and AboveNet
Communications,  Inc.  has  informed  us that its system is Year 2000 compliant.

                                       26
<PAGE>
     In  addition,  we  plan  to  seek  verification  from  other  key  vendors,
distributors and suppliers that they are Year 2000 compliant or, if they are not
presently  compliant,  to  provide a description of their plans to become so. To
the  extent  that  vendors fail to provide certification that they are Year 2000
compliant  by  September  1999,  we  will  seek  to  terminate and replace these
relationships.  Until  our  vendors,  distributors  and  suppliers have provided
verification  of  their  compliance,  we will not be able to completely evaluate
whether  our  systems  will  need  to  be  revised  or  replaced.

     We  are  conducting  an  internal  assessment  of  all material information
technology  and non-information technology systems at our headquarters. Until we
complete  the  assessment, we will not know whether these systems are or will be
Year  2000  compliant  by  September  1999.

     Costs.  To  date, we have not incurred any material costs in identifying or
evaluating  Year  2000  compliance issues. Most of our expenses have related to,
and  are  expected  to continue to relate to, the upgrades or replacements, when
necessary,  of software or hardware, as well as costs associated with time spent
by  employees  in  the  evaluation  process  and  Year  2000  compliance matters
generally.  These  expenses  are included in our capital expenditures budget and
are  not  expected  to  be  material  to  our  financial  position or results of
operations.  These  expenses,  however, if higher than anticipated, could have a
material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

     Risks.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we will not discover Year 2000
compliance  problems  in  our systems that will require substantial revisions or
replacements.  In  the  event  that  the operational facilities that support our
business,  or our Web-hosting facilities, are not Year 2000 compliant, we may be
unable  to  deliver  goods  or services to our customers and portions of our Web
site  may  become  unavailable.  In  addition,  there  can  be no assurance that
third-party  software,  hardware  or  services  incorporated  into  our material
systems  will  not need to be revised or replaced, which could be time-consuming
and expensive. Our inability to fix or replace third-party software, hardware or
services  on  a  timely basis could result in lost revenues, increased operating
costs  and  other business interruptions, any of which could have a material and
adverse  effect  on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Moreover,  the  failure to adequately address Year 2000 compliance issues in our
software,  hardware  or  systems  could  result  in  claims  of  mismanagement,
misrepresentation  or  breach of contract and related litigation, which could be
costly  and  time-consuming  to  defend.

     In  addition, there can be no assurance that governmental agencies, utility
companies,  Internet  access  companies  and  others outside our control will be
Year2000-compliant.  The  failure  by  these  entities to be Year 2000-compliant
could result in a systemic failure beyond our control, including, for example, a
prolonged  Internet,  telecommunications or electrical failure, which could also
prevent  us  from  delivering our services to our users, decrease the use of the
Internet or prevent users from accessing our services, any of which would have a
material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

                                       27
<PAGE>
     Contingency  Plan.  As  discussed  above, we are engaged in an ongoing Year
2000  assessment  and  do not currently have a contingency plan to deal with the
worst  case scenario that might occur if technologies on which we depend are not
Year  2000-compliant  and  fail  to operate effectively after the Year 2000. The
results  of  our Year 2000 compliance evaluation and the responses received from
distributors,  suppliers  and other third parties with which we conduct business
will  be taken into account in determining the need for and nature and extent of
any  contingency  plans.

     If our present efforts to address the Year 2000 compliance issues discussed
above  are not successful, or if distributors, suppliers and other third parties
with  which  we  conduct  business  do not successfully address such issues, our
users  could seek alternate suppliers of our products and services. Any material
Year  2000  problem could require us to incur significant unanticipated expenses
to  remedy and could divert our management's time and attention, either of which
could  have a material and adverse effect on our business, operating results and
financial  condition.

     This  is  a  Year 2000 readiness disclosure statement within the meaning of
the  Year  2000  Information  and  Readiness  Disclosure  Act  (P.L.  105-271).

Effects  of  Inflation

     Due  to  relatively low levels of inflation in 1997 and 1998, inflation has
not  had  a  significant  effect  on  our results of operations since inception.

Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements

     In  June  1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS
No.  131,  "Disclosure About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,"
which  is  effective  for  fiscal  years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS
No.131 requires that public companies report certain information about operating
segments  in  their  annual  financial  statements  and  in subsequent condensed
financial  statements  of interim periods issued to shareholders. This statement
also  requires  that  public  companies  report  certain information about their
products  and  services,  the  geographic  areas in which they operate and their
major  customers.  Reportable  operating  segments  are  determined based on the
management  approach,  as  defined  by  SFAS No. 131. The management approach is
based  on the way that the chief operating decision-maker organizes the segments
within  an  enterprise for making operating decisions and assessing performance.
We  have  determined  that  we  do  not  have any separately reportable business
segments.

     In  June  1998,  the  FASB  issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities."  SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and
reporting  standards  requiring  that every derivative instrument be recorded in
the  balance  sheet  as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value.
SFAS  No. 133 requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized
currently  in  earnings  unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. SFAS
No.  133  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  June  15,  2000.
Historically,  we have not used derivatives and therefore this new pronouncement
is  not  applicable.

                                       28
<PAGE>
FACTORS  AFFECTING  OUR  BUSINESS,  OPERATING  RESULTS  AND  FINANCIAL CONDITION

     The  following  risk  factors  should be considered in conjunction with the
other  information  included  in this Registration Statement.  This Registration
Statement  may  include  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and
uncertainties.  In  addition  to  those risk factors discussed elsewhere in this
Registration  Statement,  we  have  identified  the following risk factors which
could  affect  our  actual results and cause actual results to differ materially
from  those  in  the  forward  looking  statements.

We  Have  A  Limited  Operating  History  On Which To Evaluate Our Potential For
Future  Success.

     We  launched  our  current business model in October, 1998 and therefore we
have  only  a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business
and  prospects.  You  must  consider  the  risks  and  uncertainties  frequently
encountered  by  early stage companies in new and rapidly evolving markets, such
as  e-commerce.  If  we  are  unsuccessful  in  addressing  these  risks  and
uncertainties,  our business, results of operations and financial condition will
be  materially  and  adversely  affected.

We  Expect  Losses  For  The  Foreseeable  Future.

     Since  1997,  we  have incurred losses from operations, resulting primarily
from costs related to developing our Web site, attracting users to our Web site,
and  establishing our brand. Because of our plans to invest heavily in marketing
and  promotion,  to  hire  additional employees, and to enhance our Web site and
operating  infrastructure,  we  expect  to  incur net losses for the foreseeable
future.  We  believe  these expenditures are necessary to build and maintain the
technical infrastructure necessary to host multiple images and to strengthen our
brand  recognition,  attract more users to our Web site and ultimately, generate
greater  online  revenues. If our revenue growth is slower than we anticipate or
our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our losses will be significantly
greater.  We  may  never  achieve  profitability.

Our  Future  Revenues  Are Unpredictable And Our Quarterly Operating Results May
Fluctuate  Significantly.

     Our  revenues for the foreseeable future will remain primarily dependent on
the  number  of  users  that  we  are  able  to  attract to our Web site, and on
sponsorship  and  advertising  revenues.  We  cannot forecast with any degree of
certainty  the  number  of visitors to our Web site or the amount of sponsorship
and  advertising  revenues.

     We  expect  our  operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. We
believe  that  sponsorship  and  advertising sales in traditional media, such as
television  and  radio,  generally  are  lower  in  the first and third calendar
quarters  of  each  year.  If  similar  seasonal and cyclical patterns emerge in
Internet  sponsorship and advertising spending, these revenues may vary based on
these patterns. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and  Operations-Seasonality."

                                       29
<PAGE>
     Other  factors  which  may  cause  our  operating  results  to  fluctuate
significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter  include:

     -    our  ability to attract  new and repeat  visitors  to our Web site and
          convert them into users;

     -    our ability to keep  current  with the  evolving  tastes of our target
          market;

     -    our ability to manage the number of items listed on our services;

     -    the  ability  of our  competitors  to offer new or  enhanced  Web site
          features, products or services;

     -    the demand for sponsorship and advertising on our Web site;

     -    the level of use of the Internet and online services;

     -    consumer confidence in the security of transactions over the Internet;

     -    unanticipated  delays or cost  increases  with  respect to product and
          service introductions; and

     -    the  costs,   timing  and  impact  of  our   marketing  and  promotion
          initiatives.

     Because  of  these  and  other  factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter
comparisons  of  our results of operations are not good indicators of our future
performance.  If our operating results fall below the expectations of securities
analysts and investors in some future periods, then our stock price may decline.

Your  Holdings  May  be  Diluted  in  the  Future.

     We are  authorized  to issue up to 50,000,000  shares of common stock.  See
"Item 11.  Description  of  Registrant's  Securities to be  Registered."  To the
extent of such  authorization,  our Board of  Directors  will have the  ability,
without seeking stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of common stock
in the future for such  consideration  as our Board of  Directors  may  consider
sufficient.  The issuance of  additional  common stock in the future will reduce
the  proportionate  ownership  and  voting  power of our  common  stock  held by
existing  stockholders.  We are also authorized to issue up to 500,000 shares of
preferred stock, the rights and preferences of which may be designated in series
by  our  Board  of  Directors.  To  the  extent  of  such  authorization,   such
designations  may be made without  stockholder  approval.  The  designation  and
issuance of series of  preferred  stock in the future  would  create  additional
securities that would have dividend and liquidation  preferences over our common
stock.

                                       30
<PAGE>
We May Fail To Establish An Effective Internal Advertising Sales Organization To
Attract  Sponsorship  And  Advertising  Revenues.

     To  date,  we  have  relied  principally  on  outside  parties  to  develop
sponsorship  and  advertising  opportunities.  We  believe  that  the  growth of
sponsorship  and advertising revenues will depend on our ability to establish an
aggressive  and  effective internal advertising sales organization. Our internal
sales team currently has 2 members. We will need to increase this sales force in
the  coming  year in order to execute our business plan. Our ability to increase
our  sales  force  involves  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties, including
competition and the length of time for new sales employees to become productive.
If  we  do  not  develop an effective internal sales force, our business will be
materially  and  adversely  affected.  See  "Item  1.  Business--Employees."

We  Are  Growing  Rapidly, And Effectively Managing Our Growth May Be Difficult.

     We  are  currently experiencing a period of significant expansion. In order
to  execute  our  business  plan,  we  must continue to grow significantly. This
growth  will  strain  our personnel, management systems and resources. To manage
our growth, we must implement operational and financial systems and controls and
recruit,  train  and manage new employees.  We cannot be certain that we will be
able  to  integrate  new  executives  and  other employees into our organization
effectively.  If  we  do not manage growth effectively, our business, results of
operations  and  financial  condition will be materially and adversely affected.
See  "Item  1.  Business-Employees"  and  "Item  5.  Directors  and  Executive
Officers."

We  Depend  On Our Key Personnel To Operate Our Business, And We May Not Be Able
To  Hire Enough Additional Management And Other Personnel As Our Business Grows.

     Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and on
the  performance of our executive officers and other key employees, particularly
Jack Marshall, our Chief Executive Officer, President and Treasurer. The loss of
the  services  of  any  of our executive officers could materially and adversely
affect  our  business.  Additionally, we believe we will need to attract, retain
and  motivate  talented  management  and  other  highly  skilled employees to be
successful.  Competition  for  employees  that  possess  knowledge  of  both the
Internet  industry  and our target market is intense. We may be unable to retain
our  key  employees  or  attract,  assimilate  and retain other highly qualified
employees in the future. See "Item 1. Business-Employees" and "Item 5. Directors
and  Executive  Officers."

We  May  Not  Be  Able  To  Compete  Successfully.

     The markets in which we are engaged are new, rapidly evolving and intensely
competitive,  and  we  expect  competition  to  intensify further in the future.
Barriers to entry are relatively low, and current and new competitors can launch
new  sites at a relatively low cost.  We currently or potentially compete with a
number  of  other  companies, including a number of large online communities and
services  that  have  expertise  in  developing online commerce, and a number of
other  small services, including those that serve specialty markets. Competitive
pressures  created  by  any  one  of  these  companies,  or  by  our competitors
collectively,  could  have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations  and  financial  condition.  See  "Item  1.  Business--Competition."

                                       31
<PAGE>
We  May  Need  Further  Capital.

     We currently anticipate that our available funds will be sufficient to meet
our  anticipated  needs  for  working capital, capital expenditures and business
expansion  through September, 1999. Thereafter, we will need to raise additional
funds.  If  additional  funds  are  raised  through  the  issuance  of equity or
convertible  debt  securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will
be  reduced, stockholders may experience additional dilution and such securities
may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our common stock.
There  can  be no assurance that additional financing will be available on terms
favorable  to  us  or  at  all.  If  adequate funds are not available or are not
available  on  acceptable  terms,  we  may  not  be able to fund expansion, take
advantage  of  unanticipated  acquisition  opportunities,  develop  or  enhance
services  or  products or respond to competitive pressures. Such inability could
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, results of operations and
financial  condition.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition  and  Operations-Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources."

We  May  Fail  To  Establish And Maintain Strategic Relationships With Other Web
Sites  To  Increase  Numbers  Of  Web  Site  Users  And  Increase  Our Revenues.

     We  intend to establish numerous strategic alliances with popular Web sites
to increase the number of visitors to our Web site. There is intense competition
for  placement  on  these  sites,  and  we  may  not be able to enter into these
relationships  on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we enter into
strategic  alliances  with  other  Web  sites,  they  themselves may not attract
significant  numbers  of  users.  Therefore, our site may not receive additional
users from these relationships. Moreover, we may have to pay significant fees to
establish  these  relationships.  Our  inability  to enter into new distribution
relationships  or  strategic alliances and expand our existing ones could have a
material  and  adverse  effect  on  our  business.

We  Would  Lose  Revenues And Incur Significant Costs If Our Systems Or Material
Third-Party  Systems  Are  Not  Year  2000-Compliant.

     We  have  not  devised  a  Year  2000  contingency plan. The failure of our
internal systems, or any material third-party systems, to be Year 2000-compliant
could  have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations
and  financial  condition.

                                       32
<PAGE>
     To  date,  we  have  not  incurred  any  material  costs  in identifying or
evaluating  Year  2000  compliance issues. However, we may fail to discover Year
2000  compliance problems in our systems that will require substantial revisions
or  replacements.  In the event that the operational facilities that support our
business,  or  our Web-hosting facilities, are not Year 2000-compliant, portions
of  our  Web  site  may  become  unavailable  and  we would be unable to deliver
services  to  our users. In addition, there can be no assurance that third-party
software,  hardware  or services incorporated into our material systems will not
need to be revised or replaced, which could be time-consuming and expensive. Our
inability  to  fix  or  replace  third-party software, hardware or services on a
timely  basis could result in lost revenues, increased operating costs and other
business interruptions, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on
our  business,  results  of  operations  and financial condition.  Moreover, the
failure  to  adequately  address  Year  2000  compliance issues in our software,
hardware  or  systems could result in claims of mismanagement, misrepresentation
or  breach  of  contract  and  related  litigation,  which  could  be costly and
time-consuming  to  defend.

     In  addition, there can be no assurance that governmental agencies, utility
companies,  Internet  access companies, third-party service providers and others
outside  our  control will be Year 2000 compliant. The failure by these entities
to be Year 2000 compliant could result in a systemic failure beyond our control,
including,  for  example, a prolonged Internet, telecommunications or electrical
failure,  which could also prevent us from delivering our services to our users,
decrease  the  use of the Internet or prevent users from accessing our services,
any  of  which would have a material and adverse effect on our business, results
of operations and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of  Financial  Statements  and  Results of Operations- Impact of the Year 2000."

Acquisitions  May  Disrupt  Or Otherwise Have A Negative Impact On Our Business.

     We  may  acquire or make investments in complementary businesses, products,
services  or  technologies  on  an opportunistic basis when we believe they will
assist us in carrying out our business strategy. Growth through acquisitions has
been  a successful strategy used by other Internet companies. We do not have any
present  understanding,  nor  are we having any discussions relating to any such
acquisition or investment. If we buy a company, then we could have difficulty in
assimilating  that  company's  personnel  and  operations.  In addition, the key
personnel  of the acquired company may decide not to work for us. An acquisition
could  distract  our  management  and  employees  and  increase  our  expenses.
Furthermore, we may have to incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any
future  acquisitions,  the  issuance  of which could be dilutive to our existing
shareholders.

Unforeseen  Developments  May  Occur With Respect To Digital Imaging Technology.

     Digital imaging is a relatively new phenomenon and the slower than expected
acceptance  of the new technology could affect our ability to grow as rapidly as
we need to in order to meet our financial targets.  Digital camera manufacturers
have  made  great  strides  in the past two years improving the functionality of
their  cameras and pricing them in a range that is attractive to many consumers.
The continued refinement of the technology and commoditization of the price will
help  to  move  acceptance  of the technology along.  Full acceptance of digital
imaging  technology  will  require  a  move  on  the  part  of  the photographic
population  away  from  traditional  chemical-based  photo processing to the new
paradigm  of  home  printed  photos.  The  costs  remain competitive for digital
imaging,  however,  there  is no guarantee the general population will make this
shift  rapidly,  if  at  all.

                                       33
<PAGE>
We  Are  Dependent  On The Continued Development Of The Internet Infrastructure.

     Our  industry  is new and rapidly evolving. Our business would be adversely
affected if Web usage and e-commerce does not continue to grow. Web usage may be
inhibited  for  a  number  of  reasons,  including:

     -    inadequate Internet infrastructure;

     -    security concerns;

     -    inconsistent quality of service; or

     -    unavailability of cost-effective, high-speed service.

     If  Web usage grows, the Internet infrastructure may not be able to support
the  demands placed on it by this growth, or its performance and reliability may
decline.  In  addition, Web sites have experienced a variety of interruptions in
their  service  as a result of outages and other delays occurring throughout the
Internet  network infrastructure. If these outages or delays frequently occur in
the  future,  Web  usage,  including usage of our Web site, could grow slowly or
decline.

Our Long-Term Success Depends On The Development Of The E-Commerce Market, Which
Is  Uncertain.

     Our  future  revenues  and profits substantially depend upon the widespread
acceptance  and  use of the Web as an effective medium of commerce by consumers.
Rapid  growth  in  the use of the Web and commercial online services is a recent
phenomenon.  Demand  for  recently introduced services and products over the Web
and  online  services is subject to a high level of uncertainty. The development
of  the Web and online services as a viable commercial marketplace is subject to
a  number  of  factors,  including  the  following:

     -    e-commerce  is at an early stage and buyers may be  unwilling to shift
          their purchasing from traditional vendors to online vendors;

     -    insufficient availability of telecommunication  services or changes in
          telecommunication services could result in slower response times; and

     -    adverse publicity and consumer concerns about the security of commerce
          transactions  on the Internet  could  discourage  its  acceptance  and
          growth.

                                       34
<PAGE>
Adoption  Of  The  Internet  As  An  Advertising  Medium  Is  Uncertain.

     The  growth of Internet sponsorships and advertising requires validation of
the  Internet  as  an  effective  advertising medium. This validation has yet to
fully  occur.  In order for us to generate sponsorship and advertising revenues,
marketers  must  direct  a  significant portion of their budgets to the Internet
and,  specifically, to our Web site. To date, sales of Internet sponsorships and
advertising  represent  only  a small percentage of total advertising sales. Our
business,  financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected
if  the market for Internet advertising fails to develop or develops slower than
expected.  See  "Item  1.  Business--Advertising."

We  Face  Risks Associated With Government Regulation Of And Legal Uncertainties
Surrounding  The  Internet.

     Any new law or regulation pertaining to the Internet, or the application or
interpretation  of  existing  laws, could increase our cost of doing business or
otherwise  have  a  material  and  adverse  effect  on  our business, results of
operations  and financial condition. Laws and regulations directly applicable to
Internet  communications,  commerce and advertising are becoming more prevalent.
The  law  governing  the  Internet,  however, remains largely unsettled, even in
areas  where  there  has  been  some  legislative  action.  It may take years to
determine  whether  and  how  existing  laws  governing  intellectual  property,
copyright,  privacy,  obscenity,  libel  and  taxation apply to the Internet. In
addition,  the  growth  and  development of e-commerce may prompt calls for more
stringent  consumer  protection  laws, both in the United States and abroad. See
"Item  1.  Business  -  Government  Regulation."

Shares Eligible For Future Sale By Our Current Stockholders May Adversely Affect
Our  Stock  Price.

     To  date,  we  have  had a very limited trading volume in our common stock.
See  "Item  9.  Market Price and Dividends on the Registrant's Common Equity and
Related  Stockholder  Matters."  Sales  of  substantial amounts of common stock,
including  shares  issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants,
under  SEC  Rule  144  or otherwise could adversely affect the prevailing market
price  of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital at that
time  through  the  sale  of  our  securities.

Anti-Takeover  Provisions  And  Our  Right To Issue Preferred Stock Could Make A
Third-Party  Acquisition  Of  Us  Difficult.

     We  are  a Nevada corporation. Anti-takeover provisions of Nevada law could
make  it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if such
change  in  control  would  be  beneficial  to  stockholders.  Our  articles  of
incorporation  provide  that  our  Board  of Directors may issue preferred stock
without  stockholder  approval.  The  issuance  of preferred stock could make it
more  difficult  for  a  third  party to acquire us.  All of the foregoing could
adversely  affect  prevailing market prices for our common stock.  See "Item 11.
Description  of Registrant's Securities to be Registered -- Nevada Anti-Takeover
Laws  and  Certain  Charter  Provisions."

                                       35
<PAGE>
Our  Common  Stock  Price  Is  Likely  To  Be  Highly  Volatile.

     The  market  price  of our common stock is likely to be, highly volatile as
the  stock market in general, and the market for Internet-related and technology
companies  in  particular,  has been highly volatile.  See "Item 9. Market Price
and  Dividends  on  the  Registrant's  Common  Equity  and  Related  Stockholder
Matters."  Investors  may not be able to resell their shares of our common stock
following  periods  of  volatility  because  of the market's adverse reaction to
volatility.  The  trading  prices  of  many  technology  and  Internet-related
companies'  stocks  have  reached  historical highs within the last 52 weeks and
have reflected valuations substantially above historical levels. During the same
period, these companies' stocks have also been highly volatile and have recorded
lows well below historical highs. We cannot assure you that our stock will trade
at  the  same levels of other Internet stocks or that Internet stocks in general
will  sustain  their  current  market  prices.

     Factors  that  could cause such volatility may include, among other things:

     -    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

     -    announcements of technological innovations;

     -    changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

     -    conditions or trends in the Internet industry; and

     -    changes in the market valuations of other Internet companies.

ITEM  3.     DESCRIPTION  OF  PROPERTIES

     Our  executive  offices,  comprising  approximately  2,628 square feet, are
located  at 300 Orchard City Drive, Suite 142, Campbell, California 95008. These
facilities  are leased pursuant to a lease expiring August 31, 2001. The monthly
rent  is $5,519. We sublease approximately 1,288 square feet of additional space
in  the  same building under a sublease that expires in September 1999.  We also
sublease approximately 1,430 square feet of space in another building located in
Campbell,  California  under  a  sublease  that  expires  in  September  2000.

                                       36
<PAGE>
     We  maintain  substantially  all  of  our  computer  systems  at  AboveNet
Communications,  Inc.  See  "Item  1.  Business--Operations  and  Systems."  Our
operations are dependent in part on our ability to protect our operating systems
against  physical  damage  from  fire,  floods,  earthquakes,  power  loss,
telecommunications  failures,  break-ins  or  other similar events. Furthermore,
despite  our  implementation  of network security measures, our servers are also
vulnerable  to  computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptive problems. The
occurrence  of  any  of  these  events  could result in interruptions, delays or
cessations in service to our users which could have a material adverse effect on
our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.

                                       37
<PAGE>
ITEM  4.     SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  following  table  sets forth, as of July 7, 1999, the ownership of our
common  stock  by  (i) each of our directors and executive officers; (ii) all of
our  executive officers and directors as a group; and (iii) all persons known by
us  to  beneficially  own  more  than  5%  of  our  common  stock.

     Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, (1) the following
individuals  have  sole  vesting and sole investment control with respect to the
shares they beneficially own and (2) the address of each beneficial owner listed
below  is  c/o  300  Orchard  City Drive, Suite 142, Campbell, California 95008.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER. . . . . . . . . . . .  AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                             OF BENEFICIAL       PERCENT OF
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS: . . . . . . . . . . . . .  OWNERSHIP (1)       CLASS (1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
<S>                                                          <C>                 <C>
Jack Marshall (2)(3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           2,448,329        19.7%
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
Christopher McConn (4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             832,346         6.7%
                                                             ------------------  -----------
Lisa Marshall (2)(5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             155,963         1.3%
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
Patrick Dane (6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             102,411         0.8%
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
John Marshall(2)(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             772,080         6.2%
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
Gary Kremen (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             251,294         2.0%
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
All directors and executive officers as a group (6 Persons)           4,492,933        36.1%
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
OTHER 5% STOCKHOLDERS:
- -----------------------------------------------------------
George Perlegos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           2,270,063        18.2%
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
Keith Queeney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             700,759         5.6%
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
<FN>
(1)     Calculated  pursuant  to  Rule  13d-3(d)  of the Exchange Act.  Under Rule 13d-3(d),
shares  not  outstanding  which  are  subject  to  options,  warrants,  rights or conversion
privileges  exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for the purpose of calculating
the  number  and  percentage  owned  by  such person, but are not deemed outstanding for the
purpose  of  calculating  the  percentage  owned  by  each  other  person  listed.

(2)     John  Marshall  is the father of Jack and Lisa Marshall, who are brother and sister.

(3)     Includes  331,051  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  options  that  are
exercisable  within  60  days  of  the  date  hereof.

(4)     Includes  132,420  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  options  that  are
exercisable  within  60  days  of  the  date  hereof.

                                       38
<PAGE>
(5)     Includes  6,120  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to options that are exercisable
within  60  days  of  the  date  hereof.

(6)     Includes  88,911  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  options that are currently
exercisable.

(7)     Includes  88,911  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  options that are currently
exercisable.

(8)     Includes  88,911  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  options that are currently
exercisable.
</TABLE>

                                       39
<PAGE>
ITEM  5.     DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS,  PROMOTERS  AND  CONTROL  PERSONS

     The following table sets forth the names and positions of our directors and
executive  officers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME. . . . . . . . . . .  AGE  POSITION
- -------------------------  ---  -------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>  <C>
                                President, Treasurer, Chief Executive
Jack Marshall (1) (3) (4)   37  Officer and Director
- -------------------------  ---  -------------------------------------
                                Chief Technology Officer
Christopher McConn. . . .   39  Director
- -------------------------  ---  -------------------------------------
Lisa Marshall (1) . . . .   40  Secretary
- -------------------------  ---  -------------------------------------
Patrick Dane (2) (3) (4).   49  Director
- -------------------------  ---  -------------------------------------
Gary Kremen (2) (3) (4) .   35  Director
- -------------------------  ---  -------------------------------------
John Marshall (1) (2) . .   69  Director
- -------------------------  ---  -------------------------------------
<FN>
(1)  John Marshall is the father of Jack and Lisa Marshall,  who are brother and
     sister.
(2)  Member of the Compensation Committee
(3)  Member of the Audit Committee
(4)  Member of the Finance Committee
</TABLE>

     The  following sets forth biographical information concerning our directors
and  executive  officers  for  at  least  the  past  five  years:

     JACK  MARSHALL has been developing Internet applications since 1993.  After
assignments  at  Texas Instruments and Honeywell, Mr. Marshall worked as a sales
manager  for  Teradyne  (formerly  MegaTest),  a  leading developer of high-end,
state-of-the-art  semiconductor  test equipment.  Mr. Marshall founded Photoloft
in  1993  under  the  name  AltaVista Technology. Inc. Mr. Marshall received his
bachelor's  degree  in  electrical  engineering  and  computer  engineering from
Michigan  State  University and has taught electric circuit analysis at Highland
Community  College  in  Illinois.  He  has  also completed several masters level
courses  in  computer  engineering  at  Santa  Clara  University.

     CHRISTOPHER  MCCONN has been the Chief Technology  Officer of Photoloft.com
since  February  1994.  Prior  to our  adoption  of the  Photoloft.com  business
strategy,  he served as our  webmaster and developed  web-based  multimedia  and
imaging programs.  He has extensive expertise in programming C++ and served as a
consultant  to Borland  International,  a leading  producer of C++ and  software
development  tools from July 1995 to July 1996. In this role,  Mr. McConn helped
develop the Object Windows  Library (OWL), a foundation for  PhotoLoft.com.  Mr.
McConn received his bachelor's degree in electrical engineering from UC Davis in
1982. Mr. McConn has over 13 years of industry  experience  including  stints at
Ford  Aerospace  and  Teradyne,  where he  oversaw  the  company's  software  QA
development.

                                       40
<PAGE>
     LISA  MARSHALL has over 20 years of strategic  and tactical  communications
experience,  focused primarily on investor relations,  media  communications and
marketing and brand development.  Working in a number of diverse industries, she
helped  spearheaded  nationwide  efforts to deregulate the airline,  natural gas
transportation,  and most recently,  electric generation industries,  working to
establish  strong,  deregulated  competitors  in the  various  marketplaces.  In
addition, she handled the communications efforts of the Vastar Resources Initial
Public  Offering,  which was the largest to date on the New York Stock  Exchange
when  implemented  in 1994.  From 1985 to 1988 she served in various  managerial
positions  at  Continental  Airlines.  From 1988 to 1993 she  served in  various
managerial  positions at Tenneco Inc. From February 1993 to June 1997 she served
as director  of  Communications  for  ARCO/Vastar  Resources.  From July 1997 to
October 1998 she served as director of Communications for Southern Company.  Ms.
Marshall earned her bachelor's degree from the University of Wyoming in American
Studies  in 1980 and her  bachelors  degree  from the  University  of Houston in
journalism in 1984.

     PATRICK  DANE  has  spent  more  than  twenty  years in the high technology
industry.  He  spent  fifteen years in sales and marketing at Xerox where he was
responsible  for  bringing  the  "Alto"  Computer  Ethernet  and  File,  Print &
Communication  Servers  out  to  the  public  from the Palo Alto Research center
(PARC)  in  1980.  Additionally,  he was the creator of the award winning slogan
"Team  Xerox" and other pioneering efforts. As Vice President, Sales & Marketing
at Dove Computer Corp. he introduced the MacWorld World Class Award Winning Dove
Fax  Modem.  As  a  General Manager with Calera Recognition Systems from 1991 to
1992  Dane  was  responsible  for  bringing  Fax  Grabber  to there tail and OEM
marketplace. While President and CEO of SoftNet in from July 1992 to August 1993
he  launched the category-leading Fax Works for Windows. Dane co-founded and ran
Pipeline  Communications  which  introduced  online warranty registration to the
computer  industry.  This  service  is  used  by over seventy five of the top PC
manufacturers  and  ISV's  in  the marketplace today. In the spring of1996, Dane
founded Tuneup.com an online PC service center, Quarterdeck Corporation acquired
his  "Pioneer"  among the Internet subscription-based businesses in May of 1997.
In  September1996,  Dane  and Mike Walter began broadcasting a weekly radio show
devoted  to  the  Internet called, "Pat & Mike's World Wide Web Radio Show". The
show,  sponsored  by  CompuServe,  Yahoo!  IZift  Davis, Hewlett-packard, Office
Depot.com,  McAfee  and  USA  Today,  has  a  growing  worldwide audience on the
Internet  and  in  twenty  seven  real radio markets. The show was picked up for
national  syndication by Premiere Radio Networks in mid 1997. Mr. Dane graduated
from  Broom  Comm  College  in  1969.

     GARY KREMEN has been a member of the Board of Directors of Photoloft  since
August,  1997.  advisor and has over 12 years  experience  with emerging  growth
companies  and  developing  information  technology.  Mr.  Kremen  is a  private
investor in companies such as: Resonate, Pinpoint Golf, Argus Software, ProShot,
Upside Media,  Axicon, Tut Systems,  Digital Technology  Partners,  and Electric
Classifieds,  Inc. From 1995 to 1996 Mr. Kremen  founded and served as president
of   NetAngels.com,   Inc.,  a  company   focused  on  Internet   profiling  and
personalization.  In 1993, he founded the Board of Electric  Classifieds,  Inc.,
whose  on-line  personals  service  Match.com - is the leading  community of its
kind. Mr. Kremen received his masters degree in business and administration from
Stanford  University in 1989 and received bachelor's degrees in computer science
and electric engineering from Northwestern University in 1985.

                                       41
<PAGE>
     JOHN  C. MARSHALL began his career in 1952 with Shell Oil Company, where he
held  various management positions until 1975, when he was named General Manager
of  Land  Operations, North America. He left the company in 1979 to join Patrick
Petroleum  (NYSE:PPC)  as  senior  vice  president.  A  year  later he was named
executive  vice  president  responsible  for  all  operations  (domestic  and
international),  and  all merger and acquisition activity. After negotiating the
sale  of all PPC assets to General Electric, he founded Kleenburn Energy in 1984
a  privately  held  independent  oil  and  gas  concern. Mr. Marshall earned his
bachelor's  degree  in  business  from  the  University  of  Wyoming  in  1952.

BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS

     All  directors  hold  office  until the next annual meeting of shareholders
following  their  election  or  until  their  successors  have  been elected and
qualified.  Executive officers are appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the
Board  of  Directors.  We may adopt provisions in our By-laws and/or Articles of
Incorporation  to  divide the board of directors into more than one class and to
elect  each  class  for a certain term.  These provisions may have the effect of
discouraging  takeover attempts or delaying or preventing a change of control of
Photoloft.

BOARD  COMMITTEES

     The  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  determines the
salaries and incentive compensation of our officers and provides recommendations
for  the  salaries  and  incentive  compensation  of  our  other  employees. The
compensation  committee  also  administers  our  Stock  Option Plan. The current
members  of  the  Compensation  Committee  are  Messrs.  Dane,  Kremen  and John
Marshall.  Prior  to  April 8, 1999, we did not have a Compensation Committee or
any  other  committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  that performed any similar
functions.  See  "Compensation  Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."

     The  Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews, acts on and reports
to  the  Board  of  Directors  with  respect  to various auditing and accounting
matters,  including  the selection of our independent auditors, the scope of the
annual  audits,  fees  to  be  paid  to  the  auditors,  the  performance of our
independent  auditors  and  our accounting practices. The current members of the
audit  committee  are  Messrs.  Dane,  Kremen  and  Jack  Marshall.

     The  Finance  Committee  of the  Board of  Directors  reviews,  acts on and
reports to the Board of Directors with respect to various financing matters. The
current  members  of the audit  committee  are  Messrs.  Dane,  Kremen  and Jack
Marshall.

The  Board  of  Directors  does  not  have  a  nominating  committee.

                                       42
<PAGE>
DIRECTORS'  COMPENSATION

     Directors  who  are also employees of Photoloft.com receive no compensation
For serving on the Board of  Directors.  With  respect  to directors who are not
employees  ("Non-Employee Directors"), we intend to reimburse such directors for
all  travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of
the  Board of Directors and any committees of the Board.  Non-Employee Directors
are  also  eligible  to  receive and have received grants of non-qualified stock
options  under  our Stock Option Plan, and we intend to establish a Non-Employee
Director  Stock  Option  Plan  which will provide for initial option grants of a
fixed  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  to Non-Employee Directors and
successive  annual  option  grants  to  such  Non-Employee Directors covering an
additional fixed number of shares to provide us with an effective way to recruit
and  retain qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board of Directors.

COMPENSATION  COMMITTEE  INTERLOCKS  AND  INSIDER  PARTICIPATION

     We did not have a Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board of
Directors  performing  similar functions during the fiscal years ending December
31,  1997 and 1998.  Messrs. Jack Marshall and Chris McConn are each officers of
Photoloft.com and, as  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  participated  in
deliberations  of  the  Board  of  Directors relating to the compensation of our
executive  officers. The Board of Directors established a Compensation Committee
as  of  April  8,  1999.  See  "Board  Committees."

                                       43
<PAGE>
ITEM  6.     EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION  SUMMARY

     The  following  table  sets  forth  the compensation awarded or paid to, or
earned  by, our Chief Executive Officer and all our other executive officers who
earned  in  excess  of  $100,000  in  salary  and bonus (collectively the "Named
Executives")  for  services  rendered  to  us during the year ended December 31,
1998:

                        SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE (1)(2)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION        LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                         --------------------  --------------------------------
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                              NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING
POSITION. . . . . . . .        SALARY ($)                OPTIONS (#)
<S>                      <C>                   <C>

Jack Marshall, CEO,
President and Treasurer               156,864                         1,135,032
Christopher E. McConn
Chief Technology
Officer. . . . . . . .                127,229                           454,013

<FN>
(1)     Information  set  forth  herein  includes services rendered by the Named
Executives while employed by Photoloft.com, Inc. prior to the Reorganization and
by  Photoloft.com  following  the  Reorganization.

(2)     The  columns for "Bonus", "Other Annual Compensation", "Restricted Stock
Awards",  "LTP  Payouts"  and "All other Compensation" have been omitted because
there  is  no  compensation  required  to  be  reported.
</TABLE>

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information concerning options
granted  to  the  Named  Executives  during  1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          OPTION GRANTS DURING YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998(1)


NAME                    Number of   % of Total   Exercise   Expiration   Potential Realizable Value at
                       Securities     Options   Price Per    DATE(5)     Assumed Annual  Rates  of Stock
                       Underlying   Granted to     Share                 Price Appreciation for Option
                         Options    Employees    ($/SH)(4)               Term (6)
                       Granted (#)  IN 1998 (3)
                           (2)
                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                             0%         5%        10%
- ---------------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  --------  ---------
<S>                    <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>

Jack
Marshall                1,135,032         42.2%       0.48  July, 2007   ($181,605)  $11,350   $306,459
- ---------------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  --------  ---------
Christopher E. McConn
                          454,013         16.9%       0.48  July, 2007    ($72,642)  $ 4,540   $122,584
                       -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  --------  ---------
<FN>
(1)     No  SARs  were  granted  to  the  Named  Executives  during  1998.

(2)     Each  option  represents  the  right  to  purchase  one  share  of  our  common  stock.

(3)     In  1998,  we  granted  officers,  employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of
2,690,706  shares  of  our  common  stock.

(4)     The  fair  market value of our common stock on the date of grant for each of the listed options,
as  determined  by  our  board  of  directors,  was  $0.32  per  share.

(5)     Options  may  terminate before their expiration dates if the optionee's status as an employee or
consultant  is  terminated  or  upon  the  optionee's  death  or  disability.

(6)     Amounts  represent  hypothetical  gains  that  could  be  achieved for the respective options if
exercised  at  their  end  of  their  respective  terms.  The  0%,  5%,  and 10% assumed annual rates of
compounded  stock  price appreciation are mandated by rules of the SEC and do not represent our estimate
or  projection  of  the  future  prices  of  the common stock. Actual gains, if any, on any exercises of
options  are  dependent  upon  the  future  performance  of  the  common  stock and overall stock market
conditions.  The  amounts  reflected  in  the  table  may  not  necessarily  be  achieved.
</TABLE>

                                       44
<PAGE>
OPTION  EXERCISES  AND  YEAR-END  OPTION  VALUES

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  with respect to the
Named Executives concerning  exercisable and unexercisable stock options held by
them as of December 31, 1998. None of these executive officers exercised options
to purchase common stock in 1998.

        AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN 1998 AND YEAR END OPTION VALUES(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name
                    Number of Unexercised        Value of Unexercised In-the-
                  Options at Year End(#)       Money Optionsat Year End (2)
                ---------------------------  ---------------------------------
                 Exercisable  Unexercisable    Exercisable      Unexercisable
- --------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  -----------------
<S>             <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>

Jack Marshall
                  1,270,726       1,016,799  $      635,363  $        508,399
- --------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  -----------------
Christopher E.
McConn              657,474         406,720  $      328,737  $        203,360
- --------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  -----------------
<FN>
(1)  No SARs were owned or exercised by any of the Named Executives during 1998.

(2)  Based on a per share fair market  value of our common  stock equal to $0.50
     per share, the fair market value as determined by our Board of Directors at
     December 31, 1998.
</TABLE>

                                       45
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENTS  AND  TERMINATION  OF  EMPLOYMENT  AND  CHANGE OF CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS

     On  February  26,  1999  we  entered  into  an  employment  agreement  (the
"Executive  Employment  Agreement") with Jack Marshall ("Executive").  Under the
Executive Employment Agreement, Jack Marshall is to serve as our Chief Executive
Officer,  President  and  Treasurer and perform such duties as may be reasonably
assigned  to  him by the Board of Directors.  The Executive Employment Agreement
provides  for an annual base salary of $120,000 which shall be reviewed at least
annually.  Under  the  Executive  Employment  Agreement,  the  executive is also
eligible  for  annual  bonus  compensation  in  the minimum amount of $60,000 if
Photoloft  reaches  certain  specific  milestones.  The  Executive  Employment
Agreement  also  provides  that  Mr.  Marshall is to receive options to purchase
between  250,000  and  750,000  shares of our Common stock if traffic to our Web
Site  reaches  between  500,000  and  1,000,000  hits  in  any particular month.
Executive  is  eligible  to  receive  vacation  in accordance with the Company's
policies.  He  is  also  eligible  to participate in the health, life insurance,
medical,  retirement  and other benefit programs which we may offer from time to
time.  He  also  is  to  receive  a  car  allowance  of  $500  per  month.

     The  term  of  the  Executive Employment Agreement lasts until December 31,
2001 and continues thereafter on a year to year basis unless terminated pursuant
to  the  terms  thereof.  We may terminate Executive at any time with or without
cause.  The  term  "cause"  is defined in the Executive Employment Agreement as:
(i) the willful neglect of duties reasonably assigned by the Board of Directors;
(ii)  material  breach  of  the agreement; or (iii) willful gross misconduct. If
Executive  is  terminated  without cause, he is to receive severance pay through
December  31, 2001 equal to: (i) the base salary; (ii) bonus compensation; (iii)
vested  options  to  purchase  Common  stock;  (iv)  health  insurance;  (v) car
allowance;  and  (vi)  any  unused  vacation time. pre payment of all automobile
allowance  for  the  remaining period of the term. If the Executive resigns from
his  position for good cause, including a substantial reduction in his position,
duties  or  a  material  breach  of  the  agreement  by  us,  he is to be deemed
terminated  without  cause  and  is  eligible  to  receive  severance.

EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT  PLANS

Stock  Option  Plan

     Our  Stock  Option Plan (the "Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors,
and  ratified  and  approved  by  our  stockholders,  as  of  the closing of the
Reorganization.  The  Board  of  Directors  amended  the  Plan in June 1999. The
following description of our Stock Option Plan is a summary and qualified in its
entirety  by  the  text  of  the  plan,  which  is  filed  as an exhibit to this
Registration  Statement.

                                       46
<PAGE>
     The  purpose  of  the  Plan is to enhance our profitability and stockholder
value by enabling us to offer stock based incentives to employees, directors and
consultants.  The  Plan  authorizes  the  grant of options to purchase shares of
common  stock  to  employees,  directors  and  consultants  of Photoloft and its
affiliates.  Under  the  Plan,  we  may grant incentive stock options within the
meaning  of  Section  422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and non-qualified
stock  options.  Incentive  stock  options  may  only  be granted our employees.

     The number of shares available for options under the Plan is 3,800,000. The
Plan  is administered by the Compensation Committee of the board. Subject to the
provisions  of  the  Plan, the Compensation Committee has authority to determine
the  employees,  directors  and  consultants  of Photoloft who are to be awarded
options  and the terms of such awards, including the number of shares subject to
such  option,  the fair market value of the common stock subject to options, the
exercise  price  per  share  and  other  terms.

     Incentive  stock options must have an exercise price equal to at least 100%
(110% if the  grant is to a  stockholder  holding  more  than 10% of our  voting
stock)  of the  fair  market  value  of a share  on the  date of the  award  and
generally  cannot have a duration of more than 10 years (five years if the grant
is to a  stockholder  holding  more  than 5% of our  voting  stock).  Terms  and
conditions of awards are set forth in written agreements  between  Photoloft.com
and the respective  option holders.  Awards under the Plan may not be made after
the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption but awards granted before that
date may extend beyond that date.

     If the employment with Photoloft of the holder of an incentive stock option
is  terminated  for  any  reason other than as a result of the holder's death or
disability  or  for  "cause" as defined in the Plan, the holder may exercise the
option,  to  the  extent  exercisable  on the date of termination of employment,
until  the  earlier  of the option's specified expiration date and 90 days after
the  date  of  termination.  If  an option holder dies or becomes disabled, both
incentive  and  non-qualified  stock  options may generally be exercised, to the
extent  exercisable  on the date of death or disability, by the option holder or
the  option  holder's  survivors  until  the  earlier  of the option's specified
termination  date  and  one  year  after  the  date  of  death  or  disability.

     As  of  July  7,  1999  225,000 shares had been issued as the result of the
exercise  of  options  previously  granted under the Plan, 3,390,641 shares were
subject  to  outstanding  options  and  409,359 shares were available for future
grants.  The  exercise  prices  of  the outstanding options ranged from $0.48 to
approximately  $5.25.  The  options  under the Plan vest over varying lengths of
time  pursuant  to  various option agreements that we have entered into with the
grantees  of  such  options.

     We  have  not  registered  the  Plan,  or  the  shares  subject to issuance
thereunder,  pursuant  to the Securities Act.  Absent registration, such shares,
when  issued  upon exercise of options, would be "restricted securities" as that
term  is  defined  in  Rule  144  under  the  Securities  Act.

                                       47
<PAGE>
     Optionees  have no rights as stockholders with respect to shares subject to
options prior  to  the  issuance  of  shares  pursuant  to the exercise thereof.
Options  issued to employees under the Plan shall expire no later than ten years
after  the  date  of  grant.  An option becomes exercisable at such time and for
such  amounts  as  determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors or the
Compensation  Committee at the time of the grant of the option.  An optionee may
exercise  a part of the option from the date that part first becomes exercisable
until  the  option  expires.  The  purchase  price for shares to be issued to an
employee  upon his exercise of an option is determined by the Board of Directors
or  the  Compensation Committee on the date the option is granted.  The purchase
price  is  payable  in  full  in cash, by promissory note, by net exercise or by
delivery  of  shares  of  our  Common  stock  when  the  option  is  exercised.

     The  Plan  provides  for  adjustment  as  to the number and kinds of shares
covered  by the outstanding options and the option price therefor to give effect
to any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other reorganization of
or  by  Photoloft.

                                       48
<PAGE>
ITEM  7.     CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS

     Unless  otherwise indicated, information in this Item 7 regarding shares of
our  Common Stock reflect the 1.5133753 for 1 conversion ratio applied to shares
of  Photoloft-California  Common  Stock  at  the  time  of  the  reorganization.

     ISSUANCES  TO  FOUNDER.  Upon  his  founding  of  Photoloft-California  in
November,  1993,  we  issued  756,688 shares of Common Stock to Jack Marshall in
exchange for $500.00. At that time, we also issued him options to purchase up to
1,152,493 shares of Common Stock which vested over a four year period and had an
exercise  price  of  $0.001  per share.  He exercised his options and elected to
purchase  1,152,493 shares of Common Stock in February, 1999.  During the Series
A  Preferred  Stock  Offering  described  below,  he purchased 125,000 shares in
exchange  for  $25,000.  He transferred 50,000 shares of Common Stock by gift in
February  1999.  In  March, 1999 his shares of Photoloft-California Common Stock
and  his  options  to  purchase shares of Photoloft-California Common Stock were
converted  into  shares  of  Photoloft.com Common Stock, and options to purchase
Photoloft.com  Common  Stock  as  a  result  of  the  Reorganization.

     SERIES  A  PREFERRED  OFFERING.  From  1994  to 1998 we conducted a private
offering of Photoloft-California Series A Preferred Stock.  As a result, we sold
the aggregate amount of 2,275,625 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in exchange
for  $455,125.  Under  this  offering,  Messrs. John Marshall and  Chris  McConn
purchased 295,000 and 25,000, shares of stock, respectively.  Ms. Lisa  Marshall
purchased 12,500 shares for $2,500.  As described above, Mr. Jack  Marshall also
participated in the  offering. Each  outstanding  share  of  Series A  Preferred
Stock  was  converted  into 1.5 shares of Common  Stock  of Photoloft-California
in  February,  1999.

     SERIES  B PREFERRED OFFERING.  In August 1996, conducted a private offering
of  Photoloft-California Series B Preferred Stock.  As a result, we sold 150,000
shares  of  our  Series  B Preferred Stock to Mr. Kris Chellum for $45,000. Each
outstanding  share  of Series B Preferred Stock was converted into 1.5 shares of
Common  Stock  of  Photoloft-California  in  February,  1999.

1996 CONSULTING SERVICES. In 1996 we issued 53,472 shares of Common Stock to Mr.
Keith  Queeney  and  Mr.  Chris  McConn in exchange for services provided to us.

     SERIES C PREFERRED  OFFERING. In October, 1997 we entered into an agreement
with  Kremen, Father & Partners to provide us with financial consulting services
and assist us with obtaining financing.  One of our directors, Gary Kremen, is a
principal  of  Kremen,  Father  &  Partners.  In  exchange  for $59,500 worth of
services,  we issued, from 1997 to 1998, 63,384  shares  of  Series C  Preferred
Stock to Mr. Kremen. Each outstanding share of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  was
converted into 1.5 shares of  Common  Stock of Photoloft-California in February,
1999. Currently, we no longer contract with Kremen, Father  &  Partners  for any
services.

     1998 CONSULTING SERVICES.  In 1998 we issued 176,006 shares of Common Stock
to  consultants  and employees who provided services to us. Under this offering,
Ms.  Lisa  Marshall  received  15,739  shares  of  Common  Stock.

                                       49
<PAGE>
     EXERCISED  STOCK  OPTIONS. In February, 1999 we issued the aggregate amount
of  2,844,112  shares  of  Common Stock upon the exercise of options to purchase
Common  Stock  which were granted to employees, directors and consultants of the
Company  between  1993  and 1998. Under this issuance, Messrs. Jack Marshall and
Chris  McConn  exercised  options  to  purchase  1,152,493 and 610,181 shares of
Common  Stock,  respectively.

     STOCK  OPTION  PLAN.  In  1998, we issued options to purchase the aggregate
amount  of  2,690,706  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  employees,  directors  and
consultants  of  the Company pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan.  These
options have an exercise price of $0.48 per share. Under this offering, Mr. Jack
Marshall  and  Mr. Chris McConn received options to purchase up to 1,135,032 and
454,013  shares of Common Stock, respectively, with exercise prices of $0.48 per
share.  These  options  vest  in  48  monthly  installments.  Additionally, from
January to July 1999, we have issued options to purchase the aggregate amount of
699,936  shares  of  Common Stock to employees, directors and consultants of the
Company  pursuant  to the Company's Stock Option Plan. These options were issued
at their fair market value on the date of grant and have exercise prices ranging
from  $0.48  to  $5.25.

     In  addition to the above, in March 1999, we issued the aggregate amount of
225,000  shares  of Common Stock upon the exercise of options to purchase Common
Stock which were granted to certain employees, directors, and consultants of the
Company  in  March 1999 under the Company's Stock Option Plan. These options had
an  exercise  price  of  $0.50 per share. Under this offering, Mr. John Marshall
exercised  options  to  purchase  13,500  shares  of  Common  Stock.

     REORGANIZATION.  In  February  1999,  Photoloft-California entered into the
Reorganization  with a non-operating public company, Data Growth, Inc., a Nevada
corporation  incorporated  in  January,  1996  ("DGI"). Under the Reorganization
Agreement,  the  Photoloft-California  stockholders received 1.5133753 shares of
DGI  Common  Stock  in exchange for each of their shares of Photoloft-California
Common Stock.  Additionally, the holders of options to purchase shares of Common
stock  of  Photoloft-California terminated their options and received options to
purchase  shares  of  Common  Stock  of DGI.  As a result of the Reorganization,
Photoloft-California  became  a wholly-owned subsidiary of DGI.  DGI adopted the
Photoloft-California  Stock  Option  Plan.  An  aggregate of 9,579,266 shares of
Common  stock and options to purchase an aggregate of 2,795,734 shares of Common
stock  were  issued  to  the former Photoloft-California stockholders and option
holders,  respectively,  in  the  Reorganization  and  the  Photoloft-California
stockholders  owned  approximately  77%  of  DGI  immediately  after  the
Reorganization. As part of the Reorganization, all of the executive officers and
directors  of  DGI  resigned  and  the  executive  officers  and  directors  of
Photoloft-California  became  the  executive officers and directors of DGI which
changed  its  name  to  Photoloft.com

                                       50
<PAGE>
     BAYTREE  CAPITAL  ASSOCIATES,  LLC.  In February, 1999 Photoloft-California
entered  into an agreement with Baytree Capital Associates, LLC which we assumed
after  the  Reorganization.  Under  the  agreement,  Baytree  provided financial
consulting  and  assistance  to  Photoloft-California  which  including  the
structuring  and negotiation of a loan, the identification of a merger candidate
and  the  assistance  with  the  Reorganization.  For  their  services,  Baytree
received  25,000  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  and  was  paid  $10,000  in
non-accountable  expense reimbursement.  In addition, Baytree has been granted a
24  month  right  of  first  refusal with respect to any  subsequent financings.
Baytree  also  has  unlimited  "piggyback"  registration rights as to its 25,000
shares.  Lynn Dixon, a shareholder of DGI was instrumental in locating DGI as an
entity  to  be  used  in the Reorganization.  Mr. Dixon was also involved in the
negotiation  of  the  terms  of  the  transaction.

     We believe that all of the  transactions set forth above were made on terms
no less  favorable to us than could have been obtained from  unaffiliated  third
parties. We intend that all future transactions, including loans, between us and
our officers,  directors,  principal  stockholders  and their affiliates will be
approved  by a majority of the Board of  Directors,  including a majority of the
independent and disinterested  outside directors on the Board of Directors,  and
be on terms no less  favorable  to us than could be obtained  from  unaffiliated
third parties.

                                       51
<PAGE>
ITEM  8.     LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS

     There is presently two pending legal  proceedings  to which we are a party.
James  Vierra  has filed an action  against us  alleging,  among  other  things,
breaches of fiduciary  duties,  violation of  securities  laws,  and  employment
related claims arising out of the disputed ownership of the ID4Life division and
the  termination  of Mr.  Vierra's  employment  with us.  We have  answered  the
complaint  and  asserted a  counterclaim  comprising  of claims for  declaratory
relief,  breach of fiduciary duty and breach of contract against Mr. Vierra.  We
believe  that Mr.  Vierra's  claims are  without  merit and intend to defend our
position vigorously.

     Hewlett-Packard,  Co.  has filed an action against us alleging trade secret
misappropriation,  unfair competition, and breach of contract arising out of the
activities  of  one  of  our  employees.  Hewlett-Packard  is seeking injunctive
relief  and  damages.  We  are  presently  in  settlement  negotiations  with
Hewlett-Packard  with regard to this matter.  We have a preexisting relationship
with  Hewlett-Packard with respect to the development and use of certain aspects
of  our  advanced  viewing and printing technologies.  See "Item 1.  Business --
Products  and  Services."

     To  the  best  of  our  knowledge,  there  are  presently  no  other  legal
proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or to which any of
our  property is subject  and,  to the best of its  knowledge,  no such  actions
against us are contemplated or threatened.

ITEM  9.     MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS

     No shares of our common stock have  previously been registered with the SEC
or any state securities  agency or authority.  Our common stock has been trading
on the National Association of Security Dealers Over-The-Counter Market Bulletin
Board ("OTCBB") since March 1, 1999 under the symbol "LOFT". The following table
sets  forth the range of high and low bid  prices of the  common  stock for each
calendar  quarterly  period since trading  commenced as reported by the National
Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.  ("NQB").  Prices reported by the NQB represent  prices
between dealers, do not include retail markups,  markdowns or commissions and do
not represent actual transactions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999                                  High  Low
- -----------------------------------  ------  ------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>
First Quarter (March 1 to March 31)  $7.375  $4.500
Second Quarter (April 1 to June 30)  $5.500  $3.625
Third Quarter (July 1 to July 7)     $5.375  $5.062
</TABLE>

     As of July 7, 1999 there were  approximately  325  holders of record of our
common stock,  which figure does not take into account those  stockholders whose
certificates are held in the name of broker-dealers or other nominees.

                                       52
<PAGE>
Dividend  Policy

         We  have  not  declared or paid cash dividends or made distributions in
the  past,  and  we  do  not  anticipate that we will pay cash dividends or make
distributions  in  the  foreseeable  future.  We  currently intend to retain and
invest  future  earnings  to  finance  our  operations.

Transfer  Agent

     Our  transfer  agent  for our common stock is Interwest Transfer Co., Inc.,
1981  East  4800  South,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  84117.

                                       53
<PAGE>
ITEM  10.     RECENT  SALES  OF  UNREGISTERED  SECURITIES

     Set  forth in chronological order is information regarding shares of common
stock  issued  and options and warrants and other convertible securities granted
by  us during the past three years.  Also included is the consideration, if any,
received  by  us  for  such  shares  and options and information relating to the
section  of  the  Securities  Act, or rule of the SEC under which exemption from
registration  was  claimed.

     Transactions  described  in  Items  (1)  through  (10)  below  refer to the
securities  of  PhotoLoft.Com,  Inc.,  a  California  corporation  which was the
predecessor entity of the filer of this Registration Statement, and transactions
described  in  Items  (11)  through  (15)  below  refer  to  the  securities  of
Photoloft.com,  a  Nevada  corporation  which  is the filer of this Registration
Statement.

     Unless otherwise indicated, information in this Item 10 regarding shares of
our  Common Stock reflect the 1.5133753 for 1 conversion ratio applied to shares
of  Photoloft-California  Common  Stock  at  the  time  of  the  reorganization.

     (1)     From  1994 to 1998 we sold the aggregate amount of 2,275,625 shares
of Series A Preferred Stock in exchange for $430,125 valued in cash and services
provided to the Company pursuant to a private offering of our Series A Preferred
Stock.  The  issuances  were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the  Securities
Act  and/or  Regulation  D  promulgated  under the Securities Act and  were made
without  general  solicitation or advertising. The purchasers were sophisticated
investors  with  access  to all relevant information necessary to evaluate these
investments,  and  who  represented  to  the  Company that the shares were being
acquired  for  investment.

     (2)     In  August  1996, we sold the aggregate amount of 150,000 shares of
our Series B Preferred Stock for $45,000  pursuant to a private  offering of our
preferred  stock.  The  issuance  was made in  reliance  on Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act without general solicitation or advertising.  The purchaser was a
sophisticated  investor  with access to all  relevant  information  necessary to
evaluate the investment, and who represented to the Company that the shares were
being acquired for investment.

     (3)     In  1996  and  1997  we  issued  67,244  shares  of Common Stock to
consultants  and  employees  of the Company in exchange for services rendered to
the  company  valued  at  $8,667. The issuances were made in reliance on Section
4(2) of the  Securities Act  and  were  made  without  general  solicitation  or
advertising.  The  purchasers  were  sophisticated  investors with access to all
relevant  information  necessary  to  evaluate  these  investments,  and  who
represented to the Company that the shares were being acquired  for  investment.

                                       54
<PAGE>
     (4)     From 1997 to 1998, the Company  issued  63,384  shares  of Series C
Preferred Stock in exchange for services valued at $59,500 pursuant to a private
offering of our  preferred  stock.  The issuance was made in reliance on Section
4(2)  of the  Securities  Act and  was  made  without  general  solicitation  or
advertising.  The  purchaser  was a  sophisticated  investor  with access to all
relevant information  necessary to evaluate the investment,  and who represented
to the Company that the shares were being acquired for investment.

     (5)     In  1998  we issued 176,006 shares of Common Stock to employees and
consultants of the Company in exchange for services rendered to the Company. The
issuances  were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act and were
made  without  general   solicitation   or  advertising.   The  purchasers  were
sophisticated  investors  with access to all relevant  information  necessary to
evaluate these  investments,  and who represented to the Company that the shares
were being acquired for investment.

     (6)     In  1998,  we  issued options to purchase up to 2,690,706 shares of
Common Stock to certain employees, directors and consultants of the Company with
an  exercise  price  of  $0.48  per share pursuant to the Company's Stock Option
Plan.  These  issuances were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the  Securities
Act  and/or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and  were made without
general  solicitation  or  advertising.  The  purchasers  were  sophisticated
investors  with  access  to all relevant information necessary to evaluate these
investments,  and  who  represented  to  the  Company that the shares were being
acquired  for  investment.

     (7)     From  January  1999  to  July 1999 the Company issued options to
purchase  the  aggregate amount of 924,936 shares of Common Stock in the Company
pursuant  to the Company's Stock Option Plan with exercise prices from $0.48 per
share  to $5.25 per share. These issuances were made in reliance on Section 4(2)
of  the  Securities Act and/or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and
were  made  without  general  solicitation  or advertising. The purchasers  were
sophisticated  investors  with  access  to all relevant information necessary to
evaluate  these  investments, and who represented to the Company that the shares
were  being  acquired  for  investment.

     (8)     In  February,  1999  we  issued  the  aggregate amount of 2,844,112
shares of Common  Stock upon the  exercise of options to purchase  Common  Stock
which were  granted to  employees,  directors  and  consultants  of the  Company
between 1993 and 1998 .  The issuances  were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act and were made without  general  solicitation  or advertising.
The  purchasers  were  sophisticated  investors  with  access  to  all  relevant
information necessary to evaluate these investments,  and who represented to the
Company that the shares were being acquired for investment.

     (9)     In  February  1999,  we  issued 5,650,207 shares of Common Stock in
exchange and upon the conversion of shares of issued and outstanding Series A, B
and C Preferred  Stock of the Company.  The  issuances  were made in reliance on
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and were made without general solicitation or
advertising.  The  purchasers  were  sophisticated  investors with access to all
relevant   information   necessary  to  evaluate  these  investments,   and  who
represented to the Company that the shares were being acquired for investment.

                                       55
<PAGE>
     (10)     In February 1999, the Company issued 85,011 shares of Common Stock
to employees and  consultants of the Company in exchange for services  valued at
$42,506.  The issuances  were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act and were made without general  solicitation  or advertising.  The purchasers
were sophisticated  investors with access to all relevant information  necessary
to evaluate  these  investments,  and who  represented  to the Company  that the
shares were being acquired for investment.

     (11)     In  March 1999, under the terms of the Reorganization, the Company
issued  the  aggregate  amount  of  9,579,266  shares  of  Common  Stock  to the
shareholders  of  Photoloft.com  in exchange for their shares of Common Stock of
Photoloft-California. The issuances were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act and were made without general  solicitation  or advertising.  The
purchasers were sophisticated  investors with access to all relevant information
necessary to evaluate these investments, and who represented to the Company that
the shares were being acquired for investment.

     (12)     In  March 1999, under the terms of the Reorganization, the holders
of  options  to  purchase  Common  Stock of Photoloft-California exchanged their
options  for  options  to  purchase  the aggregate amount of 2,795,734 shares of
Common  Stock  of  the Company. These issuances were made in reliance on Section
4(2) of the  Securities Act and/or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act
and  were made without general solicitation or advertising. The purchasers  were
sophisticated  investors  with  access  to all relevant information necessary to
evaluate  these  investments, and who represented to the Company that the shares
were  being  acquired  for  investment.

     (13)     In  March  1999,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the Reorganization
Agreement,  the  Company  conducted  a  private  offering  of  its Common stock.
Pursuant to that offering, a total of 2,000,000 shares of Common stock were sold
for  total cash consideration of $1,000,000. The issuances were made in reliance
on Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated under the
Securities  Act  and  were made without general solicitation or advertising. The
purchasers  were sophisticated investors with access to all relevant information
necessary to evaluate these investments, and who represented to the Company that
the  shares  were  being  acquired  for  investment.

     (14)     In March 1999, the Company  issued 225,000  shares of Common Stock
upon the exercise of options to purchase Common stock held by certain employees,
directors and consultants of the Company.  These options were issued in 1999 and
had exercise prices of $0.50 per share. These issuances were made in reliance on
Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act  and/or  Rule 701  promulgated  under  the
Securities Act and were made without general  solicitation  or advertising.  The
purchasers were sophisticated  investors with access to all relevant information
necessary to evaluate these investments, and who represented to the Company that
the shares were being acquired for investment.

                                       56
<PAGE>
     (15)     In March 1999, the Company issued 25,000 shares of Common stock to
Baytree  Capital  Associates  pursuant to the terms of a Letter  Agreement  with
Baytree  Capital  Associates for financial  business  consulting  services.  The
issuance  was made in  reliance  on Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act and/or
Regulation D promulgated  under the Securities Act and was made without  general
solicitation  or advertising.  The purchaser was a  sophisticated  investor with
access to all relevant information necessary to evaluate the investment, and who
represented to the Company that the shares were being acquired for investment.

                                       57
<PAGE>
ITEM  11.     DESCRIPTION  OF  REGISTRANT'S  SECURITIES  TO  BE  REGISTERED

     The  descriptions  in  this Item and in other sections of this Registration
Statement  of  our  securities  and  various  provisions  of  our  Articles  of
Incorporation  and  our  Bylaws  are  summaries.  Statements  contained  in this
Registration Statement relating to such provisions are not necessarily complete,
and  reference  is  made  to the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of
which  have  been filed with the SEC as exhibits to this Registration Statement,
and  provisions  of  applicable  law.

     Our authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock,
par  value  $.001  per  share,  and 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value
$.001.  As  of  July  7, 1999, 12,454,266 shares of our common stock were issued
and  outstanding and 3,800,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance
upon exercise of outstanding options.  Only our common stock is being registered
under  the  Exchange Act pursuant to this Registration Statement.  As of July 7,
1999,  no  shares of our Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding.  See "Item
2.  Financial Information--Factors Affecting Our Business, Operating Results and
Financial  Condition--Anti-Takeover  Provisions And Our Right To Issue Preferred
Stock  Could  Make  A  Third-Party  Acquisition  Of  Us  Difficult."

Description  of  Common  Stock

     The  holders  of  our  common  stock  are  entitled  to equal dividends and
distributions  per  share  with  respect  to  the  common  stock when, as and if
declared  by  the  Board  of Directors from funds legally available therefor. No
holder  of  any  shares of our common stock has a pre-emptive right to subscribe
for  any  of  our securities, nor are any common shares subject to redemption or
convertible  into  other  of  our  securities.  Upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding  up  of  Photoloft,  and  after  payment  of  creditors  and  preferred
stockholders,  if  any, the assets will be divided pro-rata on a share-for-share
basis  among  the  holders  of  the shares of common stock. All shares of common
stock  now  outstanding  are  fully  paid,  validly  issued  and non-assessable.

     Each  share of common  stock is  entitled  to one vote with  respect to the
election  of any  director  or any other  matter  upon  which  shareholders  are
required  or  permitted  to  vote.  Holders  of the  common  stock  do not  have
cumulative voting rights, so the holders of more than 50% of the combined shares
voting for the  election of  directors  may elect all of the  directors  if they
choose to do so, and, in that event,  the holders of the  remaining  shares will
not be able to elect any members to the Board of Directors.

Anti-Takeover  Effects  of  Various Provisions of Nevada Law and Our Articles of
Incorporation  and  Bylaws

                                       58
<PAGE>
     We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada and are therefore
subject  to various provisions of the Nevada corporation laws which may have the
effect  of  delaying  or  deterring  a  change  in  the control or management of
Photoloft.

     Nevada's "Combination with Interested Stockholders Statute," Nevada Revised
Statutes  78.411-78.444,  which applies to Nevada corporations like us having at
least 200 stockholders, prohibits an "interested stockholder" from entering into
a  "combination"  with  the  corporation,  unless certain conditions are met.  A
"combination"  includes  (a) any merger with an "interested stockholder," or any
other  corporation  which  is  or  after  the  merger  would be, an affiliate or
associate  of  the  interested  stockholder,  (b)  any  sale,  lease,  exchange,
mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of assets, in one transaction or
a  series  of  transactions,  to  an  "interested  stockholder,"  having  (i) an
aggregate  market value equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of the
corporation's  assets, (ii) an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the
aggregate  market  value  of all outstanding shares of the corporation, or (iii)
representing  10% or more of the earning power or net income of the corporation,
(c)  any  issuance or transfer of shares of the corporation or its subsidiaries,
to the "interested stockholder," having an aggregate market value equal to 5% or
more  of  the  aggregate  market  value  of  all  the  outstanding shares of the
corporation,  (d)  the  adoption  of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or
dissolution  of  the  corporation  proposed by the "interested stockholder," (e)
certain transactions which would have the effect of increasing the proportionate
share  of  outstanding  shares  of  the  corporation  owned  by  the "interested
stockholder,"  or  (f)  the  receipt  of  benefits,  except proportionately as a
stockholder,  of  any  loans,  advances  or  other  financial  benefits  by  an
"interested  stockholder."  An  "interested  stockholder"  is  a  person who (i)
directly  or  indirectly owns 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding
voting  shares  of  the  corporation  or  (ii)  an affiliate or associate of the
corporation which at any time within three years before the date in question was
the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power
of  the  then  outstanding  shares  of  the  corporation.

     A  corporation  to  which  the  statute  applies  may  not  engage  in  a
"combination"  within  three years after the interested stockholder acquired its
shares,  unless  the  combination or the interested stockholder's acquisition of
shares  was approved by the Board of Directors before the interested stockholder
acquired  the  shares.  If  this  approval  was  not  obtained,  then  after the
three-year  period  expires,  the  combination  may  be  consummated  if all the
requirements  in  the  Articles  of  Incorporation are met and either (a)(i) the
Board of Directors of the corporation approves, prior to such person becoming an
"interested  stockholder,"  the  combination  or  the  purchase of shares by the
"interested  stockholder" or (ii) the combination is approved by the affirmative
vote  of  holders  of  a  majority of voting power not beneficially owned by the
"interested  stockholder"  at a meeting called no earlier than three years after
the date the "interested stockholder" became such or (b) the aggregate amount of
cash  and  the  market  value of consideration other than cash to be received by
holders  of  common  shares  and  holders of any other class or series of shares
meets  the  minimum  requirements  set  forth in Sections 78.411 through 78.443,
inclusive,  and  prior to the consummation of the combination, except in limited
circumstances,  the "interested stockholder" will not have become the beneficial
owner  of  additional  voting  shares  of  the  corporation.

                                       59
<PAGE>
     Nevada's  "Control  Share  Acquisition  Statute,"  Nevada  Revised  Statute
(S)78.378-78.379,  prohibits  an  acquiror,  under  certain  circumstances, from
voting  shares  of a target corporation's stock after crossing certain threshold
ownership  percentages,  unless  the acquiror obtains the approval of the target
corporation's  stockholders.  The Control Share Acquisition Statute only applies
to  Nevada  corporations  with at least 200 stockholders, including at least 100
record  stockholders who are Nevada residents, and which do business directly or
indirectly in Nevada.  While we do not currently exceed these thresholds, we may
well  do  so  in the near future.  In addition, although we do not presently "do
business" in Nevada within the meaning of the Control Share Acquisition Statute,
we  may  do  so  in  the  future. Therefore, it is likely that the Control Share
Acquisition Statute will apply to us in the future.  The statute specifies three
thresholds:  at  least one-fifth but less than one-third, at least one-third but
less  than  a  majority,  and  a majority or more, of all the outstanding voting
power.  Once  an  acquiror  crosses one of the above thresholds, shares which it
acquired  in  the transaction taking it over the threshold or within ninety days
become "Control Shares" which are deprived of the right to vote until a majority
of  the  disinterested stockholders restore that right.  A special stockholders'
meeting  may  be  called  at  the request of the acquiror to consider the voting
rights of the acquiror's shares no more than 50 days (unless the acquiror agrees
to  a  later  date)  after the delivery by the acquiror to the corporation of an
information  statement  which  sets  forth  the  range  of voting power that the
acquiror  has  acquired  or  proposes  to  acquire and certain other information
concerning  the acquiror and the proposed control share acquisition.  If no such
request  for a stockholders' meeting is made, consideration of the voting rights
of  the  acquiror's  shares  must  be  taken  at  the  next  special  or  annual
stockholders' meeting.  If the stockholders fail to restore voting rights to the
acquiror  or if the acquiror fails to timely deliver an information statement to
the  corporation,  then  the  corporation may, if so provided in its articles of
incorporation  or  bylaws, call certain of the acquiror's shares for redemption.
Our  Articles  of Incorporation and Bylaws do not currently permit us to call an
acquiror's  shares  for redemption under these circumstances.  The Control Share
Acquisition Statute also provides that the stockholders who do not vote in favor
of  restoring  voting  rights  to  the Control Shares may demand payment for the
"fair value" of their shares (which is generally equal to the highest price paid
in  the  transaction  subjecting  the  stockholder  to  the  statute).

     Certain  provisions  of  our  Bylaws  which are summarized below may affect
potential changes in control of Photoloft.  The Board of Directors believes that
these  provisions  are  in  the best interests of stockholders because they will
encourage  a  potential acquiror to negotiate with the Board of Directors, which
will  be  able  to  consider  the  interests  of all stockholders in a change in
control  situation.  However, the cumulative effect of these terms maybe to make
it  more  difficult  to  acquire  and  exercise control of Photoloft and to make
changes  in  management  more  difficult.

     The  Bylaws  provide  the  number  of  directors  of  Photoloft   shall  be
established  by the Board of Directors,  but shall be no less than one.  Between
stockholder  meetings,  the Board may appoint new directors to fill vacancies or
newly  created  directorships.  A  director  may be removed  from  office by the
affirmative vote of 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

                                       60
<PAGE>
     The  Bylaws  further  provide  that  stockholder  action  may be taken at a
meeting  of  stockholders  and  may  be effected by a consent in writing if such
consent  is  signed  all  of  the  holders  of  common  stock.

     We  are  not aware of any proposed takeover attempt or any proposed attempt
to  acquire  a  large  block  of  our  common  stock.

     The provisions described above may have the effect of delaying or deterring
a  change  in  the  control  or  management  of  Photoloft.

Application  of  California  GCL

     Although we are incorporated in Nevada, our headquarters is in the State of
California.  Section  2115  of the California GCL ("Section 2115") provides that
certain  provisions  of  the California GCL shall be applicable to a corporation
organized  under  the  laws  of another state to the exclusion of the law of the
state  in  which  it  is  incorporated,  if  the corporation meets certain tests
regarding  the  business  done  in  California  and the number of its California
stockholders.

     An  entity  such as us can be subject to Section 2115 if the average of the
property  factor,  payroll  factor  and  sales factor deemed to be in California
during  its  latest  full  income  year  is  more  than 50 percent and more than
one-half  of  its  outstanding  voting  securities are held of record by persons
having  addresses  in  California.  Section  2115 does not apply to corporations
with  outstanding  securities listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange,
or with outstanding securities designated as qualified for trading as a national
market  security  on  NASDAQ,  if  such  corporation has at least 800 beneficial
holders  of  its  equity  securities.  Since the average of our property factor,
payroll  factor  and  sales  factor deemed to be in California during our latest
fiscal  year  was almost 100%, and over 60% of our outstanding voting securities
are held of record by persons having addresses in California, and our securities
do not currently qualify as a national market security on NASDAQ, we are subject
to  Section  2115.

     During  the  period  that we are subject to Section 2115, the provisions of
the  California  GCL  regarding the following matters are made applicable to the
exclusion  of  the  law  of  the  State  of  Nevada:  (i) general provisions and
definitions;  (ii)  annual  election  of  directors;  (iii)removal  of directors
without  cause;  (iv)  removal  of directors by court proceedings; (v)filling of
director  vacancies  where  less  than  a majority in office were elected by the
stockholders; (vi) directors' standard of care; (vii) liability of directors for
unlawful  distributions;  (viii)  indemnification  of  directors,  officers  and
others;  (ix)  limitations  on  corporate distributions of cash or property; (x)
liability  of  a  stockholder  who  receives  an  unlawful  distribution;(xi)
requirements  for  annual  stockholders  meetings;  (xii) stockholders' right to
cumulate  votes  at  any  election  of  directors;  (xiii)  supermajority  vote
requirements;  (xiv)  limitations  on  sales  of  assets;  (xv)  limitations  on
mergers;(xvi)  reorganizations;  (xvii)  dissenters'  rights  in connection with
reorganizations;  (xviii)  required  records  and  papers;  (xix) actions by the
California  Attorney  General;  and  (xx)  rights  of  inspection.

                                       61
<PAGE>
ITEM  12.     INDEMNIFICATION  OF  DIRECTORS  AND  OFFICERS

     The  General Corporation Law of Nevada limits the liability of officers and
directors  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  except  in  certain  specified
circumstances,  and  also  empowers  corporations  organized under Nevada Law to
indemnify  officers,  directors,  employees and others from liability in certain
circumstances  such  as  where  the  person successfully defended himself on the
merits  or acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best
interests  of  the  corporation.

     Our  Articles  of  Incorporation,  with  certain  exceptions, eliminate any
personal  liability  of  a  directors  or officers to us or our stockholders for
monetary damages for the breach of such person's fiduciary duty, and, therefore,
an  officer  or  director  cannot  be  held  liable  for  damages  to  us or our
stockholders  for  gross  negligence or lack of due care in carrying out his (or
her)  fiduciary  duties  as  a  director  or officer except in certain specified
instances.  We  may  also adopt by-laws which provide for indemnification to the
full  extent permitted under law which includes all liability, damages and costs
or  expenses  arising  from or in connection with service for, employment by, or
other  affiliation  with  us  to  the maximum extent and under all circumstances
permitted  by  law.

     There  is  presently  one  material  pending  legal  proceeding  to which a
director,  officer  and  employee  of  ours  is  a  party.  See  "Item  8  Legal
Proceedings".  There  is no other pending litigation or proceeding involving one
of  our  directors,  officers,  employees  or  other  agents  as  to  which
indemnification  is  being  sought,  and  we  are  not  aware  of any pending or
threatened  litigation  that  may  result  in  claims for indemnification by any
director,  officer,  employee  or  other  agent.

     We have purchased  directors and officers liability insurance to defend and
indemnify directors and officers who are subject to claims made against them for
their  actions  and  omissions  as  directors  and  officers of  Photoloft.  The
insurance policy provides standard directors and officers liability insurance in
the amount of $5,000,000.

     We  intend  to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and
officers. These agreements will provide, in general, that we shall indemnify and
hold harmless such directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law
against  any  judgments,  fines,  amounts  paid  in  settlement,  and  expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with, or in
any  way  arising  out  of,  any  claim,  action or proceeding (whether civil or
criminal)  against,  or  affecting,  such directors and officers resulting from,
relating  to  or  in  any way arising out of, the service of such persons as our
directors  and  officers.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the
foregoing  provisions or otherwise, we have has been advised that in the opinion
of  the  SEC,  such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Act  and  is,  therefore,  unenforceable.

                                       62
<PAGE>
ITEM  13.     FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

     Reference  is  made  to  the  Financial  Statements together with the notes
thereto  and  the  report  thereon  from BDO Seidman, LLP appearing on pages F-1
through  F-16  of  this  Form  10-SB.

ITEM  14.     CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON
              ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL  DISCLOSURE

None.


                                       63
<PAGE>
ITEM  15.  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(A)  Index to Financial Statements
<S>  <C>                                                                          <C>

     Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants, BDO Seidman, LLP         F-1

     Financial Statements:

     Balance sheets as of March 31, 1999 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1998        F-2

     Statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998  F-3
     (Unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997

     Statements of stockholders' equity (deficiency) for the three months ended   F-4
     March 31, 1999 (Unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997

     Statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998  F-5
     (Unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997

     Notes to Financial Statements                                                F-6 - F-16
</TABLE>

                                       64
<PAGE>
REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS


The  Board  of  Directors  and  Shareholders  of
PhotoLoft.com,  Inc.

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet of PhotoLoft.com, Inc. (the
Company)  as  of  December  31,  1998, and the related statements of operations,
shareholders'  equity  (deficiency), and cash flows for the years ended December
31,  1998  and  1997.  These  financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express an opinion on these
financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
principles.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan and perform our audits to
obtain  reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the overall financial statement
presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of PhotoLoft.com, Inc. as of
December  31,  1998,  and  the  results of its operations and cash flows for the
years  ended  December  31, 1998 and 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles.




San  Jose,  California
April  2,  1999

                                      F - 1
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PHOTOLOFT.COM

                                                                  BALANCE SHEETS


                                                                                          MARCH 31,    December 31,
                                                                                             1999          1998
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>           <C>
ASSETS (Note 6)

CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 10)                                                      $  1,081,900  $     370,000
Note receivable, current portion (Note 2)                                                     658,000        658,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                                      15,900              -
Deferred income taxes                                                                         337,200        183,100
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                                                        2,093,000      1,211,100
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net (Note 3)                                                          106,500         65,700
NOTE RECEIVABLE, less current portion (Note 2)                                              1,441,200      1,656,700
OTHER ASSETS                                                                                   10,500          5,500
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                                         $  3,651,200  $   2,939,000
=======================================================================================  ============  =============

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable                                                                         $    192,100  $     129,500
Accrued expenses (Note 4)                                                                      64,900         73,500
Deferred revenue (Note 5)                                                                      21,800         36,300
Deferred income taxes (Note 9)                                                                263,600        263,600
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                                     542,400        502,900
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 9)                                                                580,500        666,700
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                                           1,122,900      1,169,600
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Notes 1, 6, 10 and 12)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: (Notes 1, 8 and 12)
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued
     and outstanding                                                                                -              -
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 12,454,268 and 6,650,145
     shares issued and outstanding, respectively                                               12,400          6,700
Additional paid-in capital                                                                  1,761,900        648,200
Retained earnings                                                                             754,000      1,114,500
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                                  2,528,300      1,769,400
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                                         $  3,651,200  $   2,939,000
=======================================================================================  ============  =============
</TABLE>

                                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F - 2
<PAGE>
                                                                   PHOTOLOFT.COM


                                                        STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Three Months Ended March 31,  Years Ended December 31,
                                         --------------------------  ------------------------
                                             1999          1998         1998         1997
                                         ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                         (UNAUDITED)   (Unaudited)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
REVENUES (Note 10)                       $    21,800   $   204,100   $  674,300   $  574,200
COST OF REVENUES                              36,300        32,200      113,000       60,800
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

GROSS PROFIT (LOSS)                          (14,500)      171,900      561,300      513,400
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Sales and marketing                         18,800        10,600      325,000       32,200
  General and administrative (Note 7)        605,100       159,800      999,000      642,200
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES                     623,900       170,400    1,324,000      674,400
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

(LOSS) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS               (638,400)        1,500     (762,700)    (161,000)
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Sale of trade name (Note 2)                      -             -    3,100,000            -
  Interest income                             40,100             -       76,900            -
  Interest expense                                 -             -         (500)           -
  Other                                       (2,500)       (1,200)      (2,400)      (3,700)
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)                  37,600        (1,200)   3,174,000       (3,700)
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES           (600,800)          300    2,411,300     (164,700)
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT) (Note 9)       (240,300)            -      748,000          800
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

NET INCOME (LOSS)                        $  (360,500)  $       300   $1,663,300   $ (165,500)
=======================================  ============  ============  ===========  ===========

Basic earnings (loss) per share          $     (0.04)  $      0.00   $     0.26   $    (0.03)
=======================================  ============  ============  ===========  ===========

Diluted earnings (loss) per share        $     (0.04)  $      0.00   $     0.18   $    (0.03)
=======================================  ============  ============  ===========  ===========

Basic weighted-average common shares
  outstanding                              9,063,500     6,360,300    6,488,300    6,297,000
Stock options                                      -     2,799,400    2,799,400            -
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------

Diluted weighted-average common shares
  outstanding                              9,063,500     9,159,700    9,287,700    6,297,000
=======================================  ============  ============  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

                                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F - 3
<PAGE>
                                                                   PHOTOLOFT.COM


                                 STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        (Accumulated
                                                                            Common Stock     Additional   Deficit)
                                                                        -------------------   Paid-in     Retained
                                                                          Shares    Amount    Capital     Earnings       Total
                                                                                                                      -----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>          <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -------  ----------  -----------  -----------
BALANCES, January 1, 1997                                                6,267,448  $ 6,300  $  497,200  $ (383,300)  $  120,200

Issuance of stock for services                                              59,025      100      18,200           -       18,300

Net loss                                                                         -        -           -    (165,500)    (165,500)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -------  ----------  -----------  -----------

BALANCES, December 31, 1997                                              6,326,473    6,400     515,400    (548,800)     (27,000)

Issuance of stock for services                                             323,672      300     132,800           -      133,100

Net income                                                                       -        -           -   1,663,300    1,663,300
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -------  ----------  -----------  -----------

BALANCES, December 31, 1998                                              6,650,145    6,700     648,200   1,114,500    1,769,400

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)                                    3,069,112    3,000     112,300           -      115,300

Issuance of common stock for services
  (unaudited)                                                               85,011      100      42,400           -       42,500

Issuance of common stock in connection with reverse merger (unaudited)     625,000      600       4,900           -        5,500

Sale of common stock, net of stock issuance
  costs of approximately $56,500 (unaudited)                             2,025,000    2,000     954,100           -      956,100

Net loss (unaudited)                                                             -        -           -    (360,500)    (360,500)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -------  ----------  -----------  -----------

BALANCES, March 31, 1999 (unaudited)                                    12,454,268  $12,400  $1,761,900  $  754,000   $2,528,300
======================================================================  ==========  =======  ==========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

                                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F - 4
<PAGE>
                                                                   PHOTOLOFT.COM


                                                        STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                                       (Note 11)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                           Three Months Ended March 31,   Years Ended December 31,

                                                                  1999          1998          1998         1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
                                                              (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)

<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  Net income (loss)                                           $  (360,500)  $       300   $ 1,663,300   $(165,500)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
    cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                                 7,400         2,400        13,200       8,600
      Allowance for doubtful accounts                                   -             -       (75,100)     82,800
      Gain on sale of trade name                                        -             -    (3,100,000)          -
      Issuance of stock for services                               42,500        27,800       133,100      18,300
      Deferred income taxes                                      (240,300)            -       747,200           -
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable                                             -         2,800       170,700    (130,600)
        Prepaid expenses and other current assets                 (15,900)        6,600         6,600      47,300
        Accounts payable                                           62,600       (16,500)       65,000      58,100
        Accrued expenses                                           (8,600)      (11,200)      (21,300)     94,800
        Deferred revenue                                          (14,500)            -        36,300           -
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES              (527,300)       12,200      (361,000)     13,800
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Cash acquired in purchase of business                             5,500             -             -           -
  Purchase of property and equipment                              (48,200)       (1,500)      (51,100)    (12,200)
  Other assets                                                     (5,000)          300        (3,200)     (2,000)
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES                             (47,700)       (1,200)      (54,300)    (14,200)
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Principal received under note receivable                        215,500             -       785,300           -
  Proceeds from issuances of stock                              1,115,400             -             -           -
  Payment of stock issuance costs                                 (44,000)            -             -           -
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                       1,286,900             -       785,300           -
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS              711,900        11,000       370,000        (400)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period                    370,000             -             -         400
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period                      $ 1,081,900   $    11,000   $   370,000   $       -
============================================================  ============  ============  ============  ==========
</TABLE>




                                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F - 5
<PAGE>
1.  SUMMARY  OF  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES

     The  Company

     PhotoLoft.com,  Inc. (formerly AltaVista Technology,  Inc.) (the Company) a
     California corporation,  was incorporated on November 17, 1993. The Company
     provides users with advanced,  easy-to-use  technology to instantly create,
     share and print Internet photo albums.

     On March 1,  1999,  100% of the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock  was
     acquired by  PhotoLoft.com  (formerly Data Growth,  Inc., a publicly traded
     shell  corporation)  (PhotoLoft),  a Nevada  Corporation,  in exchange  for
     9,579,268  shares  of  PhotoLoft's   $.001  par  value  common  stock.  For
     accounting purposes, the acquisition has been treated as the acquisition of
     PhotoLoft, with the Company as the acquiror (reverse acquisition).

     The shares held by the  shareholders  of PhotoLoft prior to the acquisition
     (625,000  shares after  reflecting a 2.46 to 1 reverse stock split effected
     by PhotoLoft  immediately prior to the acquisition) have been recognized as
     if they were issued in connection  with the acquisition of PhotoLoft by the
     Company.  Since  PhotoLoft  prior to the reverse  acquisition  was a public
     shell  corporation with no significant  operations,  pro forma  information
     giving effect to the acquisition is not presented. All shares and per share
     data prior to the  acquisition  have been  restated  to  reflect  the stock
     issuance as a recapitalization of the Company.  The historical  information
     prior to March 1, 1999 is that of the Company.

     Use  of  Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of the
     financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
     during  the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from those
     estimates.

     Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents

     The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  having  original
     maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

     Property  and  Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is provided using
     the  straight-line  method over the estimated  economic useful lives of the
     assets, generally ranging from five to seven years.

     Long-Lived  Assets

     The  Company   periodically  reviews  its  long-lived  assets  and  certain
     identifiable  intangibles  for  impairment.   When  events  or  changes  in
     circumstances  indicate  that the  carrying  amount  of an asset may not be
     recoverable,  the  asset was recorded at the lower of its book value or its
     fair value.

                                      F - 6
<PAGE>
     Fair  Values  of  Financial  Instruments

     The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were  used  by  the  Company  in
     estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

          Cash and cash equivalents:

          The carrying  amount  reported in the balance  sheet for cash and cash
          equivalents approximates fair value.

          Note receivable:

          The fair value for the note  receivable is estimated  based on current
          interest rates available to the Company for  investments  with similar
          terms and remaining maturities.

          Short-term debt:

          The fair value of  short-term  debt  approximates  cost because of the
          short period of time to maturity.

     As of  December  31,  1998,  the fair  values  of the  Company's  financial
     instruments approximate their historical carrying amounts.

     Revenue  Recognition

     The  Company  recognizes  revenues  when earned or upon  product  shipment,
     provided no significant obligations remain, and collectibility is probable.

     Advertising

     The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred.  Advertising costs for the
     three month  periods ended March 31, 1999 and 1998  aggregated  $14,500 and
     $3,000,  respectively  (unaudited).  Advertising  costs for the years ended
     December 31, 1998 and 1997 aggregated $26,000 and $4,100, respectively.

     Income  Taxes

     The Company  accounts  for income  taxes in  accordance  with  Statement of
     Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes,
     which requires an asset and liability  approach.  This approach  results in
     the   recognition   of  deferred  tax  assets  (future  tax  benefits)  and
     liabilities  for  the  expected   future  tax   consequences  of  temporary
     differences  between the book carrying  amounts and the tax basis of assets
     and  liabilities.  The deferred tax assets and  liabilities  represent  the
     future tax return  consequences of those differences,  which will either be
     deductible  or taxable  when the assets and  liabilities  are  recovered or
     settled.  Future tax  benefits  are subject to a valuation  allowance  when
     management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets
     will not be realized.

                                      F - 7
<PAGE>
     New  Accounting  Pronouncement

     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS
     No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS
     No. 133 requires companies to recognize all derivatives contracts as either
     assets or  liabilities  in the  balance  sheet and to measure  them at fair
     value.  If certain  conditions  are met, a derivative  may be  specifically
     designated  as a hedge,  the  objective  of which is to match the timing of
     gain or loss recognition on the hedging  derivative with the recognition of
     (i) the changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or liabilities, that
     are  attributable  to the hedged risk,  or (ii) the earnings  effect of the
     hedged forecasted transaction. For a derivative not designated as a hedging
     instrument,  the gain or loss is  recognized  in  income  in the  period of
     change.  SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal years
     beginning after June 15, 2000.

     Historically, the Company has not entered into derivatives contracts either
     to hedge  existing  risks or for  speculative  purposes.  Accordingly,  the
     Company  does  not  expect  adoption  of the new  standard  to  affect  its
     financial statements.

     Earnings  Per  Common  Share

     During 1998, the Company  adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 128,  Earnings
     Per Share.  SFAS No. 128 provides for the  calculation of basic and diluted
     earnings per share.  Basic  earnings per share  includes no dilution and is
     computed  by  dividing  income  available  to  common  stockholders  by the
     weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for the  period.
     Diluted  earnings per share  reflects the potential  dilution of securities
     that could share in the  earnings of an entity.  For the three months ended
     March 31, 1999 and the year ended  December 31,  1997,  options to purchase
     5,796,677 and 2,844,112 shares of common stock, respectively, were excluded
     from  computation of diluted earnings per share since their effect would be
     antidilutive.  For the three months ended March 31, 1998 and the year ended
     December  31,  1998,  options to purchase  37,834 and  2,728,539  shares of
     common stock,  respectively,  were excluded from the computation of diluted
     earnings per share because the options' exercise price was greater than the
     estimated average fair market value of the common shares.

     Basis  of  Presentation

     The  accompanying  balance sheet as of March 31, 1999 and the statements of
     operations  and cash flows for each of the three month  periods ended March
     31, 1999 and 1998 have not been audited.  However,  they have been prepared
     on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of
     management,  reflect all  adjustments,  which include only normal recurring
     adjustments,  necessary for a fair  presentation of the financial  position
     and the results of operations for the periods presented. The financial data
     and other  information  disclosed  in these notes to  financial  statements
     related to these periods are  unaudited.  The results of operations for the
     three months ended March 31, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results
     to be expected for any future period.

                                      F - 8
<PAGE>
2.  SALE  OF  TRADE  NAME

     On July 31, 1998,  the Company sold all its rights in and to the  AltaVista
     mark and the  internet  domain name  "altavista.com"  to Digital  Equipment
     Corporation  for a total  of  $3,100,000,  payable  $350,000  in  cash  and
     $2,750,000  in a  promissory  note.  The  note,  payable  in  12  quarterly
     installments  commencing  October 1, 1998,  bears  interest at 7% annually.
     Through April 2, 1999, all scheduled payments have been received.

     A  summary  of  future minimum receipts from this note receivable, follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ending December 31,                  Amount
                                           ----------
<S>                                        <C>
1999                                       $  768,300
2000                                        1,024,400
2001                                          749,600
                                           ----------
Future minimum receipts                     2,542,300
Less amount representing interest (7.0%)      227,600
                                           ----------
Present value of future minimum receipts    2,314,700
Less current portion                          658,000
                                           ----------
                                           $1,656,700
                                           ==========
</TABLE>

3.  PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT

     A  summary  of  property  and  equipment  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 MARCH 31,    December 31,
                                   1999          1998
                               ------------  -------------
                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>           <C>
Office equipment               $    137,700  $      90,500
Furniture and fixtures               10,300          9,300
                               ------------  -------------
                                    148,000         99,800
Less accumulated depreciation        41,500         34,100
                               ------------  -------------
                               $    106,500  $      65,700
                               ============  =============
</TABLE>

4.  ACCRUED  EXPENSES

     A  summary  of  accrued  expenses  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      MARCH 31,    December 31,
                        1999           1998
                    ------------  -------------
                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                 <C>           <C>
Vacation            $     24,900  $      24,900
Consulting fees           20,000         20,000
Salaries and wages        19,900         19,900
Other                        100          8,700
                    ------------  -------------
                    $     64,900  $      73,500
                    ============  =============
</TABLE>

5.  DEFERRED  REVENUE

     Deferred  revenue  consists of quarterly and annual  subscriptions  for web
     hosting services. Revenue from the subscriptions is recognized ratably over
     the term of the subscriptions.

                                      F - 9
<PAGE>
6.  COMMITMENTS  AND  CONTINGENCIES

     Leases

     The Company  leases its facilities and certain  equipment  under  operating
     leases. The facility leases require the Company to pay certain  maintenance
     and operating  expenses,  such as utilities,  property  taxes and insurance
     costs.  Rent expense for the three month  periods  ended March 31, 1999 and
     1998 was $31,200 and $5,900, respectively (unaudited). Rent expense related
     to these  operating  leases for the years ended  December 31, 1998 and 1997
     was $39,900 and $18,700, respectively.

     A  summary  of  the  future   minimum   lease   payments   required   under
     non-cancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year, follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ending December 31,      Amount
                               --------
1999                           $ 95,700
<S>                            <C>
2000                             91,300
2001                             51,600
2002                              3,600
                               --------
Future minimum lease payments  $242,200
                               ========
</TABLE>

     In  September  1998,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement  whereby the
     Company acts as guarantor  of a third party in a sub-lease  agreement.  The
     sub-lease agreement expires in September 2000.

     Debt  Agreement

     The Company maintains a $200,000  revolving line of credit with a bank that
     is  secured  by  all  corporate  assets,   including  accounts  receivable,
     inventory and intangible  assets. The loan is limited to $100,000 until the
     Company  fulfills certain  milestone  covenants and pays an additional loan
     fee.  The line of credit  accrues  interest at 2% over the  Lender's  Prime
     Rate.  Advances  against  the line of credit are limited to 70% of eligible
     accounts  receivable.  As of March 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998, the line
     of credit had no outstanding balance.

7.  RELATED  PARTY  TRANSACTIONS

     During the year ended  December  31, 1998,  the Company paid  approximately
     $20,000 for consulting services from a shareholder.

8.  SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY

     Preferred  Stock

     The Company had authorized  5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock that may be
     issued in one or more  series.  As of December  31,  1998,  the Company had
     2,489,009  Preferred shares issued and  outstanding,  which are Series A, B
     and C. Each series of  Preferred  Stock was  identical in respect to rights
     and preferences, as follows:

     Each share of Preferred  Stock was entitled to receive cash dividends equal
     to $.20 per  share  per  annum,  payable  prior  and in  preference  to any
     distribution  to the holders of Common Stock.  The rights to such dividends
     were not cumulative.

     Each share of Preferred  Stock was  convertible  into such number of Common
     Stock as  determined  by dividing  $.20 by the then  applicable  conversion
     price in effect at the time of the conversion. Due to the conversion of the
     Company's  preferred  stock into  common  stock and a 1.513  stock split in
     February 1999, as well as the recapitalization of the Company in connection
     with the reverse acquisition in March 1999, the statements of shareholders'
     equity (deficiency) and per share data have been restated (Note 12).

                                     F - 10
<PAGE>
     Stock  Option  Plans

     For its stock options,  the Company applies APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting
     for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees.  Accordingly,  compensation  costs  were
     insignificant,  as the exercise price of the options issued approximated or
     was higher  than the  estimated  fair value of the common  stock at date of
     grant.

     While the  Company  continues  to apply APB  Opinion  No. 25, SFAS No. 123,
     Accounting for  Stock-Based  Compensation,  requires the Company to provide
     pro forma  information  regarding net income (loss) as if compensation cost
     for the Company's stock option plans had been determined in accordance with
     the fair  value  based  method  prescribed  by SFAS No.  123.  The  Company
     estimates  the fair  value of stock  options at the grant date by using the
     minimum value method with the following  assumptions used for the grants in
     1998 and 1997,  respectively:  dividend yield of 0; risk-free interest rate
     of 6.0% and 6.6%; and an expected life of five years for all plan options.

     Under the  accounting  provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income
     (loss)  would  have  been  reduced  (increased)  to the pro  forma  amounts
     indicated below:

                  1998        1997
              -----------  -----------
As  reported  $ 1,663,300  $ (165,500)
              ===========  ===========
Pro  forma    $ 1,317,800  $ (171,300)
              ===========  ===========

     A summary of the status of the  Company's  stock option plan as of December
     31,  1998 and 1997 and  changes  during the years then ended  (restated  to
     reflect  the 1.513  stock  split in February  1999),  is  presented  in the
     following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Options Outstanding
                                 ------------------------------------------------
                                  December 31, 1998        December 31, 1997
                                 -----------------------  -----------------------
                                             Wtd.-Avg.                Wtd.-Avg.
                                            ------------
                                  Shares    Exer. Price    Shares    Exer. Price
                                 ---------  ------------  ---------  ------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
Beginning                        2,844,112  $      0.007  2,806,278  $      0.001
Granted                          2,690,705  $      0.480     37,834  $      0.480
Exercised/forfeited                      -             -          -             -
Ending                           5,534,817  $      0.237  2,844,112  $      0.007
                                 =========  ============  =========  ============
Exercisable at year-end          3,194,587                2,795,400
                                 =========                =========
Wtd.-avg. fair value of options
  granted during the year                   $      0.480             $      0.480
                                            ============             ============
</TABLE>

                                     F - 11
<PAGE>
     The following table summarizes  information about stock options outstanding
     as of December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Options Outstanding            Options Exercisable
           ------------------------------------  -----------------------
                         Wtd.-Avg.
Range of     Number      Remaining   Wtd.-Avg.     Number     Wtd.-Avg.
Exercise   Outstanding  Contractual   Exercise   Exercisable   Exercise
Prices     at 12/31/98     Life        Price     at 12/31/98    Price
- ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
<S>        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
0.001        2,806,278   5.26 years  $    0.001    2,806,278  $    0.001
0.480        2,728,539   9.54 years  $    0.480      388,310  $    0.480
           -----------               ----------  -----------  ----------
             5,534,817               $    0.237    3,194,588  $    0.059
           ===========               ==========  ===========  ==========
</TABLE>


9.  INCOME  TAXES

     For the  years  ended  December  31,  1998 and  1997,  income  tax  expense
     comprises:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998     CURRENT   DEFERRED    TOTAL
- -------  --------  ---------  --------
<S>      <C>       <C>        <C>
FEDERAL  $      -  $ 628,600  $628,600
STATE         800    118,600   119,400
- -------  --------  ---------  --------
         $    800  $ 747,200  $748,000
=======  ========  =========  ========


1997     Current   Deferred   Total
- -------  --------  ---------  --------
Federal  $      -  $       -  $      -
State         800          -       800
- -------  --------  ---------  --------
         $    800  $       -  $    800
=======  ========  =========  ========
</TABLE>

                                     F - 12
<PAGE>
     The following  summarizes  the  differences  between the income tax expense
     (benefit) and the amount  computed by applying the Federal  income tax rate
     of 34% in 1998 and 1997 to income (loss) before income taxes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended December 31,                       1998       1997
                                            ----------  ---------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>
Federal income tax at statutory rate        $ 819,800   $(56,000)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit    138,200     (9,400)
(Decrease) increase in valuation allowance   (211,200)    65,700
Other, net                                      1,200        500
                                            ----------  ---------
                                            $ 748,000   $    800
                                            ==========  =========
</TABLE>

     Deferred  tax  assets  (liabilities)  comprise  the  following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     MARCH 31,    December 31,
                                       1999          1998
                                   ------------  --------------
                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>           <C>
Loss carryforwards                 $   320,700   $     166,600
Reserves not currently deductible       16,500          16,500
                                   ------------  --------------
Total deferred tax assets          $   337,200   $     183,100
                                   ============  ==============
Installment sale of trade name     $  (833,500)  $    (919,700)
Depreciation                           (10,600)        (10,600)
                                   ------------  --------------
Total deferred tax liabilities     $  (844,100)  $    (930,300)
                                   ============  ==============
</TABLE>

     As of December 31, 1998, the Company has net operating  loss  carryforwards
     available  to  reduce  future  taxable  income,  if any,  of  approximately
     $453,700  and  $194,100  for Federal  and  California  state tax  purposes,
     respectively. The benefits from these carryforwards expire in various years
     through 2018.

     Pursuant to the "change in  ownership"  provisions of the Tax Reform Act of
     1986,  utilization  of the Company's net  operating  loss  carryover may be
     limited, if a cumulative change of ownership of more than 50% occurs within
     any three-year period.

10.  CONCENTRATIONS

     Major Customers

     During the three month  periods ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 and the years
     ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  the  Company  had no  customers  that
     comprised more than 10% of net revenues.

     Credit  Risk

     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration
     of  credit  risk  consist  principally  of cash and cash  equivalents.  The
     Company places its cash and cash  equivalents  with high quality  financial
     institutions.  As of December  31,  1998,  the Company had  deposits at one
     financial  institution  that  aggregated  $350,000,  of which  $100,000  is
     insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

11.  STATEMENT  OF  CASH  FLOWS

     During the three month  periods  ended  March 31,  1999 and 1998,  non-cash
     financing  activities  included the issuance of 85,011 and 67,604 shares of
     common stock aggregating  approximately  $42,500 and $27,800,  respectively
     (unaudited). During the three month period ended March 31, 1999, additional
     non-cash  financing  activities  included the issuance of 25,000  shares of
     common  stock for the  payment of stock  issuance  costs  totaling  $12,500
     (unaudited).  During the years ended  December 31, 1998 and 1997,  non-cash
     financing  activities included the issuance of 323,672 and 59,025 shares of
     common stock for services aggregating  approximately  $133,100 and $18,300,
     respectively.

                                     F - 13
<PAGE>
     During the three month periods ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, there were no
     interest or income tax  payments  (unaudited).  During  1998 and 1997,  the
     Company  paid $2,800 and $3,700 for  interest,  respectively,  and $800 for
     income taxes in both years.

12.  SUBSEQUENT  EVENTS

     In February 1999,  1,879,317 stock options were exercised for common stock,
     and  56,173  shares of common  stock  were  issued  for  services.  Also in
     February 1999, the Company  converted its preferred stock into common stock
     on a 1 to 1.5 basis.

     Immediately following these issuances of common stock and the conversion of
     preferred stock into common stock, the Company did a 1 to 1.513 stock split
     in anticipation of the Company entering into an acquisition  agreement with
     a publicly traded shell corporation. On a retroactive basis, the conversion
     and stock split resulted in the Company having  6,650,145  shares of common
     stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 1998.

     Due to the  conversion  of the  preferred  stock into common  stock and the
     1.513  stock  split,  the  effective  exercise  price of the stock  options
     originally granted at $0.75 was now $0.33; therefore, on March 1, 1999, the
     Company adjusted the exercise price to $0.48.

     As more  fully  described  in Note  1,  the  Company  completed  a  reverse
     acquisition with PhotoLoft.com on March 1, 1999.

     Immediately following the closing of the acquisition, the Company completed
     a  Private  Placement  of  2,000,000  shares of  common  stock  aggregating
     $1,000,000.  Additionally,  the Company  issued 25,000 shares of restricted
     common stock as payment for a portion of the  underwriter's  commission and
     adopted the 1999 Stock  Option Plan (the Plan).  The Company  then  granted
     225,000 options under the Plan, which vested immediately and were exercised
     in March 1999.

     In March  1999,  the  Company  invested  $10,000 in the  purchase of 10,000
     shares of the common stock of a high tech company.

     Also in March 1999, the Company  entered into an agreement to obtain public
     relations  services  valued at a minimum of $6,000 per month  through March
     2000.  The Company  expects to amend the agreement to include an additional
     $4,000  per  month  in  services.  The  services  provided  will  aggregate
     approximately $100,000 over the life of the agreement.

     In April  1999,  the Company  became  aware of an  unasserted  claim from a
     former  employee and co-founder of ID 4 Life, a product of the Company.  It
     is the  opinion of  management  that the  outcome of this  matter  will not
     materially affect the consolidated operations or the consolidated financial
     position of the Company.


                                     F - 14
<PAGE>
(A)     EXHIBITS

The  following  exhibits  are  filed  with  this  Registration  Statement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.  Exhibit Name
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>

        2.1  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of February 16, 1999 by and
             among Data Growth, Inc. Gary B. Peterson and the Registrant.

        3.1  Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.

        3.2  Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.

        3.3  By-Laws of Registrant.

        4.1  Sample  Stock  Certificate  of  the  Registrant.

        4.2  See  Exhibit  Nos.  3.1,  3.2  and  3.3.

       10.1  Form of Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement

       10.2  Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 1, 1996 by and
             among Kris Chellam and the Registrant.

       10.3  OEM/ Re-Marketing Agreement, dated November 15, 1996, by and between
             ArcSoft, Inc. and the Registrant.

       10.4  Software License Agreement, dated January 22, 1997 by and between Seattle
             Filmworks, Inc, and the Registrant.

       10.5  Online Distribution Agreement, dated April 24, 1997 by and between KC
             Audio and the Registrant.

       10.6  OEM License Agreement, dated May 22, 1998, by and between AITech
             International and the Registrant.

       10.7  Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 5, 1997 by and
             among Gary Kremen and the Registrant.

       10.8  Distribution and Re-Publishing Agreement dated October 17, 1997 by and
             between Softpool, a division of infoMedia GmbH and the Registrant.

       10.9  Engagement letter dated October 24, 1997 between Gary Kremen and the
             Registrant.

                                       65
<PAGE>
      10.10  Letter Agreement dated February 12, 1998 by and between Venture Banking
             Group and the Registrant.

      10.11  Distribution Agreement dated March, 1998 by and between Kuni Research
             International Corporation and the Registrant.

      10.12  Lease Agreement dated July 8, 1998 by and between The Manufacturer's
             Life Insurance Company, (U.S.A.) Company, Ltd., and the Registrant.

     +10.13  Agreement, dated July 31, 1998, by and between Digital Equipment
             Corporation and the Registrant.

      10.14  Sublease Agreement dated September 1, 1998 by and between Surefire
             Verification, Inc. and the Registrant.

     +10.15  Consulting Services Agreement, dated October 22, 1998 by and between
             Hewlett-Packard Company and the Registrant.

      10.16  Amendment to an Agreement with Infomedia, dated January 15, 1999.

      10.17  Sublease Agreement dated February 1, 1999 by and between Summit
             Microelectronics and the Registrant.

      10.18  Amendment No. 1 to Consulting Services Agreement (Exhibit 10.15 above),
             dated February 9, 1999 by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and the
             Registrant

      10.19  Letter Agreement, dated February 10, 1999 by and between Bay Tree Capital
             Associates, LLC and the Registrant.

      10.20  Employment Agreement dated February 26, 1999 by and between Mr. Jack
             Marshall and the Registrant.

      10.21  Stock Option Plan of the Registrant.

      10.22  Form of Stock Option Agreement issued under the Stock Option Plan of the
             Registrant.

      10.23  Stock Option Agreement dated July 1, 1999 by and between Chris McConn
             and the Registrant

      10.24  Stock Option Agreement dated July 1, 1999 by and between Jack Marshall
             and the Registrant

      10.25  Co-Branded Marketing Agreement, dated March 8, 1999, by and between
             Picture Works and the Registrant.

                                       66
<PAGE>
      10.26  Co-Branded Marketing Agreement, dated March 11, 1999 between Umax
             Technologies, Inc. and the Registrant.

      10.27  Internet Services and Co-Location Agreement, dated March 15, 1999 by and
             between AboveNet Communications, Inc. and the Registrant.

      10.28  Cowabunga Reciprocal Website Linking Agreement, dated April,1999 by and
             between Cowabunga Enterprises, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary  of
             Gateway 2000, Inc. and the Registrant.

      10.29  Representation Agreement, dated April 26, 1999, by and between ADSmart
             Network and the Registrant.

      10.30  Co-Branded Marketing Agreement, dated May 3, 1999, by and between
             Tribal Voice and the Registrant.

      10.31  Co-Branded Marketing Agreement, dated May 12, 1999, by and between,
             Netopia, Inc. and the Registrant.

       21.1  Subsidiaries of the Company

       27.1  Financial Data Schedule
<FN>
+ Confidential treatment requested.
</TABLE>

                                       67
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


        Pursuant  to  the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange
Act  of  1934, the registrant caused this Registration Statement to be signed on
its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized.

                                   PHOTOLOFT.COM
                                   (Registrant)


Date:  July  9,  1999              By:  /s/  Jack  Marshall
                                        -------------------
                                   Jack  Marshall,  Chief  Executive
                                   Officer,  President  and  Treasurer


                                       68
<PAGE>

                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
                      ------------------------------------


     This  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (hereinafter the "Agreement") is
entered  into effective as of this  16th day of February 1999, by and among Data
                                   -----
Growth,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation  (hereinafter "DGI"); Gary B. Peterson, a
shareholder  of  DGI (hereinafter "Peterson"); PhotoLoft.com, Inc., a California
corporation  (hereinafter  "Photo"), and the owners of the outstanding shares of
common  stock  of  Photo  (hereinafter  the  "Photo  Stockholders").

                                    RECITALS:

     WHEREAS,  the  Photo  Stockholders  own  all  of the issued and outstanding
common  stock  of  Photo (the "Photo Common Stock").  DGI desires to acquire the
Photo  Common  Stock  solely  in exchange for voting common stock of DGI, making
Photo  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  DGI;  and

     WHEREAS,  the  Photo  Stockholders  (as  set  forth  on  Exhibit  "A" to be
delivered  on or before Closing) desire to acquire voting common stock of DGI in
exchange  for  the  Photo  Common  Stock,  as  more  fully  set  forth  herein.

     NOW  THEREFORE,  for the mutual consideration set out herein and other good
and  valuable  consideration,  the  legal  sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged,  the  parties  agree
as  follows:

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

     1.     Plan  of  Reorganization.  It is hereby agreed that the Photo Common
            ------------------------
Stock  shall  be  acquired by DGI in exchange solely for DGI common voting stock
(the  "DGI  Shares").  It is the intention of the parties hereto that all of the
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Photo shall be acquired by DGI
in  exchange solely for DGI common voting stock and that this entire transaction
qualify as a corporate  reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(B) and/or Section
351 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  and related or other
applicable sections thereunder.

<PAGE>
     2.     Exchange  of  Shares.  DGI  and Photo Stockholders agree that on the
            --------------------
Closing  Date  or  at the Closing as hereinafter defined, the Photo Common Stock
shall  be  delivered  at  Closing  to  DGI in exchange for the DGI Shares, after
giving effect to a 2.46 to 1 reverse stock split (the "DGI Reverse Stock Split")
as  to  all  presently  outstanding  shares  of  DGI  common  stock, as follows:

          (a) At Closing, DGI shall, subject to the conditions set forth herein,
     issue an aggregate of  12,375,000  shares of DGI common stock (after giving
     effect to the DGI Reverse Stock Split) for immediate  delivery to the Photo
     Stockholders  in exchange for DGI Shares.  The  12,375,000  shares shall be
     inclusive of shares  reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted
     by DGI to  optionholders of Photo at Closing in exchange for existing Photo
     options as set forth on Exhibit "A".


<PAGE>
          (b) Each Photo  Stockholder  shall execute this Agreement or a written
     consent to the exchange of their Photo Common Stock for DGI Shares.

          (c) Unless otherwise  agreed by DGI and Photo this  transaction  shall
     close  only in the  event  DGI is  able  to  acquire  at  least  80% of the
     outstanding Photo Common Stock; however, it is the intent of the parties to
     have DGI acquire all of the Photo Common Stock.

3.     PRE-CLOSING  EVENTS.  The  Closing  is  subject  to the completion of the
       -------------------
following:

          (a) DGI shall  have  authorized  50,000,000  shares of $.001 par value
     common stock and at Closing  shall amend its Articles of  Incorporation  to
     authorize  500,000 shares of $.OO1 par value preferred stock. The preferred
     stock shall be subject to  issuance  in such  series and with such  rights,
     preferences  and  designations  as determined in the sole discretion of the
     board of directors.

          (b) DGI shall have effectuated the DGI Reverse Stock Split at or about
     the Closing,  and shall have 625,000  shares of its common stock issued and
     outstanding and no other shares of capital stock issued or outstanding.

          (c) DGI shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of Photo that
     it has no material assets and no liabilities contingent or fixed.

4.     EXCHANGE  OF  SECURITIES.  As  of  the Closing Date each of the following
       ------------------------
shall  occur:

          (a) All  outstanding  convertible  preferred  stock of Photo  shall be
     converted  to Photo  common  stock prior to Closing and all shares of Photo
     Common Stock issued and  outstanding on the Closing Date shall be exchanged
     for the DGI Shares (up to an aggregate  amount of 12,375,000  DGI Shares to
     be delivered at Closing). All such outstanding shares of Photo Common Stock
     shall be deemed,  after  Closing,  to be owned by DGI.  The holders of such
     certificates previously evidencing shares of Photo Common Stock outstanding
     immediately  prior to the Closing  Date shall cease to have any rights with
     respect to such shares of Photo Common  Stock except as otherwise  provided
     herein or by law;

<PAGE>
          (b) Any shares of Photo  Common  Stock held in the  treasury  of Photo
     immediately  prior to the Closing Date shall  automatically be canceled and
     extinguished  without any  conversion  thereof and no payment shall be made
     with respect thereto;

          (c) The  625,000  shares of DGI  common  stock  previously  issued and
     outstanding  prior to the Closing,  after giving  effect to the DGI Reverse
     Split, will remain outstanding.

     5.     OTHER  EVENTS  OCCURRING AT CLOSING. At closing, the following shall
            ------------------------------------
be  accomplished:



                                        2


<PAGE>
          (a) DGI shall file an amendment to its Articles of Incorporation  with
     the  Secretary  of State of the State of Nevada in  substantially  the form
     attached  hereto as Exhibit "B"  effecting  an amendment to its Articles of
     Incorporation to reflect (1) a name change, (2) authorize 500,000 shares of
     preferred stock, (3) add a provision  eliminating liability of officers and
     directors  to  shareholders  under Nevada law, and (4) to put of record the
     DGI Reverse Stock Split as set forth in the attached Exhibit "B".

          (b) The  resignation  of the existing DGI officers and  directors  and
     appointment of new officers and directors as directed by Photo.

          (c) DGI shall have completed a limited  offering  under  Regulation D,
     Rule 504, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC")
     under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  of 2,000,000  shares of its
     common stock at $.50 per share.  The gross  proceeds of this  offering (the
     "DGI Financing") shall be $1,000,000, which amount, less agreed upon costs,
     shall be  delivered to the control of new  management  of DGI at Closing in
     good funds or shall be  represented  by the conversion of previous loans to
     Photo arranged for by Baytree.  The DGI Financing shall have been completed
     in compliance with all applicable state and federal securities laws and the
     securities  sold shall be delivered at Closing to the  investors in the DGI
     Financing.  Persons who have loaned money to Photo, up to $1,000,000, shall
     be given the  opportunity  to convert  the  principal  of said loans to the
     purchase of shares in the limited  offering  prior to Closing upon the same
     terms as other investors in the limited offering.

          (d) It is recognized by the parties  hereto that Photo entered into an
     agreement, including all amendments thereto (the "Baytree Agreement") dated
     February  9,  1998,  with  Baytree  Capital  Associates,  LLC (" Baytree ")
     wherein  Baytree  agreed to  identify a public  company to be involved in a
     "reverse  merger" with Photo,  and that DGI is the public company agreed to
     by Baytree  and  Photo.  Under said  Baytree  Agreement,  at Closing of the
     transactions  described herein, DGI shall issue 25,000 shares of its common
     stock (after given effect to the DGI Reverse Stock Split) to Baytree. These
     shares are deemed to be covered  by the  defined  term "DGI  Shares" as set
     forth herein for purposes of all  representations and warranties of DGI and
     the legal opinion given on behalf of DGI herein. Out of the proceeds of the
     DGI Financing (as further defined herein) there shall be paid at Closing, a
     non-accountable  expense  allowance  of $10,000 to Baytree and the fees and
     reasonable   disbursements  of  Acquirer's  legal  counsel  not  to  exceed
     $30,000.00   (to  be  paid  from  the  proceeds  of  the  DGI   Financing).
     Furthermore, DGI recognizes and hereby assumes, at Closing, the obligations
     of Photo set forth in the Baytree  Agreement  including  the  obligation to
     register  shares of its common  stock  issued to Baytree  hereunder  at the
     request of Baytree in accordance  with the express terms and  conditions of
     said Baytree Agreement including 'Piggyback" registration rights.

          (e) DGI shall  adopt a Stock  Option  Plan at Closing to include up to
     1,000,000  shares of its common stock.  The Plan shall include  "incentive"
     stock options  under  Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended  and other  options  and similar  rights.  DGI shall grant  options
     covering  225,000  shares  under  said plan to  employees  and  others,  at
     Closing, exercisable at $.50 per share, as designated by Photo.

                                        3
<PAGE>
     6.     DELIVERY OF SHARES.  On or as soon as practicable after the  Closing
            -------------------
Date,  Photo  will use its best  efforts  to cause  the  Photo  Stockholders  to
surrender  certificates  for  cancellation  representing  their  shares of Photo
Common Stock,  against delivery of certificates  representing the DGI Shares for
which the shares of Photo Common Stock are to be exchanged at Closing.

     7.     REPRESENTATIONS OF PHOTO STOCKHOLDERS. Each Photo Stockholder hereby
            ---------------------------------------
represents  and  warrants  each only as to its own Photo Common Stock, effective
this  date  and  the  Closing  Date  as  follows:

          (a) Except as may be set forth in Exhibit  "A", the Photo Common Stock
     is free from claims, liens, or other encumbrances,  and at the Closing Date
     said Photo  Stockholder  will have good title and the unqualified  right to
     transfer and dispose of such Photo Common Stock,

          (b) Said  Photo  Stockholder  is the  sole  owner  of the  issued  and
     outstanding Photo Common Stock as set forth in Exhibit "A";

          (c) Said Photo Stockholder has no present intent to sell or dispose of
     the DGI Shares and is not under a binding obligation, formal commitment, or
     existing plan to sell or otherwise dispose of the DGI Shares.

     8.     REPRESENTATIONS  OF  PHOTO. Photo hereby  represents and warrants as
            ---------------------------
follows,  which  warranties  and  representations  shall  also be true as of the
Closing  Date:

          (a) Except as noted on Exhibit "A", the Photo  Stockholders  listed on
     the attached  Exhibit "A" are the sole owners of record and beneficially of
     the issued and outstanding common stock of Photo.

          (b) Photo has no  outstanding or authorized  capital stock,  warrants,
     options or  convertible  securities  other than as  described  in the Photo
     Financial Statements or on Exhibit "A", attached hereto.

          (c) The audited  financial  statements as of and for the periods ended
     December 31, 1997 and 1996,  and  unaudited  financial  statements  for the
     period  ended  December  31,  1998,  which  have  been  (or  will be  prior
     dissemination  of  an  Information  Statement  by  DGI)  delivered  to  DGI
     (hereinafter referred to as the "Photo Financial  Statements") are complete
     and accurate and fairly present the financial  condition of Photo as of the
     dates thereof and the results of its  operations  for the periods  covered.
     There  are  no  material  liabilities  or  obligations,   either  fixed  or
     contingent,  not  disclosed  in the Photo  Financial  Statements  or in any
     exhibit thereto or notes thereto other than contracts or obligations in the
     ordinary  course of business;  and no such  contracts or obligations in the
     ordinary course of business  constitute  liens or other  liabilities  which
     materially alter the financial condition of Photo as reflected in the Photo
     Financial Statements. Photo has good title to all assets shown on the Photo
     Financial Statements subject only to dispositions and other transactions in
     the ordinary course of business, the disclosures set forth herein and liens
     and encumbrances of record. The Photo Financial Statements have been

                                        4


<PAGE>
     prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
     consistently  applied  (except as may be indicated  therein or in the notes
     thereto) and fairly present the financial position of Photo as of the dates
     thereof and the results of its operations and changes in financial position
     for the periods then ended.

          (d) Since the date of the Photo Financial  Statements,  there have not
     been any material adverse changes in the financial position of Photo except
     changes arising in the ordinary  course of business,  which changes will in
     no event materially and adversely affect the financial position of Photo.

          (e) Photo is not a party to any material pending litigation or, to its
     best knowledge, any governmental investigation or proceeding, not reflected
     in the Photo Financial Statements,  and to its best knowledge,  no material
     litigation,   claims,  assessments  or  any  governmental  proceedings  are
     threatened against Photo.

          (f) Photo is in good standing in its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation,
     and is in  good  standing  and  duly  qualified,  to do  business  in  each
     jurisdiction  where required to be so qualified except where the failure to
     so qualify would have no material negative impact on Photo.

          (g) Photo has (or, by the Closing Date,  will have flied) all material
     tax,  governmental and/or related forms and reports (or extensions thereof)
     due or  required  to be filed and has (or will have) paid or made  adequate
     provisions  for all taxes or  assessments  which have  become due as of the
     Closing Date.

          (h) Photo has not materially  breached any material agreement to which
     it is a party.  Photo has previously  given DGI copies or access thereto of
     all material  contracts,  commitments and/or agreements to which Photo is a
     party  including  all  relationships  or dealings  with related  parties or
     affiliates.

          (i) Photo  has no  subsidiary  corporations  except  as  described  in
     writing to DGI.

          (j) Photo has made all material corporate  financial  records,  minute
     books,  and other corporate  documents and records  available for review to
     present  management  of DGI prior to the Closing  Date,  during  reasonable
     business hours and on reasonable notice.

          (k) The execution of this  Agreement  does not  materially  violate or
     breach any material agreement or contract to which Photo is a party and has
     been duly  authorized by all  appropriate  and necessary  corporate  action
     under California of other applicable law and Photo, to the extent required,
     has obtained all necessary  approvals or consents required by any agreement
     to which Photo is a party.


                                        5
<PAGE>
          (l) All  disclosure  information  regarding  Photo  which is to be set
     forth in disclosure documents of DGI or otherwise delivered to DGI by Photo
     for use in connection with the transaction  (the  "Acquisition")  described
     herein is true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

     9.  REPRESENTATIONS  OF DGI AND PETERSON.                 DGI, and Peterson
         -------------------------------------
to the best of his knowledge, hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant
as  follows,  each  of which representations and warranties shall continue to be
true  as  of  the  Closing  Date:

          (a) As of the Closing Date, the DGI Shares, to be issued and delivered
     to the Photo  Stockholders  hereunder  will,  when so issued and delivered,
     constitute,  duly  authorized,  validly  and legally  issued  shares of DGI
     common stock,  fully-paid and  nonassessable.  DGI shall have completed its
     reverse  stock split  wherein each holder of DGI Shares shall have received
     one share of the DGI Shares for each 2.46 DGI Shares  previously  held. The
     total number of DGI shares of common stock outstanding shall be 625,000. No
     shares of DGI preferred stock, shall be outstanding.

          (b) DGI has the  corporate  power to enter into this  Agreement and to
     perform its respective obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of
     this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
     have been duly  authorized  by the board of directors of DGI. The execution
     and  performance of this Agreement will not constitute a material breach of
     any agreement, indenture, mortgage, license or other instrument or document
     to which DGI is a party and will not violate any judgment,  decree,  order,
     writ, rule, statute, or regulation applicable to DGI or its properties. The
     execution and  performance  of this  Agreement will not violate or conflict
     with any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or by-laws of DGI.

          (c) DGI has  delivered to Photo (or shall  deliver prior to Closing) a
     true and complete copy of its audited  financial  statements  for the years
     ended December 31, 1996,  1997, and 1998 (the "DGI Financial  Statements"),
     The DGI Financial Statements are complete,  accurate and fairly present the
     financial  condition of DGI as of the dates  thereof and the results of its
     operations for the periods then ended. There are no material liabilities or
     obligations  either fixed or  contingent  not  reflected  therein.  The DGI
     Financial  Statements  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally
     accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis (except as may
     be  indicated  therein  or in the notes  thereto)  and fairly  present  the
     financial  position  of DGI as of the dates  thereof and the results of its
     operations and changes in financial position for the periods then ended.

          (d) Since December 31, 1998,  there have not been any material adverse
     changes  in  the   financial   condition  of  DGI  except  with  regard  to
     disbursements  to pay reasonable and ordinary  expenses in connection  with
     maintaining its corporate  status and pursuing the matters  contemplated in
     this  Agreement.   Prior  to  Closing,   all  accounts  payable  and  other
     liabilities  of DGI shall be paid and  satisfied in full and DGI shall have
     no liabilities either contingent or fixed.

                                        6
<PAGE>
          (e) DGI is not a party to or the  subject of any  pending  litigation,
     claims,  or governmental  investigation  or proceeding not reflected in the
     DGI Financial  Statements or otherwise  disclosed herein,  and there are no
     lawsuits, claims, assessments,  investigations,  or similar matters, to the
     best knowledge of Peterson, threatened or contemplated against or affecting
     DGI, its management or its properties.

          (f) DGI is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
     the  laws of the  State  of  Nevada;  has the  corporate  power  to own its
     property  and to carry on its business as now being  conducted  and is duly
     qualified to do business in any jurisdiction where so required except where
     the failure to so qualify would have no material negative impact on it.

          (g) DGI has filed all federal, state, county and local income, excise,
     property and other tax,  governmental  and/or related  returns,  forms,  or
     reports,  which  are due or  required  to be  filed by it prior to the date
     hereof,  except  where the failure to do so would have no material  adverse
     impact on DGI, and has paid or made adequate provision in the DGI Financial
     Statements for the payment of all taxes, fees, or assessments which have or
     may become due  pursuant to such  returns or  pursuant  to any  assessments
     received.  DGI is  not  delinquent  or  obligated  for  any  tax,  penalty,
     interest, delinquency or charge.

          (h) There are no existing options, calls, warrants,  preemptive rights
     or commitments of any character  relating to the issued or unissued capital
     stock or other securities of DGI, except as contemplated in this Agreement.

          (i) The corporate financial records, minute books, and other documents
     and records of DGI have been made  available  to Photo prior to the Closing
     and shall be delivered to new management of DGI at Closing.

          (j)  DGI  has  not  breached,  nor is  there  any  pending,  or to the
     knowledge of management, any threatened claim that DGI has breached, any of
     the terms or  conditions of any  agreements,  contracts or  commitments  to
     which  it is a  party  or by  which  it or its  assets  are is  bound.  The
     execution  and  performance  hereof  will not  violate  any  provisions  of
     applicable  law or any  agreement  to  which  DGI is  subject.  DGI  hereby
     represents that it has no business  operations or material assets and it is
     not a party to any material  contract or commitment  other than appointment
     documents with its transfer  agent,  and that it has disclosed to Photo all
     relationships or dealings with related parties or affiliates.

          (k) DGI common  stock is currently  approved for  quotation on the OTC
     Bulletin  Board  under the symbol  "TFGI"  and there are no stop  orders in
     effect with respect thereto.

          (l) All information  regarding DGI which has been provided to Photo or
     otherwise  disclosed  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated
     herein, is true,  complete and accurate in all material  respects.  DGI and
     Peterson specifically disclaim any responsibility  regarding disclosures as
     to Photo, its business or its financial condition.


                                        7
<PAGE>
     10.     Closing.  The Closing of the transactions contemplated herein shall
             -------
take place on such date (the  "Closing")  as mutually  determined by the parties
hereto when all conditions  precedent  have been met and all required  documents
have  been  delivered,  which  Closing  is  expected  to take  place on or about
February 26, 1999,  but no later than March 4, 1999,  unless  extended by mutual
consent of all parties hereto. The "Closing Date" of the transactions  described
herein (the "Acquisition"), shall be that date on which all conditions set forth
herein  have been met and the DGI Shares are  issued in  exchange  for the Photo
Common Stock.

     11.  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF PHOTO. All obligations of
     --------------------------------------------------
Photo under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, prior to or as of the
Closing  and/or the Closing Date, as indicated  below,  of each of the following
conditions:

          (a) The representations and warranties by or on behalf of Peterson and
     DGI contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or document delivered
     pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be true in all material respects at
     and as of the Closing and Closing Date as though such  representations  and
     warranties were made at and as of such time.

          (b)  DGI  shall  have  performed  and  complied  with  all  covenants,
     agreements,  and  conditions  set forth in,  and shall  have  executed  and
     delivered  all  documents  required by this  Agreement  to be  performed or
     complied with or executed and delivered by it prior to or at the Closing.

          (e) On or before the Closing, the board of directors, and shareholders
     representing a majority interest the outstanding common stock of DGI, shall
     have approved in  accordance  with  applicable  state  corporation  law the
     execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the
     transactions contemplated herein.

          (d) On or before the Closing Date,  DGI shall have  delivered to Photo
     certified  copies of resolutions of the board of directors and shareholders
     of DGI approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of
     this  Agreement and  authorizing  all of the necessary and proper action to
     enable  DGI to  comply  with the  terms  of this  Agreement  including  the
     election  of  Photo's  nominees  to the Board of  Directors  of DGI and all
     matters outlined herein.

          (e) The Acquisition shall be permitted by applicable law and DGI shall
     have  sufficient  shares of its capital  stock  authorized  to complete the
     Acquisition.

          (f) At Closing,  the  existing  sole officer and director of DGI shall
     have  resigned in writing from all positions as director and officer of DGI
     effective upon the election and appointment of the Photo nominees.

          (g) At the Closing,  all instruments and documents  delivered to Photo
     and  Photo  Stockholders   pursuant  to  the  provisions  hereof  shall  be
     reasonably satisfactory to legal counsel for Photo.


                                        8
<PAGE>
          (h) The shares of  restricted  DGI capital stock to be issued to Photo
     Stockholders  and in the DGI  Financing at Closing will be validly  issued,
     nonassessable  and fully-paid  under Delaware  corporation  law and will be
     issued in compliance with all federal, state and applicable corporation and
     securities laws.

          (i) Photo and Photo  Stockholders  shall have  received  the advice of
     their tax advisor,  if deemed  necessary by them,  as to all tax aspects of
     the Acquisition.

          (j) Photo shall have received all necessary and required approvals and
     consents from required parties and its shareholders.

          (k) DGI shall have completed the DGI Financing.

          (1) At the  Closing,  DGI shall have  delivered to Photo an opinion of
     its counsel dated as of the Closing to the effect that:

               (i) DGI is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing and in
          good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

               (ii)  This  Agreement  has been  duly  authorized,  executed  and
          delivered  by  DGI  and  is a  valid  and  binding  obligation  of DGI
          enforceable in accordance with its terms;

               (iii) DGI through its board of  directors  and  stockholders  has
          taken all  corporate  action  necessary  for  performance  under  this
          Agreement;

               (iv) The  documents  executed  and  delivered by DGI to Photo and
          Photo Stockholders  hereunder are valid and binding in accordance with
          their  terms and vest in Photo  Stockholders,  as the case may be, all
          right,  title  and  interest  in and to the DGI  Shares  to be  issued
          pursuant to the terms  hereof,  and the DGI Shares when issued will be
          duly and validly issued, fully-paid and nonassessable;

               (v) DGI has the corporate  power to execute,  deliver and perform
          under this Agreement;

               (vi)  Legal  counsel  for DGI is not  aware  of any  liabilities,
          claims or lawsuits involving DGI;

     12. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF DGI. All obligations of DGI
         -----------------------------------------------
under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, prior to or at the Closing,
of each of the following conditions:

          (a) The representations and warranties by Photo and Photo Stockholders
     contained in this  Agreement or in any  certificate  or document  delivered
     pursuant to the provisions hereof shall

                                        9
<PAGE>
     be true in all  material  respects  at and as of the Closing as though such
     representations and warranties were made at and as of such time.

          (b) Photo shall have  performed  and  complied  with,  in all material
     respects,  all  covenants,  agreements,  and  conditions  required  by this
     Agreement  to be  performed  or  complied  with  by it  prior  to or at the
     Closing;

          (c) Photo shall deliver on behalf of the Photo  Stockholders  a letter
     commonly  known  as  an  "Investment   Letter,"  signed  by  each  of  said
     shareholders,  in  substantially  the form attached  hereto as Exhibit "C",
     acknowledging  that  the DGI  Shares  are  being  acquired  for  investment
     purposes.

          (d) Photo shall  deliver an opinion of its legal counsel to the effect
     that:

               (i) Photo is a corporation  duly organized,  validly existing and
          in good standing under the laws of its  jurisdiction of  incorporation
          and is duly  qualified  to do  business in any  jurisdiction  where so
          required except where the failure to so qualify would have no material
          adverse impact on Photo;

               (ii)  This  Agreement  has been  duly  authorized,  executed  and
          delivered by Photo.

               (iii) The  documents  executed  and  delivered by Photo and Photo
          Stockholders to DGI hereunder are valid and binding in accordance with
          their terms and vest in DGI all right, tide and interest in and to the
          Photo Common Stock, which stock is duly and validly issued, fully-paid
          and nonassessable.

     13.     INDEMNIFICATION.For  a period of one year from the Closing, DGI and
             ----------------
Peterson  agree  to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless Photo, and
Photo agrees to indemnify and hold harmless DGI and Peterson, at all times after
the  date  of  this Agreement against and in respect of any liability, damage or
deficiency,  all  actions,  suits, proceedings, demands, assessments, judgments,
costs  and  expenses including attorney's fees incident to any of the foregoing,
resulting  from any material misrepresentations made by an indemnifying party to
an  indemnified party, an indemnifying party's breach of covenant or warranty or
an  indemnifying  party's nonfulfillment of any agreement hereunder, or from any
material misrepresentation in or omission from any certificate famished or to be
@shed  hereunder.

     14.  NATURE AND SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS.           All representations,
          ---------------------------------------
warranties and covenants  made by any party in this Agreement  shall survive the
Closing and the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby for one
year from the Closing.  All of the parties hereto are executing and carrying out
the  provisions  of this  Agreement in reliance  solely on the  representations,
warranties and covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and not upon
any investigation upon which it might have made or any representation, warranty,
agreement,  promise or information,  written or oral, made by the other parry or
any other person other than as specifically set forth herein.

                                       10
<PAGE>
     15.  DOCUMENTS  AT  CLOSING.      At  the  Closing, the following documents
          -----------------------
shall be delivered:

          (a) Photo  will  deliver,  or will cause to be  delivered,  to DGI the
     following:

               (i) a  certificate  executed by the  President  and  Secretary of
          Photo to the effect that all  representations  and warranties  made by
          Photo under this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing, the
          same as though originally given to DGI on said date;

               (ii) a certificate  from the  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  of
          Photo  dated at or about the  Closing to the  effect  that Photo is in
          good standing under the laws of said jurisdiction;

               (iii)  Investment  Letters in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
          "C" executed by each Photo Stockholder;

               (iv) such other instruments,  documents and certificates, if any,
          as are required to be  delivered  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
          Agreement;

               (v) certified  copies of resolutions  adopted by the shareholders
          and directors of Photo authorizing this transaction; and

               (vi) all  other  items,  the  delivery  of  which is a  condition
          precedent to the obligations of DGI as set forth herein.

               (vii) the legal opinion required by Section 12(d) hereof.

          (b) DGI will deliver or cause to be delivered to Photo:

               (i) stock  certificates  representing the DGI Shares to be issued
          as a part of the stock exchange as described herein;

               (ii) a  certificate  of the  President of DGI, to the effect that
          all  representations  and  warranties of DGI made under this Agreement
          are true and correct as of the Closing,  the same as though originally
          given to Photo on said date;

               (iii) certified  copies of resolutions  adopted by DGI's board of
          directors and DGI's  Stockholders  authorizing the Acquisition and all
          related matters described herein;

               (iv)  certificate  from the  jurisdiction of incorporation of DGI
          dated at or about the Closing Date that DGI is in good standing  under
          the laws of said state;

               (v)  opinion  of DGI's  counsel  as  described  in Section 11 (I)
          above;

                                       11
<PAGE>
               (vi) such other  instruments  and documents as are required to be
          delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement;

               (vii) resignation of the existing officer and director of DGI;

               (viii) all corporate and financial records of DGI; and

               (ix) all  other  items,  the  delivery  of  which is a  condition
          precedent  to the  obligations  of Photo,  as set forth in  Section 12
          hereof.

     16.     FINDER'S  FEES.    DGI,  represents  and  warrants  to  Photo,  and
             --------------
Photo  represents  and warrants to DGI that neither of them, or any party acting
on their behalf, has incurred any liabilities, either express or implied, to any
"broker" of "finder" or similar person in connection  with this Agreement or any
of the transactions contemplated hereby other than the arrangements described in
Section 5(d)  hereof.  In this  regard,  DGI, on the one hand,  and Photo on the
other hand,  will  indemnify and hold the other  harmless from any claim,  loss,
cost or expense  whatsoever  (including  reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of
counsel) from or relating to any such express or implied liability other than as
disclosed herein.

     17.     MISCELLANEOUS.
             --------------

     (a)     Further  Assurances.  At any time, and from time to time, after the
             -------------------
Closing  Date, each party will execute such additional instruments and take such
action  as  may be reasonably requested by the other party to confirm or perfect
title to any property transferred hereunder or otherwise to carry out the intent
and  purposes  of  this  Agreement.

     (b)     Waiver.  Any failure on the part of any party hereto to comply with
             ------
any  of  its  obligations,  agreements  or conditions hereunder may be waived in
writing  by  the  party  to  whom  such  compliance  is  owed.

     (c)     Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended only in writing as agreed
             ---------
to  by  all  parties  hereto.

     (d)     Notices.  All  notices  and other communications hereunder shall be
             -------
in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered in person or sent
by  prepaid  first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.

     (e)     Headings.  The  section  and  subsection headings in this Agreement
             --------
are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation  of  this  Agreement.

     (f)     Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
             ------------
or  more  counterparts,  each  of  which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.

                                       12
<PAGE>
     (g)     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall  be  construed and enforced in
             -------------
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada.

     (h)  Binding  Effect     . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties
          ---------------
hereto  and  ixiu-re  to  the  benefit  of  the parties, their respective heirs,
administrators,  executors,  successors  and  assigns.

     (i)  Entire  Agreement.     This  Agreement  and  the  attached  Exhibits
          ------------------
constitute  the  entire agreement of the parties covering everything agreed upon
or  understood  in  the  transaction.  There  are  no oral promises, conditions,
representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or  terms  of  any  kind  as
conditions  or  inducements  to  the  execution  hereof.

     (j)  Time.  Time  is  of  the  essence.
          ----

     (k)  Severability     .  If  any  part  of  this  Agreement is deemed to be
          ------------
unenforceable  the  balance  of  the  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and
effect.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement the day and
year  first  above  written.

DATA  GROWTH,  INC.

                                            By: s.________________
                                            Gary  B.  Peterson,  President



                                                s.________________
                                            Gary  B.  Peterson,  individually


PHOTOLOFT.COM,  INC.


                                            By: s.________________
                                            Jack Marshall, President


                                            S T 0 C K H 0 L D B R S 0 F
                                            PHOTOLOFT.COM, INC.

     ________________                       ________________
     George  Perlegos                       Jack  Marshall
     ________________                       ________________
     Gust  Perlegos                         Gary  Kremen

     ________________                       ________________
     John  Marshall                         Mikes  Sisos

                                       13

<PAGE>
     (g)  Governing  Law     . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
          --------------
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada.

     (h)  Binding  Effect     . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties
          ---------------
hereto  and  ixiu-re  to  the  benefit  of  the parties, their respective heirs,
administrators,  executors,  successors  and  assigns.

     (i)  Entire  Agreement.     This  Agreement  and  the  attached  Exhibits
          ------------------
constitute  the  entire agreement of the parties covering everything agreed upon
or  understood  in  the  transaction.  There  are  no oral promises, conditions,
representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or  terms  of  any  kind  as
conditions  or  inducements  to  the  execution  hereof.

     (j)  Time.  Time  is  of  the  essence.
          ----

     (k)  Severability     .  If  any  part  of  this  Agreement is deemed to be
          ------------
unenforceable  the  balance  of  the  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and
effect.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement the day and
year  first  above  written.

                                            DATA  GROWTH,  INC.


                                            By:___________________
                                            Gary  B.  Peterson,  President


                                            Gary  B.  Peterson,  individually

                                            PHOTOLOFT.COM, INC.


                                            By:___________________
                                            Jack  Marshall,  President

                                            S T 0 C K H 0 L D B R S 0 F
                                            PHOTOLOFT.COM,  INC.

     ________________                       ________________
     George  Perlegos                       Jack  Marshall

     ________________                       ________________
     Gust  Perlegos                         Gary  Kremen

     ________________                       ________________
     s.  John  Marshall                     Mikes  Sisos





                                       13


<PAGE>
___________
Mike  Ross


_____________
Chris  McConn

______________
Kay  Wolf  Jones











                                       14
<PAGE>


     (g)  Governing  Law     . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
          --------------
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada.

     (h)  Binding  Effect     . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties
          ---------------
hereto  and  ixiu-re  to  the  benefit  of  the parties, their respective heirs,
administrators,  executors,  successors  and  assigns.

     (i)  Entire  Agreement.     This  Agreement  and  the  attached  Exhibits
          ------------------
constitute  the  entire agreement of the parties covering everything agreed upon
or  understood  in  the  transaction.  There  are  no oral promises, conditions,
representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or  terms  of  any  kind  as
conditions  or  inducements  to  the  execution  hereof.

     (j)  Time.  Time  is  of  the  essence.
          ----

     (k)  Severability     .  If  any  part  of  this  Agreement is deemed to be
          ------------
unenforceable  the  balance  of  the  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and
effect.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement the day and
year  first  above  written.

                                                               DATA GROWTH, INC.


                                         By: s._____________________
Gary  B.  Peterson,  President


  s.  _____________________
   Gary  B.  Peterson,               individually


PHOTOLOFT.COM,  INC.


                               By: s.__________________
Jack  Marshall,  President


                                            S T 0 C K H 0 L D B R S 0 F
                                            PHOTOLOFT.COM,  INC.

      s._______________                     s._____________
     George  Perlegos                       Jack  Marshall

      s._______________                     s._____________
     Gust  Perlegos                         Gary  Kremen

      s._______________                     s._____________
     John  Marshall                         Mikes  Sisos

                                       14
<PAGE>

     (g)  Governing  Law     . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
          --------------
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada.

     (h)  Binding  Effect     . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties
          ---------------
hereto  and  ixiu-re  to  the  benefit  of  the parties, their respective heirs,
administrators,  executors,  successors  and  assigns.

     (i)  Entire  Agreement.     This  Agreement  and  the  attached  Exhibits
          ------------------
constitute  the  entire agreement of the parties covering everything agreed upon
or  understood  in  the  transaction.  There  are  no oral promises, conditions,
representations,  understandings,  interpretations  or  terms  of  any  kind  as
conditions  or  inducements  to  the  execution  hereof.

     (j)  Time.  Time  is  of  the  essence.
          ----

     (k)  Severability     .  If  any  part  of  this  Agreement is deemed to be
          ------------
unenforceable  the  balance  of  the  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and
effect.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement the day and
year  first  above  written.

                                            DATA GROWTH, INC.


                                            By:
                                            Gary  B.  Peterson,  President


                                            Gary  B.  Peterson,  individually

                                            PHOTOLOFT.COM, INC.


                                            By:
                                            s.  Jack  Marshall,  President

                                            S T 0 C K H 0 L D B R S 0 F
                                            PHOTOLOFT.COM,  INC.

     s.  George  Perlegos                   s.Jack  Marshall
     s.  Gust  Perlegos                     Gary  Kremen
     John  Marshall                         s.  Mikes  Sisos






                                       14
<PAGE>
s.  Mike  Ross
    ----------

s.  Chris  McConn
    -------------

s.  Kay  Wolf  Jones
    ----------------








                                       15
<PAGE>
s.  Mike  Ross
  ------------

s.  Chris  McConn

s.  Kay  Wolf  Jones








                                       15
<PAGE>

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                                DATA GROWTH, INC.
     WE,  THE UNDERSIGNED natural persons of the age of twenty-one (21) years or
more,  acting  as  incorporators  of  a  corporation  under  the Nevada Business
Corporation  Act,  adopt  the  following  Articles  of  Incorporation  for  such
corporation.

                                ARTICLE I - NAME
                                ----------------
                The name of the Corporation is Data Growth, Inc.,

                              ARTICLE II - DURATION
                              ---------------------
                  The duration of the corporation is perpetual.

                             ARTICLE III - PURPOSES
                             ----------------------
The  purpose  or  purposes  for  which  this  corporation  is  engaged  are:
(a)     To  engage  in  the  specific  business of making investments, including
investment  in,  purchase and ownership of any and all kinds of property, assets
or  business,  whether  alone  or in conjunction with others.  Also, to acquire,
develop,  explore  and otherwise deal inland with all kinds of real and personal
property  and  all related activates, and for any and all other lawful purposes.

(b)     To  acquire  by  purchase,  exchange,  gift,  bequest,  subscription, or
otherwise;  and  to  hold,  own,  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecate, sell, assign,
transfer,  exchange,  or  otherwise  dispose  of  or  deal  in,  or with its own
corporate  securities  or  stock  or  other  securities  including,  without
limitations,  any  shares  of  stock,  bonds,

<PAGE>
debentures,  notes,  mortgages,  or  other  obligations,  and  any certificates,
receipts  or  other  instruments representing rights or interests therein on any
property  or  assets  created  or  issued  by  any  person,  firm, associate, or
corporation,  or  instrumentalities  thereof;  to  make  payment therefor in any
lawful manner or to issue in exchange therefor its unreserved earned surplus for
the  purchase  of  its  own  shares,  and  to exercise as owner or holder of any
securities,  any  and  all  rights,  powers,  and privileges in respect thereof.

(c)     To  do  each  and  everything  necessary,  suitable,  or  proper for the
accomplishment  of  any  of the purposes or the attainment of any one or more of
the  subjects  herein enumerated, or which may, at any time, appear conducive to
or  expedient  for the protection or benefit of this corporation, and to do said
acts  as  fully  and to the same extent as natural persons might, or could do in
any  part  of the world as principals, agents, partners, trustees, or otherwise,
either  alone  or  in  conjunction  with  any  other  person,  association,  or
corporation.

(d)     The foregoing clauses shall be construed both as purposes and powers and
shall  not  be held to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers of the
corporation, and the enjoyment and exercise thereof, as conferred by the laws of
the  State  of  Utah;  and  it  is  the  intention  that the purposes and powers
specified  in  each  of  the  paragraphs

<PAGE>
of  this  Article  III  shall  be  regarded  as independent purposes and powers.

                               ARTICLE IV - STOCK
                               ------------------
     The  aggregate number of shares which this corporation shall have authority
to  issue  is  50,000,000 shares of Common Stock having a par value of $.OO1 per
share.  All  stock  of  the  corporation shall be of the same class, common, and
shall  have  the  same  rights  and  preferences.  Fully-paid  stock  of  this
corporation  shall  not  be  liable  to  any  further  call  or  assessment.

                              ARTICLE V - AMENDMENT
                              ---------------------
     These  Articles  of Incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of
"a  majority"  of  the  shares  entitled  to  vote  on  ench  such  amendment.

                       ARTICLE VI  -  SHAREHOLDERS  RIGHTS
                       -----------------------------------
     The authorized and treasury stock of this corporation may be issued at such
time,  upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration as the Board of
Directors  shall  determine.
Shareholders shall not have pre-emptive rights to acquire unissued shares of the
stock  of  this  corporation.

                          ARTICLE VII - CAPITALIZATION
                          ----------------------------
     This  corporation will not commence business until consideration of a value
of  at  least  $1,000  has  been  received  for  the  issuance  of  said shares.

                     ARTICLE VIII - INTTIAL OFFICE AND AGENT
                     ---------------------------------------

                      The Corporate Trust Company of Nevada
                              One East First Street
                                 Reno, NV 89501

<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE IX - DIRECTORS
                             ----------------------
     The directors are hereby given the authority to do any act on behalf of the
corporation  by  law  and  in  each  instance where the Business Corporation Act
provides  that  the directors may act in certain instances where the Articles of
Incorporation  authorize  such action by the directors, the directors are hereby
given  authority  to  act in such instances without specifically numerating such
potential  action  or  instance  herein.
     The  directors  are  specifically given the authority to mortgage or pledge
any  or  all  assets  of  the  business  without  stockholders'  approval.
     The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of this
corporation  is  three.  The  names and addresses of persons who are to serve as
Directors  until  the  first  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  or  until their
successors  are  elected  and  qualify,  are:

     NAME                         ADDRESS
     Gary  Peterson               2726  East  2500  North
                                  Layton,  Utah  84041

     Melbourne  Romney  III       1764  Laird  Avenue
                                  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  84108

     Josehine  Rudd               12014 South Millridge Circle Sandy, Utah 84070



                              ARTICLE X  -  ICORPORATORS
                              --------------------------

The  name  and  address  of  each  Incorporator  is:

     NAME                         ADDRESS

     Thomas  G.  Kimble           311  South  State,  1440  -
                                  Salt  Lake  City,  UT  84111

     Leon  W.  Crockett           311  South  State,  #440
                                  Salt  Lake  Citv.  UT  84111

     Van  L.  Butler              311  South  State,  #440
                                  Salt  Lake  City,  UT  84111


                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   ----------
              COMNON DIRECTORS - TRANSACTIONS BENTEEN CORPORATIONS
              ----------------------------------------------------
     No  contract  or  other transaction between this corporation and any one or
more  of its directors or any other corporation, firm, association, or entity in
which one or more of its directors or officers are financially interested, shall
be  either void or voidable because of such relationship or interest, or because
such director or directors are present at the meeting of the Board of Directors,
or a committee thereof, which authorizes, approves, or ratifies such contract or
transaction,  or because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if: (a)
the  fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known to the Board of
Directors  or  committee which authorizes, approves, or ratifies the contract or
transaction  by vote or consent 'Sufficient for the purpose without counting the
votes  or  consents  of  such  interested  director;  or  (b)  the  fact of such
relationship  or  interest is disclosed or known to the stockholders entitled to
vote and they authorize, approve, or ratify such contract or transaction by vote
or written consent, or (c) the contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to
the  corporation.
     Common  or interested directors may be counted in de termining the presence
of  a  quorum  at a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which
authorizes,  approves,  or  ratifies  such  contract  or  transaction.

<PAGE>
Under penalties of perjury, we declare that these Articles of Incorporation have
been  examined  by  us  and  are, to the best of our knowledge and belief, true,
correct  and  complete.

DATED  this  21st   day  of  January,  1986.
             ----

                              s  Thomas  G.  Kimble
                              ---------------------
                              s  Leon  W.  Crockett
                              ---------------------
                              s  Van  L.  Butler
                              ---------------------

STATE  OF  UTAH         )
                        :ss.
COUNTY  OF  SALT  LAKE  )

     On  the 21st day of January, 1986, personally appeared before me, Thomas G.
             ----
Kimble,  Leon  W.  Crockett  and Van L. Butler, who duly acknowledged to me that
they  signed  the  foregoing  Articles  of  Incorporation.

                                       __________________
                                       NOTARY  PUBLIC

                                       Residing  at:  __________

<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                        TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                DATA GROWTH, INC.

     Pursuant  to  the applicable provisions of the Nevada Business Corporations
Act,  Data  Growth,  Inc.  (the  "Corporation") adopts the following Articles of
Amendment  to  its  Articles  of  Incorporation:
     FIRST:     The  present  name  of  the  Corporation  is  Data  Growth, Inc
     ------

     SECOND:     The  following amendments to its Articles of Incorporation were
adopted by the board of directors and by majority consent of shareholders of the
corporation  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  applicable  law.

(1)     The  Article  entitled  ARTICLE I - NAME, is amended to read as follows:

                                ARTICLE I - NAME
The  name  of  the  corporation  shall  be:  PhotoLoft.com.

(2)     The  Article entitled ARTICLE IV - STOCK, is amended to read as follows:

                               ARTICLE IV - STOCK

     Common.  The aggregate number of common shares which this Corporation shall
     ------
have  authority to issue is 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock having a par value
of  $.OO1  per  share.  All common stock of the Corporation shall be of the same
class,  common,  and  shall  have  the  same rights and preferences.  Fully-paid
common  stock  of  this  Corporation  shall not be liable to any further call or
assessment.
     Preferred.  The  Corporation shall be authorized to issue 500,000 shares of
     ---------
Preferred  Stock  having  a  par  value of $.001 per share and with such rights,
preferences  and  designations  determined  by  the  board  of  directors.
(3)  Article  XII  is  hereby  added  and  shall  read  as  follows:

        ARTICLE XII - ELIMINATION OF LIABILITY OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
     No  officer  or director of the Corporation shall have any liability to the
Corporation  or  its shareholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as an
officer  of  director  except  as  an officer or director except as specifically
provided  for  under  NRS78.037(l),  and as it may be amended from time to time.


<PAGE>
     THIRD:     The Corporation has effectuated, effective with the commencement
     ------
of business on Monday, March 1, 1999, a 2.4571584 to 1 reverse stock split as to
its shares of common stock outstanding as of the opening of business on February
28,  1999, which decreases the outstanding shares as of that date from 1,535,724
shares  to  625,000  shares.  The  reverse  split shall not change the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  authorized  for  issuance  by  the  Corporation.
     FOURTH:     The  number  of  shares  of  the  Corporation  outstanding  and
     -------
entitled  to  vote  at the time of the adoption of said amendment was 1,535,724.
     --
     FIFTH:     The  number  of  shares  voted  for  such amendments was 840,000
     ------
shares  (55%)  and  no  shares  were  voted  against  such  amendment.
DATED  this  26  day  of  February,  1999.


                               DATA  GROWTH,  INC.


                               By: s. Gary B. Peterson
                               -----------------------
                               Gary B. Peterson, President/Secretary
                              --------------------------------------

                                  VERIFICATION
                                  ------------


STATE  OF  UTAH                      )
                               :ss.
COUNTY  OF  SALT  LAKE               )
     The  undersigned  being  first  duly  sworn,  deposes  and states: that the
undersigned is the President of Date Growth, Inc., that the undersigned has read
the  Certificate  of  Amendment and knows the contents thereof and that the same
contains  a  truthful  statement  of  the Amendment duly adopted by the board of
directors  and  stockholders  of  the  Corporation.

                               s. Gary B. Peterson
                               -------------------

<PAGE>
STATE  OF  UTAH                      )
                               :ss.
COUNTY  OF  SALT  LAKE               )
     Before  me  the  undersigned  Notary  Public in and for the said County and
State,  personally  appeared the President and Secretary of Data Growth, Inc., a
Nevada  corporation,  and  signed the foregoing Articles of Amendment as his own
free  and  voluntary  acts  and deeds pursuant to a corporate resolution for the
uses  and  purposes  set  forth.

     IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and seal this 26th day of February,
1999.

               ____________________________
                                  NOTARY PUBLIC

Notary  Seal:

<PAGE>

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                                DATA GROWTH, INC.

                               ARTICLE I - OFFICES
                               -------------------


     The  principal  office  of  the  corporation  in the State of Utah shall be
located  in  the  City  of  Layton,  County  of  Layton,  County  of Davis.  The
Corporation may have such  other  officest either within or without the state of
incorporation as the board of directors may desig-nate or as the business of the
corporation  may  from  time  to  time  require.

                            ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS
                            -------------------------


                                 ANNUAL MEETING.

     The  annual  meeting  of  the stockholders shall be held on the 23rd day of
January  in  each  year, beginning with the year 19 87 at the hour three o'clock
P.M.  for  the  purpose  of  electing directors and for the transaction' of such
other  business as may come before the meeting.  If the day fixed for the annual
meeting  shall  be  a  legal  holiday  such  meeting  shall  be held on the next
succeeding  business  day.

2.  SPECIAL  MEETINGS.

     Special  meetings  of  the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless
otherwise  prescribed  by  statute,  may  be  called  by the president or by the
directors, and shall be called by the president at the request of the holders of
not  less  than  ten  percent  of  all the outstanding shares of the corporation
entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting.

3.  PLACE  OF  MEETING.

     The  directors  may designate any place, either within or without the State
unless  otherwise  prescribed by statute, as the place of meeting for any annual
meeting  or for any special meeting called by the directors.  A waiver of notice
signed  by  all  stockholders  entitled  to  vote  at  a  meeting  may designate

                                    By-Laws 1
<PAGE>
any  placer  either  within or without the state unless other-wise prescribed by
statute,  as  the place for holding such meeting.  If no designation is made, or
if  a  special  meeting  be  otherwise culled, the place of meeting shall be the
principal  office  of  the  corporation.

4.  NOTICE  OF  MEETING.

     Written  or  printed  notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting
and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called, shall be delivered not less than Ten nor more than thirty days before
the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of
the  president, or the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting,
to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail,
addressed  to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer
books  of  the  corporation,  with  postage  thereon  pre-paid.

5.  CLOSING  OF  TRANSFER  BOOKS  OR  FIXING  OF  RECORD  DATE.

     For  the  purpose  of  determining stockholders-entitled to notice of or to
vote  at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination
of  stockholders  for any other proper purpose, the directors of the corporation
may  provide  that  the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period
but  not to exceed, in any case, thirty days.  If the stock transfer books shall
be  closed  for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or
to  vote  at  a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least
ten  days  immediately  preceding  such  meeting.  In  lieu of closing the stock
transfer  books  the  directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for
any  such  determination  of  stockholders, such date in any case to be not more
than  thirty  days  and, in case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten
days  prior  to  the  date  on  which  the  particular  action  requiring  such
determination  of  stockholders is to be taken.  If the stock transfer books are
not  closed  and  no  record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders
entitled  to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or stock-holders
entitled  to  receive  payment  of  a  dividend, the date on which notice of the
meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the directors declaring
such  dividend is adaptedo as the case may be, shall be the record date for such
determination of stockholders.  When a determination of stockholders entitled to
vote  at  any  meeting  of  stockholders

                                    By-Laws 2
<PAGE>
has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any
adjournment  thereof.

6.  VOTING  LISTS.

     The  officer  or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares
of  the  corporation  shall  make,  at  least  ten  days  before each meeting of
stockholders,  a  complete  list  of  the  stockholders entitled to vote at such
meeting,  or  any  adjournment thereof  arranged in alphabetical order, with the
address  of  and  the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of
ten days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of
the  corporation  and  shall  be subject to inspection by any stockholder at any
time  during  usual  business  hours.  Such list shall also be produced And kept
open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection
of  any  stockholder  during  the whole time of the meeting.  The original stock
transfer  book  shall  be  prima  facie  evidence as to who are the stockholders
entitled  to  examine  such  list or transfer books or to vote at the meeting of
stockholders.

7.  QUORUM.

     At  any  meeting of stockholders one-third of the outstanding shares of the
corporation  entitled  to  vote,  represented  in  person  or  by  proxy,  shall
constitute  a  quorum at a meeting of stockholders.  If less than said number of
the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so
represented  may  adjourn  the meeting from time to time without further notice.
At  such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any
business  may  be  transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally  notified.  The  stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may
continue to transact, business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal
of  enough  stockholders  to  leave  less  than  a  quorum.

8.  PROXIES.

     At all meetings of stockholders a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in
writing  by  the  stockholder  or by his duly authorized attorney in fact.  Such
proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the time
of  the  meeting.

9.  VOTING.

Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms and provisions of
the  certificate  of  incorporation  and  these by-laws shall be entitled to one
vote,  in  person  or  by

                                    BY-Laws 3
<PAGE>
proxy  for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholders.  Upon
the  demand  of  any  stockholders  the vote for directors and upon any question
before  the  meeting  shall  be by ballot.  All elections for directors shall be
decided by plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by majority vote
except  as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of
this  State.

10.  ORDER  OF  BUSINESS.

     The  order  of  business  at  all meetings of the stockholders, shall be as
follows:

1.     Roll  Call.

2.     Proof  of  notice  of  meeting  or  waiver  of  notice.

3.     Reading  of  minutes  of  preceding  meeting.

4.     Reports  of  officers.

5.     Reports  of  Committees.

G.     Election  of  Directors.

7.     Unfinished  Business.

8.     New  Business.

11.  INFORMAL  ACTION  BY  STOCKHOLDERS.

     Unless  otherwise  provided  by  law,  any action required to be taken at a
meeting  of the shareholders or any other action which may be taken at a meeting
of  the  shareholders,  may  be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing,
setting  forth  the  action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders
entitled  to  vote  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  thereof.

                                    By-Laws 4
<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS


1.  GENERAL  POWERS

     The business and affair of the corporation shall be managed by its board of
directors.  The  directors shall in all cases act as a board, and they may adopt
such  rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the management
of  the corporation as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with these by-laws
and  the  laws  of  this  State.

2.  NUMBER,  TENURE  AND  QUALIFICATIONS.

     The  number  of  directors  of the corporation shall be no less than three.
Each  director  shall  hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders
and  until  his  successor  shall  have  been  elected  and  qualified.

3.  REGULAR  MEETINGS.

     A  regular meeting of the directors shall be held without other notice than
this  by-law  immediately  after, and at the same place as the annual meeting of
stockholders.  The  directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for
the  holding  of  additional  regular  meetings  without  other notice than such
resolution.

4.  SPECIAL  MEETINGS.

     Special meetings of the directors may be called by or at the request of the
president  or  any  two  directors.  The  person  or  persons authorized to call
special  meetings  of  the  directors  may fix the place for holding any special
meeting  of  the  directors  called  by  them.

S.  NOTICE.

     Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least three days previously
thereto by written notice delivered personally, or by telegram or mailed to each
director  at  his business address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be
delivered  when  deposited  in the United States mail so addressed, with postage
thereon  prepaid.  If notice be given by telegram such notice shall be deemed to
be  delivered  when  the  telegram  is  delivered to the telegraph company.  The
attendance  of  a  director  at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such  meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose
of  objecting  to  the  transaction  of  any business because the meeting is not
lawfully  called  or  convened.

                                    By-Laws 5
<PAGE>
6.  QUORUM.

At  any  meeting  of  the directors a majority shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business, but if less than said number is present at a meeting, a
majority  of  the  directors  present  may adjourn the meeting from time to time
without  further  notice.

7.  MANNER  OF  ACTING.

     The  act  of  the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a
quorum  is  present  shall  be  the  act  of  the  directors.

B.  NEWLY  CREATED  DIRECTORSHIPS  AND  VACANCIES.

     Newly  created  directorships  resulting  from an increase in the number of
directors and vacancies occurring in the board for any reason except the removal
of  directors  without  cause  may  be  filled  by  a  vote of a majority of the
directors  then  in  office,  although  less  than  a  quorum exists.  Vacancies
occurring by reason of the removal of directors without cause shall be filled by
vote  of  the  stockholders.  A  director  elected  to  fill a vacancy caused by
resignation,  death or removal shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired
term  of  his  predecessor.

9.  REMOVAL  OF  DIRECTORS.

Any  or  all  of  the  directors  may  be  removed  for  cause  by
vote  of  the  stockholders or by action of the board.  Directors may be removed
without  cause  only  by  vote  of  the  stockholders.

10.  RESIGNATION.

A  director  may  resign  at any time by giving written notice to the board, the
president  or  the  secretary of the corporation.  Unless otherwise specified in
the  notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the board
or such officer, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to
make  it  effective.

11.  COMPENSATION.

     No  compensation  shall  be paid to directors, as such, for their services,
but by resolution of the board a fixed sum and expenses for actual attendance at
each  regular or special meeting of the board may be authorized.  Nothing herein
contained  shall  be  construed  to  preclude  any  director  from  serving  the
corporation  in  any  other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation  therefor.

                                    By-Laws 6
<PAGE>
12.  PRESUMPTION  OF  ASSENT.

     A  director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the directors
at  which  action  on  any  corporate  matter is taken shall be presumed to have
assented  to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes
of  the meeting or unless lie shall file his written dissent to such action with
the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof
or  shall  forward  such  dissent  by  registered  mail  to the secretary of the
corporation  immediately  after  the  adjournment  of the meeting. Such right to
dissent  shall  not  apply  to  a  director  who  voted in favor of such action.

13.  EXECUTIVE  AND  OTHER  COMMITTEES.

     The  board  by resolution may designate from among its members an executive
committee  and  other  committees,  each  consisting of three or more directors.
Each  such  committee  shall  serve  at  the  pleasure  of  the  board.

                                    By-Laws 7
<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE  IV    OFFICERS

1.  NUMBER.

     The  officers  of the corporation shall be a president, a vice-president, a
secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the directors.  Such
other  officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected
or  appointed  by  the  directors.

2.  ELECTION  AND  TERM  OF  OFFICE.

     The  officers  of  the  corporation to be elected by the directors shall be
elected  annually  at  the first meeting of the directors held after each annual
meeting of the stockholders.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor
shall  have  been  duly  elected and shall have qualified or until his death, or
until  he  shall  resign  or  shall  have been removed in the manner hereinafter
provided.

3.  REMOVAL.

     Any  officer  or agent elected or appointed by the directors may be removed
by  the  directors  whenever  in  their  judgment  the  best  interests  of  the
corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice
to  the  contract  rights,  if  any,  of  the  person  so  removed.

4.  VACANCIES.

     A  vacancy  in  any  office  because  of  death,  resignation,  removal,
disqualification  or otherwise, may be filled by the directors for the unexpired
portion  of  the  term.

S.  PRESIDENT.

     The  president  shall be the principal executive officer of the corporation
and  subject  to  the  control  of the directors, shall in general supervise and
control  all  of  the  business  and  affairs of the corporation. He shall, when
present,  preside  at all meetings of the stockholders and of the directors.  He
may  sign,  with  the  secretary or, any other proper officer of the corporation
thereunto  authorized  by  the  directorship  certificates  for  shares  of  the
corporation,  any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which
the  directors  have authorized to be executed except in cases where the signing
and  execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the directors or by these
by-laws  to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required
by  law  to  be  otherwise  signed  or  executed;  and  in  general  shall

                                    By-Laws 8
<PAGE>
perform  all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as
may  be  prescribed  by  the  directors  from  time  to  time.

6.  VICE-PRESIDENT.

     In  the  absence  of  the  president or in event of his death, inability or
refusal  to  act,  the vice-president shall perform the duties of the president,
and  when  so  acting,  shall  have  all the powers of and be subject to all the
restrictions  upon  the  president.  The vice-president shall perform such other
duties  as  from  time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the
directors.

7.  SECRETARY.

     The  secretary  shall  keep  the  minutes  of  the stockholders' and of the
directors',  meetings  in  one or more books provided for that purpose, see that
all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or
as  required,  be  custodian  of  the  corporate  records and of the seal of the
corporation  and  keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder
which  shall  be  furnished  to  the secretary by such stockholder, have general
charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation and in general perform all
duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to
time  may  be  assigned  to  him  by  the  president  or  by  the  directors.

8.  TREASURER.

     If  required  by  the  directors,  the  treasurer shall give a bond for the
faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
the  directors  shall  determine.  He  shall  have  charge and custody of and be
responsible  for  all  funds and securities of the corporation; receive and give
receipts  for  moneys  due  and  payable  to  the  corporation  from  any source
whatsoever,  and  deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such
banks,  trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance
with  these  by-laws  and  in  general perform all of the duties incident to the
office  of  treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to  him  by  the  president  or  by  the  directors.

9.  SALARIES.

     The  salaries  of  the  officers  shall  be  fixed from time to time by the
directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason
of  the  fact  that  he  is  also  a  director  of  the  corporation.

                                    By-Laws 9
<PAGE>
                ARTICLE V - CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS


1.  CONTRACTS.

     The  directors  may  authorize  any officer or officers, agent or agents to
enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and
on  behalf  of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific  instances.

2.  LOANS.

     No  loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences
of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of
the directors.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

3.  CHECKS,  DRAFTS,  ETC.

     All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of moneys notes or other
evidences  of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed
by  such  officer  or  officers,  agent or agents of the corporation and in such
manner as shall from time to time be deter-mined by resolution of the directors.

4.  DEPOSITS.

     All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from
time  to  time to the credit of the corporation in such banks trust companies or
other  depositories  as  the  directors  may  select.


            ARTICLE VI    CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER


1.  CERTIFICATES  FOR  SHARES.

     Certificates  representing  shares of the corporation shall be in such form
as  shall  be determined by the directors.  Such certificates shall be signed by
the  president  and by the secretary or by such other officers authorized by law
and  by  the  directors.  All  certificates  for  shares  shall be consecutively
numbered  or otherwise identified.  The name and address of the stockholders the
number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books
of  the  corporation.  All  certificates  surrendered  to  the  corporation  for
transfer  shall  be  canceled  and  no new certificate shall be issued until the

                                   By-Laws 10
<PAGE>
former  certificate  for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and
canceled,  except  that  in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a
new  one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation
as  the  directors  may  prescribe.

2.  TRANSFERS  OF  SHARES.

     (a)     upon  surrender  to  the  corporation  or the transfer agent of the
corporation  of  a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper
evidence  of  succession,  assignment  or authority to transfer, it shall be the
duty  of  the  corporation  to  issue  a  new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, and cancel the old certificate; every such transfer shall be entered on
the  transfer  book  of  the  corporation  which  shall be kept at its principal
office.

     (b)     The  corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of
any share as the holder in fact thereof, and, accordingly, shall not be bound to
recognize  any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part
of  any  other  person  whether  or  not  it  shall have express or other notice
thereof,  except  as  expressly  provided  by  the  laws  of  this  state.


                          ARTICLE  VII    FISCAL  YEAR

     The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the last day of the month
in  each  year  as  elected  by  the  Directors.


                            ARTICLE VIII - DIVIDENDS


     The  directors  may from time to time declare, and the corporation may pay,
dividends  on  its  outstanding  shares  in  the  manner  and upon the terms and
conditions  provided  by  law.


                                ARTICLE IX - SEAL


     The  directors  shall  provide  a corporate seal which shall be circular in
form  and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the state of
incorporation,  year  of  incorporation  and  the  words,  "Corporate  Seal".

                                   By-Laws 11
<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE  X   WAIVER  OF  NOTICE


     Unless  otherwise  provided  by  law, whenever any notice is required to be
given  to any stockholder or director of the corporation under the provisions of
these by-laws or under the provisions of the articles of incorporation, a waiver
thereof  in  writing,  signed  by the person or persons entitled to such notice,
whether  before  or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to
the  giving  of  such  notice.


                             ARTICLE  XI   AMENDMENTS


     These  by-laws  may  be altered, amended or repealed and new by-laws may be
adopted  by a vote of the stockholders representing a majority of all the shares
issued  and  outstanding,  at any annual stockholders' meeting or at any special
stockholders' meeting when the proposed amendment has been set out in the notice
of  such  meeting.

                                   By-Laws 12
<PAGE>


                              [PHOTOLOFT.COM LOGO]

                                                          CUSIP NO - 719348 10 4
                                                          ----------------------


       NUMBER                                                        SHARES
    ------------                                                  ------------
    /   5275   /                                                  /          /
    ------------                                                  ------------


                   AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK: 50,000,000 SHARES
                                PAR VALUE: $ .001


THIS  CERTIFIES  THAT


                                    SPECIMEN



IS  THE  RECORD  HOLDER  OF


                    - Shares of PHOTOLOFT.COM common stock -

transferable  on  the  books  of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized
attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.  This Certificate
is  not  valid  until  countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the
Registrar.

     Witness  the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures
of  its  duly  authorized  officers.

Date:
       -----------

/s/  Lisa  Marshall                                          /s/  Jack  Marshall
- -------------------                                          -------------------
          Secretary                                                    President


                                 [PHOTOLOFT.COM
                                 CORPORATE SEAL
                                     NEVADA]


<PAGE>
Notice:     Signature  must  be  guaranteed  by  a  firm  which  is  member of a
registered  national stock exchange, or by a bank (other than a saving bank), or
a  trust  company.  The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on
the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out
in  full  according  to  applicable  laws  or  regulations:

TEN COM - patents in common             UNIF GIFT MIN ACT  - . . Custodian . .
TEN ENT - As  tenants by the entireties                     (Cust)     (Minor)
JT  TEN - as  joint tenants with right of         under uniform Gifts to Minors
          Survivorship  and  not  as  tenants     Act . . . . . .. . . . . . .
          In  common                                             (State)

                                           Additional abbreviations may also be
                                           used thoughnot in the above list.


           FOR VALUE RECEIVED, __________ HEREBY SELL, ASSIGN AND TRANSFER UNTO

PLEASE  INSERT  SOCIAL  SECURITY  OR  OTHER
  IDENTIFYING  NUMBER  OF  ASSIGNEE
- -------------------------------------
/                                   /
- -------------------------------------



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shares
Of  the  capital  stock  represented  by  the  within certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably  constitute  and  appoint

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Attorney
To  transfer  the  said  stock on the books of the within named Corporation with
full  power  of  substitution  in  the  premises.

Dated  ______________________



    NOTICE:  THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS
 WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT AFTERATION
                      OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER


                                    SPECIMEN





<PAGE>












                           ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                   SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                                  NOV 23, 1993


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<S>        <C>
SECTION 1  AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

     1.1   Authorization
     1.2   Sale of Preferred

SECTION 2  CLOSING DATE; DELIVERY

     2.1   Closing Date
     2.2   Delivery

SECTION 3  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     3.1   Organization and Standing; Articles and Bylaws
     3.2   Corporate Power
     3.3   Subsidiaries
     3.4   Capitalization
     3.5   Authorization
     3.6   Litigation, etc.
     3.7   Compliance with Other Instruments, None Burdensome, etc.
     3.8   Governmental Consent, etc.

SECTION 4  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

     4.1   Experience
     4.2   Investment
     4.3   Rule 144
     4.4   No Public Market
     4.5   Access to Data
     4.6   Authorization
     4.7   Brokers or Finders
     4.8   Tax Liability

SECTION 5  PURCHASERS' CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     5.1   Representations and Warranties Correct
     5.2   Covenants
     5.3   Blue Sky
     5.4   Restated Articles
     5.5   Registration and Information Rights Agreement
     5.6   Compliance Certificate

SECTION 6  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF COMPANY

     6.1   Representations
     6.2   Covenants
     6.3   Blue Sky
     6.4   Restated Articles
     6.5   Legal Matters

SECTION 7  MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1   Governing Law
     7.2   Successors and Assigns
     7.3   Entire Agreement; Amendment
     7.4   Notices, etc.
     7.5   Delays or Omissions
     7.6   California Corporate Securities Law
     7.7   Counterparts
     7.8   Severability
     7.9   Titles and Subtitles
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                           ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                   SERIES APREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is  made  as of June 5, 1997 by and among AltaVista Technology,
Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), the individuals and entities set
forth  on  the  Schedule  of  Purchasers  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  (the
                                                                ----------
"Purchasers"),  and  any  other  person  or persons who shall have executed this
Agreement  in  connection  with  their purchase of Additional Shares, as defined
below  (such  persons  listed on the Schedule of Purchasers and such persons who
shall  have  purchased  Additional  Shares  collectively  being  referred  to as
"Purchasers"),  which  person  or  persons  shall  be  added  to the Schedule of
Purchasers  at  such time as they shall purchase such Additional Shares pursuant
hereto.


                                    SECTION 1

               AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
               --------------------------------------------------

1.1     AUTHORIZATION.     The  Company  will authorize the sale and issuance of
        --------------
up  to  1,500,000  shares  of  its   Preferred  Stock (the "Shares"), having the
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as set forth in the Amended and
Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation ("Restated Articles") in substantially the
form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B.
                            ----------

1.2     SALE  OF  PREFERRED.     Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
        --------------------
Company  will issue and sell to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers will purchase
severally,  and  not  jointly, from the Company, up to all of the Shares, (i) of
which  not less than 10,000 of the Shares (the "Initial Shares') will be sold to
the  Purchasers  at  the  Initial  Closing,  as  defined  below,  in the amounts
specified  opposite  the  name  of  each such Purchaser in the column designated
"Initial Shares" on the Schedule of Purchasers, at a per share purchase price of
$.30, and (ii) of which up to 1,490,000 Shares (the "Additional Shares") may, at
the election of the Company, be sold to the Purchasers at one or more additional
closings subsequent to the Initial Closing (the "Subsequent Closing(s)'), in the
amounts  as  shall  be specified opposite the name of each such Purchaser in the
column  designated  "Additional  Shares" on the Schedule of Purchasers, at a per
share  purchase  price  of  $.30.


                                    SECTION 2

                             CLOSING- DATE: DELIVERY
                             -----------------------

2.1     CLOSING  DATE.     The  closing  of the purchase and sale of the Initial
        -------------
Shares hereunder (the "Initial Closing") shall be held at the offices of Wilson,
Sonsini,  Goodrich  &  Rosati,  Two  Palo Alto Square, Palo Alto, California, at
10:00  a.m.  on  January _, 1994, or at such other time and place upon which the
Company  and  the  Purchasers  shall  agree.  The Subsequent Closing(s), if any,
shall  be  held  at  the offices of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, Two Palo
Alto  Square,  Palo  Alto, California at such time(s) and date(s) as the Company
shall  specify.  The  date(s)  of the Subsequent Closing(s) shall hereinafter be
referred  to  as  the  "Subsequent Closing Date(s)." The Initial Closing and the
Subsequent  Closing(s)  are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "Closings.'
The  Initial  Closing  Date  and  the  Subsequent  Closing Date(s) are sometimes
hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Closing  Dates."

2.2     DELIVERY.     At  the  Initial Closing, the Company will deliver to each
        ---------
Purchaser  a  certificate  or certificates representing the number of Shares set
forth  opposite  such  Purchaser's name in the column designated "Shares' on the
Schedule  of  Purchasers against payment of the purchase price therefor by check
payable  to  the  Company  or  by  wire  transfer made pursuant to the Company's
instructions.  At  the  Subsequent  Closing(s), the Company will deliver to each

<PAGE>
Additional  Purchaser  who  shall  have executed this Agreement a certificate or
certificates  representing  the  number of shares as shall be specified opposite
the  name  of each Purchaser in the column designated "Additional Shares" on the
Schedule of Purchasers, against payment of the purchase price therefor, by check
payable  to  the  Company  or  by  wire  transfer made pursuant to the Company's
instructions.  At  each  Subsequent  Closing, if any, a Supplemental Schedule of
Purchasers  shall be added to this Agreement as Exhibit A. 1. At each Subsequent
                                                ------------
Closing,  if  any,  the  Purchaser  purchasing  Additional  Shares therein shall
execute  a  signature  page  to  this  Agreement.

                                    SECTION 3
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
                  ---------------------------------------------
Except  as  set  forth  on Exhibit C attached hereto, the Company represents and
                           ---------
warrants  to  the  Purchasers  as  follows:

3.1     ORGANIZATION  AND  STANDING:  ARTICLES  AND BYLAWS.     The Company is a
        ---------------------------------------------------
corporation duly organized and existing under, and by virtue of, the laws of the
State  of  California  and is in good standing under such laws.  The Company has
requisite  corporate  power  and authority to own and operate its properties and
assets,  and  to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to
be  conducted.  The  Company  is  not  presently  qualified  to do business as a
foreign corporation in any jurisdiction, and the failure to be so qualified will
not  have  a material adverse effect on the Company's business as now conducted.
The  Company  has  furnished each Purchaser with copies of the Restated Articles
and  of  its  Bylaws,  which  are  true,  correct  and  complete and contain all
amendments  through  the  Closing  Date.

3.2     CORPORATE  POWER.     The  Company  will  have  at  the Closing Date all
        -----------------
requisite  legal  and  corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and the Registration and Information Rights Agreement in substantially
the  form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the "Registration and Information Rights
                             ---------
Agreement"),  to  sell and issue the Shares hereunder, to issue the Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, a and to carry out and
per-form  its obligations under the terms of this Agreement and the Registration
and  Information  Rights  Agreement  (together  the  "Agreements").

3.3     SUBSIDIARIES.     The  Company  has  no  subsidiaries  or  affiliated
        ------------
companies  and  does  not  otherwise own or control, directly or indirectly, any
equity  interest  in  any  corporation,  association  or  business  entity.

3.4     CAPITALIZATION.     The  authorized  capital  stock of the Company, upon
        --------------
the  filing  of  the  Restated Articles, consists of 10,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, of which 500,000 shares are issued and outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares
of  Preferred  Stock,  of  which  1,500,000 shares have been designated Series A
Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred'), none of which are issued and outstanding
stock  immediately  prior  to the Initial Closing.  The Series A Preferred shall
have  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions set forth in the
Restated  Articles.  The  currently outstanding shares of Common Stock have been
duly  authorized  and  validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable, and
have  been  issued in compliance with applicable securities laws.  The shares of
Series  A  Preferred  to  be  issued  and  sold  to the Purchaser have been duly
authorized  and,  when issued in accordance with this Agreement and the Restated
Articles, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company has
reserved  1,500,000  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  for  issuance  hereunder,
1,500,000  shares  of  Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Series A
Preferred  and  5,000,000  shares  of its Common Stock for issuance to officers,
directors,  employees  and consultants of the Company pursuant to the 1993 Stock
Plan  or  other  arrangements approved by the Board.  Except as set forth above,
there are no options, warrants, subscriptions, calls, puts, claims, commitments,
convertible  securities  or  other  agreements  or  arrangements under which the
Company  is or may be obligated to issue or purchase, as the case may be, shares
of  the  Company's  capital  stock.

3.5     AUTHORIZATION.     All  corporate action on the part of the Company, its
        -------------
directors  and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery
and  performance  of  the  Agreements  by  the Company, the authorization, sale,
issuance  and  delivery of the Series A Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion  of  the Series A Preferred), and the performance of all of the
Company's  obligations  hereunder  has been taken or will be taken prior to each
Closing.  The  Agreements,  when  executed  and  delivered by the Company, shall

<PAGE>
constitute  valid  and  binding  obligations  of  the  Company,  enforceable  in
accordance  with  their respective terms, subject to laws of general application
relating  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law
governing  specific  performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
The  Shares,  when  issued  in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement,
will  be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will have the rights,
preferences  and privileges described in the Restated Articles; the Common Stock
issuable  upon  conversion of the Shares has been duly and validly reserved and,
when  issued in compliance with the provisions of the Restated Articles, will be
validly  issued,  and  will  be fully paid and nonassessable; and the Shares and
such  Common  Stock  will  be  free  of any liens or encumbrances, assuming each
Purchaser  takes  the  Shares  with  no  notice thereof, other than any liens or
encumbrances  created  by Purchaser; provided, however, that the Shares (and the
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) may be subject to restrictions on
transfer  under  state or federal securities laws as set forth in this Agreement
and  the  exhibits  hereto.  The  Shares (and the Common Stock issuable upon the
conversion  thereof) are not subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first
refusal.

3.6     LITIGATION,  ETC.     There  are  no  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or
        ----------------
investigations  pending  or,  to the Company's knowledge, threatened against the
Company or its properties before any court or governmental agency other than the
suit filed by Digital Equipment is United States District Court for the District
of  Massachusetts  (civil  action  96-12192NG).

3.7     COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS, NONE BURDENSOME, ETC.     The Company
        -------------------------------------------------------
is  not  in  violation of any term of the Restated Articles or its Bylaws or any
mortgage,  indebtedness,  indenture,  judgment  or  decree,  or  in any material
respect  of  any  term  or  provision  of  any  material  contract, agreement or
instrument,  and  to the best of its knowledge is not in violation of any order,
statute,  rule or regulation applicable to the Company.  The execution, delivery
and  performance  of and compliance with the Agreements, and the issuance of the
Series A Preferred and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A
Preferred,  have  not  resulted  and  will  not  result  in any violation of, or
conflict  with,  or  constitute  a  default  under, the Restated Articles or the
Company's  Bylaws,  nor  will it result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge,
lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.

3.8     GOVERNMENTAL  CONSENT, ETC.     No consent, approval or authorization of
        --------------------------
or  designation,  declaration  or  filing with any governmental authority on the
part  of  the  Company  is  required  in connection with the valid execution and
delivery  of  the  Agreements,  or  the  offer, sale or issuance of the Series A
Preferred  (and  the  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of the Series A
Preferred),  or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby or
thereby,  except  (a)  filing  of  the  Restated  Articles  in the office of the
California  Secretary  of State, (b) qualification (or taking such action as may
be  necessary  to  secure  an exemption from qualification, if available) of the
offer  and  sale  of  the Series A Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of the Series A Preferred) under the California Corporate Securities
Law  of  1968, as amended, and other applicable Blue Sky laws, which filings and
qualifications,  if  required,  will be accomplished in a timely manner, and (c)
filing of a notice, if required, pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act,
which  filing  will  be  accomplished  in  a  timely  manner.

                                    SECTION 4
                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
                 -----------------------------------------------
Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company with respect to the
purchase  of  the  Shares  as  follows:

4.1     EXPERIENCE.     It  has  substantial  experience  in  evaluating  and
        ----------
investing  in  private  transactions  of  securities in companies similar to the
Company  so  that  it  is  capable  of  evaluating  the  merits and risks of its
investment  in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests and
bear  the  risk  of  loss  of  its  entire  investment.

<PAGE>
4.2     INVESTMENT.     It  is  acquiring  the  Series  A  Preferred  and  the
underlying  Common Stock for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or
agent,  and  not  with  the  view  to,  or  for  resale  in connection with, any
distribution  thereof.  It  understands  that  the  Series  A  Preferred  to  be
purchased  and  the  underlying  Common  Stock  have  not been, and will not be,
registered  under  the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the
registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends
upon,  among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the
                               ---------
accuracy  of  such  Purchaser's  representations  as expressed herein.  It is an
"accredited  investor'  within  the  meaning  of  Regulation  D,  Rule  501(a),
promulgated  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.

4.3     RULE  144.     It  acknowledges  that  the  Series  A  Preferred and the
        ----------
underlying Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered
under  the  Securities  Act  or  unless  an  exemption from such registration is
available.  It  is  aware  of  the  provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities  Act  which  permit  limited  resale of shares purchased in a private
placement  subject  to  the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among
other  things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability
of  certain  current  public information about the Company, the resale occurring
not less than two years after a party has purchased and paid for the security to
be  sold,  the  sale  being  effected  through  a  "broker's  transaction" or in
transactions directly with a "market maker', and the number of shares being sold
during  any  three-month  period  not  exceeding  specified  limitations.

4.4NO  PUBLIC MARKET. IT UNDERSTANDS THAT NO PUBLIC MARKET NOW EXISTS FOR ANY OF
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
the  securities  issued by the Company and that no assurances can be made that a
public  market
will  ever  exist  for  the  Company's  securities.

4.5         ACCESS  TO  DATA.     It  has  had  an  opportunity  to  discuss the
           -----------------
Company's  business,
management  and  financial  affairs  with  its management and the opportunity to
review  the  Company's  facilities  and  has had access to all other information
about  the  Company  it  deemed necessary in connection with the purchase of the
Series A Preferred.  It has also had an opportunity to ask questions of officers
of  the  Company.  It  understands that such discussions, as well as any written
information  issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of
the  Company's  business  and  prospects  but  were not a thorough or exhaustive
description.

4.6     AUTHORIZATION.     The  Agreements,  when  executed  and  delivered  by
        --------------
Purchaser,  will  constitute  a  valid  and  legally binding obligations of each
Purchaser,  enforceable  in  accordance  with their respective terms, subject to
laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of
debtors  and  rules  of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or
other  equitable  remedies.

4.7     BROKERS  OR  FINDERS.     The  Company  has  not,  and  will not, incur,
        ---------------------
directly  or  indirectly, as a result of any action taken by such Purchaser, any
liability  for  brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar
charges  in  connection  with  this  Agreement.

4.8     TAX  LIABILITY.     It  has  reviewed  with  its  own  tax  advisors the
        --------------
federal,  state,  local  and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  It relies solely on such advisors
and  not  on  any  statements  or  representations  of the Company or any of its
agents.  It  understands  that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for
its  own  tax  liability  that  may  arise as a result of this investment or the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                    SECTION 5

PURCHASERS'  CONDITIONS  TO  CLOSING
- ------------------------------------

The  Purchasers'  obligation  to  purchase  the Shares at the Closing is, at the
option  of  Purchasers,  subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

5.1     REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.     The representations and warranties
        --------------------------------
made  by  the  Company  in  Section  3  hereof  shall be true and correct in all
material  respects  as  of  the  Closing  Date.

5.2     COVENANTS.     All  covenants,  agreements  and  conditions contained in
this  Agreement  to  be performed by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date
shall  have  been  performed  or  complied with in all material respects, unless
waived  in  writing  by  the  Purchaser.

5.3     BLUE  SKY.     Me Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law
        ----------
permits  and  qualifications,  or have the availability of exemptions therefrom,
required  by  any  state  for  the
offer  and  sale  of  the  Series A Preferred and the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of  the  Series  A  Preferred.
5.4     RESTATED  ARTICLES.     The Restated Articles shall have been filed with
        -------------------
the  California  Secretary  of  State.

5.5    REGISTRATION  AND INFORMATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT     The Company shall have
       ----------------------------------------------
executed  the Registration and Information Rights Agreement in substantially the
form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  D.
5.6    COMPLIANCE  CERTIFICATE     The  Company  shall  have  delivered  to  the
       -----------------------
Purchasers  a
certificate  of the Company in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit
E,  executed  by  the  President  of  the  Company,  dated the Closing Date, and
certifying,  among  other things, the fulfillment of the conditions specified in
Sections  5.1,  5.2  and  5.4  of  this  Agreement.


                                    SECTION 6

                        CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF COMPANY
                        --------------------------------

The Company's obligation to sell and issue the Shares at the Closing Date is, at
the  option of the Company, subject to the fulfillment as of the Closing Date of
the  following  conditions:

6.1     REPRESENTATIONS.     The  representations  made  by  the  Purchasers  in
        ---------------
Section  4  hereof  shall  be  true  and  correct  as  of  the  Closing  Date.

6.2     COVENANTS.     All  covenants,  agreements,  and conditions contained in
        ---------
this Agreement to be performed by the Purchasers on or prior to the Closing Date
shall  have  been  performed  or  complied  with in all material respects unless
waived  in  writing  by  the  Company.

6.3     BLUE SKY.     The Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law
        --------
permits  and  qualifications,  or have the availability of exemptions therefrom,
required  by  any state for the offer and sale of the Series A Preferred and the
Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  A  Preferred.

6.4     RELATED  ARTICLES.     The  Restated Articles shall have been filed with
        -----------------
the  California  Secretary  of  State.

6.5     LEGAL  MATTERS.     All material matters of a legal nature which pertain
        ---------------
to  this
Agreement,  and the transactions contemplated hereby, shall have been reasonably
approved  by
counsel  to  the  Company.

<PAGE>
                                    SECTION 7

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

7.1     GOVERNING  LAW.     This  Agreement shall be governed in all respects by
        --------------
the  internal  laws  of  the  State  of  California.

7.2     SUCCESSORS  ANDASSIGNS.     Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein, the
        ---------------
provisions  hereof  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of, and be binding upon, the
successors,  assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto,
provided,  however,  that  the rights of the Purchasers to purchase the Series A
Preferred  shall  not  be  assignable  without  the  consent  of  the  Company.

7.3     ENTIRE  AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.     This Agreement and the other documents
        ----------------------------
delivered  pursuant  hereto  at  each  Closing  constitute  the  full and entire
understanding  and  agreement  between  the  parties with regard to the subjects
hereof  and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in
any  manner  by  any  warranties,  representations  or  covenants  except  as
specifically  set forth herein or therein.  Except as expressly provided herein,
neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or
terminated  other  than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom
enforcement  of  any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

7.4     NOTICES,  ETC.     All  notices  and  other  communications  required or
        --------------
permitted  hereunder  shall  be  in writing and shall be mailed by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger,
addressed  (a)  if  to  a Purchaser, at the address set forth on the Schedule of
Purchasers  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A,  or  at such other address as such
Purchaser  shall  have  furnished  to  the  Company in writing, or (b) if to the
Company,  one  copy  should  be  sent AltaVista Technology, Inc. 1671 Dell Ave.,
Suite  209,  Campbell,  California  95008  and addressed to the attention of the
President,  or at such other address.-as the Company shall have furnished to the
Purchaser,  and  one  copy should be sent to Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati,
Two  Palo Alto Square, Palo Alto, California 94306, to the attention of Bruce D.
Bower,  Esq.  Each such notice or other communication shall, for all intents and
purposes  of  this  Agreement, be treated as effective or having been given when
delivered  if  delivered  personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its
receipt  or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained
receptacle  for  the  deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as
aforesaid.

7.5     DELAYS  OR  OMISSIONS.     Except as expressly provided herein, no delay
        ---------------------
or  omission  to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to the Purchasers,
upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any
such  right, power or remedy of the Purchasers nor shall it be construed to be a
waiver  of  any  such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in
any  similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any
single  breach  or  default  be  deemed  a waiver of any other breach or default
thereto  fore  or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval
of  any  kind  or  character on the part of the Purchasers, or any waiver on the
part  of  the Purchasers of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must
be  in  writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth
in  such  writing.  All  remedies,  either  under  this  Agreement  or by law or
otherwise  afforded  to the Purchasers, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

7.6     CALIFORNIA  CORPORATE  SECURITIES  LAW.     THE  SALE  OF THE SECURITIES
        --------------------------------------
WHICH  ARE  THE  SUBJECT  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT  HAS  NOT  BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE
COMMISSIONER  OF  CORPORATIONS  OF  THE -STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF
SUCH  SECURITIES  OR  THE  PAYMENT  OR  RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION
THEREFOR  PRIOR  TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES
IS  EXEMPT  FROM  THE  QUALIFICATION  BY  SECTION  25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE
CALIFORNIA  CORPORATIONS  CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE
EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS
SO  EXEMPT.

7.7     COUNTERPARTS.     This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number of
        ------------
counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be enforceable against the party actually
executing  such  counterpart,  and  all  of  which together shall constitute one
instrument.

<PAGE>
7.8     SEVERABILITY.     In  the  event  that  any  provision of this Agreement
        -------------
becomes  or  is  declared  by  a  court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal,
unenforceable  or  void,  this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect
without said provision, provided that no such severability shall be effective if
it  materially  changes  the  economic  BENEFIT  of this Agreement to any party.

7.9     TITLES  AND  SUBTITLES.     The  titles  and  subtitles  used  in  this
        -----------------------
Agreement  are used for convenience only and are not considered in construing or
interpreting  this  Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                             SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

<PAGE>

                           ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                        SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE
                                    AGREEMENT
                                   AUG 1, 1996


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<S>        <C>
SECTION I  AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

1.1        Authorization
1.2        Sale of Preferred
SECTION 2  CLOSING DATE; DELIVERY
2.1        Closing Date
2.2        Delivery
SECTION 3  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
3.1        Organization and Standing; Articles and Bylaws
3.2        Corporate Power
3.3        Subsidiaries
3.4        Capitalization
3.5        Authorization
3.6        Litigation, etc.
3.7        Compliance with Other Instruments, None Burdensome, etc.
3.8        Governmental Consent, etc.
SECTION 4  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
4.1        Experience
4.2        Investment
4.3        Rule 144
4.4        No Public Market
4.5        Access to Data
4.6        Authorization
4.7        Brokers or Finders
4.8        Tax Liability
SECTION 5  PURCHASERS' CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
5.1        Representations and Warranties Correct
5.2        Covenants
5.3        Blue Sky
5.4        Restated Articles
5.5        Registration and Information Rights Agreement
5.6        Compliance Certificate
SECTION 6  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF COMPANY
6.1        Representations
6.2        Covenants
6.3        Blue Sky
6.4        Restated Articles
6.5        Legal Matters
SECTION 7  MISCELLANEOUS
7.1        Governing Law
7.2        Successors and Assigns
7.3        Entire Agreement; Amendment
7.4        Notices, etc.
7.5        Delays or Omissions
7.6        California Corporate Securities Law
7.7        Counterparts
7.8        Severability
7.9        Titles and Subtitles
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                           ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                   SERIES BPREFERREI) STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is  made  as of June 5, 1997 by and among AltaVista Technology,
Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), the individuals and entities set
forth  on  the  Schedule  of  Purchasers  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  (the
                                                                ----------
"Purchasers"),  and  any  other  person  or persons who shall have executed this
Agreement  in  connection  with  their purchase of Additional Shares, as defined
below  (such  persons  listed on the Schedule of Purchasers and such persons who
shall  have  purchased  Additional  Shares  collectively  being  referred  to as
"Purchasers"),  which  person  or  persons  shall  be  added  to the Schedule of
Purchasers  at  such time as they shall purchase such Additional Shares pursuant
hereto.


                                    SECTION I

               AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF SERIES 8 PREFERRED STOCK
               --------------------------------------------------

1.1     AUTHORIZATION.     The  Company  will authorize the sale and issuance of
        --------------
up to 1,500,000 shares of its Preferred Stock (the "Shares"), having the rights,
preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions  as  set  forth  in  the Amended and
Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation ("Restated Articles") in substantially the
form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B.
                            -----------

1.2     SALE  OF  PREFERRED.     Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
        --------------------
Company  will issue and sell to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers will purchase
severally,  and  not  jointly, from the Company, up to all of the Shares, (i) of
which  not less than 10,000 of the Shares (the "Initial Shares') will be sold to
the  Purchasers  at  the  Initial  Closing,  as  defined  below,  in the amounts
specified  opposite  the  name  of  each such Purchaser in the column designated
"Initial Shares" on the Schedule of Purchasers, at a per share purchase price of
$.30, and (ii) of which up to 1,490,000 Shares (the "Additional Shares") may, at
the election of the Company, be sold to the Purchasers at one or more additional
closings subsequent to the Initial Closing (the "Subsequent Closing(s)'), in the
amounts  as  shall  be specified opposite the name of each such Purchaser in the
column  designated  "Additional  Shares" on the Schedule of Purchasers, at a per
share  purchase  price  of  $.30.


                                    SECTION 2

                             CLOSING- DATE: DELIVERY
                             -----------------------

2.1     CLOSING  DATE.     The  closing  of the purchase and sale of the Initial
        --------------
Shares hereunder (the "Initial Closing") shall be held at the offices of Wilson,
Sonsini,  Goodrich  &  Rosati,  Two  Palo Alto Square, Palo Alto, California, at
10:00  a.m.  on  January _, 1994, or at such other time and place upon which the
Company  and  the  Purchasers  shall  agree.  The Subsequent Closing(s), if any,
shall  be  held  at  the offices of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, Two Palo
Alto  Square,  Palo  Alto, California at such time(s) and date(s) as the Company
shall  specify.  The  date(s)  of the Subsequent Closing(s) shall hereinafter be
referred  to  as  the  "Subsequent Closing Date(s)." The Initial Closing and the
Subsequent  Closing(s)  are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "Closings.'
The  Initial  Closing  Date  and  the  Subsequent  Closing Date(s) are sometimes
hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Closing  Dates."

<PAGE>
2.2     DELIVERY.     At  the  Initial Closing, the Company will deliver to each
        ---------
Purchaser  a  certificate  or certificates representing the number of Shares set
forth  opposite  such  Purchaser's name in the column designated "Shares' on the
Schedule  of  Purchasers against payment of the purchase price therefor by check
payable  to  the  Company  or  by  wire  transfer made pursuant to the Company's
instructions.  At  the

<PAGE>
Subsequent Closing(s), the Company will deliver to each Additional Purchaser who
shall  have  executed  this Agreement a certificate or certificates representing
the  number  of shares as shall be specified opposite the name of each Purchaser
in  the  column  designated  "Additional  Shares" on the Schedule of Purchasers,
against  payment of the purchase price therefor, by check payable to the Company
or  by  wire  transfer  made  pursuant  to  the Company's instructions.  At each
Subsequent Closing, if any, a Supplemental Schedule of Purchasers shall be added
to  this  Agreement  as  Exhibit  A.  1. At each Subsequent Closing, if any, the
Purchaser purchasing Additional Shares therein shall execute a signature page to
this  Agreement,

                                    SECTION 3
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
                  ---------------------------------------------
Except  as  set  forth  on Exhibit C attached hereto, the Company represents and
                           ---------
warrants  to  the  Purchasers  as  follows:

3.1     ORGANIZATION  AND  STANDING:  ARTICLES  AND BYLAWS.     The Company is a
        ---------------------------------------------------
corporation duly organized and existing under, and by virtue of, the laws of the
State  of  California  and is in good standing under such laws.  The Company has
requisite  corporate  power  and authority to own and operate its properties and
assets,  and  to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to
be  conducted.  The  Company  is  not  presently  qualified  to do business as a
foreign corporation in any jurisdiction, and the failure to be so qualified will
not  have  a material adverse effect on the Company's business as now conducted.
The  Company  has  furnished each Purchaser with copies of the Restated Articles
and  of  its  Bylaws,  which  are  true,  correct  and  complete and contain all
amendments  through  the  Closing  Date.

3.2     CORPORATE  POWER.     The  Company  will  have  at  the Closing Date all
        -----------------
requisite  legal  and  corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and the Registration and Information Rights Agreement in substantially
the  form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the "Registration and Information Rights
                             ---------
Agreement"),  to  sell and issue the Shares hereunder, to issue the Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, a and to carry out and
perform  its  obligations under the terms of this Agreement and the Registration
and  Information  Rights  Agreement  (together  the  "Agreements").

3.3     SUBSIDIARIES.     The  Company  has  no  subsidiaries  or  affiliated
        -------------
companies  and  does  not  otherwise own or control, directly or indirectly, any
equity  interest  in  any  corporation,  association  or  business  entity.

3.4     CAPITALIZATION.     The  authorized  capital  stock of the Company, upon
        ---------------
the  filing  of  the Restated Articles, consists of I 0,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, of which 500,000 shares are issued and outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares
of  Preferred  Stock,  of  which  1,500,000 shares have been designated Series B
Prefer-red  Stock  ("Series  B  Preferred'),  none  of  which  are  issued  and
outstanding  stock  immediately  prior  to  the  Initial  Closing.  The Series B
Preferred  shall  have  the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set

<PAGE>
forth  in  the  Restated  Articles.  The  currently outstanding shares of Common
Stock  have  been  duly  authorized  and  validly issued, and are fully paid and
non-assessable,  and  have  been issued in compliance with applicable securities
laws.  The  shares  of Series B Preferred to be issued and sold to the Purchaser
have been duly authorized and, when issued in accordance with this Agreement and
the  Restated  Articles,  will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
The  Company  has  reserved  1,500,000 shares of Series B Preferred for issuance
hereunder,  1,500,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the
Series  B  Preferred  and  5,000,000  shares of its Common Stock for issuance to
officers,  directors,  employees  and consultants of the Company pursuant to the
1993  Stock  Plan  or  other  arrangements approved by the Board.  Except as set
forth above, there are no options, warrants, subscriptions, calls, puts, claims,
commitments,  convertible  securities  or other agreements or arrangements under
which  the  Company is or may be obligated to issue or purchase, as the case may
be,  shares  of  the  Company's  capital  stock.

3.5     AUTHORIZATION.     All  corporate action on the part of the Company, its
        --------------
directors  and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery
and  performance  of  the  Agreements  by  the Company, the authorization, sale,
issuance  and  delivery of the Series B Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion  of  the Series B Preferred), and the performance of all of the
Company's  obligations

<PAGE>
hereunder  has  been  taken  or  will  be  taken  prior  to  each  Closing.  The
Agreements,  when  executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid
and  binding  obligations  of  the Company, enforceable in accordance with their
respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency  and  the  relief  of  debtors  and  rules  of law governing specific
performance,  injunctive  relief  or other equitable remedies.  The Shares, when
issued  in  compliance  with  the  provisions of this Agreement, will be validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will have the rights, preferences and
privileges  described  in  the Restated Articles; the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of the Shares has been duty and validly reserved and, when issued in
compliance with the provisions of the Restated Articles, will be validly issued,
and  will be fully paid and non-assessable; and the Shares and such Common Stock
will  be  free  of  any liens or encumbrances, assuming each Purchaser takes the
Shares  with  no notice thereof, other than any liens or encumbrances created by
Purchaser;  provided,  however,  that  the Shares (and the Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion thereof) may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state
or  federal  securities  laws  as  set  forth in this Agreement and the exhibits
hereto.  The  Shares (and the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion thereof)
are  not  subject  to  any  preemptive  rights  or  rights  of  first  refusal.

3.6     LITIGATION,  ETC.     There  are  no  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or
        -----------------
investigations  pending  or,  to the Company's knowledge, threatened against the
Company or its properties before any court or governmental agency other than the
suit filed by Digital Equipment is United States District Court for the District
of  Massachusetts  (civil  action  96-12192NG).

3.7     COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS, NONE BURDENSOME, ETC.     The Company
        --------------------------------------------------------
is  not  in  violation of any term of the Restated Articles or its Bylaws or any
mortgage,  indebtedness,  indenture,  judgment  or  decree,  or  in any material
respect  of  any  term  or  provision  of  any  material  contract, agreement or
instrument,  and  to the best of its knowledge is not in violator) of any order,
statute,  rule or regulation applicable to the Company.  The execution, delivery
and  performance  of and compliance with the Agreements, and the issuance of the
Series  B Prefer-red and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series
B  Preferred,  have  not  resulted  and  will not result in any violation of, or
conflict  with,  or  constitute  a  default  under, the Restated Articles or the
Company's  Bylaws,  nor  will it result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge,
lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.

3.8     GOVERNMENTAL  CONSENT, ETC.     No consent, approval or authorization of
        ---------------------------
or  designation,  declaration  or  filing with any governmental authority on the
part  of  the  Company  is  required  in connection with the valid execution and
delivery  of  the  Agreements,  or  the  offer, sale or issuance of the Series B
Preferred  (and  the  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of the Series B
Preferred),  or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby or
thereby,  except  (a)  filing  of  the  Restated  Articles  in the office of the
California  Secretary  of State, (b) qualification (or taking such action as may
be  necessary  to  secure  an exemption from qualification, if available) of the
offer  and  sale  of  the Series B Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon

<PAGE>
conversion  of the Series B Preferred) under the California Corporate Securities
Law  of  1968, as amended, and other applicable Blue Sky laws, which filings and
qualifications,  if  required,  will be accomplished in a timely manner, and (c)
filing of a notice, if required, pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act,
which  filing  will  be  accomplished  in  a  timely  manner.

                                    SECTION 4
                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
                 -----------------------------------------------
Each  Purchaser  hereby  represents and war-rants to the Company with respect to
the  purchase  of  the  Shares  as  follows:

4.1     EXPERIENCE.     It  has  substantial  experience  in  evaluating  and
        -----------
investing  in private transactions of securities     in companies similar to the
Company  so  that  it  is  capable  of  evaluating  the  merits and risks of its
investment     in  the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests
and  bear  the  risk  of  loss  of  its  entire  investment.

<PAGE>
4.2     INVESTMENT.     It  is  acquiring  the  Series  B  Preferred  and  the
        -----------
underlying Common Stock for investment     for its own account, not as a nominee
        -
or  agent,  and  not  with  the  view  to, or for resale in connection with, any
distribution  thereof It understands that the Series B Preferred to be purchased
and the underlying Common Stock have not been, and will not be, registered under
the  Securities  Act  by  reason  of  a specific exemption from the registration
provisions  of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among
other  things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of
                   ---------
such  Purchaser's  representations  as  expressed  herein.  It is an "accredited
investor'  within  the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501 (a), promulgated by the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.

4.3     RULE  144.     It  acknowledges  that  the  Series  B  Preferred and the
        ----------
underlying Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered
under  the  Securities  Act  or  unless  an  exemption from such registration is
available.  It  is  aware  of  the  provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities  Act  which  permit  limited  resale of shares purchased in a private
placement  subject  to  the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among
other  things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability
of  certain  current  public information about the Company, the resale occurring
not less than two years after a party has purchased and paid for the security to
be  sold,  the  sale  being  effected  through  a  "broker's  transaction" or in
transactions directly with a "market maker', and the number of shares being sold
during  any  three-month  period  not  exceeding  specified  limitations.

4.4     NO  PUBLIC  MARKET.     It  understands that no public market now exists
        ------------------
for  any  of  the securities issued by the Company and that no assurances can be
made  that  a  public  market  will  ever  exist  for  the Company's securities.

4.5     ACCESS  TO  DATA.     It has had an opportunity to discuss the Company's
        -----------------
business,  management  and  financial  affairs  with  its  management  and  the
opportunity  to  review the Company's facilities and has had access to all other
information  about  the  Company  it  deemed  necessary  in  connection with the
purchase  of  the  Series  B  Preferred.  It  has also had an opportunity to ask
questions  of officers of the Company.  It understands that such discussions, as
well as any written information issued by the Company, were intended to describe
certain  aspects of the Company's business and prospects but were not a thorough
or  exhaustive  description.

4.6     AUTHORIZATION.     The  Agreements,  when  executed  and  delivered  by
        --------------
Purchaser,  will  constitute  a  valid  and  legally binding obligations of each
Purchaser,  enforceable  in  accordance  with their respective terms, subject to
laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of
debtors  and  rules  of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or
other  equitable  remedies.

4.7     BROKERS  OR  FINDERS.     The  Company  has  not,  and  will not, incur,
        ---------------------
directly  or  indirectly, as a result of any action taken by such Purchaser, any
liability  for  brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar
charges  in  connection  with  this  Agreement.

<PAGE>
4.8     TAX  LIABILITY.     It  has  reviewed  with  its  own  tax  advisors the
        ---------------
federal,  state,  local  and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  It relies solely on such advisors
and  not  on  any  statements  or  representations  of the Company or any of its
agents.  It  understands  that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for
its  own  tax  liability  that  may  arise as a result of this investment or the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                    SECTION 5

                        PURCHASERS' CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
                        ---------------------------------

The  Purchasers'  obligation  to  purchase  the Shares at the Closing is, at the
option  of  Purchasers,  subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

5.1     REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.     The representations and warranties
        ---------------------------------
made  by  the  Company  in  Section  3  hereof  shall be true and correct in all
material  respects  as  of  the  Closing  Date.

5.2     COVENANTS.     All  covenants,  agreements  and  conditions contained in
        ----------
this  Agreement  to  be performed by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date
shall  have  been  performed  or  complied with in all material respects, unless
waived  in  writing  by  the  Purchaser.

5.3     BLUE  SKY.     Me Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law
        ----------
permits  and  qualifications,  or have the availability of exemptions therefrom,
required  by  any state for the offer and sale of the Series B Preferred and the
Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  B  Preferred.
5.4     RESTATED  ARTICLES.     The Restated Articles shall have been filed with
        -------------------
the  California  Secretary  of  State.

5.5     REGISTRATION AND INFORMATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT     The Company shall have
        ---------------------------------------------
executed  the Registration and Information Rights Agreement in substantially the
form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  D.
5.6     COMPLIANCE  CERTIFICATE     The  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the
        -----------------------
Purchasers  a  certificate  of  the  Company  in substantially the form attached
hereto as Exhibit E, executed by the President of the Company, dated the Closing
Date,  and  certifying,  among  other  things, the fulfillment of the conditions
specified  in  Sections  5.1,  5.2  and  5.4  of  this  Agreement.


                                    SECTION 6

                        CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF COMPANY
                        --------------------------------

The Company's obligation to sell and issue the Shares at the Closing Date is, at
the  option of the Company, subject to the fulfillment as of the Closing Date of
the  following  conditions:

6.1     REPRESENTATIONS.     The  representations  made  by  the  Purchasers  in
        ----------------
Section  4  hereof  shall  be  true
and  correct  as  of  the  Closing  Date.

<PAGE>
6.2     COVENANTS.     All  covenants,  agreements,  and conditions contained in
        ----------
this Agreement to be performed by the Purchasers on or prior to the Closing Date
shall  have  been  performed  or  complied  with in all material respects unless
waived  in  writing  by  the  Company.

6.3     BLUE SKY.     The Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law
        ---------
permits  and  qualifications,  or have the availability of exemptions therefrom,
required  by  any state for the offer and sale of the Series B Preferred and the
Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  B  Preferred.

6.4     RELATED  ARTICLES.     The  Restated Articles shall have been filed with
        ------------------
the  California  Secretary  of  State.

6.5     LEGAL  MATTERS.     All material matters of a legal nature which pertain
        ---------------
to  this  Agreement,  and  the transactions contemplated hereby, shall have been
reasonably  approved  by  counsel  to  the  Company.

<PAGE>
                                    SECTION 7
                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------
7.1     GOVERNING  LAW.     This  Agreement shall be governed in all respects by
        ---------------
the  internal  laws  of  the  State  of  California.

7.2     SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.     Except  as  otherwise provided herein, the
        -------------------------
provisions  hereof  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of, and be binding upon, the
successors,  assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto,
provided,  however,  that  the rights of the Purchasers to purchase the Series B
Preferred  shall  not  be  assignable  without  the  consent  of  the  Company.

7.3     ENTIRE  AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.     This Agreement and the other documents
        -----------------------------
delivered  pursuant  hereto  at  each  Closing  constitute  the  full and entire
understanding  and  agreement  between  the  parties with regard to the subjects
hereof  and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in
any  manner  by  any  warranties,  representations  or  covenants  except  as
specifically  set forth herein or therein.  Except as expressly provided herein,
neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or
terminated  other  than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom
enforcement  of  any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

7.4     NOTICES,  ETC.     All  notices  and  other  communications  required or
        --------------
permitted  hereunder  shall  be  in writing and shall be mailed by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger,
addressed  (a)  if  to  a Purchaser, at the address set forth on the Schedule of
Purchasers  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A,  or  at such other address as such
Purchaser  shall  have  furnished  to  the  Company in writing, or (b) if to the
Company,  one  copy  should  be  sent AltaVista Technology, Inc. 1671 Dell Ave.,
Suite  209,  Campbell,  California  95008  and addressed to the attention of the
President,  or at such other address.-as the Company shall have furnished to the
Purchaser,  and  one  copy should be sent to Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati,
Two  Palo Alto Square, Palo Alto, California 94306, to the attention of Bruce D.
Bower,  Esq.  Each such notice or other communication shall, for all intents and
purposes  of  this  Agreement, be treated as effective or having been given when
delivered  if  delivered  personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its
receipt  or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained
receptacle  for  the  deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as
aforesaid.

7.5     DELAYS  OR  OMISSIONS.     Except as expressly provided herein, no delay
        ----------------------
or  omission  to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to the Purchasers,
upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any
such  right, power or remedy of the Purchasers nor shall it be construed to be a
waiver  of  any, such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in
any  similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any
single  breach  or  default  be  deemed  a waiver of any other breach or default
thereto  fore  or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval
of  any  kind  or  character on the part of the Purchasers, or any waiver on the
part  of  the Purchasers of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must
be  in  writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth
in  such  writing.  All  remedies,  either  under  this  Agreement  or by law or
otherwise  afforded  to the Purchasers, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

<PAGE>
7.6     CALIFORNIA  CORPORATE  SECURITIES  LAW.     THE  SALE  OF THE SECURITIES
        ---------------------------------------
WHICH  ARE  THE  SUBJECT  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT  HAS  NOT  BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE
COMMISSIONER  OF  CORPORATIONS  OF  THE -STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF
SUCH  SECURITIES  OR  THE  PAYMENT  OR  RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION
THEREFOR  PRIOR  TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES
IS  EXEMPT  FROM  THE  QUALIFICATION  BY  SECTION  25100,25102,  OR 25105 OF THE
CALIFORNIA  CORPORATIONS  CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE
EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS
SO  EXEMPT.

<PAGE>
7.7     COUNTERPARTS.     This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number of
        -------------
counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be enforceable against the party actually
executing  such  counterpart,  and  all  of  which together shall constitute one
instrument.


7.8     SEVERABILITY.     In  the  event  that  any  provision of this Agreement
        -------------
becomes  or  is  declared  by  a  court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal,
unenforceable  or  void,  this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect
without said provision, provided that no such severability shall be effective if
it  materially  changes  the  economic  BENEFIT  of this Agreement to any party.

7.9     TITLES  AND  SUBTITLES.     The  titles  and  subtitles  used  in  this
        ----------------------
Agreement  are used for convenience only and are not considered in construing or
interpreting  this  Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                             SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS


                                                Number  of  Series  C  Preferred
     Name  and  Address     Shares

     Kris  Chellam                                           150,000
     2325  Orchard  Parkway
     San  Jose,  CA  95131

<PAGE>
                          [SERIES A PURCHASE AGREEMENT]
 The foregoing agreement is hereby executed as of the date first written above.


"COMPANY"

ALTAVISTA  TECHNOLOGY,  INC.

BY:
Jack  Marshall
President


"PURCHASERS"


Chris  Chellam
- --------------

<PAGE>


                           OEM / REMARKETING AGREEMENT

     This Remarketing Agreement ("Agreement") is made this November 15, 1996, by
and  between  ArcSoft,  Inc. ("OEM"), having principal place of business at 4015
Clipper  Court,  Fremont,  CA  94538  and AltaVista, Inc.("Company"), having its
principal place of business at 50 Curtner Avenue, Suite 2, Campbell CA 95008 and

                                    RECITALS

     Whereas,  AttaVista  manufactures  computer  software  that  consists  of
PHOTOEXPRESS  ("Software").  Whereas,  ArcSoft,  Inc.  desires  to  package
AltaVista's  computer  software along with other software and computer equipment
(the  "OEM  Package")  and  market  the  OEM  Package  to  consumers.

     Now,  therefore,  in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
covenants  in  this  Agreement,  the  parties  agree  as  follows:

1.    GRANT  OF  LICENSE

1.1   SOFTWARE.  AltaVista  hereby  grants to ArcSoft a non-exclusive license to
copy  and distribute the Software when included as object code in conjunction to
Photolmpression  and/or  PhotoStudio,  to  end-users  worldwide.

2.    ROYALTY.  ArcSoft  hereby  agrees  to  pay  AltaVista  a  royalty for each
Software  transferred  or  distributed  by  ArcSoft.  The parties agree upon the
following  royalty  payment  structure:  $1.50US/unit  of licensed PHOTOEXPRESS.
Royalty  payments  shall  be  made quarterly as they are shipped.  ArcSoft shall
allow  AltaVista  the  right  to  examine  its books and records relating to the
transfer  or  distribution of PHOTOEXPRESS upon written request of AltaVista and
at  reasonable  times.

3.    PAYMENT.  ArcSoft shall make an initial payment of $5,000 upon delivery of
the  Golden  Master  to  be  applied  against the initial 3,333 unit order.  Any
additional  Royalties  shall be paid 30 days following the quarter ArcSoft ships
the  3,334th  unit.  ArcSoft  shall  make  payment to AltaVista for all Software
purchased  under  this  Agreement  net  thirty  (30)  days  from the end of each
quarterly  shipping  report.

3.1   EXPENSES.  AltaVista  is  under  no obligation or requirement to reimburse
the  ArcSoft  for any expenses relating to the development, marketing or sale of
the  ArcSoft  Packages.  Any costs and expenses incurred by ArcSoft shall be the
sole  responsibility  of  ArcSoft.  Any costs and expenses incurred by AltaVista
relating  to  Gold  Master  CD's, web services, and/or tech support shall remain
that  of  AltaVista.

                                        2
<PAGE>
3.   1.1  Should AltaVista cause any event which is considered a material breach
of  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  which  causes  ArcSoft undue harm,
financial  or  otherwise,  AltaVista  then  becomes  fully  responsible  for all
reparations  caused  by  such  actions.

4.    TECHNICAL  SUPPORT

4.1   ALTAVISTA  SUPPORT.  AltaVista shall provide initial technical support and
training  to  the  ArcSoft's  technical  personnel  relating  to  PhotoExpress.

4.2   ALTAVISTA SUPPORT TO END USERS.  AltaVista shall provide technical support
to  the  end  users  for  PhotoExpress  should basic technical support issues go
beyond  the  training  or  resources  of  ArcSoft's  technical  support  staff.

5.    ALTAVISTA  LIMITED  WARRANTIES

5.1   SOFTWARE  WARRANTY.  AltaVista  warrants  that  the  computer  equipment
delivered  under  this  Agreement  will  be  free  from  defect in materials and
workmanship  under normal use and service.  ArcSoft, Inc. may pass this warranty
on  to  end  users.

5.2   SOLE  WARRANTY.  ArcSoft  acknowledges  and  agrees that the provisions of
this Section 5 warranty constitute the sole and exclusive remedy available to it
regarding  defective  products.  Except  for  the express warranties provided in
this  section,  all  warranties, whether express our implied, all guaranties and
all  representations  as  to performance, including all warranties that, but for
this  provision,  might  arise from the course of dealing or custom of trade and
including  all implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose,  with  respect  to  the  computer  equipment  and software furnished by
AltaVista  are  hereby  expressly  excluded  and  disclaimed  by  AltaVista.

     The  exclusive  remedy  of  ArcSoft  and  any  end  user  for breach of the
foregoing  warranties  shall  be  to  seek repair or replacement of the affected
Software  at  the  expense  of  AltaVista.

6.    INDEMNIFICATION

6.1   BY  ALTAVISTA.  AltaVista  hereby  indemnities  and holds harmless ArcSoft
from  and  against  any  claims,  actions, or demands alleging that the computer
equipment  or  Programs  infringe  any  patent,  trademark,  copyright, or other
intellectual  property right of any third party.  ArcSoft shall permit AltaVista
to  replace  or  modify  any affected computer equipment or software so to avoid
infringement,  or  to  procure  the  right  for  ArcSoft  to  continue  use  and
remarketing  or  such  items.  If  neither  or  such  alternatives is reasonably
possible,  the  infringing  items shall be returned to AltaVista and AltaVista's
sole  liability  shall  be  to refund amounts paid, by ArcSoft.  AltaVista shall
have  no

                                        3
<PAGE>
obligation  for  or  with  respect  of  claims,  actions,  or  demands  alleging
infringement  that  arise  by reason of combination of non-infringing items with
any  items  not  supplied  by  AltaVista.

6.3   NOTICE  REQUIREMENT.  The  foregoing indemnities are conditioned on prompt
written  notice  of any claim, action, or demand for which indemnity is claimed;
complete  control  of  the defense and settlement by the indemnifying party; and
cooperation  of  the  other  party  in  such  defense.

7.    TERMINATION

7.1   TERMINATION.  This  Agreement  may  be  terminated  as  follows:

7.1.1 Should either party commit a material breach of its obligations under this
Agreement,  or  should  any  of  the  representations  of  either  party in this
Agreement  prove  to  be untrue in any material respect, the other party may, at
its  option,  terminate  this  Agreement,  by  120  days'  written  notice  of
termination,  that  notice  shall  identify  and  describe  the  basis  for such
termination.  If, prior to expiration of such period, the defaulting party cures
such  default,  termination  shall  not  take  place.

7.1.2  Either  party  may,  at  its  option  and  without notice, terminate this
Agreement,  effective  immediately,  should the other party (1) admit in writing
its  inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (2) make a general
assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors-,  (3)  institute proceedings to be
adjudicated  a  voluntary  bankrupt,  or  consent of the filing of a petition of
bankruptcy  against  it; (4) be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction
as  being  bankrupt  or  insolvent; (5) seek reorganization under any bankruptcy
act,  or consent to the filing or a petition seeking such reorganization, or (6)
have  a decree entered against it by a court of competent jurisdiction appoint a
receiver,  liquidator,  trustee,  or  assignee  in  bankruptcy  or in insolvency
covering  all or substantially all of such party's property or providing for the
liquidation  of  such  party's  property  or  business  affairs.

7.1.3  Termination  of  this  Agreement  shall  not  relieve either party of the
obligations incurred under this Agreement, except that Section 8.5 shall survive
termination.

7.1.4  On  termination  of  this  Agreement, no additional computer equipment or
software  shall  be  shipped to ArcSoft unless AltaVista is the breaching party.
Otherwise,  ArcSoft  shall,  at  AltaVista's option, (1) return to AltaVista all
computer  equipment purchased by and delivered to ArcSoft, including all copies,
whereupon  AltaVista  shall refund amounts paid with respect thereto by ArcSoft;
or  (2)  dispose  of any remaining OEM Packages embodying the computer equipment
and programs obtained from AltaVista in accordance with the requirements of this
Agreement.

                                        4
<PAGE>
8.    GENERAL  PROVISIONS

8.1   ASSIGNMENT.  Except as set forth in this Agreement, neither this Agreement
nor  any rights within it, in whole or in part, shall be assignable or otherwise
transferable  by  either  party without the express written consent of the other
party;  any such attempt by either party to assign any of its rights or delegate
any  of its duties without the prior written consent of the other party shall be
null  and  void.  Subject to the above, this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure  the  benefit  of  the  successors  and  assigns  of  the  parties hereto.

8.2   WAIVER,  AMENDMENT,  MODIFICATION.  No  waiver, amendment or modification,
including  by  custom, usage of trade, or course of dealing, of any provision of
this  Agreement  will  be  effective  unless  in writing and signed by the party
against  whom  such  waiver, amendment or modification is sought to be enforced.
No  waiver  by  any party of any default in performance on the part of the other
party  under  this Agreement or of any breach or series of breaches by the other
party  of  any  of  the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a
waiver  of  any  subsequent  default  in performance under this Agreement or any
subsequent  breach  of  any  terms  or  conditions  within.  Performance  of any
obligation  required  of  a  party  under this Agreement may be waived only by a
written  waiver  signed  by  a  duly authorized officer of the other party, that
waiver shall be effective only with respect to the specific obligation described
therein.

8.3   FORCE  MAJEURE.  Neither party will be deemed in default of this Agreement
of  the  extent  that  performance  of  its obligations, or attempts to cure any
breach, are delayed or prevented by reason of circumstance beyond its reasonable
control,  including  without  limitation  fire,  natural  disaster,  earthquake,
accident or other acts of God ("Force Majeure"), provided that the party seeking
to  delay  its  performance  gives  the  other  written notice of any such Force
Majeure within 15 days after the discovery, and further provided that such party
uses  its  good faith efforts to cure the Force Majeure.  This Article shall not
be  applicable  to  any  payment  obligations  of  either  party.

8.4   PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  Each party acknowledges that it may be furnished
with  or  may  otherwise  receive or have access to information or material that
relates to past, present or future products, software (including source code and
object  code),  research development, inventions, processes, techniques, designs
or  technical  information  and  data,  and  marketing  plans. (The "Proprietary
Information").  Each party agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of
the  Proprietary  Information  and  all physical forms, whether disclosed to the
other  party before this Agreement is signed or afterward.  In addition, a party
shall  not  disclose  or  disseminate  the  Proprietary  Information for its own
benefit  or for the benefit or any third party unless otherwise provided in this
Agreement.  The  foregoing  obligations do not apply to any information that (1)
is  publicly known; (2) is given to a party by someone else who is not obligated
to  maintain  confidentiality; or (3) a party had already developed prior to the
day  this

                                        5
<PAGE>
Agreement  is  signed,  as  evidenced  by  documents  unless, otherwise provided
herein.  Neither  party  shall  take our cause to be taken any physical forms of
Proprietary  Information  (nor  make  copies  of same) without the other party's
written  permission.  Within  three  (3)  days  after  the  termination  of this
Agreement (or any other time at the other party's request), a party shall return
to  the  other  party  all  copies  of Proprietary Information in tangible form.
Despite any other provisions of this Agreement, the requirements of this section
shall  survive  termination  of  this  Agreement.

8.5   INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR.  Nothing  contained  in  this  Agreement  will be
deemed  to place the parties in the relationship of employer/employee, partners,
or  joint venturers.  Neither party shall have any right to obligate or bind the
other  in any manner.  Each party agrees and acknowledges that it shall not hold
itself  out as an authorized agent with the power to bind the other party in any
manner.  Each  party  will  be  responsible  for  any withholding taxes, payroll
taxes,  disability  insurance  payments,  unemployment  taxes, and other similar
taxes  or  charges  with respect to its activities in relation to performance of
its  obligations  under  this  Agreement.

8.6   CUMULATIVE  RIGHTS.  Any  specific  right  or  remedy  provided  in  this
Agreement  shall     not  be  exclusive,  but shall be cumulative upon all other
rights and remedies set forth     in this Agreement and allowed under applicable
law.

8.7   GOVERNING  LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State
of California applicable to Agreements made and fully performed in California by
California  residents.

8.8   ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  The  parties acknowledge that this Agreement expresses
their  entire  understanding  and  Agreement,  and  that  there  have  been  no
warranties, representations, covenants or understandings made by either party to
the other except such as are expressly set forth in this Agreement.  The parties
further  acknowledge  that this Agreement or contracts, whether written or oral,
entered  into  between  ArcSoft,  Inc. and AltaVista with respect to the matters
expressly  set  forth  in  this  Agreement.

8.9   COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may  be executed in multiple counterparts,
any  of  which will be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one
and  the  same  instrument.

8.10  ATTORNEY  FEES.  In  the event that either party is required to retain the
services  of  any attorney to enforce or otherwise litigate or defend any matter
or  claim  arising  out  of or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing
party  shall  be  entitled  to  recover from the other party, in addition to any
other  relief  awarded  or granted, its reasonable costs and expenses (including
attorneys'  fees)  incurred  in  the  proceeding.

                                        6
<PAGE>
8.11  COMPLIANCE  WITH  LAW.  Both  parties  agree to comply with all applicable
federal,  state,  and  local  laws  and  regulations in performing their duties.

8.12  RECORDS.  ArcSoft,  Inc.  shall maintain for at least 1 year from the date
of  creation  all  records,  contracts,  and  accounts  relating to PHOTOEXPRESS
production  and  distribution),  and  shall  permit  examination  by  authorized
representatives of AltaVista at all reasonable times and at the latter's expense
in  order  that  it  may  verify  compliance  of  this  Agreement.

8.13  SEVERABILITY.  In  the event that any provision of this Agreement is found
invalid  or unenforceable pursuant to judicial decree or decision, the remainder
shall remain valid and enforceable according to its terms.  Without limiting the
foregoing,  it  is expressly understood and agreed that each and every provision
of  this  Agreement  that  provides for a limitation of liability, disclaimer of
warranties,  or  exclusion of damages is intended by the parties to be severable
and  independent of any other provision and to be enforced as such.  Further, it
is  expressly  understood  and  agreed  that  in  the  event  any remedy in this
Agreement  is  determined  to  have  failed  of its essential purpose, all other
limitations  of liability and exclusion of damages set forth herein shall remain
in  full  force  and  effect.

8.14  NOTICES.  All  notices,  demands or consents required or permitted in this
Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be delivered or mailed certified return
receipt  requested to the respective parties at the addresses stated above or at
any  other  address  the party shall specify to the other party in writing.  Any
notice  required  or  permitted  to be given by the provisions of this Agreement
shall be conclusively deemed to have been received on the day it is delivered to
that  party  by  U.S.  Mail  with Acknowledgment of Receipt or by any commercial
courier  providing  equivalent  acknowledgment  of  receipt.

9.1  DEVELOPMENT.  Any  development  which ArcSoft supports specifically for the
advancement of the PHOTOEXPRESS product shall remain an exclusive element within
PHOTOEXPRESS and shall not become available to other AltaVista customers without
the  express  written consent of ArcSoft.  ArcSoft will notify AltaVista of this
exclusivity  via  written  memorandum.

10.1  FREE  GOODS.  AltaVista  hereby  authorizes  ArcSoft to freely produce and
distribute  no  more  than  1,000  units  of  PHOTOEXPRESS  for  marketing  and
internal/external  testing  purposes.

     Captions  and  section  headings used in this Agreement are for convenience
only  and  are  not a part of this Agreement and shall not be used in construing
it.

We  have  carefully  reviewed this contact and agree to and accept its terms and
conditions.
We  are  executing  this  Agreement  as of the day and year first above written.

                                        7
<PAGE>
First                                      Second  Party

By                                         By

TITLE

Date

                                        8
<PAGE>
                                    Exhibit A


     AltaVista  Software     DESCRIPTION        Initial  Unit  Price
     PhotoExpress            Multimedia/Web     $1.50/unit

                                        9
<PAGE>


                           SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as Jan 22,1997, by and between SEATTLE FILMWORKS,
                                   -----------
INC.,  a  Washington  corporation  ("SFW")  and  ALTAVISTA  Technology,  Inc., a
California  corporation,("Software  Publisher").

     WHEREAS,  ALTAVISTA  Technology,  Inc.  owns  rights  in a certain software
program  known  as  Howdy!"  (the  "Software");  and

     WHEREAS,  SFW  desires to obtain, and ALTAVISTA Technology, Inc. desires to
grant,  a  license  to duplicate, distribute and license copies of the encrypted
Software  as  one of the products distributed on the SFW Master CD, on the terms
and  conditions  set  forth  in  this  Agreement;

NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  parties  hereto  agree  as  follows:

1  .    GRANT  OF  LICENSE.

     1.1     Software Publisher hereby grants to SFW a nonexclusive license (the
'License")  to duplicate, distribute and license encrypted copies of the program
files and support files of the Software pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,
The  documentation  which  is  part  of  the Software may also be distributed in
writing.  SFW  agrees that it will not reverse engineer, translate, disassemble,
or  decompile the Software, in whole or in part, modify, edit, revise or enhance
the  Software,  or  obscure,  alter  or remove any copyright, trademark or other
proprietary  rights notices contained therein.  The Software as delivered to SFW
hereunder  is  the proprietary and copyrighted property of ALTAVISTA Technology,
Inc.,  and  all  title thereto shall remain with ALTAVISTA Technology, Inc.  SFW
shall  have  no right to grant sublicenses of any of its rights hereunder except
that SFW may authorize persons to whom it distributes the Software in accordance
with  this  Agreement  to  use  the  Software.

     1.2     Software Publisher shall prepare and deliver to SFW a CD containing
complete program and support files for the Software so that said Software can be
loaded  from the SFW Master CD by a user to provide a fully functioning product.

     1.3     Software  will  be  encrypted  by  SFW  with  a  locking code which
prevents  user  from  unauthorized  use.  SFW  will employ all measures it deems
practical  within  its  technical  expertise to make sure the Software is secure
from  unauthorized  use,  duplication  and  distribution.  However, SFW makes no
claim  and in no way warrants that Software which is encrypted on the SFW Master
CD  is  100%  secure  from  such  unauthorized  use.  Once user has paid SFW for
Software,  SPW will provide user with a code key to unlock Software and load the
program  to  user's  computer.

<PAGE>
1.4     SFW  shall  pay  Software  Publisher  a royalty of 20% of net paid sales
excluding shipping, handling and taxes for each copy of Software sold.  Net paid
sales is defined herein as the net amount paid by user for the Software less any
returns  and  will  not  be  subject  to sales and administrative expenses.  The
selling price of the Software mutually agreed upon by SFW and Software Publisher
will  be  $14.95. SFW agrees that it will distribute to its first time buyers of
Pictures  On  Disk  the encrypted Software without charge to Software Publisher,
and that all necessary support relative to the installation and basic use of the
software  will  be provided by SFW customer service.  To facilitate SFW customer
support  of  the  Software,  Software  Publisher agrees to provide each customer
service representative a gratis copy of the Software and including the HELP file
in  text  form  or  at  least  with  the  browse  function  turned  on.

     1.5     The  term  of  the License shall commence on the date of this fully
executed  Agreement  and  continue until terminated as provided herein.  SFW may
terminate this License at any time in its sole discretion by delivery of 30 days
written  notice to Software Publisher.  In addition, if Software Publisher fails
to  comply  with any of the terms of this Agreement, SFW may, in addition to its
other  available  remedies,  terminate  the License immediately upon delivery of
written  notice  to  Software  Publisher.  Upon  termination of the License, SFW
shall  return  the Software Publisher's master disk to Software Publisher with a
certificate  signed  by  an  officer stating that the Software will no longer be
duplicated.  All  remaining  copies  in inventory of the Software as embedded in
the  SFW Master CD may be sold by SFW.  Any such residual sales will be credited
to  Software  Publisher  as  per  the  royalty  terms  of  this  Agreement.

     2.     DELIVERY.  Software  Publisher  shall deliver to SFW within ten days
of  the date of this fully executed Agreement one complete copy of the Software,
including  all  support  files.

     3.     REPORTS  AND  PAYMENTS:  REPORTS  AND  PAYMENTS:  During the term of
this  Agreement,  SFW  shall  deliver  a  written  quarterly  report to Software
Publisher  on  or before the 1 5" day of each month following each calendar year
quarter (i.e., March, June, September and December), setting forth the number of
copies  of  the  Software  sold  on behalf of Software Publisher in the previous
three-month  period  and  the  net paid sales for those units.  Each such report
will  be  accompanied by the royalty payment and a list containing the names and
addresses  of  those  who  have  purchased the Software.  Such list will be on a
floppy  disk  in  a  form  easily  read  by  Software  Publisher.

     4.     SUPPORT  AND SERVICE.  SFW shall not be obligated to prepare any bug
fixes  or  other  updates  to,  or  any new versions of, the Software.  Any such
updates  or  new versions or fixes, if and when provided to SFW, shall be deemed
to  be  part  of  the  Software  as defined herein, and shall be governed by all
rights  and  restrictions  applicable  to  the  Software  hereunder.  Software
Publisher  shall  not  be  obligated  to  provide any service or support for the
Software  to  SFW  or  any  of  its customers.  Software Publisher will promptly
notify SFW of any bugs or errors in the Software that Software Publisher becomes
aware  of.

<PAGE>
     5.     Warranty  by  Software  Publisher.  Software Publisher warrants that
the  Software  delivered  to SFW will be free of defects and bugs and contain no
significant  reproducible  errors  or  viruses.

     6.     NO  WARRANTY BY SFW.  SFW assumes no responsibility for the Software
to  achieve  SFW'  and  its  customers' intended results, and for the use of and
results  obtained  by  SFW  customers  from  the  Software.

     7.     CONFIDENTIALITY.  Software  Publisher  agrees  that  all  sales data
provided  by  SFW  will  remain  confidential.

     8.     NO  ASSIGNMENT.  The  rights  and  obligations of Software Publisher
hereunder  are  personal  to  Software Publisher under its current ownership and
shall  not  be  assigned, sublicensed or transferred to any third party, whether
voluntarily  or  by operation of law (including without limitation any merger or
other  transaction  which transfers control of Software Publisher to new owners)
without  the  prior,  written  consent  of  SFW  which shall not be unreasonably
withheld  in each instance.  Any attempted assignment, sublicense or transfer in
violation  of  this  Section  shall  be  void.

     9.     INDEMNIFICATION. Software Publisher shall defend, indemnify and hold
SFW  harmless  from  and  against  any and all claims, actions, losses, damages,
liabilities,  obligations,  costs  and  expenses  (including  without limitation
reasonable  attorney  fees)  arising from or based upon (1) use by SFW or any of
its  customers  of  Software warranties, (2) any failure of the Software to meet
any  express  or implied warranties made by Software Publisher or to satisfy the
needs  of  any  customer  of SFW, or (3) any claims, that Software infringes any
copyright,  trademark  or  other  legal  rights  of  others.

     10.     LIMITATION  OF LIABILITY.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY
CONTAINED  HEREIN, SFW SHALL NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES BE LIABLE FOR ANY THIRD
PARTY  CLAIMS OR FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT OR SPECIAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS, ARISING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OR BREACH OF
ANY  PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, OR
ANY  PORTION  THEREOF,  EVEN  IF SFW HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES,  IN  NO  EVENT  SHALL  SFW'S  LIABILITY,  WHETHER  IN  TORT  (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE),  CONTRACT,  OR  OTHERWISE,  EXCEED  $1,000.

11.  GENERAL.

     11.1  This  Agreement  is  the  complete  and  exclusive  statement  of the
agreement  between  the  parties  and  supersedes  any  and  all  prior  or
contemporaneous  oral  or  written  communications  with  respect to the subject
matter  hereof.  Each  party  is  not  relying on any representation or warranty
which  is  not  expressly  contained  in  this  Agreement.  Any  provisions  or
conditions  of  any purchase order or other Software Publisher document shall be
inapplicable  and  not  binding upon SFW.  No modification, waiver, or amendment
hereof  shall  be binding unless stated in a writing signed by both parties, and
no  waiver  of  a right in any instance shall constitute a waiver of the same or
any  other  right  in  any  other  instance.

<PAGE>
     11.2     In  construing  this  Agreement,  no  weight or relevance shall be
given  to  the  fact  that  it  or  any particular provision of it may have been
drafted  by  one  or  the  other of the parties, the parties having had adequate
opportunity  to  negotiate  all  provisions  hereof.

     11.3     This  Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the  laws  of  the State of Washington and the United States of America, without
regard  to  the  rules relating to the conflict of laws.  Any litigation between
the  parties  concerning  this  Agreement  shall  be brought exclusively in King
County,  Washington.  Software  Publisher  consents  to  the jurisdiction of the
state  and  federal  courts  sitting  in  the State of Washington and service of
process  by  registered  or certified mail or such other methods permitted under
the  applicable  long-arm  statute.

     11.4     If  any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal
or  unenforceable,  such  provision  shall  be  enforced  to  the maximum extent
permitted  by  law  and  the  parties' fundamental intentions hereunder, and the
remaining  provisions  shall  not  be  affected.

     11.5     Notices  under  this  Agreement  shall  be  sufficiently  given if
delivered  in  person  or  sent  by  mail  or  reputable  courier service to the
respective  addresses  stated  below (or to such other address as a party may by
notice  specify  for  notices to it), and shall be effective upon the earlier of
actual  delivery  or  the  third  day  after  mailing.

THE  PARTIES  AFFIRM  THAT  THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THIS ENTIRE AGREEMENT,
INCLUDING  THE  EXCLUSIONS  OF  WARRANTIES  AND  LIMITATIONS  OF REMEDIES STATED
HEREIN,  AND  ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT THE SAME CONSTITUTE AN AGREED ALLOCATION OF RISK
REFLECTED  IN  THE  PRICING  OF  THE  LICENSE.

SEATTLE  FILMWORKS,  INC.              ALTAVISTA  Technology,  Inc.,  Inc:
Address:  1260  16th  Ave  West        Address:  1671  Dell  Ave.
Seattle,  WA  98119                    Suite  209
                                       Campbell,  CA  95008


By:                                    By:  /s/ Jack Marshall
                                            -----------------

Its:                                   Its: President
                                            ---------

Date: 1-14-97                          Date: 1-22-97

<PAGE>



            ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY, INC. ON-LINE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This  on-lineAgreement  ("Agreement")  is entered into as of___April 24,1999  by
and  between  _____KC  Audio  with  offices  at  Aptos  Caalifornia  ("Content
                                                 ---------
Developer"),  and  AltaVista  Technology,  Inc.  with  offices at 1671 Dell Ave.
Suite  #209  Campbell,  CA  95008("AVT").

Recitals:

Pursuant  to  an  agreement between Content Developer and AVT, Content Developer
has  created  original  content  for  Howdy  Me-Mail  plug-ins  called "Howdios"
described  in  Exhibit  A,  which will also include any Exhibits and attachments
which  Content  Developer  and  AVT  desire  to  distribute  from  the AltaVista
Technology,  Inc.  Web  site.

Agreement  :  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the premises, conditions,
covenants  and  warranties  herein  contained,  the  parties hereby agree to the
following:

1.  DEFINITIONS
    1.1  "Content"  shall  mean  digital  content  such as images, audios, text,
    poems,  videos, animations, other items or any combination of the above that
    the Content  Developer  shall  deliver  to  AVT  in  accordance to the terms
    of this agreement.
    1.2  "Howdios"  shall mean copies the content bundled with other content and
    software  from  AVT  or  third party.  Each Howdio is detailed in a Delivery
    Schedule  and  attached  to this agreement once approved by AVT as specified
    herein.
    1.3  "Net  Revenue"  shall  mean  the  price  of  a Howdio as listed in each
    attached  Delivery  Schedule.
    1.4  "Territory"  shall  mean  AVT's  Internet  Web  page which is available
    throughout  the  world.
    1.5  "Deliverable  Item"  shall  mean  each  of  the  content  components,
    materials,  computer  files  or  designs  set forth in the relevant Delivery
    Schedule that Content Developer shall deliver to AVT in accordance with this
    Agreement.
    1.6 "Deliverable Schedule"  shall mean the schedule of Deliverable Items set
    forth  in  Exhibit  A.
2.  PROPRIETARY  RIGHTS  AND  GRANT  OF  LICENSE
    2.1 All  rights to the Content, including but not limited to the copyrights,
    shall  be  the  property  of  Content  Developer.
    2.2  Content  Developer  hereby  grants  to AVT, its successors and assigns,
    subject  to  the  terms set forth herein, the perpetual and exclusive right,
    license  and  privilege  throughout  the  Territory  to  :
    2.2.1 produce,  reproduce, manufacture, distribute, export, import, promote,
    advertise,  market,  rent, sell and exploit the Content including derivative
    works  throughout  the  Territory;
    2.2.2  translate  the  Content  at  into  any  non-English  language,  using
    whatever  means, developers, contractors or sub-licensees deemed appropriate
    by AVT, and exercise the rights granted in Section 2.2.1 above in connection
    with the translated versions of the Content.  Any expense incurred by AVT in
    the  translating  of  the  Content in to other languages shall be considered
    additional  Advance  against  royalties to be recouped by AVT from the first
    dollar revenues of said translated content prio  to the payment of royalties
    to Content Developer.  AVT shall own the copyright in any such translations;
    2.2.3  publicly  display  or  perform and/or authorize others to display and
    perform  the  Content  and  any  prototypes or demonstration versions of the
    Content, or  any  part  thereof,  solely in connection with the advertising,
    publicizing,  marketing  and  distribution of the Content.  Not withstanding
    anything contained here in to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that
    AVT retains exclusive rights  to  all  content  delivered during the life of
    this  agreement.
    2.2.4 Sub-license others to exercise any of the rights set forth in sections
    2.2.1  through  2.2.3  above.
3.  ROYALTIES
    3.1  ROYALTIES ON THE CONTENT.  AVT  shall  pay  or credit Content Developer
    royalties  as  set  forth  in  Exhibit  A.
    3.2  AVT  will  provide  to  Content  Developer on a quarterly basis, within
    forty-five  (45)  days  after  the end of each calendar quarter during which
    the  Content  was  sold,  a  written  statement  of royalties due to Content
    Developer with respect to such Content.  Such statement shall be accompanied
    by a remittance of the amount due, if any.  Content Developer shall have the
    right,  upon  reasonable notice, but no more than once per calendar year, to
    audit those records of AVT necessary to verify the royalties paid.  Any such
    audit will be conducted  at  Content Developers expense, by certified public
    accountants, and at  such  times and in such a manner as to not unreasonably
    interfere with AVT's normal operations and Content Developer and its auditor
    shall  be  required  to  treat  information  revealed  during  the  audit as
    Confidential Information.  Should deficiency be shown by such audit, AVT and
    Content  Developer  shall  immediately  meet  to  resolve  the  conflict.
4.  DEVELOPMENT  AND  APPROVAL  PROCESS
    4.1  Content  Developer agrees to develop the Content in accordance with the
    terms  of  this  and to deliver the Content and the Deliverable Items to AVT
    for approval,  said approval to be at AVTs sole discretion , in a manner and
    on the dates  specified  in  Delivery  Schedule.
    4.2  No  Deliverable  Item shall be considered approved by AVT until Content
    Developer  has  received  written  confirmation  of  such approval from AVT.
    4.3  Upon  receipt  of  the  initial  Content, AVT shall, within 15 business
    day,  provide  Content  Developer  with  either  or  written acceptance or a
    written list of changes that must be made before AVT will accept the
    Content.
    4.4  If  changes are required by AVT before AVT will accept the Content then
    the  steps  outlined  in  Section  4.3 will be repeated until the Content is
    accepted or  until AVT terminates this Agreement or exercises its completion
    rights.  If  Content  Developer  has  not provided an acceptable Deliverable
    Schedule  Content  Developer  will  have an additional 30 days to remedy the
    situation.  If Content Developer  fails to provide an acceptable Deliverable
    Item within the allocated extension,  AVT,  at  its  sole  discretion, may
    terminate  this  agreement  and/or  exercise  its  completion  rights.
    4.5  On  or  before  the  date on which the Content was originally due to be
    delivered  in  accordance  with the Delivery Schedule, Content Developer has
    not provided an acceptable Deliverable Item within one (1) month of the date
    such  Deliverable  Item  was  originally due in accordance with the Delivery
    Schedule, AVT  shall  be  entitled  to terminate this agreement or exercise
    its completion rights.
    4.6  Content  Developer  shall  be  responsible  for  all  development costs
    associated  with the Content, including but not limited to, the costs of any
    fees payable for software or other licensing rights or acquiring services or
    materials  in connection with the Content.  If any Deliverable Item contains
    any  non-original  material,  including  music,  poems  images,  pictures,
    animations  or text,  Content  Developer shall identify the material and the
    owner  or  copyright  holder  thereof  at  the  time  of  delivery  of  such
    Deliverable Item, and Content Developer shall obtain, at Content Developer's
    expense,  all authorizations necessary to secure from the owner or copyright
    holder of such material the rights  for  AVT  granted  in Section 2 above in
    connection  with such material without  additional  costs to AVT and without
    restriction.  In addition, Content Developer shall deliver to AVT along with
    the  Deliverable  Item  containing  such  material,  all  documentation
    establishing,  to AVT's satisfaction, Content Developer's and AVT's right to
    use  such  material.
5.  WARRANTIES,  INDEMNIFICATION,  AND  REMEDIES
    5.1  Content  Developer represents, warrants and covenants that: it has full
    right,  power  and  authority  to enter into this Agreement and to grant all
    rights granted herein without violating any other agreement or commitment of

                                        1
<PAGE>
    any  sort;  that Content  Developer has the requisite corporate authority to
    enter into this Agreement  and  to enter into all transactions and grant all
    rights contained in this Agreement; that it has no outstanding agreements or
    understandings,  written  or  oral,  concerning  the  Content;  that Content
    Developer  has  not  previously  sold,  licensed,  encumbered or pledged the
    Content  or  any  portion  thereof  as  security  to  any  third  party; the
    Deliverable Items provided hereunder shall be original; and that the Content
    does  not  and  will  not infringe or constitute a misappropriation  of  any
    trademark,  patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary, publicity,
    or  privacy  right  of  any  third  party and AVT's use, reproduction, sale,
    licensing and/or distribution of Content as provided in this Agreement shall
    not violate any rights of any kind or nature of any third party.
    5.2  Content  Developer  shall  defend, indemnify and hold harmless AVT, its
    successors,  assigns,  parents,  subsidiaries,  affiliates,  licensees  and
    sublicensees,  and  their  respective  officers,  directors,  agents  and
    employees, from and against any action, suit, claim, damages, liability,
    costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), arising out of or
    in  any way connected with  any  breach  of  any  representation or warranty
    made by Content Developer herein or any claim that the Content infringes any
    intellectual property rights or  other rights of any third party.  AVT shall
    give Content Developer prompt notice  of any such claim or of any threatened
    claim and shall reasonably cooperate  with  Content Developer in the defense
    thereof.
    5.3  If  AVT  receives  notice of any claim, demand or suit, or of any facts
    which would lead a reasonable person to believe that there has been a breach
    of  Content  Developer's  representations or warranties as set forth herein,
    AVT  shall  have  the  right  to  withhold  from any payments due to Content
    Developer under this Agreement  reasonable  amounts  as security for Content
    Developer's  obligations  hereunder,  unless  Content  Developer posts other
    security reasonably acceptable to  AVT.  Upon  resolution  of the claim, the
    amount  in  escrow  thereon shall be distributed  to Content Developer after
    deductions  of any amounts required to be paid to AVT or third parties under
    this  indemnity.
    5.4  AVT  hereby  represents,  warrants  and  covenants that it has the full
    right, power  and authority to enter into this Agreement.  AVT shall defend,
    indemnify and  hold  harmless  Content  Developer,  its successors, assigns,
    parents, subsidiaries,  affiliates,  licensees  and  sublicensees, and their
    respective officers,  directors,  agents and employees, from and against any
    action,  suit,  claim,  damages,  liability,  costs  and expenses (including
    reasonable attorneys' fees), arising out of or in any way connected with any
    breach  of  any  representation  or  warranty  made  by AVT herein.  Content
    Developer  shall  give  AVT  prompt  notice  of  any  such  claim  or of any
    threatened claim, and shall reasonably cooperate  in  the  defense  thereof.
    5.5  Neither  Content Developer nor AVT shall agree to the settlement of any
    such  claim,  demand  or  suit  prior  to final judgment therein without the
    consent  of  the other  party,  whose  consent  shall  not  unreasonably  be
    withheld.
    5.6 The  parties'  indemnification  obligations  set  forth in the foregoing
    sections  shall  survive  termination  of  this  Agreement.
6.  TERM
    6.1  This  Agreement  shall  automatically  renew  without notice, 12 months
                                                                       --
    from  the  effective  date  first  set  forth above, unless the parties have
    mutually agreed  in  writing not to renew the agreement for an additional 12
    month  term,  which  agreement must be made in writing within 45 days of the
    second  anniversary  of  the  agreement.
7.  TERMINATION
    7.1  This  Agreement  shall  terminate upon the earlier of (a) the thirtieth
    (30th)  day  after  one party gives the other notice of a material breach by
    the  other  of any term of this Agreement, unless the breach is cured before
    that day, or  (b) the thirtieth (30th) day after AVT gives Content Developer
    notice  of  its  intention  to  terminate  the Agreement.  In the event of a
    material breach of this Agreement  by  Content Developer, AVT shall have the
    right  to suspend payment of royalties  from  the  time AVT notifies Content
    Developer  of  a breach  until the time  such  breach  is  cured  by Content
    Developer.
    7.2  This  Agreement  also  may be terminated by AVT immediately upon notice
    pursuant  to  the  terms  of  Section  4.5  above.
8.  ASSIGNMENT
    8.1  This  Agreement  may  not  be assigned by Content Developer without the
    prior  written  consent  of  AVT.  AVT  may  assign  this  Agreement without
    limitation.  Subject  to  the foregoing, this Agreement will bind, and inure
    to the benefit of, the parties and their respective successors and permitted
    assigns.
9.  FORCE  MAJEURE
    9.1 If  the performance of this Agreement or any obligation under it (except
    payment of monies due) is prevented, restricted or interfered with by reason
    of  acts  of  God,  acts  of  government,  or any other cause not within the
    control  of  either  party, the party so affected shall be excused from such
    performance,  but  only  for  so long as and to the extent that such a force
    prevents,  restricts  or  interferes  with  that  party's  performance.
    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the non-affected  party may terminate this
    Agreement immediately upon written notice if the force majeure circumstances
    continue  for more than sixty (60) days.
10. INTEGRATION
    10.1  This  Agreement,  together with all Delivery Schedule attached hereto,
    sets  forth  the  entire  agreement  between the parties with respect to the
    subject  matter hereof, and may not be modified or amended except by written
    agreement  executed  by  each  of  the  parties  hereto.
11. GOVERNING  LAW
    11.1  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  the  State of
    California  applicable to agreements made and to be wholly performed therein
    (without  reference to conflict of laws).  Content Developer hereby consents
    to the  jurisdiction  of the state and federal courts having jurisdiction in
    San Jose, California.  In any action to enforce the terms of this Agreement,
    the  prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys'
    fees  and  expenses.
12. INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR
    12.1  Content Developer shall be deemed to have the status of an independent
    contractor,  and  nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall be deemed to place the
    parties  in the relationship of employer-employee, principal-agent, partners
    or  joint  ventures.  Content  Developer  shall  be  responsible  for  any
    withholding  taxes,  payroll  taxes,  disability  insurance  payments,
    unemployment  taxes  and  other  similar  taxes  or  charges on the payments
    received  by  Content  Developer  hereunder.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties have caused this Development Agreement to be
executed  on  the  date  set  forth  by  their  duly authorized representatives.


     AltaVista  Technology,  Inc.
                                          ------------------------


Signature: Darren Shadwick          Signature:
           -------------------                 -------------------

Name:                               Name:
      ------------------------            ------------------------

Title: Co-Owner  K.C. Audio         Title:
       -----------------------             -----------------------

Date: April 24, 1997                Date:
      ------------------------            ------------------------

                                        2
<PAGE>
                          EXHIBIT "A" DELIVERY SCHEDULE

Attached  hereto  and  made  part  here  of  that  certain  on-line Distribution
Agreement  by  and  between  _________________  Content  Developer and AltaVista
Technology,  Inc.  dated  ____________.

Howdio  Name: Friend  1
              ---------

Total  Howdio  Price:       $_______
Content  Percentage:         _______%
Content Developer Royalty:  $_______
Delivery  Date:             ________

Content  Description  &  Specification:

Audios3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Signature: s. Jack Marshall         Signature: s. Darren Chadwick
           -------------------                 -------------------
Name:                               Name:
      ------------------------            ------------------------

Title: President                    Title:
            -----------------------             ------------------

Date:                               Date:
      ------------------------            ------------------------

Other  Content  Description  :

Name          Quantity     Content  Developer

1.  _______________     ______     _______________

2.  _______________     ______     _______________

3.  _______________     ______     _______________

4.  _______________     ______     _______________

5.  _______________     ______     _______________

7.  _______________     ______     _______________

8.  _______________     ______     _______________

9.  _______________     ______     _______________

10. _______________     ______     _______________

                                        3
<PAGE>

         OEM LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY FNC.'S PRODUCTS
                                  (Reproducing)


     This  Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  is  made  by  and  between  AltaVista
Technology  Inc.  ("AVT"),  having  its principal place of business at 1671 Dell
Avenue,  Suite #209, Campbell, CA 95008 and AITech International ("OEM"), having
its principal place of business at 47971 Fremont Blvd, Fremont, CA 94538 for the
purpose  of licensing AVT's software produces for bundling with certain of OEM's
products.  The  effective  date  of  this Agreement shall be the latest date set
forth  on  the  signature  page  of  this  Agreement  (the  "Effective  Date").

The  parties  agree  as  follows:

1.     DEFINITIONS.
       -----------

1.1     Documentation is defined as (i) AVT's End User manuals, and (ii) the End
        -------------
User  license  agreement, (iii) the End User warranty statement     all of which
are  intended  to  be  provided  to  the  End  User  in  on-line  format.

1.2     End  User(s)is  defined  as a third party wing the Programs for ordinary
        ------------
and  customary  business  or  for personal purposes, and not for redistribution.

1.3     Master  Copy is defined as the Program in machine readable form embodied
        ------------
on  magnetic  media  to  be  used  in making serialized reproductions of the AVT
Program.

1.4     New  Release  is  defined  as  the  then-current release of a particular
        ------------
Program designated by AVT by a change in the version number digits of the tenths
decimal  place,  or  one  decimal  to  the  left  of  the  decimal  point.

1.5     OEM  Hardware  &  Software  is  defined  as  the  hardware  and software
        --------------------------
developed  by  OEM  that  is  marketed  by  or  supported  by  OEM

1.6     Programs  are  defined  as the AVT proprietary computer program products
        --------
listed  in  Exhibit  A ("AVT Programs").  The list in Exhibit A ("AVT Programs")
may  be  amended  in  writing  by  the  parties  from  time  to  time.

2.     LICENSE  AND  OEM  CERTIFICATION.
       --------------------------------

2.l     OEM Certification.     OEM certifies that the Programs and Documentation
        ------------------
acquired  under  this  Agreement  we  to  be distributed with the OEM Hardware &
Software  which is remarketed to unaffiliated third-party End Users, value-added
dealers,  distributors,  systems  integrators, and retail dealers in the regular
course  of  OEM's  business.  OEM  acknowledges  that  any other transfer of the
Programs  and  Documentation  acquired  pursuant  to this Agreement is expressly
prohibited.

2.2     Bundling.     OEM  agrees  to bundle the Programs and Documentation with
        --------
shipments  of its OEM Hardware & Software during the term of the Agreement.  OEM
understands  and  agrees  that  it  has  no  right  to  distribute  the Programs
separately  or  unbundled  from  the  OEM  Hardware  &  Software.

2.3     Distribution  License Grant.     AVT hereby grants to OEM and OEM hereby
        ----------------------------
accepts from AVT, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
a  non-exclusive,  worldwide, non-transferable license, for the fee set forth in
Section  5  ("Royalties")  to  distribute the Programs and Documentation bundled
with  the  OEM  Hardware  & Software directly and indirectly through OEM's usual
channels  of  distribution.

<PAGE>
2.4     Reproduction.
        -------------

2.4.1     Reproduction  of  the  Program.     AVT  hereby  grants  to  OEM  in
          -------------------------------
accordance  with  the  terms  and conditions of this Agreement, a non-exclusive,
worldwide,  non-transferable  license, to reproduce copies of the Programs, made
from the Master Copy. OEM may not sublicense its right to reproduce the Programs
to  any  third  party unless AVT consents in writing to the sublicense.  OEM may
use  its  own  company  label  as  the  main  label  on the media containing the
Programs, provided, however, that each copy of the media embodying the Programs,
other  than a hard disk, must contain (i) a label bearing the same AVT copyright
notice as contained on the label on the Master Copy received from AVT and (ii) a
label  bearing  the  particular  Program  trademark.

2.5     Limited  Right  to  Use  Trademarks.     AVT  hereby  grants  to  OEM  a
        -----------------------------------
non-exclusive,  nontransferable  limited  right,  to the extent that AVT has the
authority to grant such limited right, to use the relevant AVT trademarks on the
Programs  and  in  OEM's  product  literature, promotion and advertising for the
Programs.  OEM  agrees  that  it will include the AVT trademarks on the Programs
and  in  any literature, Promotion     or advertising concerning the Programs or
the  features  or  functionality  provided to the OEM Hardware & Software by the
Programs.

3.     DELIVERY.
       --------

<PAGE>
3.1  Delivery  of the Master Copy.     AVT shall deliver to OEM a Master Copy of
     ----------------------------
the  particular  Program(s)  ten (IO)days after the execution of this Agreement.

4.     MAFNTENANCE  AND  SUPPORT.
       -------------------------

4.1     End User Support.     AVT shall provide End User warranty and continuing
        -----------------
support  for  Programs directly to End Users by telephone during normal business
hours  in  accordance  with  AVT's  standard  customer  support  policies  and
then-current  rates.

4.2     End  User  Warranty.     AVT  warrants the Programs only pursuant to the
        -------------------
terms  and  conditions  of the End User license agreement and warranty statement
provided  with the Documentation and no warranty is extended to OEM except as an
End  User.

4.3     Support  to  OEM.     For  the  term  of this agreement and any renewals
        ----------------
thereof,  AVT  shall,  during  normal  business  hours, provide to OEM telephone
assistance  and  response  to  written  requests received by telecopy concerning
Program  errors  and  possible work wounds for AVT's then-current release of the
Programs or the then-immediately prior release, at the same level m AVT supplies
to  its  End  User  customers  under  the  Standard  Passport  Support  Program.

5.     ROYALTIES.
       ---------

5.1     Royalty     The royalty rate for the Software Product shall be $0.00 per
        -------                                                        -----
copy  of the Howdy Software Product bundled with the Combined Product throughout
the term of this agreement.  There shall be no royalty due for WebCannon.  There
shall  be  no  royalty  due for my backup or replacement copies and OEM shall be
given  full  credit  in  the  mount  of  full  royalty paid by OEM for my for my
Software  bundle  that is returned to OEM.  OEM agrees to make quarterly reports
and payments to AVT within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter.  Each
report  shall specify the number of Combined Products shipped during that month,

5.3     Taxes  and  Fees.     In  addition  to  any other charges due under this
        -----------------
Agreement,  OEM  agrees  to pay, indemnify and hold AVT harmless from any sales,
use,  excise,  import or export, value added or similar tax, not based on AVT 's
net income or my other duty or fee (collectively tire "Taxes") and any penalties
or  interest  associated  with  any  of  the  Taxes,  imposed by my governmental
authority  with  respect  to  either or both of any payment to be made by OEM to
under  this Agreement or any Program package to be delivered by AVT to OEM under
this  Agreement.

5.4     Payment  Upon  Termination.     Upon  termination of this Agreement, the
        --------------------------
payment  date  of  all monies due AVT shall automatically be accelerated so that
they  shall become due and payable on the effective date of termination, even if
longer  terms  had  been  provided  previously.

5.5  Shipping  Costs and Insurance.     All shipping charges and insurance shall
     -----------------------------
be borne by OEM, and said charges will appear on AVT's invoice OEM shall, at its
expense,  make  and  negotiate  all  claims against any carrier, for any loss or
damage.

5.6 Revenue Sharing Program.     AVT will pay OEM 20% of the one yen hosting fee
    -----------------------
for  any  customer  who  signs  up  for  one  (1) year of hosting with AVT.  The
percentage  will  be based on the amount of the hosting fee at the time the user
registers  for  the  service.  AVT reserves the right to change the price of the
one  (1)  year hosting fee at any time.  Tracking is done by a private file that
is  sent  to  AVT via e-mail by any OEM Customer that is using AVT to host their
site.  Payment  will only be made for customers whose e-mail contains this file.
Payments  will  be made to the OEM within thirty (30) days after the end of each
quarter.

<PAGE>
6.  TERM  OF  AGREEMENT.     The  term  of  the  Agreement shall commence on the
    --------------------
Effective Date and unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of this
   ---
Agreement,  shall  continue for one (1) year (the "Initial Tem").  The Agreement
will renew automatically for successive one (1) year terms (the "Renewal Terms")
unless  written  notice  of  termination is received by either parry thirty (30)
days  prior  to  the  end  of  the  Initial  Term  or  any  Renewal  term.

7.     OWNERSHIP  OF  PROPRIETARY  RIGHTS  AND  RESTRICTED  RIGHTS.
       -----------------------------------------------------------

     7.1     Proprietary  Rights.     OEM  acknowledges  that  the  Programs,
             -------------------
Documentation,  including  the  structure,  sequence  and  organization  of  the
Programs  are proprietary to AVT and that AVT retains exclusive ownership of the
Programs, Documentation and proprietary rights associated with the Programs, and
Documentation,  OEM  wilt  take  all  reasonable  measures  to  protect  AVT  s
proprietary  rights  in  the  Programs,  Documentation  including AVT's patents,
trademarks,  copyrights and trade secrets.  Except m provided herein, OEM is not
granted  any  rights  to  patents,  copyrights,  trade  secrets,  trade  names,
trademarks (whether registered or unregistered), or any other rights, franchises
or  licenses  with  respect  to  the  Programs,  and  Documentation.

8.  NON-DISCLOSURE.     During  the  term of this Agreement, certain information
    --------------
will  be  disclosed  to  OEM concerning the Programs, proposed new AVT software,
pricing,  business plans and customers which is the confidential and proprietary
information  of  AVT and not generally known to the public (herein "Confidential
Information").  OEM  agrees that during and after the term of this Agreement, it
will not use or disclose to any third parry any Confidential Information without
the  prior  written consent of AVT.  AVT hereby consent to the disclosure of its
Confidential  Information  to certain employees of OEM w is reasonably necessary
in Order to allow OEM to perform Under this Agreement and to obtain the benefits
This  Paragraph  shall  not apply to proposed new Program information after such
information  is  made  public  by  AVT.

<PAGE>
9.     PROPRIETARY  RIGHTS INDEMNITY.     AVT shall defend at its own expense my
       ------------------------------
claim,  suit or proceeding brought against OEM insofar as it is based on a claim
that  a Program constitutes a direct infringement of a U.S. copyright of a third
party.  To  qualify  for  such defense and payment OEM must- (i) give AVT prompt
written  notice  of  my  such  claim;  and  (if)  allow AVT to control and fully
cooperate  with AVT in the defense and all related settlement negotiations.  AVT
shall  pay all damages (including reasonable attorneys' fees) finally awarded to
third  panics  against  OEM  which  OEM  is  obligated  to  pay but shall not be
responsible  for  my  compromise  made  without  its consent.  Upon notice of an
alleged  infringement  or  if in AVT's opinion such a claim is likely, AVT shall
have  the right, at its option, to obtain the right to continue the distribution
of  the  Programs,  substitute  other  computer  software with similar operating
capabilities,  or modify the Program so that it is no longer infringing.  In the
event  that  none of the above options we reasonably available in AVT's opinion,
OEMs  sole and exclusive remedy shall be to terminate this Agreement, return all
copies  of the Documentation paid for and in OEM's inventory and obtain a refund
from AVT of the fee paid by OEM for such Documentation inventory.  THE FOREGOING
STATES OEM's SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS OF INFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD  PARTY  PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY KIND.  AVT will have no liability to OEM
if  any alleged copyright infringement or claim thereof is based upon the use of
the Programs in connection or in combination with equipment, devices or software
not  delivered  by AVT (if such infringement or claim would have been avoided by
the use of the Programs with other equipment, devices or software) or use of the
Programs  in  a manner for which they were not intended or use of other than the
most  current release of the Programs if such claim would have been prevented by
the  use  of  such  most  current  release.

10. LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMER.     EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTY SET FORTH IN
    ---------------------------
THE  END  USER  LICENSE  AND  WARRANTY  STATEMENT, AVT MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES
RELATING  TO  THE  PROGRAMS,  EXPRESS,  OR  IMPLIED,  AND EXPRESSLY EXCLUDES ANY
WARRANTY  OF  NON-INFRINGEMENT,  FITNESS  FOR  A  PARTICULAR  PURPOSE  OR
MERCFIANTABILITY.  NO  PERSON  IS  AUTHORIZED  TO  MAKE  ANY  OTHER  WARRANTY OR
REPRESENTATION  CONCERNING  THE  PROGRAMS OTHER THAN AS PROVIDED IN THE END USER
LICENSE  AND  WARRANTY  STATEMENT.  OEM SHALL MAKE NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,  ON  BEHALF  OF  AVT.

11.  INDEMNITY.     OEM agrees to indemnify and bold AVT harmless from any claim
     ----------
or  damages  (inclusive  of  AVT's  attorneys'  fees)
m
fOEMorrepresentativesofOEM.  OEM  shall  be  solely  responsible  for my claims,
warranties  or  representations  made  by OEM or OEM's employees or agents which
differ  from  the  warranty  provided  by  AVT  in  its  End  User  agreement.

12.  CONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES  WAIVER.     AVT  WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF
     ------------------------------
USE,  INTERRUPTION  OF  BUSINESS,  OR  ANY  INDIRECT,  SPECIAL,  INCIDENTAL,  OR
CONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES  OF  ANY  KIND (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) REGARDLESS OF THE
FORM  OF ACTION WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT PRODUCT
LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF AVT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBII.ITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.

11.  LIMITATION  OF  LIABILITY.     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
     -------------------------
Agreement,  AVT's  total  liability  to  OEM  under  this
Agreement     shall  be  limited  to  replacement  of  the  Programs,  and
Documentation.

14.  TERMINATION.
     -----------

14.1     Without  Cause.     This  Agreement  may  be  terminated at any time by
         --------------
either  party  without  cause  upon  thirty  (30)  days  prior  written  notice.

<PAGE>
14.2      With  Cause.
          -----------

14.2.1     AVT may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice
of  a  material breach of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within such
thirty  (30)  day  period.

14.2.2     Notwithstanding  the  above,  AVT  may  terminate  this  Agreement
immediately, upon written notice, for a material breach of Paragraph 2 ("License
and  OEM  Certification"),  7  ("Ownership  of Proprietary Rights and Restricted
Rights"),  8  ("Non-Disclosure")  or  the failure to make any payments due under
this  Agreement.

14.2.3     AVT  may  immediately  terminate  this Agreement after giving written
notice  (i)  if  OEM  shall  become insolvent, (ii) if OEM shall fail to pay its
obligations  as  they  arise,  (iii)  upon  any proceeding being commenced by or
against  OEM  under any law providing relief to OEM as debtor, (iv) if OEM shall
make  a  composition  with  its  creditors,  or (v) if OEM shall have a receiver
appointed  over  the  whole  or  any  pan  of  its  assets.

14.3     Rights  upon  Termination.     Upon  termination  of  this  Agreement:

14  3.1     OEM's  appointment  as  an  authorized  OEM for the AVT Programs and
Documentation  shall  immediately  terminate.

14  3.2     OEM  shall immediately discontinue all representations that it is an
authorized  AVT  OEM.

14.3.3     OEM  shall  have  no  further  right  to reproduce the Programs or to
distribute  the  Programs  or  Documentation.

14.3.4  OEM  shall destroy or create all copies of the Programs and certify such
destruction  to  AVT  in  writing  within ten (10) days of the termination date.
Additionally, OEM shall immediately return the Master Copy magnetic media to the
AVT.

<PAGE>
14.3.4     OEM shall have sixty (60) days from the effective date of termination
to  distribute  its  inventory  of  the  current  versions  of  the Programs and
Documentation  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this  Agreement.

15.     NOTICES.     All  notices  permitted  or  required  under this Agreement
        -------
shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  be  delivered  @  follows  with  notice
deemed  given  as indicated: (I) by personal delivery when delivered personally,
(it)  by  overnight  courier  upon  written  notification  of  receipt, (iii) by
telecopy  or  facsimile  transmission  when continued by tclecopier or facsimile
transmission, or (iv) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,
five  (5)  days  after  deposit  in  the  mail.  All notices must be sent to the
address  first described above or to such other address that the receiving party
may  have  provided  for the purpose of notice in accordance with this Paragraph
15.

16.  FORCE  MAIEURE.     Neither party shall be liable hereunder by reason of my
     --------------
failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder (except for the
payment  of money) on account of strikes, shortages, riots, insurrection, fires,
flood,  storm,  explosions,  acts  of  God,  war,  governmental  action,  labor
conditions,  earthquakes,  or  any  other  cause  which is beyond the reasonable
control  of  such  party.

17.  WAIVER.     The failure of either party to require performance by the other
     -------
party  of  my  provision  hereof shall not affect the full right to require such
performance  at  any  time thereafter, nor shall the waiver by either party of a
breach  of  my  provision hereof be taken or held w be a waiver of the provision
itself.

18. SEVERABILITY.     In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be
    -------------
unenforceable  or  invalid  under any applicable law or be so held by applicable
court  decision,  such  unenforceability  or  invalidity  shall  not render this
Agreement  unenforceable  or  invalid  m  a  whole.

19.     INJUNCTIVE  RELIEF.     It is expressly agreed that a material breach of
        ------------------
this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to AVT and that a remedy at law would
be inadequate.  Therefore, in addition to any and all remedies available at law,
AVT  will  be entitled to an injunction or other equitable remedies in all legal
proceedings  in  the event of any threatened or actual violation of my or all of
the  above  provisions.

20.     CONTROLLING LAW.     This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by
        ---------------
the laws of the United States of America and the State of California m such laws
are  applied  to  agreements  entered  into  and to be performed entirely within
California  between  California  residents.  OEM  and  AVT  acknowledge that the
United  Nations  Convention  on  Contracts  for  the International Sale of Goods
(1980)  is  specifically  excluded  from  application  to  this  Agreement, This
Agreement  is  prepared  and  executed  in  the  English  language  only and any
translations of this Agreement into any other language shall have no effect, All
proceedings related to this Agreement shall be conducted in the English language

<PAGE>
21.  NO  AGENCY.     Nothing contained herein shall be construed as creating any
     ----------
agency,  partnership,  or  other  form  of joint enterprise between the parties.

22.     HEADRNGS.     The  paragraph  headings  appearing  in this Agreement are
        ---------
inserted  only  as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe
or  describe  the  scope  or  extent of such paragraph or in any way affect such
paragraph.

23.     SUBCONTRACTING  AND  ASSIGNMENT.     This Agreement shall be binding and
        -------------------------------
inure  to  the  benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successor and
assigns,  Neither  part),  shall assign any of its rights nor delegate my of its
obligations  under this Agreement to any third party without the express written
consent of the other except to the surviving entity in a merger or consolidation
in  which  it  participates or to a purchaser of all or substantially all of its
assets,  so  long @ such surviving entity or purchaser shall expressly assume in
writing  the performance of all of the terms of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  AVT may sell, pledge or otherwise transfer its right to receive
payments  under  this Agreement, Any act in derogation of the foregoing shall be
null  and  void.

24.     EXPORT.     OEM acknowledges that the laws and regulations of the United
        -------
States  may  restrict  the  export  and  re-export  of  certain  commodities and
technical data of United States origin, including the Programs in any medium OEM
agrees that it will not export or re-export the Programs in any form without the
appropriate United States and foreign government licenses.  OEM also agrees that
its  obligations  Pursuant  to  this section shall survive and continue after my
termination  or  expiration  of  rights  under  this  Agreement.

25.     SURVIVAL.     The  rights  and  obligations  contained  in  Paragraphs 8
        ---------
("Non-Disclosure"),  10  ("Limitations  and  Disclaimer"),  12  ("Consequential
Damages-Waiver")  and  14  ("Termination")  shall  survive  any  termination  or
expiration  of  this  Agreement.

26.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT.     This Agreement is the entire agreement between the
        ----------------
parties  regarding  its subject matter.  It supersedes and its terms govern, all
prior  proposals, agreements, or other communications between fire parties, oral
or  written regarding such subject matter.  This Agreement shall not be modified
unless  done  so  in  a  writing  signed  by  officers  of  both  AVT  and  OEM.

<PAGE>
IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  duly  authorized representatives of the parties have
executed  this  Agreement.


AVT                                 OEM
Alta  Vista  Technology,  Inc.      AITech  International
1671  Dell  Ave  Suite  #209        47971  Fremont  Blvd.
Campbell,  CA  95008                Fremont,  CA94538

By:     s.  Jack  Marshall          By:  s.  Jack  Li
        ------------------               ------------
Name:  Jack  Marshall               Name:  Jack  Li
Title:  President                   Title:  Chief  Operating  Officer
Date:  5-22-98                      Date:  5-19-98

<PAGE>
                                              Exhibit  "A"
                                              Programs

                                              Howdy!  2.lx  (demo)
                                              WebCannon!  2.  1  x

     AVT                            OEM
Alta  Vista  Technology,  Inc.      AITech  International
1671  Dell  Ave  Suite  #209        47971  Fremont  Blvd.
Campbell,  CA  95008                Fremont,  CA94538

By:     s.Jack  Marshall            By:  s.  Jack  Li
          --------------                 ------------
Name:  Jack  Marshall               Name:  Jack  Li
Title:  President                   Title:  Chief  Operating  Officer
Date:  5-22-98                      Date:  5-19-98

<PAGE>

I




                           ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                        SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE
                                    AGREEMENT
                                  JUNE 11, 1997


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<S>        <C>
SECTION I  AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK

     1.1   Authorization

     1.2   Sale of Preferred

SECTION 2  CLOSING DATE; DELIVERY

     2.1   Closing Date

     2.2   Delivery

SECTION 3  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     3.t   Organization and Standing; Articles and Bylaws

     3.2   Corporate Power

     3.3   Subsidiaries

     3.4   Capitalization

     3.5   Authorization

     3.6   Litigation, etc.

     3.7   Compliance with Other Instruments, None Burdensome, etc.

     3.8   Governmental Consent, etc.

SECTION 4  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

     4.1   Experience

     4.2   Investment

     4.3   Rule 144

     4.4   No Public Market

     4.5   Access to Data

<PAGE>
     4.6   Authorization

     4.7   Brokers or Finders

     4.8   Tax Liability

SECTION 5  PURCHASERS' CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     5.1   Representations and Warranties Correct

     5.2   Covenants

     5.3   Blue Sky

     5.4   Restated Articles

     5.5   Registration and Information Rights Agreement

     5.6   Compliance Certificate

SECTION 6  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF COMPANY

     6.1   Representations

     6.2   Covenants

     6.3   Blue Sky

     6.4   Restated Articles

     6.5   Legal Matters

SECTION 7  MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1   Governing Law

     7.2   Successors and Assigns

     7.3   Entire Agreement; Amendment

     7.4   Notices, etc.

     7.5   Delays or Omissions

     7.6   California Corporate Securities Law

<PAGE>
     7.7   Counterparts

     7.8   Severability

     7.9   Titles and Subtitles
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                           ALTAVISTA TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                   SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is  made  as of June 5, 1997 by and among AltaVista Technology,
Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), the individuals and entities set
forth  on  the  Schedule  of  Purchasers  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  (the
                                                                ----------
"Purchasers"),  and  any  other  person  or persons who shall have executed this
Agreement  in  connection  with  their purchase of Additional Shares, as defined
below  (such  persons  listed on the Schedule of Purchasers and such persons who
shall  have  purchased  Additional  Shares  collectively  being  referred  to as
"Purchasers"),  which  person  or  persons  shall  be  added  to the Schedule of
Purchasers  at  such time as they shall purchase such Additional Shares pursuant
hereto.


                                    SECTION I

               AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK
               --------------------------------------------------

1.1     AUTHORIZATION.     The  Company  will authorize the sale and issuance of
        --------------
up  to  1,500,000  shares of its Series C Preferred Stock (the "Shares"), having
the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as set forth in the Amended
and  Restated  Articles  of Incorporation ("Restated Articles") in substantially
the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B.
                                 ----------

1.2     SALE  OF  PREFERRED.     Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
        --------------------
Company  will issue and sell to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers will purchase
severally,  and  not  jointly, from the Company, up to all of the Shares, (i) of
which  not less than 10,000 of the Shares (the "Initial Shares') will be sold to
the  Purchasers  at  the  Initial  Closing,  as  defined  below,  in the amounts
specified  opposite  the  name  of  each such Purchaser in the column designated
"Initial Shares" on the Schedule of Purchasers, at a per share purchase price of
$.75, and (ii) of which up to 1,490,000 Shares (the "Additional Shares") may, at
the election of the Company, be sold to the Purchasers at one or more additional
closings subsequent to the Initial Closing (the "Subsequent Closing(s)"), in the
amounts  as  shall  be specified opposite the name of each such Purchaser in the
column  designated  "Additional  Shares" on the Schedule of Purchasers, at a per
share  purchase  price  of  $.75.


                                    SECTION 2

                             CLOSING- DATE: DELIVERY
                             -----------------------

2.1     CLOSING  DATE.     The  closing  of the purchase and sale of the Initial
        --------------
Shares hereunder (the "Initial Closing") shall be held at the offices of Wilson,
Sonsini,  Goodrich  &  Rosati, Two Palo Alto Square, Palo Alto, California, at I
0:00  a.m.  on  January  ,  1994, or at such other time and place upon which the

<PAGE>
Company  and  the  Purchasers  shall  agree.  The Subsequent Closing(s), if any,
shall  be  held  at  the offices of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, Two Palo
Alto  Square,  Palo  Alto, California at such time(s) and date(s) as the Company
shall  specify.  The  date(s)  of the Subsequent Closing(s) shall hereinafter be
referred  to  as  the  "Subsequent Closing Date(s)." The Initial Closing and the
Subsequent  Closing(s)  are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "Closings.'
The  Initial  Closing  Date  and  the  Subsequent  Closing Date(s) are sometimes
hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Closing  Dates."

2.2     DELIVERY.     At  the  Initial Closing, the Company will deliver to each
        ---------
Purchaser  a  certificate  or certificates representing the number of Shares set
forth  opposite  such  Purchaser's name in the column designated "Shares' on the
Schedule  of  Purchasers against payment of the purchase price therefor by check
payable  to  the  Company  or  by  wire  transfer made pursuant to the Company's
instructions.  At  the  Subsequent  Closing(s), the Company will deliver to each
Additional  Purchaser  who  shall  have executed this Agreement a certificate or
certificates  representing  the  number of shares as shall be specified opposite
the  name  of each Purchaser in the column designated "Additional Shares" on the
Schedule of Purchasers, against payment of the purchase price therefor, by check
payable  to  the  Company  or  by  wire  transfer made pursuant to the Company's
instructions.  At  each  Subsequent  Closing, if any, a Supplemental Schedule of
Purchasers  shall be added to this Agreement as Exhibit A. 1. At each Subsequent
Closing,  if  any,  the  Purchaser  purchasing  Additional  Shares therein shall
execute  a  signature  page  to  this  Agreement.

                                    SECTION 3
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
                  ---------------------------------------------
Except  as  set  forth  on  Exhibit Cattached hereto, the Company represents and
                            ---------
warrants  to  the  Purchasers  as  follows:

3.1     ORGANIZATION  AND  STANDING:  ARTICLES  AND BYLAWS.     The Company is a
        ---------------------------------------------------
corporation duly organized and existing under, and by virtue of, the laws of the
State  of  California  and is in good standing under such laws.  The Company has
requisite  corporate  power  and authority to own and operate its properties and
assets,  and  to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to
be  conducted.  The  Company  is  not  presently  qualified  to do business as a
foreign corporation in any jurisdiction, and the failure to be so qualified will
not  have  a material adverse effect on the Company's business as now conducted.
The  Company  has  furnished each Purchaser with copies of the Restated Articles
and  of  its  Bylaws,  which  are  true,  correct  and  complete and contain all
amendments  through  the  Closing  Date.

3.2     CORPORATE  POWER.     The  Company  will  have  at  the Closing Date all
        -----------------
requisite  legal  and  corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and the Registration and Information Rights Agreement in substantially
the  form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the "Registration and Information Rights
                             ---------
Agreement"),  to  sell and issue the Shares hereunder, to issue the Common Stock

<PAGE>
issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, a and to carry out and
per-form  its obligations under the terms of this Agreement and the Registration
and  Information  Rights  Agreement  (together  the  "Agreements").

3.3     SUBSIDIARIES.     The  Company  has  no  subsidiaries  or  affiliated
        -------------
companies  and  does  not  otherwise own or control, directly or indirectly, any
equity  interest  in  any  corporation,  association  or  business  entity.

3.4     CAPITALIZATION.     The  authorized  capital  stock of the Company, upon
        ---------------
the  filing  of  the Restated Articles, consists of I 0,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, of which 500,000 shares are issued and outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares
of  Preferred  Stock,  of  which  1,500,000 shares have been designated Series C
Preferred Stock ("Series C Preferred'), none of which are issued and outstanding
stock  immediately  prior  to the Initial Closing.  The Series C Preferred shall
have  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions set forth in the
Restated  Articles.  The  currently outstanding shares of Common Stock have been
duly  authorized  and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable, and
have  been  issued in compliance with applicable securities laws.  The shares of
Series  C  Preferred  to  be  issued  and  sold  to the Purchaser have been duly
authorized  and,  when issued in accordance with this Agreement and the Restated
Articles,  will  be  validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  The Company
has  reserved  1,500,000  shares  of  Series C Preferred for issuance hereunder,
1,500,000  shares  of  Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Series C
Preferred  and  5,000,000  shares  of its Common Stock for issuance to officers,
directors,  employees  and consultants of the Company pursuant to the 1993 Stock
Plan  or  other  arrangements approved by the Board.  Except as set forth above,
there are no options, warrants, subscriptions, calls, puts, claims, commitments,
convertible  securities  or  other  agreements  or  arrangements under which the
Company  is or may be obligated to issue or purchase, as the case may be, shares
of  the  Company's  capital  stock.

3.5     AUTHORIZATION.     All  corporate action on the part of the Company, its
        --------------
directors  and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery
and  performance  of  the  Agreements  by  the Company, the authorization, sale,
issuance  and  delivery of the Series C Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion  of  the Series C Preferred), and the performance of all of the
Company's  obligations  hereunder  has been taken or will be taken prior to each
Closing.  The  Agreements,  when  executed  and  delivered by the Company, shall
constitute  valid  and  binding  obligations  of  the  Company,  enforceable  in
accordance  with  their respective terms, subject to laws of general application
relating  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law
governing  specific  performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
The  Shares,  when  issued  in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement,
will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will have the rights,
preferences  and privileges described in the Restated Articles; the Common Stock
issuable  upon  conversion of the Shares has been duly and validly reserved and,
when  issued in compliance with the provisions of the Restated Articles, will be
validly  issued,  and  will be fully paid and non-assessable; and the Shares and
such  Common  Stock  will  be  free  of any liens or encumbrances, assuming each
Purchaser  takes  the  Shares  with  no  notice thereof, other than any liens or

<PAGE>
encumbrances  created  by Purchaser; provided, however, that the Shares (and the
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) may be subject to restrictions on
transfer  under  state or federal securities laws as set forth in this Agreement
and  the  exhibits  hereto.  The  Shares (and the Common Stock issuable upon the
conversion  thereof) are not subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first
refusal.

3.6     LITIGATION,  ETC.     There  are  no  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or
        -----------------
investigations  pending  or,  to the Company's knowledge, threatened against the
Company or its properties before any court or governmental agency other than the
suit filed by Digital Equipment is United States District Court for the District
of  Massachusetts  (civil  action  96-12192NG).

3.7     COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS, NONE BURDENSOME, ETC.     The Company
        --------------------------------------------------------
is  not  in  violation of any term of the Restated Articles or its Bylaws or any
mortgage,  indebtedness,  indenture,  judgment  or  decree,  or  in any material
respect  of  any  term  or  provision  of  any  material  contract, agreement or
instrument,  and  to the best of its knowledge is not in violation of any order,
statute,  rule or regulation applicable to the Company.  The execution, delivery
and  performance  of and compliance with the Agreements, and the issuance of the
Series C Preferred and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C
Preferred,  have  not  resulted  and  will  not  result  in any violation of, or
conflict  with,  or  constitute  a  default  under, the Restated Articles or the
Company's  Bylaws,  nor  will it result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge,
lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.

3.8     GOVERNMENTAL  CONSENT, ETC.     No consent, approval or authorization of
        ---------------------------
or  designation,  declaration  or  filing with any governmental authority on the
part  of  the  Company  is  required  in connection with the valid execution and
delivery  of  the  Agreements,  or  the  offer, sale or issuance of the Series C
Preferred  (and  the  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of the Series C
Preferred),  or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby or
thereby,  except  (a)  filing  of  the  Restated  Articles  in the office of the
California  Secretary  of State, (b) qualification (or taking such action as may
be  necessary  to  secure  an exemption from qualification, if available) of the
offer  and  sale  of  the Series C Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of the Series C Preferred) under the California Corporate Securities
Law  of  1968, as amended, and other applicable Blue Sky laws, which filings and
qualifications,  if  required,  will be accomplished in a timely manner, and (c)
filing of a notice, if required, pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act,
which  filing  will  be  accomplished  in  a  timely  manner.

                                    SECTION 4
                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
                 -----------------------------------------------
Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company with respect to the
purchase  of  the  Shares  as  follows:

<PAGE>
4.1     EXPERIENCE.     It  has  substantial  experience  in  evaluating  and
        -----------
investing  in private transactions of securities     in companies similar to the
Company  so  that  it  is  capable  of  evaluating  the  merits and risks of its
investment  in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests and
bear  the  risk  of  loss  of  its  entire  investment.

4.2  INVESTMENT.     It  is  acquiring the Series C Preferred and the underlying
Common  Stock for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and
not  with  the  view  to,  or  for  resale  in connection with, any distribution
thereof.  It  understands  that  the  Series C Preferred to be purchased and the
underlying  Common  Stock  have  not been, and will not be, registered under the
Securities  Act  by  reason  of  a  specific  exemption  from  the  registration
provisions  of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among
other  things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of
                   ---------
such  Purchaser's  representations  as  expressed  herein.  It is an "accredited
investor'  within  the  meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.

4.3     RULE  144.     It  acknowledges  that  the  Series  C  Preferred and the
        ----------
underlying Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered
under  the  Securities  Act  or  unless  an  exemption from such registration is
available.  It  is  aware  of  the  provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities  Act  which  permit  limited  resale of shares purchased in a private
placement  subject  to  the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among
other  things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability
of  certain  current  public information about the Company, the resale occurring
not less than two years after a party has purchased and paid for the security to
be  sold,  the  sale  being  effected  through  a  "broker's  transaction" or in
transactions directly with a "market maker', and the number of shares being sold
during  any  three-month  period  not  exceeding  specified  limitations.

4.4     NO  PUBLIC  MARKET.     It  understands that no public market now exists
        ------------------
for  any  of  the securities issued by the Company and that no assurances can be
made  that  a  public  market  will  ever  exist  for  the Company's securities.

4.5     ACCESS  TO  DATA.     It has had an opportunity to discuss the Company's
        -----------------
business,  management  and  financial  affairs  with  its  management  and  the
opportunity  to  review the Company's facilities and has had access to all other
information  about  the  Company  it  deemed  necessary  in  connection with the
purchase  of  the  Series  C  Preferred.  It  has also had an opportunity to ask
questions  of officers of the Company.  It understands that such discussions, as
well as any written information issued by the Company, were intended to describe
certain  aspects of the Company's business and prospects but were not a thorough
or  exhaustive  description.

<PAGE>
4.6     AUTHORIZATION.     The  Agreements,  when  executed  and  delivered  by
        --------------
Purchaser,  will  constitute  a  valid  and  legally binding obligations of each
Purchaser,  enforceable  in  accordance  with their respective terms, subject to
laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of
debtors  arid  rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or
other  equitable  remedies.

4.7     BROKERS  OR  FINDERS.     The  Company  has  not,  and  will not, incur,
        ---------------------
directly  or  indirectly, as a result of any action taken by such Purchaser, any
liability  for  brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar
charges  in  connection  with  this  Agreement.

4.8     TAX  LIABILITY.     It  has  reviewed  with  its  own  tax  advisors the
        ---------------
federal,  state,  local  and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  It relies solely on such advisors
and  not  on  any  statements  or  representations  of the Company or any of its
agents.  It  understands  that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for
its  own  tax  liability  that  may  arise as a result of this investment or the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.






                                    SECTION 5

                        PURCHASERS' CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
                        ---------------------------------

The  Purchasers'  obligation  to  purchase  the Shares at the Closing is, at the
option  of  Purchasers,  subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

5.1     REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.     The representations and warranties
        ---------------------------------
made  by  the  Company  in  Section  3  hereof  shall be true and correct in all
material  respects  as  of  the  Closing  Date.

<PAGE>
5.2     COVENANTS.     All  covenants,  agreements  and  conditions contained in
        ----------
this  Agreement  to  be performed by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date
shall  have  been  performed  or  complied with in all material respects, unless
waived  in  writing  by  the  Purchaser.

5.3     BLUE  SKY.     Me Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law
        ----------
permits  and  qualifications,  or have the availability of exemptions therefrom,
required  by  any state for the offer and sale of the Series C Preferred and the
Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  C  Preferred.
5.4     RESTATED  ARTICLES.     The Restated Articles shall have been filed with
        ------------------
the  California  Secretary  of  State.

5.5     REGISTRATION AND INFORMATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT     The Company shall have
        ---------------------------------------------
executed  the Registration and Information Rights Agreement in substantially the
form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  D.
5.6     COMPLIANCE  CERTIFICATE     The  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the
        -----------------------
Purchasers  a  certificate  of  the  Company  in substantially the form attached
hereto as Exhibit E, executed by the President of the Company, dated the Closing
Date,  and  certifying,  among  other  things, the fulfillment of the conditions
specified  in  Sections  S.  1,  5.2  and  5.4  of  this  Agreement.


                                    SECTION 6

                        CONDITIONS TO CLOSING OF COMPANY
                        --------------------------------

The Company's obligation to sell and issue the Shares at the Closing Date is, at
the  option of the Company, subject to the fulfillment as of the Closing Date of
the  following  conditions:

6.1     REPRESENTATIONS.     The  representations  made  by  the  Purchasers  in
        ----------------
Section  4  hereof  shall  be  true  and  correct  as  of  the  Closing  Date.

6.2     COVENANTS.     All  covenants,  agreements,  and conditions contained in
        ----------
this Agreement to be performed by the Purchasers on or prior to the Closing Date
shall  have  been  performed  or  complied  with in all material respects unless
waived  in  writing  by  the  Company.

6.3     BLUE SKY.     The Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law
        ---------
permits  and  qualifications,  or have the availability of exemptions therefrom,
required  by  any state for the offer and sale of the Series C Preferred and the
Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  C  Preferred.

6.4     RELATED  ARTICLES.     The  Restated Articles shall have been filed with
        ------------------
the  California  Secretary  of  State.

<PAGE>
6.5   LEGAL MATTERS.     All material matters of a legal nature which pertain to
      --------------
this  Agreement,  and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  shall have been
reasonably  approved  by  counsel  to  the  Company.

                                    SECTION 7

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------
7.1     GOVERNING  LAW.     This  Agreement shall be governed in all respects by
        ---------------
the  internal  laws  of  the  State  of  California.

7.2     SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.     Except  as  otherwise provided herein, the
        -------------------------
provisions  hereof  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of, and be binding upon, the
successors,  assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto,
provided,  however,  that  the rights of the Purchasers to purchase the Series C
Preferred  shall  not  be  assignable  without  the  consent  of  the  Company.

7.3     ENTIRE  AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.     This Agreement and the other documents
        -----------------------------
delivered  pursuant  hereto  at  each  Closing  constitute  the  full and entire
understanding  and  agreement  between  the  parties with regard to the subjects
hereof  and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in
any  manner  by  any  warranties,  representations  or  covenants  except  as
specifically  set forth herein or therein.  Except as expressly provided herein,
neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or
terminated  other  than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom
enforcement  of  any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

7.4     NOTICES,  ETC.     All  notices  and  other  communications  required or
        --------------
permitted  hereunder  shall  be  in writing and shall be mailed by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger,
addressed  (a)  if  to  a Purchaser, at the address set forth on the Schedule of
Purchasers  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A,  or  at such other address as such
Purchaser  shall  have  furnished  to  the  Company in writing, or (b) if to the
Company,  one  copy  should  be  sent AltaVista Technology, INC. 1671 Dell Ave.,
Suite  209,  Campbell,  California  95008  and addressed to the attention of the
President,  or at such other address.-as the Company shall have furnished to the
Purchaser,  and  one  copy should be sent TO Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati,
Two  Palo Alto Square, Palo Alto, California 94306, to the attention of Bruce D.
Bower,  Esq.  Each such notice or other communication shall, for all intents and
purposes  of  this  Agreement, be treated as effective or having been given when
delivered  if  delivered  personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its
receipt  or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained
receptacle  for  the  deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as
aforesaid.

<PAGE>
7.5     DELAYS  OR  OMISSIONS.     Except as expressly provided herein, no delay
        ----------------------
or  omission  to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to the Purchasers,
upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any
such  right, power or remedy of the Purchasers nor shall it be construed to be a
waiver  of  any  such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in
any  similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any
single  breach  or  default  be  deemed  a waiver of any other breach or default
thereto  fore  or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval
of  any  kind  or  character on the part of the Purchasers, or any waiver on the
part  of  the Purchasers of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must
be  in  writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth
in  such  writing.  All  remedies,  either  under  this  Agreement  or by law or
otherwise  afforded  to the Purchasers, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

7.6     CALIFORNIA  CORPORATE  SECURITIES  LAW.     THE  SALE  OF THE SECURITIES
        ---------------------------------------
WHICH  ARE  THE  SUBJECT  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT  HAS  NOT  BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE
COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH
SECURITIES  OR  THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR
PRIOR  TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT
FROM  THE  QUALIFICATION  BY  SECTION  25100,25102,  OR  25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA
CORPORATIONS  CODE.  THE  RIGHTS  OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY
CONDITIONED  UPON  SUCH  QUALIFICATION  BEING  OBTAINED,  UNLESS  THE SALE IS SO
EXEMPT.

7.7     COUNTERPARTS.     This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number of
        -------------
counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be enforceable against the party actually
executing  such  counterpane  and  all  of  which  together shall constitute one
instrument.


7.8     SEVERABILITY.     In  the  event  that  any  provision of this Agreement
        -------------
becomes  or  is  declared  by  a  court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal,
unenforceable  or  void,  this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect
without said provision, provided that no such severability shall be effective if
it  materially  changes  the  economic  BENEFIT  of this Agreement to any party.

7.9     TITLES  AND  SUBTITLES.     The  titles  and  subtitles  used  in  this
Agreement  are used for convenience only and are not considered in construing or
interpreting  this  Agreement.

<PAGE>

                     DISTRIBUTION AND REPUBLISHING AGREEMENT



CONVENED  OF  THE FIRST PART Softpool, - A Division of infoMedia GmbH, hereafter
named  Softpool,  of  Berliner  Strasse  I01,  Ratingen  40880,  Germany.

OF  THE OTHER PART ALTA VISTA INC., of 1671 Dell Avenue, Suite 209, Campbell, CA
95008,  USA

Both parties mutually acknowledge the requisite capacity and standing to execute
this  document,  and  hereby  state  as  follows:

a)     Softpool's  business  activity  is  concentrated  on  the  production,
publication  and  marketing  of  all  types  of  software.
b)     ALTA  VISTA'S  business  activity  concentrates  on  the  production,
development, promotion and sale of computer games, and it holds the exploitation
rights  to  the  work  INTERNET  POSTCARTS/Howdy.
Softpool  is  interested  in  acquiring the exploitation rights to the aforesaid
work  and,  in  this  being  so, both parties have agreed to sign this LICENSING
AGREEMENT,  and submit to the following conditions for the purpose of regulating
it:





CONDITIONS

1.     DEFINITIONS

The  words and expressions mentioned below shall have the following meanings for
the  purposes  of  this  agreement:

INTERNET  Postcarts      A  work  to  be distributed by Softpool consisting of a
CD-ROM  containing  intemet  utility  software,  bookmarks  and  intemet  access
software.

Unit  sold:     Unit  actually  invoiced  by Softpool, except those which can be
delivered  as  samples  of  no  value  (not  for  resale), and those returned by
customers.

Stocks:     Units of the INTERNET POSTCARTS/Howdy work manufactured and not sold
by  Softpool  until  the  expiry date of the effective period of this agreement.

Launch:     Day  on  which  the  work  INTERNET POSTCARTS/Howdy is available for
purchase  by  consumers  at  any  points  of  sale.

<PAGE>
2.      OBJECT  OF  THE  AGREEMENT

Under  this agreement ALTA VISTA assigns to Softpool exclusively during a period
of  18  months,  for  the  territories  of Germany, Austria and Switzerland, the
rights to distribute, republish, bundle and sublicense the work called "INTERNET
POSTCARTS/Howdy  "  and  in  particular  those  of transformation, reproduction,
compilation  and  distribution  for  said  product.

<PAGE>
3.       INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  RIGHTS

ALTA VISTA will remain the holder of all the intellectual property rights to the
work  INTERNET  POSTCARTS/Howdy.  ALTA  VISTA  grants,  that there are no rights
payable  to  GEMA  or  any  other  organization  by  using the music, videos and
pictures  from the CD and by using any INTERNET POSTCARTS created with the work.

Softpool  will  be  required to include in the INTERNET POSTCARTS/Howdy work the
ALTA VISTA name and logotype, and also the copyright message, all in relation to
the  INTERNET  POSTCARTS/Howdy.

4.       FINANCIAL  CONSIDERATION

As  financial  consideration  for  the  assignment  which  is the object of this
agreement, Softpool shall deliver to ALTA VISTA as fees for rights payments 2 DM
per  unit  from  retail  product  and  from  bundling  and  licensing.

For  these purposes, a minimum advance on royalties is established in the amount
of  DM  4,000.  This amount will be invoiced on signature of this agreement, and
is  payable  on invoice, directly to InterActiv Arts, based in UK.  Bank details
to  be  supplied.

The  launch  date  must  be  no  later  than  30  October  1997.

The future royalty payments will be made direct to ALTA VISTA, after delivery of
the  corresponding  invoice,  by  a  bank  transfer.  ALTA  VISTA  must  provide
appropriate  bank  details.

5.       DECLARATION  OF  FEES

Softpool  will  be  required  to  make quarterly declarations of fees.  The said
declarations will include the product identification details, the units sold and
where  applicable  the  amount  of  fees  accrued  in  favour  of  ALTA  VISTA.
Declarations  will  be  made  within  15  days  of  the  end  of  the  quarter.

When  each  declaration has been made and upon presentation by ALTA VISTA of the
corresponding  invoice.  Softpool  will  pay  this  by  bank  transfer.

In  the  event  of  a  discrepancy  in  the  determination  of fees, the parties
undertake  to  appoint an external auditor to verify the declarations made.  The
expenses  will  be  charged  to the party requesting the verification.  Should a
discrepancy of more than 10% be discovered, Softpool will pay the auditor costs,
and  any  additional  owed  royalties.

6.       LIQUIDATION

If,  after  a  certain period of time, the units sold of the product decrease to
under  100  units  per  month,  then both parties may mutually agree to consider
liquidation  of  any remaining stocks.  In this case the Licensor will not pay a
license  fee,  until  the production costs have been recovered.  If there is any
profit  exceeding  the  production  cost, both partners will share that equally.

<PAGE>
6.       LOCALISATION

In  addition  to  all the obligations derived from the exact fulfillment of this
agreement  and contractual good faith, ALTA VISTA undertakes to ensure technical
guidance  is  provided  where required for localization, as long as Softpool has
sought  and  received  approval  from  ALTA  VISTA  where  required.

8.       MARKETING  OF  THE  PRODUCT

ALTA  VISTA  authorizes lnfomedia to market, sell and sub-license the work using
all  the  distribution  channels  available to it within the assigned territory,
both  traditional  and  non-traditional,  and  to  promote this in any medium of
communication.

<PAGE>
9.       EFFECTIVE  PERIOD

This  agreement  will  be  valid  for  18  months  from  its  signature, renewed
automatically  for  a  further  12  months,  unless otherwise notified by either
party,  in  writing,  3 months prior to expiration.  Upon expiry of the validity
period,  InfoMedia  will have a period of 3 months in which to liquidate stocks.


10.      CONFIDENTIALITY

The  details  supplied relating to the activity of InfoMedia and ALTA VISTA, and
in  particular all the elements which might come to the knowledge of the parties
within  the  framework  of  this agreement are understood to be confidential and
they  must  be  safeguarded.


II.      COMMUNICATION  BETWEEN  THE  PARTIES

In  order  to  have full contractual effects, communications between the parties
must  be  sent  (i)  by  registered post with advice of receipt. ii)by overnight
courier  delivery  with  advice  of receipt, iii) by fax transmission, or iv) by
electronic  mail,  to  the  addresses and telephone numbers of the parties which
appear  in  this  agreement,  or  those  which  may  validly  replace  them.

12.     THIRD  PARTY  CLAIMS

ALTA  VISTA  declares  to InfoMedia that it is duly empowered for the assignment
formalized, undertaking for this reason to hold harmless from any claim based on
the  infringement  or  alleged  infringement  of any intellectual property right
existing  on  the  INTERNET POSTCARTS/Howdy, as long as InfoMedia has sought and
received  approval  from  ALTA  VISTA  where  required.


13.      TERMINATION  OF  THE  AGREEMENT.

The total or partial default by either party of what is agreed in this agreement
will  empower  the  other  party  to  terminate it, in addition to requiring the
indemnity  for  damage  and  losses  suffered.

14.      SETTLEMENT  OF  DIFFERENCES.
For  the  better  settlement  of any differences existing in the fulfillment and
interpretation  of  this  agreement, the parties agree to submit to arbitration.


And  as  proof  of  agreement,  both parties sign this agreement in duplicate as
below:

<PAGE>
Jack  Marshall
- --------------
ALTA  VISTA                                     Softpool


10/17/99                                        8/27/97
- --------                                        -------
Date                                            Date




<PAGE>
  AMENDMENT TO THE DISTRIBUTION AND REPUBLISHING AGREEMENT COVERING THE PRODUCT
                           "HOWDY" DATED THE 17.10.97


Between
infoMedia  Software  Publishing  GmbH,  Heltorfer  Str.  12;  40472  D  sseldorf
hereafter  referred  to  as  the  "licensee"

and
PhotoLoft.com  Inc.,  of  300 Orchard City Drive, Suite 142, Campbell, CA 95008,
USA,  hereafter  referred  to  as  the  "Licensor"




1.0  EXTENSION  OF  TERM
The  duration  of  the  term  has  been  extended  for  a  further  24  month.

2.0  FINANCIAL  CONSIDERATION
For  bundling and sub-licensing purposes infoMedia shall deliver to licensor 40%
of  the  net  profits  gained  from  such  a  deal.

All other matters arising out of this agreement are covered in the main contract
and  those  are  applicable  at  all  times.



NAME:____________________________

Date:  ____12  Feb.  99
       ----------------
InfoMedia  Software  Publishing  GmbH.


NAME:  s.  Jack  Marshall
       ------------------

Date:  2/25/99
       -------
PhotoLoft.com  Inc

<PAGE>
  AMENDMENT TO THE DISTRIBUTION AND REPUBLISHING AGREEMENT COVERING THE PRODUCT
                           "HOWDY" DATED THE 17.10.97


Between
infoMedia  Software  Publishing  GmbH,  Heltorfer  Str.  12;  40472  D  sseldorf
hereafter  referred  to  as  the  "licensee"

and
PhotoLoft.com  Inc.,  of  300 Orchard City Drive, Suite 142, Campbell, CA 95008,
USA,  hereafter  referred  to  as  the  "Licensor"




1.0  EXTENSION  OF  TERM
The  duration  of  the  term  has  been  extended  for  a  further  24  month.

2.0  FINANCIAL  CONSIDERATION
For  bundling and sub-licensing purposes infoMedia shall deliver to licensor 40%
of  the  net  profits  gained  from  such  a  deal.

All other matters arising out of this agreement are covered in the main contract
and  those  are  applicable  at  all  times.



NAME:____________________

Date:  ___________________________
infoMedia  Software  Publishing  GmbH.


NAME:  s.  Jack  Marshall
       ------------------

Date:  2/4/99
       ------
PhotoLoft.com  Inc

<PAGE>


October  24,  1997

Mr.  Jack  Marshall
AltaVista  Technologies,  Inc.
1671  Dell  Avenue,  Suite  209
Campbell,  CA  95008

Engagement  Letter
Business  Development  Services

Situation  and  Objectives

AltaVista Technologies, Inc. (the "Client") would like Kremen, Father & Partners
(the  "Firm")  to  help  develop the Client and refer potential investors to the
Client.

Study  Plan

The  Firm will use Client materials such as the business plan, publications, and
other  materials and Firm contacts to identify and introduce potential investors
tot  he  Client.

The  firm  will provide business plan and development advice to the Client. From
time-to-time, the firm will assist the Client's Officers with advice on business
structure,  markets,  and  communications  with  potential  investors.  Upon
commencement, the Firm will suggest revisions in the business plan to facilitate
investor  referrals.

The  Firm is not obligated to cultivate any specific investors nor is the Client
obligate  to  communicate with or accept any specific investor introduced by the
Firm.  The  Firm  does  not warrant the qualifications or legal acceptability of
potential  investors.  The Client will be responsible for all accounting, legal,
and  financing  activities.  The Client will be responsible for all requirements
and  liabilities  of  relationships  with  parties  that  invest  in the Client.

Structure  and  Fees

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>
Engagement Number:    VC01

Engagement Director:  Jack Marshall

Team Members:         Kremen, Father & Partners and others as required by the Firm

Subject Matter:       Business Development Services

Billing Rate:         For the cash component of the following, retroactive to August 1, 1977: $3,000
                      in reduction of amount per month due for the past purchase of $50,000 of Alta
                      vista Series C stock. Additionally "bargain" options to purchase 1% of the
                      Company on a fully diluted for every three months of successful work (if not
                      fully successful on a vested on a pro-rata weighted average). A work list will be
                      provided (to be agreed upon mutually) for November 1997 and every month
                      beyond. With respect to find raising, We are to be compensated on a standard
                      Lehman compensation formula (attached in finders agreement). With respect to
                      partner finding, we are to be compensated as according to a standard
                      independent sales agreement (attached).

Expenses:             Due in cash as described in the Firm's then current Expense Policy.

Additional Terms:     The Firm will seek prior oral approval from the ED for single expense items
                      over $250.00 or monthly expenses over $500.00

<PAGE>
                      The Firm may choose to bill the Client in order to time bills for collection at
                      financial closings, meet management needs, improve collection, and meet other
                      needs of the Firm. The Firm may designate individual owners of common stock
                      or options due the Firm as payment for fundraising and consulting services. The
                      Client agrees to issue such instruments in the names designated by the Firm
                      provided the designees accept and agree to the Client's standard subscription
                      agreement.
</TABLE>

Acceptance
s. Gary Kremen        Date: 10-31-97
- ----------------
Gary  Kremen
Kremen, Father & Partners
843 Montgomery, Suite 300
San Francisco, CA 94133

Client  warrants  that  it  has  read  this  entire  engagement  letter,  fully
understands  the  engagement  letter, agrees to all terms and conditions herein,
and  authorizes  the  work  described  herein.

s.  Jack Marshall     Date: 10-30-97
- ------------------
Mr. Jack Marshall
AltaVista Technologies, Inc.
1671 Dell Avenue, Suite 209
Campbell, CA 95008

<PAGE>


                                     VENTURE
                                  BANKING GROUP


February  12,  1998



Alta  Vista  Technology,  Inc.  dba  Magicbit
1671  Dell  Avenue,  Suite  209
Campbell,  CA.  95008


Attn:  Jack  Marshall
       President

Re:  Revolving  Line  of  Credit

Dear  Jack:

We  are  pleased  to  commit  to  you  the  following  credit  facility ("Credit
Facility")  subject to the terms and to the prior satisfaction of the conditions
set forth below.  This commitment letter agreement is not meant to be, nor shall
it  be  construed  as,  an  attempt  to  define  all of the terms and conditions
involved  in  this financing.  Rather, it is intended only to outline certain of
the  basic  points  of  our  understanding  around  which  the  final  terms and
documentation are to be structured.  Further negotiations adding to or modifying
the general scope of these major terms shall not be precluded by the issuance of
this  commitment  letter  agreement  and  its  acceptance  by  you.

I.     PARTIES

Lender:              CUPERTINO  NATIONAL  BANK  &  TRUST  ("Lender")

Borrower:            Alta  Vista  Technology  ("Borrower")

II.     THE CREDIT FACILITY

Amount:              Up  to  $200,000

Loan  Cap:           Borrowings under the line will be limited to $100,000 until
                     fulfillment  of the milestone covenants and payment of the
                     additional  loan  fee.




                      A DIVISION OF CUPERTINO NATIONAL BANK
 Three Palo Alto Sqare. Suite 150. Palo Alto, CA 94306.  415.813.3819.  Fax 415.
                       843. 6969.  Website: www.venlen.com

<PAGE>
Alta  Vista  Technology,  Inc.
Commitment  Letter
February  12,  1998
Page  2

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>
Purpose:              To supplement short term working capital needs.

Maturity:             The loan under the Credit Facility shall have a maturity date of one
                      year from the date of documents.

Interest Rate:        Interest shall accrue at the rate of 2.0% over Lender's
                      Prime Rate.  Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a
                      360 day year, actual days lapsed.  Upon fulfillment of the
                      milestone covenants and payment of the additional fee, the
                      interest shall accrue at the rate of 1.0% over Lenders Prime
                      Rate.

Loan Fee:             $1,000

Additional Loan Fee:  An additional $500 loan fee will be paid upon fulfillment of
                      The milestone covenants to remove the loan cap.

Repayment:            Advances under the Credit Facility shall be repaid on or
                      Before maturity with interest payable monthly.

Loan Documentation:   The terms and conditions of the Credit Facility shall be set
                      Forth in the loan agreement and, and the indebtedness shall be
                      evidenced by a promissory note.

III.SUPPORT

Security:             The Borrower shall grant a first priority security interest in all of
                      its corporate assets, including but not limited to, accounts
                      receivable inventory with proceeds thereof, equipment and all
                      other tangible and intangible assets.
</TABLE>

IV.REPRESENTATINOS,  WARRANTIES,  COVENANTS  AND  CONDITIONS

Specifically  included,  without  limitation,  will  be  the  following:

Advances  against  the  borrowing base shall not exceed 70% of eligible accounts
receivable, not to exceed $100,000.  Upon fulfillment of the milestone covenants
and
payments  of  the  additional

<PAGE>
AltaVista  Technology,  Inc.
Commitment  Letter
February  12,  1998
Page  3

loan  fee,  the Loan Cap will be removed and advances against the borrowing base
shall  not  exceed  70% of eligible accounts receivable, not to exceed $200,000.

Loan  advances are subject to a "satisfactory" initial A/R examination.  Bank to
perform  A/R  exams at Borrower's expense on an annual basis, or at any time the
Bank  deems  appropriate.

Bank  shall  remain  the  primary  bank  depository.

Borrower  shall  provide  CPA-audited  financial statements to the Bank annually
within  120  days  of  each  fiscal  year-end.

Borrower  shall  provide  monthly  financial  statements  in  form and substance
satisfactory  to  the  Bank  within  30  days  of  each  Fiscal  month-end.

Borrower  shall  provide the Bank with monthly A/R and A/P agings within 15 days
of  monthend,  with  supporting  Borrowing  Base  Certificates.

The  following  financial  covenants  shall  be  tested monthly unless otherwise
noted.

Financial  Covenants
- --------------------
Minimum  Quick  Ratio  (Cash  plus  Accounts  Receivable)  of  1.20.
Minimum  Tangible  Net  Worth  (TNW)  of  $75,000.
Maximum  Debt  to  TNW  (Total  Liabilities  to  Tangible  Net  Worth)  of 2.50.
Borrower  shall  maintain  quarterly  profitable  operations under the following
schedule:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>  <C>
     Net Profit after tax for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 of greater than $20,000.
     Net Profit after  tax for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 of greater than $30,000.
     Net Profit after tax for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 of greater than $50,000.
     Net Profit after tax for the quarter ended December 31, 1998 of greater than $75,000.
</TABLE>

Upon  achievement  of  the  following milestone covenants, Borrower may elect to
remove  the  Loan  Cap  after  payment  of  the  additional  fee.

Milestone  Covenants
- --------------------
Minimum  Quick  Ratio  (Cash  plus  Accounts  Receivable)  of  1.50.
Minimum  Tangible  Net  Worth  (TNW)  of  $600,000.
Maximum  Debt  to  TNW  (Total  Liabilities  to  Tangible  Net  Worth)  of 1.50.

<PAGE>
AltaVista  Technology,  Inc.
Commitment  Letter
February  12,  1998
Page  4


Minimum  Quarterly  Net  Profit  After  Tax  of  greater  than  zero.

Note:  Tangible  Net  Worth  is  calculated  excluding  existing Shareholder and
Employee  Notes  Receivable  as  intangible.

Borrower  shall  maintain adequate hazard insurance with the Bank named as "Loss
Payee".

Borrower  shall  not make further shareholder loans or employee advances without
prior  written  Bank  Approval.

Borrower  shall  notify  the  Bank  immediately  if  it  becomes involved in any
litigation.

Borrower  shall  not  declare  or  pay any cash dividend on the capital stock of
Borrower,  or  purchase  or  acquire in any way for consideration, any shares of
such  capital  stock.

Borrower  shall not acquire through stock purchases, or otherwise, the assets or
business  of any other person or entity, and not liquidate or dissolve, merge or
consolidate  with  any  other  person  or entity by purchase, sale or otherwise.

Borrower  shall  not  change  the  present  character  of  the  business.

Conditions:  The  obligations  of  the  Lender  to  advance  under  the  Credit
             Facility  shall  be  subject  to  the  prior  and  continuing
             satisfaction  of  certain  conditions  including:

     i)     Receipt  by the Lender from the Borrower of reasonable certificates,
            authorizations  and  closing  documentation's  evidencing  the
            satisfaction  or the ability  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of the
            Credit  Facility.

    ii)     Execution  and  recordation  of  the  security  documents.

   iii)     No  material  adverse changes in the financial conditions or results
            of  Operations  of  the  Borrower.

This  commitment  letter  agreement  is  provided  to you solely for the purpose
described  herein  and  may not be disclosed to or relied upon by any other part
without  the  Lender's  prior  written  consent.

<PAGE>
AltaVista  Technology,  Inc.
Commitment  Letter
February  12,  1998
Page  5


Upon  default by you under any of the conditions of this agreement, or any other
documents  executed  by  you  in  connection with this credit accommodation, the
credit  shall,  at the option of the Bank, immediately terminate and all sums of
interest  and  principal  remaining  unpaid on loans made and notes issued shall
become  immediately  due  and  payable  without  notice.

No failure or delay on the part of the Bank to exercise any power or right under
this agreement or declare a default hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,
nor  shall  any  single  or  partial  exercise  of  any  other  right.

This  agreement, and all other documents executed in connection with the credit,
shall  be  governed  and  construed  under  the laws of the State of California.

Borrower  shall reimburse Bank for all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's
fees incurred by Bank in enforcing this agreement or in collecting any sum which
becomes  due  Bank  on  any  loan  made  or  note  issued  hereunder.

<PAGE>
AltaVista  Technology,  Inc.
Commitment  Letter
February  12,1998
Page  6


If  the  foregoing terms and conditions are satisfactory to you, please indicate
your acceptance of this commitment by signing and returning the enclosed copy of
this  letter.  In  reliance  upon  such  acceptance we shall thereafter commence
documentation  of  the  Credit  Facility  on the understanding that our expense,
including  fees  of our counsel, incurred after the date of your acceptance will
be  immediately  reimbursed  by  you  whether  or  not  this  Credit Facility is
consummated.

Your  agreement  to borrow and our agreement to lend are subject to your and our
acceptance  and  execution of the Note.  The commitment set forth in this letter
will expire unless your acceptance has been received by us prior to 5:00 p.m. on
February  20,  1998  commitment  set forth in this letter will expire even after
your  acceptance,  if the loan documents and instructions have not been executed
and  delivered  prior  to  5:00  P.M.  on  March  13,  1998.

We  appreciate the opportunity to make this proposal to you and hope it lays the
foundation  for  a  long  and  mutually  satisfactory  relationship.

Very  truly  yours,


CUPERTINO  NATIONAL  BANK  &  TRUST

s.  Guy  A.  Syty
- -----------------
Guy  A.  Syty
Commercial  Lender
Venture  Banking  Group

The  undersigned  has  read  the  foregoing  letter,  understands  its terms and
conditions, and agree that Borrower, Alta Vista Technology, Inc.  shall be bound
in  accordance  thereby.



s.  Jack  Marshall
- ------------------

Jack  Marshall
Alta  Vista  Technology,  Inc.
Date  February  20,1998

<PAGE>


                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


THIS  DISTRIBUTION  AGREEMENT  (this  "Agreement")  is  made
and  entered  into  this  ___  day  of  March,  1998,  by  and between AltaVista
Technology  Inc.,  a California corporation with its principal executive offices
located  at  1671  Dell  Avenue, Suite 209; Campbell, CA 95008 ("AVT"), and Kuni
Research International Corporation, a Corporation incorporated in Japan with its
principal  executive  offices  located  at  Ebodori  Center Building, 11F, 2-1-1
Ebodori,  Nishi-Ku,  Osaka,  Japan  ("Kuni").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

     WHEREAS,  AVT.  which  operates a division known as "Magic Bit", provides a
multimedia  email  tool  to  send  personalized  Valentine  cards  complete with
pictures,  audio  and  text  on-line  throughout  the  World  Wide  Web;

     WHEREAS,  AVT's  technological  core  is  the  ME-Mail(TM)  engine  (i.e.,
Multimedia  E-mail)  which  allows any ME-Mail message to be sent directly to an
end  user  or  sent  to  the  Magic  Bit  web  server where it will instantly be
converted  into  a  series  of  web  pages  and  posted  "live" on the Internet;

     WHEREAS,  AVT  is the registered owner of all right, title, and interest in
and  to  the  trademarks  and  any  and  all  trade  dress,  labels, and designs
associated  therewith,  together  with  the  goodwill of the business symbolized
thereby  in  connection  with  the  Products  (as  defined  below);

     WHEREAS,  Kuni  has substantial resources for the localization, advertising
and  promotion  of  AVT's  Products  in  the  Territory;

     WHEREAS,  Kuni  desires  to  obtain from AVT, and AVT is wining to grant to
Kuni  and its affiliates, an exclusive right and license in the AVT products and
services  for  the  purposes of enabling Kuni to distribute the AVT Products (as
defined  below)  and  services  in  the  Territory;  and

     WHEREAS,  AVT  and  Kuni  mutually  desire  to  enter  into this Agreement,
pursuant  to  which  AVT  grants  certain  rights  to Kuni for the localization,
translation,  production,  distribution, packaging and marketing of the Products
(as  defined  below)  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  hereof.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing promises and the mutual
representations  and  agreements  set  forth herein, and other good and valuable
consideration,  the  receipt  and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties,  intending  to  be  legally  bound,  hereby  agree  as  follows:

                                        1
<PAGE>
                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

     1.     Definitions.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement, the following
terms  shall  have  the  respective  meanings  indicated  below:

     "Affiliate"  shall  mean  any  corporation,  limited  liability  company,
partnership  or other entity (collectively, an "Entity"): (1) that is controlled
by  or  controls  a  party (collectively, a "Controlled Entity"); or (2) that is
controlled by or controls any such Controlled Entity, in each instance of clause
(1)  or  (2)  for  so  long  as  such  control  continues.  For purposes of this
definition,  "control"  shall  mean  the  possession, directly or indirectly, of
power  to  direct  or cause the direction of the management or policies (whether
through  ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by
contract  or  otherwise).  Without  limiting  the foregoing, joint control of an
Entity  with one or more other persons or Entities shall be deemed to constitute
control  for  purposes
     hereof,

     "Code"  means  computer programming code.  If not otherwise specified, Code
shall  include both Object Code and Source Code.  Code shall include Maintenance
Modifications  and Upgrades thereto if, when, and to the extent such Maintenance
Modifications  and/or Upgrades are delivered to Kuni by AVT under this Agreement
or  under  any  other  agreement  or  arrangement  between  the  parties.

     "Competitive  Products"  means  any  products that are competitive with the
Products  or  Kuni  Derivative  Works.

     "Confidential  Information' means any data or information, oral or written,
treated  as  confidential that relates to either party's (or, if either party is
bound  to  protect  the  confidentiality of any other person's information, such
other  person's)  past,  present,  or  future  research, development or business
activities,  including  any unannounced products and services, and including any
information  relating  to  services, developments, inventions, processes, plans,
proposals,  projects,  financial  information,  customer  and  supplier  lists,
forecasts  and  projections.  Confidential  Information  shall  also include the
terms  of  this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Confidential
Information  shall  not  be  deemed  to include information that (1) is publicly
available  or  in  the  public  domain  at the time disclosed; (2) is or becomes
publicly  available  or  enters  the public domain through no fault of the party
receiving  such  information; (3) is rightfully communicated to the recipient by
persons  not  bound  by confidentiality obligations with respect thereto; (4) is
already  in  the  recipient's possession free of any confidentiality obligations
with  respect  thereto at the time of disclosure; (5) is independently developed
by the recipient; or (6) is approved for release or disclosure by the disclosing
party  without  restriction.

     "Corporate  License  Agreements"  means  the  AVT  form  corporate  license
agreements  set  forth  in  Exhibit  B1 hereto granted to corporate End Users to
                            -----------

                                        2
<PAGE>
reproduce  and  install  the  Kuni  Derivative  Works for internal use as may be
amended  by  AVT  from  time  to  time;

     "Dealer"  means  and  includes  all  subdistributors,  dealers,  authorized
sublicensees,  agents  or  other  representative  of  K@,  other than End Users.

     "Derivative  Work"  means a work that is based upon one or more preexisting
works, such as a revision, modification, translation, abridgement, condensation,
expansion,  of  any  other  form  in which such preexisting works may be recast,
transformed,  or  adapted,  and  that,  if prepared without authorization of the
owner  of  the  copyright in such preexisting work, would constitute a copyright
infringement.  For the purposes hereof, a Derivative Work shall also include any
localization  of  a  pre-existing  product.

     "Development  Environment" means any devices, programming or documentation,
including  compilers and higher level languages used by AVT for the development,
maintenance, and implementation of the Products, but only to the extent that the
device,  programming,  or  documentation  so  used  would  be  necessary for the
preparation  of  the Kuni Localized Japanese Versions, the Kuni Derivative Works
and  Maintenance  Modifications  and  Upgrades  thereof.

     "Documentation"  means user manuals and other written materials that relate
to  the  Products.  Documentation  shall  include  Maintenance Modifications and
Upgrades  thereto,  if,  when,  and to the extent such Maintenance Modifications
and/or  Upgrades  are delivered to Kuni by AVT under this Agreement or under any
other  agreement  or  arrangement  between  the  parties.

     "End  User(s)"  means  any person or entity that obtains copies of the Kuni
Derivative  Works  solely  to  fulfil  its  own  internal data processing needs.

     "End User License Agreement" means the AVT form End User license agreements
set  forth  in Exhibit B2 hereto granted to End Users to use the Kuni Derivative
               ----------
Works  -solely  to  fulfil  their  own  internal data processing needs as may be
amended  from  time  to  time  by  AVT.

     "Intellectual  Property  Rights"  means  the  intangible  legal  rights  or
interests  evidenced by or embodied in (1) any idea, design, concept, technique,
invention, discovery, or improvement, regardless of patentability, but including
patents,  patent  applications,  trade  secrets  and  know-how;  (2) any work of
authorship,  regardless  of  copyrightability,  but including copyrights and any
moral  rights  recognized  by  law;  and
(3)     any  other  similar  rights,  including  trademarks,  in  each case on a
worldwide  basis.

     "Kuni  Bundle"  means  a bundle or package sold or distributed by Kuni in a
single sales transaction comprising any of the Products or Kuni Derivative Works
and  any  other  Kuni  Product(s).

                                        3
<PAGE>
"Kuni  Derivative  Work"  means a Japanese Localized Version packaged with other
material  that  is  created  by  Kuni  and  approved  in  advance  by  AVT.

     "Kuni Localized Japanese Versions" means versions of the Products localized
by  Kuni,  to the extent necessary or appropriate, to operate solely on Japanese
language  localized  computers  and  operating  systems  used  in the Territory.

     "Kuni  Products' means all current and future products distributed or to be
distributed  by  Kuni.

     "Licensed  Marks"  means  "AVT"  and  any  and all trade dress, labels, and
designs  associated  therewith,  together  with  the  goodwill  of  the business
symbolized  thereby  in  connection  with  the  Products.

     "Maintenance Modifications" means modifications, Upgrades or revisions made
by  AVT to the Products that correct errors or support new releases of operating
systems.

     "Minimum  Revenue  Quota"  means  ten  percent  (10%)  of AVT's Net Revenue
generated within the United States for that Product during the preceding six (6)
month  period.

     "Net  Revenue"  means revenue less returns and taxes withheld under Section
3.6  of  this  Agreement.

     "Object Code" means Code in machine-readable form.

     "Other  Products"  shall  mean  any  product other than any of the Products
created,  developed,  localized  or  licensed  by  AVT.

     "Products"  means  those  AVT  software  products  listed  in  Exhibit  A.
      "Royalties"  shall  have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1 hereof.

     "Source  Code'  means Code in human readable programming languages plus all
related  development  documents.

     "Territory" shall not mean or include any specific geographical or physical
to  and  include  all dialects or variations of the Japanese, Chinese and Korean
languages,  individually  or  collectively.

     "Upgrade"  means  revised  versions  of  the  Products  that  result in (1)
substantial  performance,  structural  or  functional improvements or additions,
including the substantial redesign or replacement of any part of the Source Code
and  (2)  a change in the Version number (including any changes to the number to
the  right  of  the  decimal  point)  of  the  Product.

                                        4
<PAGE>
     2.     Grant of License
            ----------------

     2.1     License.  Subject  to  all of the terms and conditions set forth in
this  Agreement,  AVT  hereby  grants to Kuni, and Kuni hereby accepts from AVT,
non-transferable  licenses  to  engage  in  the  following  activities:

     (a)     to  create the Kuni Localized Japanese Versions of the Products set
forth  on  Exhibit  A  ("Localization  License");
           ----------

     (b)     to distribute physical packages of the Kuni Derivative Works to End
Users  and  to  Dealers  in  the Territory for further distribution to other End
Users  or  Dealers  in  the  Territory  (the  "Package  Distribution  License");

     (c)     to reproduce the Kuni Derivative Works in physical packages for the
sole  purpose  of  exercising  its  license  under  Section 2.1 (b) (the Package
Reproduction  License');

     (d)     to  place the Kuni Derivative Works on one or more servers owned or
controlled by Kuni and to electronically transmit copies of such Kuni Derivative
Works  to  End  Users  in  Territory  (the  "Electronic  Transmission License");

     (e)       to  grant licenses to End Users to reproduce and install the Kuni
Derivative  Works  for  internal use pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Corporate  License  Agreements  and  End  User  License  Agreements;  and

     (f)     to  use  the Licensed Marks solely in connection with and solely to
the extent reasonably necessary for, the marketing, distribution, and support of
the  Kuni  Derivative  Works  in  the  Territory.

     2.2     Mutual  Right  to  Enter  Into  OEM  Arrangements.  Kuni and have a
             -------------------------------------------------
co-exclusive  right to enter into OEM arrangements with third-parties world-wide
with  respect  to  the Products.  Each to this Agreement may exercise such right
provided  that  the  other  party  gives  its  prior  written agreement that the
exercise  of  such  right  is consistent with the terms of this Agreement.  Such
prior  written agreement to the exercise of such right shall not be unreasonably
withheld  by  ether  non-exercising  party.

     2.3     Exclusivity.  (a)  During the term of this Agreement, AVT shall not
             -----------
grant  (i)  any  similar  rights to license and/or support, whether exclusive or
non-exclusive,  to  any person or entity to use, display, reproduce, modify, and
customize,  for  the  purpose  of  developing, creating, operating, maintaining,
marketing,  promoting,  distributing,  or  otherwise  commercially  exploiting a
version of any Product that is customized, or localized for the Territory (i.e.,
the  Kuni  Localized  Japanese  Versions) or (ii) any similar rights to license,
localize  or  support other versions of the Products for use on Japanese, Korean
or  Chinese  language  localized  computers  and  operating  systems used in the
Territory,  to  any  other  person  or  entity.

                                        5
<PAGE>
     2.4     Independent  Contractor  Relationship.  The relationship of AVT and
             --------------------------------------
Kuni  established  by  this  Agreement  is  of  licensor licensee or independent
contractors and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed: (i) to give either
party the power to direct or control the daily activities of the other party, or
(ii)  to  constitute  the parties as principal and agent, employer and employee,
partners,  joint  ventures,  co-owners  or  otherwise as participants in a joint
undertaking.  AVT  and  Kuni  understand  and agree that, except as specifically
provided for in this  Agreement,  AVI does not grant Kuni the power or authority
to  make  or  give  any  agreement, statement, representation, warranty or other
commitment on behalf of  AVT,  or  to enter into any contract or otherwise incur
any  liability  or  obligation,  express  or  implied,  on  behalf of AVT, or to
transfer, release or waive  any  right, title or interest of AVT.  Likewise, AVT
and  Kuni understand and agree that, except as specifically provided for in this
Agreement,  Kuni does not  grant  AVT the power or authority to make or give any
agreement,  statement, representation, warranty or other commitment on behalf of
Kuni,  or  to  enter  into  any  contract  or  otherwise  incur any liability or
obligation,  express  or implied, on  behalf of Kuni, or to transfer, release or
waive  any  right  title  or  interest  of  Kuni.

     2.5     Reservation of Rights.  All rights not specifically granted to Kuni
             ---------------------
hereunder are reserved by AVT.  Except as provided in this Agreement, Kuni shall
have  no  right whatsoever to utilize, receive, review, or otherwise have access
to the source code for the Products distributed by AVT in object code form only.

     2.6     Changes  in  products  and  Support.  AVT reserves the right at any
             -----------------------------------
time  without  liability  or prior notice to (i) determine what constitutes each
Product,  including,  but  not  limited  to  its  features,  characteristics,
documentation and related materials; (ii) discontinue its distribution of any or
all Products or discontinue  distribution  of any Product to the retail channel,
which may include, but not be limited  to, discontinuation due to the grant to a
third party  of  the  copyright or exclusive distribution or marketing rights to
one  or  more  Products;  (iii)  change  or terminate any of the features of the
Products,  or  (iv)  change or terminate the level or type of support or service
which  AVT  makes  available  for  each  Product.

     2.7     Other  Products.  In  the  event  that  AVT  creates,  develops,
             ---------------
localizes,  obtains  or  licenses  any Other Product, the parties agree that AVT
will  automatically  grant  to  Kuni  non-transferable licenses to engage in the
those  activities  set  forth  in  Section  2.3 above with respect to such Other
Product  and  upon  the  acceptance  by  Kuni,  at  its  sole  option  of  those
non-transferable  licenses,  such Other Product shall become a Product and, as a
result, each of the parties hereto shall enjoy all of the rights and obligations
created  hereunder  with  respect  to  that new Product.  In the event that Kuni
determines  not  to accept such non-transferable license to distribute the Other
Product,  then  Kuni  shall  notify  AVT in writing and AVT shall be entitled to
license  such  Other  Product for distribution in the Territory to a third party
that  which  is  acceptable  to  Kuni.

     2.8     Affiliates  of  Kuni.  Kuni may transfer, assign, or sublicense the
             --------------------
rights and licenses granted hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates, and each

                                        6
<PAGE>
such Affiliate may  correspondingly  transfer, assign, or sublicense such rights
and licenses  to any other subsidiaries of Kuni, provided in each case that such
Affiliates  agree  to  be  bound  by  the  terms  of  this  Agreement.

     2.9     Ancillary  Rights.  The rights and licenses granted hereunder shall
include  the  right  and  license to copy and display all pictorial, graphic, or
audio-visual  works created as a result of the development or preparation of the
Products,  even if such pictorial, graphic, or audio-visual works are created by
or  with other programming or through other means, provided, however, that it is
understood by the parties hereto that AVT is not transferring any rights to Kuni
pertaining  to  any  third  party  content  of  AVT  in  using  a  Product.

     2.10  Patent  Rights.  AVT  further  grants  to  Kuni,  its successors, and
           ---------------
assigns,  and  any  sublicensees  and  customers,  a  world-wide.  royalty-free,
irrevocable  and  non-exclusive  immunity  from  suit under any patents owned or
licensable by Kuni at any time during the term of this Agreement and solely with
respect  to  any  changes  made  by  Kuni  to  AVT's  Products  pursuant to this
Agreement,  as  necessary  for  Kuni  to  exercise any other rights and licenses
granted  under  this  Agreement.

     3.     Royalties  and  Payments.
            ------------------------

     3.1     Royalties.  Kuni  shall pay AVT a royalty payment (the "Royalties")
             ---------
of  twenty  percent  (20%)  of  its Net Revenue derived from its exercise of the
license  rights  set  forth  in  Section  2  above.  If Kuni is distributing any
Product or Kuni Derivative Work in a Kuni Bundle, the Royalty payable by Kuni to
AVT  shall  be  calculated  as  follows:

     where:     r  is  the  Royalty  payable  by  Kuni  to  AVT
                a  is  the  AVT  Web  Site  List Price of the Product(s) or Kuni
                   Derivative Work(s),
                b  is  the  total AVT Web List Price of all the Kuni Products in
                   the  Kuni  Bundle, including  the  Product(s)  and  the  Kuni
                   Derivative  Work(s),  and
                c  is  the  total Net Revenue received by Kuni from the sale and
                   distribution  of  the  Kuni  Bundle.

     (b)     AVT  has represented to Kuni that AVT has entered into distribution
agreements  with  each  of  Hewlett  Packard  Company,  Arcsoft,  Inc.,  SyQuest
Technology, Inc., Creative Labs, Inc., New Media Corporation, Sony Inc., Seattle
Filmworks,  Inc  and  Visioneer, Inc.  Furthermore, each party hereto recognizes
that  such  party  may  enter  into  binding  distribution  agreements  with
manufacturers  (collectively,  "OEMs")  and  software  development  companies
(collectively,  "Developers"),  and  that certain provisions of such OEMs and/or
Developers  may  come  into  conflict  with  the

                                        7
<PAGE>
restrictions  set  forth  in  Section  2.3  above (collectively, the "Developers
Agreements").  In  such event the parties agree that notwithstanding the formula
set forth in subparagraph (a) above, upon the sale, distribution or marketing of
any  Kuni  Localized  Version  of  any  Product  by  any OEM or Developer in the
Territory  then  (i) if the proceeds of such sale are recouped by Kuni then Kuni
shall  be obligated to disburse to AVT an amount equal to twenty percent (20.0%)
of  the  moneys earned by Kuni under such Developers Agreements from the sale of
any  Kuni  Localized  Version  of  any  Product in the Territory and (ii) if the
proceeds  of  such  sale  are  recouped  by  AVT  then AVT shall be obligated to
disburse  to Kuni an amount equal to eighty percent (90.0%) of the moneys earned
by  AVT  under  such  Developers  Agreements from the sale of any Kuni Localized
Version  of  any  Product  in  the  Territory.

     3.2     Guarantee  of  Minimum  Revenue.  Kuni  agrees  that  during  each
successive  six  (6) month period after the effective date of this Agreement, it
will  achieve  the  Minimum  Revenue Quota. If Kuni fails to achieve the Minimum
Revenue  Quota  in  any  six month period, AVT will give Kuni notice thereof and
Kuni may, within 30 days of receipt of such notice, elect to make payment to AVT
of  such  shortfall.  In  the  event that Kuni elects not to make such shortfall
payment,  AVT  may  terminate the exclusivity portion of this Agreement (Section
2.3) upon giving Kuni thirty days written notice thereof and Kuni shall become a
non-exclusive  distributor  of  the AVT Products in the Territory with the right
(i)  to continue to distribute the Products in the Territory for the duration of
the Agreement or (ii) terminate the Agreement and the provisions of Section 11.2
shall  apply.

     3.3     Kuni  shall  pay  to  AVT  the  Royalties together with a statement
detailing  such  payment  within thirty (30) days after the end of-each calendar
quarter  ending  March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 during the term
of  this  Agreement.

     3.4     Promotional  Materials  and  Advertising.  Kuni  shall  use  its
             -----------------------------------------
commercially  reasonable  efforts  to maximize customer sales of the Products by
providing  marketing  support,  product  promotion,  and local customer service,
including  a Japan-based sales training program and Japanese-language literature
for  the  Kuni  Derivative  Work.

     3.5     Currency.  Kuni  shall  pay  AVT  the  Royalties  in  United States
             --------
currency, in cash or demand draft, at AVT's United States offices.  In the event
that  the  Royalties payable to AVT hereunder are determined on the basis of the
suggested  list  prices  in the currency of Japan, the rate of exchange shall be
the  rate  in  effect  on  the  date such payment is due.  In the event that any
currency  controls imposed by the government of Japan do not allow payment to be
made  by Kuni to AVT in United States dollars, Kuni shall notify AVT of the same
immediately, and if so instructed by AVT, deposit all monies due to AVT to AVT's
account  in  a  bank  in  Japan of AVT's choice.  If any currency legislation or
exchange controls under applicable law preclude Kuni from making payments to AVT
in United States dollars for a period exceeding ninety (90) days, AVT shall have
right  to  terminate  this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that  such

                                        8
<PAGE>
termination  shall  not  relieve  Kuni  of  its  Payment  Obligations hereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, AVT shall have the unqualified right, at any time
or times, to notify Kuni in writing to make any Royalty payment due and payable,
or  any  part  thereof,  to  be  paid  to  AVT in an alternative manner, form or
currency,  and  Kuni  shall  comply with such notice subject to Kuni's necessary
compliance  with  the  laws  of  Japan  and/or  any  other  applicable  laws.

     3.6     Withholding. In the event that Kuni is required to taxes on amounts
payable  to  AVT  in  accordance with this Agreement put laws and regulations of
Japan,  Kuni  shall be entitled to deduct and withhold( unless AVT shall furnish
to  Kuni  duly  executed forms sufficient under the laws of Japan to exempt sums
payable  to  AVT  hereunder  from  such taxes, in withhold herein provided, Kuni
shall  furnish  AVT  with  a  certificate of deduction an and a true copy of the
governmental  receipt  establishing  the  payment  thereof.  Kuni  shall further
obtain  and furnish to AVT on a timely basis official tax receipts or such other
evidence  of  payment  as  AV-r  may be required to submit in order to establish
AVT's  right  to  a foreign tax credit with respect to its United States federal
income  tax  liability.

     4.     Duties  of  AVT

     4.1     Delivery of Products and Development Environment. AVT shall deliver
to Kuni a complete and updated version of the Products including all Source Code
to  the  Code  portion  of  the  Products and the Development Environment within
thirty  (30)  days  after  the  execution  of  the  Agreement.

     4.2     On-going  Training  AVT  shall provide to Kuni's software engineers
             ------------------
reasonable  on-going support and training during the term of this Agreement.  In
particular, Kuni's software engineers must be trained concerning any Upgrades to
the Products within thirty (30) days of such implementation, Such training shall
be  provided  at  the  offices  of  AVT and in the event that Kuni requires such
initial training to be conducted in Japan instead, Kuni shall be responsible for
any  additional  costs  of  conducting  such  training  in  Japan.

     4.3     Third  Party  Assistance.  AVT  shall  have  no  objection  to  the
provision  of  technical  assistance  regarding  the Products to Kuni by a third
party  not  located within the United States.  Kuni shall contract directly with
such  third  Party  and shall be responsible for all payments to the third party
for  such  technical  assistance.

     4.4     On-going commitment.   AVT shall during the term of this Agreement,
provide  Kuni  with  timely  supply  of  high  quality  Upgrades  or Maintenance
Modifications  to  the  Products.  AVT  shall  further  use  its commercial best
efforts  to provide new products and develop product improvements and extensions

     5.     Duties  of  Kuni.
            ----------------

                                        9
<PAGE>
     5.1     Development  of  Japanese Localized Versions.  Kuni shall use
             --------------------------------------------
reasonable  efforts to obtain and use Code necessary for the use, production and
development of  the  Japanese  Localized  Versions  of the Products and the Kuni
Derivative Works.  The Japanese Localized Versions and the Kuni Derivative Works
shall be based upon the Products or well known standards and techniques used for
the  Products  that  have  been  published  by  AVT.

     5.2     Marketing  Materials  Kuni  shall use best efforts to publicize and
             --------------------
market  the  Kuni  Derivative Works, including the creation and distribution of,
among  other things, Japanese literature and customary marketing and promotional
materials therefor.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Kuni will
advertise  the  Kuni  Derivative  Works  in appropriate media and participate in
trade  shows,  conferences,  expositions, and promotional seminars, all with due
consideration  for the local marketing environment in Japan.  Kuni shall conduct
its  marketing  activities in a lawful manner with the highest standards of fair
trade,  fair  competition, and business ethics, and shall cause its employees to
do  the  same.

     5.3     Personnel.  Kuni shall use reasonable efforts to train salesmen and
customer  support  personnel in the maintenance, support and use of the Products
including providing at least one (1) manager or specialist whose duties shall be
solely  to  manage  and  service  the  Products.

     5.4     Program  Reproduction  and Distribution.  Kuni shall be responsible
             ---------------------------------------
for  reproduction  (including  all costs related thereto) of the Kuni Derivative
Works, as well as the AVT End User license agreement, registration card and such
other  inserted  materials  as may be reasonably requested by AVT.  From time to
time  as  reasonably  requested  by  AVT,  Kuni shall provide to AVT (Attention:
Business  Development)  sample  packages  and  promotional  materials  relating
thereto,  so that AVT can verify that the quality of Kuni's reproduction, use of
AVT's trademarks, and application of the proprietary notices required hereunder,
is  comparable  to  that of AVT's own reproduction and use or otherwise complies
with  the  terms  hereof.  Kuni  agrees  to  treat  all AVT Products at least as
favorably  as  it  treats  any  other  products  distributed  by  Kuni  that are
competitive  with  any  AVT Product.  Specifically, Kuni agrees that it will not
market  or  promote any AVT Product or any other product in a manner that states
or  could be reasonably interpreted to imply that the AVT Product is inferior or
secondary  to  the  other product.  For example, Kuni will not market or promote
any  other  product as "preferred", "premier', "primary" or the like as compared
with  the  AVT  Products.

     5.5     After  Sales  Support.  Kuni shall have the sole responsibility for
             ---------------------
all  after  sales and support services for the Kuni Derivative Works distributed
by  Kuni,  and shall provide comprehensive technical assistance to the End Users
thereof.  Kuni  shall  perform  and provide to End Users such warranty and other
maintenance  services  as  reasonably  specified  by  AVT  from  time  to  time.

     5.6     Quarterly  Reports.        Kuni  shall  provide  AVT with quarterly
             ------------------
financial  reports  with respect to the calculation and payment of the Royalties
by  Kuni

                                       10
<PAGE>
together with the payment of Royalties to which it relates.  In addition to such
financial  reports,  Kuni  shall  provide  AVT with a list of all registered End
Users  of  the Kuni Derivative Works, so far as such information is available to
Kuni.  Kuni  shall  also  provide  AVT  with  a  written  or oral summary of its
marketing  activities  with  respect  to the Kuni Derivative Works, of competing
products  and  activities  in the Territory, and, upon the reasonable request of
AVT,  any  additional information concerning the distribution of Kuni Derivative
Works  within  the  Territory.

     5.7     Competing  Products.  For  the  term  of  this Agreement, Kuni will
             -------------------
refrain  from  distributing,  marketing  or  promoting any Competitive Products,
provided,  however,  that nothing in this Section 5.7 shall prohibit or restrict
           -------
Kuni  from  distributing any Competitive Products that are packaged or "bundled"
with other products such as personal computers, printers, add-on boards, modems,
and other computer hardware or with value added application, utility or software
or  with books and other publications of any other entity with whom (i) Kuni has
an  existing relationship, or (ii) with whom Kuni forms a relationship after the
execution  of  this  Agreement  if at the time that such relationship is formed,
such  entity  is  not  the  owner  or  developer  of  a  Competitive  Product.

     6.     Proprietary  Protection.  Kuni  acknowledges  that  the  Source Code
            -----------------------
Documentation  and  the  Development  Environment  consist  of  Confidential
Information of AVT.  Kuni shall treat the Confidential Information in confidence
and  shall  not  use, copy, or disclose them, nor permit any of its personnel to
use,  copy,  or  disclose  them,  for  any  purposes  that  are not specifically
contemplated  by  this  Agreement,

     7.     Representations  and  Warranties.
            --------------------------------

     7.1     Right and Authority. AVT represents and warrants that (i) it is the
             -------------------
owner  of  the Products, including, without limitation, the Code, Documentation,
and  Development Environment, including all intellectual property rights therein
under copyright, patent, trademark, @e secret, and other applicable law; (ii) it
has the fall and sufficient right and authority to grant the rights and licenses
granted  here,  (iii)  the  Code and Documentation have not been published under
circumstances  that  have  caused  loss of any U.S. or other patent or copyright
therein;  and  (iv)  the Code, Documentation and Development Environment, to the
best  of  AVT's  knowledge,  do  not  infringe  any  patent,  copyright or other
intellectual  property  right  of  any  third  party.

     7.2     Adequacy  of  Source  Code  and  Development  Environment.  AVT
             ---------------------------------------------------------
represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, (i) the Source Code,
it  and  the  Development  Environment  delivered  to  Kuni  are  and  shall  be
understandable  and  usable by trained computer-programming personnel; (ii) such
Code  does  not involve any proprietary languages or programming components that
such  personnel  could  not reasonably be expected to understand; and (iii) such
Source  Code,  Documentation  and the Development Environment include all of the
devices,  programming and documentation necessary used by AVT in the development
of  the  products.

                                       11
<PAGE>
     7.3     Conformity,  Performance  and  Compliance.  AVT  represents  and
             -----------------------------------------
to the best of its knowledge,  (i) the Code and Documentation to be delivered to
AVT  hereunder  have been prepared in a workmanlike manner and with professional
diligence and skill: (ii)  such  Code  and  Documentation  will  function on the
machines and with  operating  systems  for which they are designed and (iii) the
Code and Documentation when delivered to Kuni conform to their specifications in
all material  respects,  and are free from defects in materials and workmanship.

     7.4     Scope  of  Warranty  and  Representations.
             ------------------------------------------

     (a)     Except  as  set  forth in this Section 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and in Section
12.1 hereof, AVT makes no warranties or representations as to the performance of
the  Product(s) to Kuni or to any other person, except as set forth in AVTs form
limited  warranty  (the  "Limited Warranty") which is included with Alta Vista's
End  User  product  packages.  AVT reserves the right to change the warranty and
service  policy  set  forth in such Limited Warranty, or otherwise, at any time,
without  further  notice  and  without  liability  to  Kuni or any other person.

     (b)     AVT  does  not  warrant  the  output  of the Product(s) to meet the
standards  or  requirements  that  may be applicable to any End User's business.
Except  as  herein  provided,  AVT  does  not make or give any representation or
warranty  with respect to the usefulness or the efficiency of the Product(s), it
being  understood  that  the  degree  of  success with which equipment, software
programs  and materials can be applied to data processing is dependent upon many
factors,  many  of  which  are  not  under  AVT's  control.

     7.5     Kuni  Representation.  Kuni represents and warrants that it has had
             --------------------
a fall opportunity to test the operation of each Product and to verify that such
Product  runs  properly  on  Japanese  operating  platforms.  AVT  makes  no
representation  or  warranty  that the Product(s) will run on Japanese operating
platforms  or  that  the Product(s) will run on the Japanese operating platforms
fully  in  accordance  with  the  End  User  Documentation  specifications.

     8.     Audit  Rights.  Each  party  shall have the right during the term of
this Agreement, to engage an independent auditor to review the books and records
of  the  other  party to determine the accuracy of the Royalties set forth above
and  otherwise  to  verify  the  audited  party's Net Revenue for the purpose of
verifying the auditing and the audited parties' performance of their obligations
hereunder,  upon  five  (5) days written notice to the party to be audited.  The
cost  of  such  audits  shall be home by the auditing party.  Any audit shall be
conducted  during  customary  business  hours at any premises where the relevant
books  and  records  may be located.  In addition, each party agrees to maintain
accurate  books  and  records  concerning  all  transactions  relating  to their
respective  obligations  and duties under this Agreement for a period of two (2)
years  following  the  expiration  or termination of this Agreement.  Each party
shall  have  the  right  for  up  to two (2) years after the termination of this
Agreement,  to  audit  the  other  party's  books  and  records.

                                       12
<PAGE>
     9.     Intellectual  Property  Rights
            ------------------------------

     9.1     Owndership of Intellectual Property Rights. Kuni acknowledges AVT's
             -------------------------------------------
exclusive  right, title and interest in and to any and all Intellectual Property
Rights  in and to the Products and Licensed Marks, and Kuni will not at any time
do  or cause to be done any act or thing impairing or tending to impair any part
of  said  right,  title  and interest.  Kuni acknowledges and agrees that all of
such  Intellectual  Property  Rights shall remain the exclusive property of AVT.
AVT  agrees  that Kuni shall own all right, title and interest in and to any and
all  Intellectual  Property  Rights  in  or  relating  to  any software or other
materials added to the Products that were necessary to create the Kuni Localized
Japanese  Versions  or  Kuni  Derivative  Works  ("New  Kuni Matter").  Upon the
expiration or termination of this Agreement, AVT may at its option, purchase any
or all of the New Kuni Matter at a price (the "Purchase Price") to be determined
as  set  forth  herein,

Purchase  Price=x(1.15)^a
- -------------------------

WHERE  X  IS  THE AGGREGATE COST INCURRED BY KUNI IN DEVELOPING CREATING THE NEW
KUNI  MATTER AND A IS THE NUMBER OF ROUNDED UP TO A WHOLE NUMBER, OF THE TERM OF
THIS  AGREEMENT  PRIOR  TO  TERMINATION.

     9.2     Copyright  Notices.  Kuni agrees to include AVT's copyright notices
             -------------------
and/or  trademark  notices  in the Kuni Derivative Works and shall not market or
license  the Products under any other name, sign or logo.  Kuni also agrees that
during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter it will not register
or  use  any  of  AVT's  trademarks or trade names or any word, symbol or design
confusingly  similar thereto, as part of its corporate name.Kuni will assist AVT
in  obtaining registration of the tradenames and trademarks in AVT's name or, if
necessary,  Kuni's rights to make use of AVT's tradenames and trademarks as part
of  Kuni's  marketing  activities.

     10.     Prosecution  and  Defense  of  Infringement  Claims
             ---------------------------------------------------

     10.1     Notice and Prosecution of Infringement of Licensed Marks . AVT and
              --------------------------------------------------------
Kuni  shall  each  provide  the  other  with  prompt  notice  of  any  apparent
infringement  of  the Licensed Marks including any Kuni Derivative Work thereof,
any  petition  to  cancel  any  registration  of  any  of the Licensed Marks, or
attempted use of or any application to register any mark confusingly similar to,
or  a  colorable  imitation  of,  any  of the Licensed Marks of which it becomes
aware.  AVT  shall  have  primary  responsibility  to:

     (a)     Institute  and  prosecute  any actions for such infringement of the
Licensed  Marks;

     (b)     Defend  any  petition  to  cancel  any  registration  of any of the
Licensed  Marks;  and

                                       13
<PAGE>
     (c)     Oppose any attempted use of or any application to register any mark
confusingly  similar to, or a colorable imitation of, any of the Licensed Marks.

     Any  damages  and  costs  recovered  through  such proceedings shall belong
          -------
exclusively  to  AVT  and  AVT  shall  be  solely  responsible for all costs and
expenses  (including  attorney's  fees)  of  prosecuting such actions; provided,
however,  that  if  AVt  recovers  damages  in an action for infringement of the
Licensed  Marks,  Kuni  shall  be  entitled to receive an equitable share of the
damages  recovered  and,  provided  it exercises such entitlement, Kuni shall be
obligated  to  contribute  its  proportionate  share  of  the costs and expenses
(including  attorney  fees) incurred in connection with the recovery of damages,
which  sums  shall be deducted from such recovered damages and paid to AVT. Kuni
shall  provide  AVT with reasonably requested assistance in connection with such
proceedings,  and  AVT  shall reimburse Kuni's reasonable out-of-pocket costs of
providing  such  assistance.  AVT  shall keep Kuni informed of the status of any
proceeding  and  supply  Kuni  with any reasonably requested documents regarding
such  proceedings.

     10.2     Kuni  Right  to  Institute  Infringement Actions. In the event AVT
does  not  institute  and  prosecute any action for infringement of the Licensed
Marks,  defend  any  petition  to cancel any registration of any of the Licensed
Marks,  or  oppose  any attempted use of or any application to register any mark
confusingly  similar  to, or a colorable imitation of, any of the Licensed Marks
within  a reasonable period of time (having due regard for the protection of the
Licensed  Marks), Kuni shall have the right to do so, but only in the Territory,
but  shall  not  be  obligated to, either in its own name or in the name of AVT.
Any  damages or costs recovered through such proceeding shall belong exclusively
to  Kuni,  and  Kuni  shall  be  solely  responsible  for all costs and expenses
(including  attorney's  fees) of prosecuting such proceeding.  If Kuni elects to
prosecute  an  alleged  infringement,  Kuni  shall  obtain AVT's approval before
entering  into  any  compromise,  settlement or stipulation with respect to such
proceeding,  which  approval  AVT  shall  not  unreasonably  withhold.

     11.     Term  and  Termination.
             ----------------------

     I1.1     Term  of  Agreement  and  Renewal.  This  Agreement  shall  become
              ------------------------  --------
effective on the first day that it has been executed by both parties and, unless
sooner  terminated  hereunder,  shall  remain  in force for a period of five (5)
years.  This Agreement may be further renewed for such period as the parties may
mutually  agree.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall  be interpreted as requiring
either  party  to  renew  or  extend  this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  other
provisions of this Section 11, or any other provisions of this Agreement, and in
addition  to  any  other  rights  to terminate set forth in this Agreement, this
Agreement  may  be  terminated prior to the expiration of its stated term as set
forth  below.

                                       14
<PAGE>
     11.2     Termination.  Either  party  may also terminate this Agreement, by
giving  written  notice  to  the  other  party upon the occurrence of any of the
following events:

     (a)     Material  breach  of  this  Agreement  by  either  party;

     (b)     The enactment of any law, decree, or regulation by any governmental
unit  within  the  Territory or the United States which would impair or restrict
(i)  the right of either party to terminate or elect not to renew this Agreement
as  herein  provided,  (ii)  either  party's  right,  title  or  interest in the
Intellectual  Property  Rights  as  provided  herein,  or  (iii) AVT's rights to
receive  the  royalties  as  set  forth  in  Section  3  of  this  Agreement; or

     (c)     Upon  the  acquisition of direct or indirect control of Kuni by any
person  which  manufactures  or  markets products competing or likely to compete
with  the  Products  or  the  Kuni  Derivative  Works.

     11.3     Automatic  Termination.  This  Agreement terminates automatically,
              ---------
with  no  further  action by either party, if a receiver is appointed for either
party  or  its property, either party makes an assignment for the benefit of its
creditors,  any  proceedings are commenced by, for or against either party under
any  bankruptcy, insolvency or debtor's relief law or either party is liquidated
or  dissolved.

     11.4     Effect  of  Termination.
              -----------------------

     (a)     Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, regardless of
the  cause  thereof,  the  parties  shall  abide  by  and  uphold  any rights or
obligations  accrued  or  existing on the date of termination or expiration, and
the  parties  agree to continue to cooperate with each other and to carry out an
orderly  termination  of  their  relations.

     (b)     Without  limiting  the generality of Section 11.4(a), within thirty
(30)  days  after  such termination or expiration, (i) Kuni shall pay to AVT all
sums  then due and owing, (ii) the due date of all outstanding invoices, if any,
will  automatically  be  accelerated  so that they become due and payable on the
effective  date  of  termination,  even  if  longer  terms  had  been  provided
previously,  (iii)  Kuni  shall  promptly  pay  to AVT any other sums that shall
become  subsequently  due  and  owing as they become due and owing, and (iv) all
orders  for  the Product or portions thereof remaining undelivered to Kuni as of
the  effective date of termination shall automatically be cancelled, unless Kuni
is  obligated  to  deliver  such order to a Dealer or End User under an existing
written  purchase  order.

     (c)     Upon  such  termination  or  expiration,  (i)  Kuni  will cease all
display,  advertising and use of the Licensed Marks and will not thereafter use,
advertise  or  display  any  of  the Licensed Marks; (ii) Kuni shall discontinue
marketing  and  reproduction  of  the  Kuni  Derivative Works and shall promptly
return  and  make  no

                                       15
<PAGE>
further  use  of  property,  materials  and  other  items and all copies thereof
belonging  to  AVT  relating to this Agreement, and (iii) Kuni shall destroy all
copies  of  Kuni  Derivative Works reproduced hereunder and not yet distributed,
and  shall  furnish  to AVT an affidavit signed by an officer of Kuni certifying
that,  to  the best of its knowledge, such return or destruction, has been fully
effected.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  and  provided  Kuni  fulfils  its
obligations specified in this Agreement with respect to such materials, Kuni may
continue  to use and retain copies of the Kuni Derivative Works and the Products
to  the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to support the Kuni Derivative
Works  rightfully  distributed  to End Users by Kuni prior to the termination of
this  Agreement.  Upon  such  termination or expiration, and upon AVT's request,
Kuni  shall  return  any  confidential  information  provided  by AVT hereunder.

     (d)     Notwithstanding termination or expiration of this Agreement, Or any
Addendum  hereto,  all  End  User  License  Agreements  which have been properly
granted  pursuant  to Section 2.1(e) of this Agreement prior to such termination
or  expiration  shall  survive.

     (e)     Upon  expiration  or  termination of this Agreement, for any reason
whatsoever,  neither party shall have any further obligations to the other party
other  than  those  set  forth  in     this  Section  11.  Without  limiting the
generality  of the foregoing, neither party shall     not be liable to the other
party for, and each party hereby expressly waives all rights to, compensation or
damages  of  any  kind, in connection with the expiration or termination of this
Agreement,  whether  on  account  of  the  loss  by  such  party  of  present or
prospective profits, commissions, anticipated orders, expenditures, investments,
or  commitments  made in connection with this Agreement, goodwill created, or on
account  of  any  other  reason  whatsoever.

     12.     Indemnification.
             ---------------

     12.1     Scope  of AVT's Indemnification.  AVT hereby indemnifies and holds
              -------------------------------
harmless  Kuni,  its  successors  and assigns, including any customers, from any
loss,  liability,  claim  or  damage  regarding  the  Code,  Documentation  or
Development  Environment  supplied  hereunder,  based  on  any actual or alleged
infringement  of  a  patent,  copyright,  @e  secret,  or  other  intellectual
proprietary  right  of  any  third  party.  If such claim arises, or if in AVT's
judgment  is  likely  to  arise,  Kuni  agrees to allow AVT, at AVT's option, to
procure  the  right  for  Kuni  to  continue to exercise its rights and licenses
granted herein, or to replace or modify them in a functionally equivalent manner
so  they  become  noninfringing.  The foregoing remedial actions, however, shall
not  relieve  AVT  of  its  indemnity  obligations  with  respect  to  any loss,
liability,  or  damage  that may be incurred with respect to the Products unless
such  loss,  liability  or  damage arises from or is based upon (a) use of other
than  the  current  unaltered  release  of  any  of  the  Products,  or  (b) the
combination,  operation  or  use  of any of the Products with equipment, data or
programming  not  supplied  by AVT, if such loss, liability or damage would have
been  avoided  but  for  such  use,  operation  or  combination.

                                       16
<PAGE>
     12.2     Scope of Kuni's Indemnification. Kuni shall indemnify and hold AVT
              -------------------------------
and  its  shareholders,  managers,  officers,  directors,  agents  and employees
harmless  against  any  and all losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses
(including  reasonable attorneys' fees) resulting from (i) any breach by Kuni of
this Agreement or any duty, warranty or obligation hereunder; (ii) any breach by
any  Dealer  of  the  sub-license and subdistribution agreement with Kuni or any
duty,  warranty  or  obligation  thereunder; (iii) any claim that may be made by
reason of any  act  or  omission  of  Kuni or any of its shareholders, managers,
officers, directors,  agents,  employees subdistributors and representatives; or
(iv) any claim  of  any  Dealer  made  against  AVT  for  any reason whatsoever.

     13.  Miscellaneous.
          -------------

     13.1     Survival  of  Warranties.  The  warranties.  representations,  and
              ------------------------
covenants  of the parties hereto contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement
shall  survive  the execution and delivery of this Agreement and shall in no way
be  affected  by  any  investigation of the subject matter thereof made by or on
behalf  of  the  parties  hereto.

     13.2  Successors  and  Assigns.  Neither  party  hereto  may  assign  this
           ------------------------
Agreement  or  any  of  its  rights  or obligations hereunder (including without
limitation  its  rights and duties of performance) to any third party Or entity,
and this Agreement may not be involuntarily assigned or assigned by operation of
law  or change of control, without the prior written consent of the other party,
which  consent  shall  be  given  or withheld by such non-assigning party in the
exercise  of  its  sole  discretion.  The  foregoing  shall  be  interpreted  as
including,  but  not  being  limited  to,  the right of AVT to withdraw from the
market  one  or  more Products in Exhibit A attached hereto from this Agreement.
                                  ---------
This  Agreement  shall  be  binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the
parties  hereto  and,  except as otherwise provided herein, its respective legal
successors and permitted assigns, Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied,
is  intended  to  confer  upon  any party other than the parties hereto or their
respective  successors  and  assigns  any  right,  remedies,  obligations,  or
liabilities  under  or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided
in  this  Agreement.

     13.3     Governing  Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
              --------------
under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California.

     13.4     Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two or more
              ------------
counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be  deemed  an original, but all of which
together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.

     13.5     Titles  and  Subtitles.  The  titles  and  subtitles  used in this
              ----------------------
Agreement  are  used  for  convenience  only  and  are  not  to be considered in
construing  or  interpreting  this  Agreement.

     13.6     Notices.  Unless  otherwise  provided,  any  notice  required  or
              -------
permitted  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in writing and shall be deemed
effectively

                                       17
<PAGE>
given  upon  personal  delivery  to  the  party  to be notified or five (5) days
following deposit with the United States Post Office, or ten (10) days following
deposit  with  the  Japanese  Postal  Service,  as  applicable, by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the party to be notified at the
address  indicated for such party on the signature page hereof, or at such other
address  as such party may designate by ten (10) days' advance written notice to
the  other  party.

     13.7     Finder's Fee. Each party represents that it neither is nor will be
obligated for any finder's or broker's fee or commission in connection with this
transaction.

     13.8     Expenses/Attorneys'  Fees.  Each  party  shall  pay  all costs and
              --------------------------
expenses  that  it  incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery,
and  performance  of  this  Agreement.  If  any  action  at  law or in equity is
necessary  to  enforce  or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing
party  shall  be  entitled  to  reasonable attorneys' fees, costs, and necessary
disbursements  in  addition  to  any  other  relief  to  which such party may be
entitled.

     13.9     Amendments and Waivers.  Any term of this Agreement may be amended
              ----------------------
and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally
or  in  a  particular  instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only
with the written consent of each of the parties hereto.  Any amendment or waiver
effected  in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of
any securities purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding (including
securities  into  which such securities are convertible), and each future holder
of  all  such  securities.

     13.10     Severability.  If  one  or  more provisions of this Agreement are
               ------------
held  to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded
from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if
such  provision  was so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.  WITHOUT  LIMITING  THE  FOREGOING, IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED
THAT EACH AND EVERY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT WHICH PROVIDES FOR A LMTATION OF
LIABILITY,  DISCLAIMER  OF WARRANTIES OR EXCLUSION OF DAMAGES IS INTENDED BY THE
PARTIES  TO  BE  SEVERABLE  AND  INDEPENDENT  OF  ANY  OTHER PROVISION AND TO BE
ENFORCED  AS  SUCH.  FURTHER,  IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT IN THE
EVENT  ANY  REMEDY  HEREUNDER  IS  DETERMINED  TO  HAVE  FAILED OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE,  ALL LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND EXCLUSION OF DAMAGES SET FORTH HEREIN
SHALL  REMAIN  IN  FULL  FORCE  AND  EFFECT.

     13.11     Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement and the documents referred to
               -----------------
herein  constitute  the entire agreement among the parties and no party shall be
liable  or  bound  to  any  other  party  in  any  manner  by  any  warranties,
representations,  or  covenants  except  as  specifically  set  forth  herein or
therein.

                                       18
<PAGE>
     13.12     Confidentiality.  Each  of AVT and Kuni hereby agrees to maintain
               ---------------
the  confidentiality  of  the  terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the
facts,  contentions,  and  allegations of the parties related to this Agreement,
and  shall  not  disclose,  discuss,  or  comment on the same to any third party
except as may be necessary for the implementation of this Agreement or as may be
otherwise required  by  the order of any judicial or administrative tribunal, or
as  may  be required to comply with applicable laws, regulations or requirements
of  any  self  regulatory  organization.

     13.13     Arbitration.  In  the event of any future dispute, controversy or
claim  between  the  parties  arising  from  or  relating to this Agreement, its
breach,  or  any matter addressed by this Agreement, it will be resolved through
binding  confidential  arbitration  to  be conducted by the American Arbitration
Association in San Francisco, California, pursuant to its Commercial Arbitration
Rules,  and judgment upon the award Tendered by the Arbitrator(s) may be entered
by  any court having jurisdiction of the matter.  This paragraph shall not alter
the  right  of  the  parties  hereto to seek and obtain injunctive relief from a
court  of  law.

     13.14     Freely  Executed.  In  entering  into this Agreement, the parties
               ----------------
represent  and  warrant that they do so freely and voluntarily, after having had
the opportunity to meet and confer with their respective attorneys regarding the
contents  and  legal  effect  of  this  Agreement.

     13.15     English  Version  to  be  conclusive.  This  Agreement  is in the
               ------------------------------------
English  language only, which language shall be controlling in all respects, and
all  versions  hereof  in any other language shall not be binding on the parties
hereto.  All  communications  and  notices  to be made or given pursuant to this
Agreement  shall  be  in  the  English  language.

     13.16     Governmental  Approvals.  Kuni undertakes full responsibility for
               -----------------------
obtaining  all  Japanese  governmental  approvals  necessary  for  each party to
perform its obligations hereunder.  Kuni agrees to indemnify AVT against any and
all  claims, demands, actions, proceedings, investigations, losses, liabilities,
costs  or  expenses suffered or incurred by AVT wising out of or relating to any
failure  (whether  intentional or unintentional) by Kuni or any of its customers
to  obtain  any  such  governmental  approvals.

                                       19
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date fust
above  written.


                                         "AVT"
                                         ALTAVISTA  TECHNOLOGY,  INC.
                                         a  Califomia  corporation

                                         By: /S/ Jack Marshall
                                            -------------------------
                                            Jack Marshall, President:






                                         "KUNI"
                                         KUNI RESEARCH NTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
                                         a Japan corporation



                                         By: /S/ Iwao Deguchi
                                            -------------------------
                                            Iwao Deguchi, President

                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------
                                List of Products
All  past,  current  and future AVT multimedia email and web authoring software,
including,  without  limitation, Howdy!, the multimedia Internet postcard maker.
                                 ------

2.     WebCannon,  AVT's  Web  site  authoring  software

3.     All  Other  Web  Sites  that  host  images  that  AVT  Code  creates

                                       21
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT DI
                                   ----------
                           Corporate License Agreement

                                       22
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT-B2
                                    ---------
                           End User License Agreement

                                       23
<PAGE>

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                                     Between

               THE MANUFACTURERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, (U.S.A.)
                                 Company, Ltd.,


                                   As Landlord

                                       And

              Alta vista Technology, Inc., a California Corporation

                                    As Tenant


                                   Dated as of

                                  July 8, 1998








Property:

3oo  Orchard  City  Drive
Campbell,  California

Property  Number.  566


<PAGE>
                                      INDEX

                                                                            Page

1.  LEASED  PREMISES

2.  TERM

          (a)  Term
          (b)  Delay  in  Occupancy
          (c)  Overholding

3.  RENT

     (a)  Basic  Rent
     (b)  Additional  Rent
     (c)  Payment  -  Additional  Rent
     (d)  Recovery  of  Rent
     (e)  Accrual  of  Rent
     (f)  Limitations

4.  SECURITY  DEPOSIT

5.  GENERAL  COVENANTS

     4  (a)  Landlord's  Covenant
     (b)  Tenant's  Covenant

6.  USE  AND  OCCUPANCY

     (a)  TJ@
     (b)  Waste,  Nuisance,  etc
     (c)  Insurance  Risks
     (d)  Compliance  with  Law
     (e)  Environmental  Compliance
     (f)  Rules  and  Regulations

7.  ASSIGNMENT  AND  SUBLETTNG

     (a)     No  Assignment  and  Subletting
     (b)  Assignment,  Subletting  Procedures
     (c)     Excess  Transfer  Rent
     (d)     Assumption  of  obligations
     (e)Tenant's  Continuing  obligations
     (f)     Change  of  Control

<PAGE>
8.  REPAIR  AND  DAMAGE
     (a)  Landlord's  Repairs  to  Building  and  Property
     (b)  Landlord's  Repairs  to  the  Leased  Premises6
     (c)  Tenant's  Repairs
     (d)     Indemnification
     (e)     Damage  and  Destruction

9.  INSURANCE  AND  LIABILITY
     (a)  Landlords  Insurance
     (b)  Tenant's  Insurance
     (c)  Litigation  of  Landlord's  Liability
     (d)  Indemnity  of  Landlord
     (e)  Definition  of  "Insured  Damage"





                                       (I)

                                      INDEX

                                                                            Page
10.  EVENTS  OF  DEFAULT  AND  REMEDIES

     (a)  Events  of  Default  and  Remedies                                   9
     (b)  Payment  of  Rent  etc.  on  Termination                            10

     ADDITIONAL  PROVISIONS

     11.     Common  Areas                                                    11
     12.     Relocation  of  Leased  Premises                                 11
     13.     Subordination  and  Attornment                                   11
     14.     Certificates                                                     11
     15.     Inspection  of  and  Access  to  the  Leased  Premises           12
     16.     Delay                                                            12
     17.     Waiver                                                           12
     18.     Sale,  Demolition  and  Renovation                               12
     19.     Public  Taking                                                   13
     20.     Registration  of  Lease                                          13
     21.     Lease  Entire  Agreement                                         13
     22.     Notices                                                          13
     23.     Interpretation                                                   13
     24.     Extent  of  Lease  Obligations                                   14
     25.     Use  and  Occupancy  Prior  to  Term                             14
     26,     Limitation  on  Landlord  Liability                              14
     27.     Waiver  of  jury  Trial                                          15
     28.     Choice  of  Law                                                  15
     29.     Schedules                                                        15

<PAGE>
Definitions of Principal Terms    Paragraph     Page
Additional Rent                        3 (b)       2
Additional Services                    4 (b)     D-2
Basic Rent                             3 (a)       2
Building                                   1       1
Debts, Liabilities & Obligations           4       3
Fiscal Period                          3 (c)       2
Insured Damage                         9 (e)       9
Landlord                                        1,11
Landlord's Taxes                       2 (a)     C-1
Leased Premises                            1       1
Leasehold Improvements                     1     F-1
Landlord's Work                            2     F-1
Operating Costs                            5     D-2
Property                                   1       1
Public Taking                             19      13
Rent                                   3 (d)       3
Taxes                                  2 (b)     C-1
Tenant                                             1
Tenant's Proportionate Share            2(d)     C-2
Tenants Proportionate Share                7     D-3
Tenant's Taxes                         2 (e)     C-1
Team                                   2 (a)       1

<PAGE>
THIS  AGREEMENT  made  this  8th  day  of  July  1998.

BETWEEN:

          THE MANUFACTURERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.), a company domiciled
          in the State of  Michigan  and  having  an office at 200 Bloor  Street
          East, Toronto, Ontario M4W lE5, and having a local office at 865 South
          Figueroa Street, Suite 2,300 in the City of Los Angeles, California

                       (hereinafter called the "Landlord")


                                                              OF THE FIRST PART,

          --- and --
          Alta Vista Technology, Inc., a California Corporation

          having an office at
          1500 Dell Avenue in the City
          of Campbell, CA 95008

                        (hereinafter called the tenant")

                                                             OF THE SECOND PART,

In  consideration  of the rents, covenants and agreements hereinafter contained,
the  Landlord  and  Tenant  hereby  agree  as  follows:

                             1.     LEASED PREMISES

LEASED PREMISES  The  Landlord  does demise and lease to the Tenant the premises
     (the "Leased  Premises")  located in A building (the  "Building")  having a
     municipal  address of 300 Orchard  City Drive in the City of  Campbell  and
     known as Suite 142,  Water Tower a) (the  Leased  Premises,  the  Building,
     together  with the lands  described  in Schedule  "A"  attached  hereto and
     present and future improvements, additions and changes thereto being herein
     called the "Property").  The Leased Premises are located on the first list)
     floor(s) and the approximate  location is outlined in heavy black and cross
     hatched on the plan or plans marked  Schedule(s) "B1" attached hereto.  The
     parties agree that the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises is two thousand
     six  hundred  twenty-eight  square feet  (2,628  square  feet) and has been
     measured in accordance with the provisions of Schedule "B' attached hereto.

                                     2. TERM

     (a) TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the  Leased  Premises  for and  during  the term of
     three(3)years and zero (0) days (the "Tem") to be computed from the far day
     of September  1998,  and to be fully  complete and ended on the 31st day of
     August 2001, unless otherwise terminated.

     (b) If the Leased  Premises or any part thereof are not ready for occupancy
     on the  date  of  commencement  of the  Term,  no part  of the  "Rent"  (as
     hereinafter  defined) or only a  proportionate  part thereof,  in the event
     that the  Tenant  shall  occupy  a part of the  Leased  Premises,  shall be
     payable for the period  prior to the date when the entire  Leased  Premises
     are ready for occupancy and the full Rent shall accrue only after such last
     mentioned  date.  The Tenant agrees to accept any such abatement of Rent in
     full settlement of all claims

<PAGE>
     which the Tenant might  otherwise have by reason of the Leased Premises not
     being ready for occupancy on the date of commencement of the Term, provided
     that when the Landlord has completed contraction of such part of the Leased
     Premises as it is obliged  hereunder to construct,  the Tenant shall not be
     entitled to any  abatement  of Rent for any delay in  occupancy  due to the
     Tenant's  failure  or delay to provide  plans or to  complete  any  special
     installations  or other work  required for its purposes or due to any other
     reason,  nor shall the Tenant be entitled to any  abatement of Rent for any
     delay in occupancy if the Landlord has been unable to complete construction
     of the Leased Premises by reason of such failure or delay by the Tenant.  A
     certificate  of the Landlord as to the date the Leased  Premises were ready
     for occupancy and such  construction as the Landlord is obliged to complete
     is  substantially  completed,  or as to the date upon  which the same would
     have been  ready  for  occupancy  and  completed  respectively  but for the
     failure or delay of the  Tenant,  shall be  conclusive  and  binding on the
     Tenant and Rent in full shelf  seems and become  payable  from the date set
     out in the said certificate. Notwithstanding any

<PAGE>
     delay in occupancy, the expiry date of this Lease shall remain unchanged.

     (e) If at the  expiration  of the Term or sooner  termination  hereof,  the
     Tenant shall remain in possession  without any further written agreement or
     in circumstances where a tenancy would thereby be created by implication of
     law or  otherwise,  a tenancy  from year to year  shall not be  created  by
     implication  of law or  otherwise,  but the Tenant  shall be deemed to be a
     monthly  tenant  only,  at double  "Basic  Rent' (as  hereinafter  defined)
     payable monthly in advance plus "Additional Rene, (as hereinafter  defined)
     and otherwise  upon and subject to the same terms and  conditions as herein
     contained,   excepting  provisions  for  renewal  (if  any)  and  leasehold
     improvement  allowance (if any),  contained herein, and nothing,  including
     the acceptance of any Rent by the Landlord,  for periods other than monthly
     periods,  shall  extend this Lease to the  contrary  except an agreement in
     writing  between  the  Landlord  and  the  Tenant  and  the  Tenant  hereby
     authorizes  the  Landlord to apply any moneys  received  from the Tenant in
     payment of such monthly Rent,  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the event
     that the Tenant shall field over after the  expiration  of the Term and the
     Landlord shall desire to regain  possession of the Leased Premises promptly
     at the expiration of the Term, then the Landlord,  at its sole option,  may
     forthwith  re-enter  and take  possession  of the Leased  premises  without
     process,  or by any legal process in force, Tenant hereby expressly waiving
     any and all  notices  to cure or  vacate  or to quit  the  Leased  Premises
     provided by current or future law (except  for those  notices  specifically
     outlined in this Lease).

                                     3. RENT

BasicRent (a) (i) The Tenant shall without demand,  deduction or right of offset
     pay to the Landlord yearly and every year during the Term as rental (herein
     called "Basic Rent"),  the sum of  Thirty-Three  Thousand One Hundred Eight
     and Of)/100  Dollars  ($33,108.00)  of lawful money of the  jurisdiction in
     which the Leased Premises are located, in equal monthly installments of Two
     Thousand Seven Hundred  Fifty-Nine and 00/100 Dollars  ($2,759.00)  each in
     advance on the first day of each month during the Term,  the first  payment
     to be made on the 1st day of September 199B.

Increase in rent (ii)  Commencing on the 1st day of November l998 and continuing
     until the 3lst day of August  1999,  the Basic Rent shall be  increased  to
     Sixty-Six Thousand Two Hundred Twenty-Eight and 00/100 Dollars ($66,228.00)
     per annum of lawful money of the  jurisdiction in which the Leased Premises
     are located  payable in equal  monthly  installments  of Five Thousand Five
     Hundred  Nineteen  and 00/100  Dollars  ($5,519.00)  each in advance on the
     first day of each month  during the Term,  the first  payment to be made on
     the tat day of November 1998.

          (iii) Commencing on the 1st day of September l999 and continuing until
          the 3lst day of August  2OOO,  the Basic  Rent shall be  increased  to
          Sixty-Seven Thousand Eight Hundred and OO/100 Dollars ($67,800.00) per
          annum of lawful money of the jurisdiction in which the Leased Premises
          are located payable in equal monthly installments of Five Thousand Six
          Hundred Fifty and 00/100  Dollars  ($5,650.GO)  each in advance on the
          first day of each month during the Term,  the first payment to be made
          on the tat day of September 1999.

<PAGE>
          (iv) Commencing on the 1st day of September 2OOO and continuing  until
          the 3lst day of August  2001,  the Basic  Rent shall be  increased  to
          Sixty-Nine    Thousand   Three   Hundred    Eighty-Four   and   00/100
          Dollars($69,384.00)per annum of lawful money of the jurisdiction which
          the Leased Premises are located payable in equal monthly  installments
          of  Five  Thousand   Seven  Hundred   Eighty-Two  and  00/100  Dollars
          ($5,782.00)  each in advance on the first day of each month during the
          Term, the first payment to be made on the tat day of September 2000.

Additional Rent (b) The Tenant shall,  without  deduction or right of offset pay
     to the Landlord yearly and every year during the Term as additional  rental
     (herein called 'Additional Rent")

          (i) the  amounts of any Taxes  payable  by the Tenant to the  Landlord
          pursuant to the provisions of Schedule "C" attached hereto; and

          (ii) the amounts  required to be paid to the Landlord  pursuant to the
          provisions of Schedule "D" attached hereto.

Payment  Additional  Rent  (c)Additional  Rent shall be paid and  adjusted  with
     reference  to a fiscal  period  of twelve  (12)  calendar  months  ("Fiscal
     Period"),  which shall be a calendar  year unless the  Landlord  shall from
     time to time have  selected a fiscal Period which is not a calendar year by
     written notice to the Tenant.

     The  Landlord  shall  advise the Tenant in writing of its  estimate  of the
     Additional  Rent to be payable by the Tenant  during the Fiscal  Period (or
     broken portion of the Fiscal  Period,  as the case may be, if applicable at
     the  commencement  or end of the  term or  because  of a change  in  Fiscal
     Period) which commenced upon the commencement date of the Term and for each
     succeeding Fiscal Period or

                                        2
<PAGE>
     broken portion thereof which commences during the Term. Such estimate shall
     in every case be a  reasonable  estimate  and, if  requested by the Tenant,
     shall be  accompanied  by reasonable  particulars of the manner in which it
     was calculated.  The Additional Rent payable by the Tenant shall be paid in
     equal monthly  installments in advance at the same time as payment of Basic
     Rent is due hereunder  based on the Landlords  estimate as aforesaid.  From
     time to time,  the Landlord may  re-estimate,  on a reasonable  basis,  the
     amount of Additional Rent for any Fiscal Period or broken portion  thereof,
     in which  case the  Landlord  shall  advise  the  Tenant in writing of such
     re-estimate  and fix  new  equal  monthly  installments  for the  remaining
     balance of such Fiscal Period or broken portion  thereof.  After the end of
     each such  Fiscal  Period or broken  portion  thereof  the  Landlord  shall
     provide the Tenant with a statement of the actual  Additional  Rent payable
     in  respect  of  such  Fiscal  Period  or  broken  portion  thereof  and  a
     calculation  of the  amounts by which the  Additional  Rent  payable by the
     Tenant  exceeds  or is less  than  (as  the  case  may  be)  the  aggregate
     installments  paid by the  Tenant on account  of  Additional  Rent for such
     Fiscal Period.

     Within thirty (30) days after the submission of such  statement  either the
     Tenant  shall pay to the  Landlord  any  amount by which the  amount  found
     payable by the Tenant with respect to such Fiscal Period or broken  portion
     thereof exceeds the aggregate of the monthly payments made by it on account
     thereof  during  such  Fiscal  Period or  broken  portion  thereof,  or the
     Landlord  shall pay to the  Tenant  any  amount by which the  amount  found
     payable as aforesaid is less than the aggregate of such monthly payments.

Recovery of Rent (d) In this Lease 'Rent' means all amounts  required to be paid
     by the Tenant pursuant to this Lease  including  without  limitation  Basic
     Rent and Additional Rent.

Accrual of Rent (e)  Basic  Rent and  Additional  Rent  shall be  considered  as
     accruing from day to day, and for an irregular period of less than one year
     or less than one calendar  month shall be  apportioned  and adjusted by the
     Landlord  for the  Fiscal  Periods  of the  Landlord  in which the  tenancy
     created hereby  commences and expires.  Where the calculation of Additional
     Rent for a period cannot be made until after the termination of this Lease,
     the  obligation  of the Tenant to pay  Additional  Rent shall  survive  the
     termination  hereof and Additional Rent for such period shall be payable by
     the Tenant upon demand by the Landlord. If the Term commences or expires on
     any day  other  than the first or the last day of a month,  Basic  Rent and
     Additional  Rent for such  fraction  of a month  shall be  apportioned  and
     adjusted as aforesaid  and paid by the Tenant on the  commencement  date of
     the Term.

     (f) The  information  set out in  Statements,  documents or other  writings
     setting out the amount of Additional  Rent submitted to the Tenant under or
     pursuant  to this  Lease  shall be  binding  on the Tenant and deemed to be
     accepted by it and shall not be subject to amendment  for any reason unless
     the Tenant  gives  written  notice (the  "Dispute  Notice") to the Landlord
     within  sixty (60) lays of the  Landlord's  submission  of such  statement,
     document,  or writing identifying the statement,  document, or writing. The
     Dispute  Notice  shall set out in  reasonable  detail  the  reason why such
     statement,  document  or  writing  is in error or  otherwise  should not be
     binding on the Tenant.  If the Tenant disputes the amount of the Additional
     Rent as aforesaid,  and if such dispute is not resolved  within thirty (30)
     days after the Tenant delivers the Dispute Notice to the Landlord, then the

<PAGE>
     Landlord shall cause an audited statement of Additional Rent to be prepared
     by an independent nationally recognized firm of chartered accountants.  The
     statement of Additional Rent as prepared by such accountants shall be final
     and binding  upon the  parties  hereto and within  fifteen  (15) days after
     delivery  of  such  statement  of  Additional  Rent to the  parties  by the
     accountants  the Landlord  sort Tenant shall  readjust  Additional  Rent as
     contemplated  by section  3(c).  The cost of  preparation  of such  audited
     statement  shall  be paid  by the  Tenant  as Rent  unless  the  amount  of
     Additional  Rent  payable  by the  Tenant  as set  forth  in  such  audited
     financial  statement is at least 4% less than the amount of Additional Rent
     demanded by the Landlord la accordance with the statement  delivered to the
     Tenant pursuant to section 3(c).

                             4.     SECURITY DEPOSIT

Security Deposit The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on execution of this Lease
     by the  Tenant  the sum of Five  Thousand  Five  Hundred  Nineteen  Dollars
     ($5,519.00)  as a deposit  to the  Landlord  to stand as  security  for the
     payment  by the  Tenant  of any  and  all  present  and  future  debts  and
     liabilities  of the Tenant to the Landlord and for the  performance  by the
     Tenant of all of its  obligations  arising under or in connection with this
     Lease (the "Debts, Liabilities and Obligations"). The Landlord shall not be
     required to keep the deposit  separate from its general funds. In the event
     of the Landlord disposing of its interest in this Lease, the Landlord shall
     credit the deposit to its successor  and thereupon  shall have no liability
     to the Tenant to repay the security  deposit to the Tenant,  Subject to the
     foregoing  and to the  Tenant not being in default  under this  Lease,  the
     Landlord shall repay the security deposit to the Tenant without interest at
     the end of the Term or sooner termination of


                                        3
<PAGE>
     the Lease  provided  that all Debts,  Liabilities  and  Obligations  of the
     Tenant to the Landlord are paid and  performed in full,  failing  which the
     Landlord may on notice to the Tenant  elect to retain the security  deposit
     and to apply it in reduction of the Debts,  Liabilities and Obligations and
     the Tenant  shall  remain  fully  liable to the  Landlord  for  payment and
     performance of the remaining Debts, Liabilities and Obligations.

                            5.     GENERAL COVENANTS

Landlord's  Covenant  (a)     The  Landlord  covenants  with  the  Tenant:

                    (i) for quiet enjoyment; and
                    (ii)  to  observe  and  perform all the covenants and
                    obligations of the Landlord herein.

Tenant's  Covenant    (b)  The     Tenant  covenants  with  the  Landlord:

                    (i) to pay Rent, and
                    (ii)  to  observe and perform ail the covenants and
                    obligations of the Tenant herein.

                           6.  USE  AND  OCCUPANCY

The  Tenant  covenants  with  the  Landlord:
(a)  not to use the Leased Premises for any purpose other than an office for the
conduct  of the Tenant's business which is general office use and such use shall
be  consistent  with the character of the Property and compatible with the other
uses  of  the  Property;
Waste,  Nuisance,  etc.(b) not to commit, or permit, any waste, injury or damage
to  the  Property  including  the  Leasehold Improvements and any trade fixtures
therein,  any  loading  of the floors thereof in excess of the maximum degree of
loading as determined by the Landlord acting reasonably, any nuisance therein or
any use or manner of use causing annoyance to other tenants and occupants of the
Property  or  to  the  Landlord;
Insurance  Risks  (c) not to do, or permit to be done or omitted to be done upon
the  Property  anything which would cause to be increased the Landlord's cost of
insurance  or  the  costs of insurance of another tenant of the Property against
perils  as to which the Landlord or such other tenant has insured or which shall
cause  any  policy  of  insurance on the Property to be subject to cancellation;

Compliance with Law (d) to comply at its own expense with all governmental laws,
     regulations  and  requirements  pertaining to the occupation and use of the
     Leased  Premises,  the  condition  of  the  Leasehold  Improvements,  trade
     fixtures,  furniture and equipment  installed by or on behalf of the Tenant
     therein  and  the  making  by  the  Tenant  of  any  repairs,   changes  or
     improvements therein;

Environmental  Compliance  (e) (i) not to conduct and  maintain its business and
     operations  at the  Leased  Premises  so as to comply in all  respect  with
     common law and with all present and future applicable federal,  provincial/
     state, local, municipal,  governmental or quasi-governmental laws, by-laws,
     rules, regulations,  licenses,  orders,  guidelines,  directives,  permits,
     decisions or  requirements  concerning  occupational  or public  health and
     safety or the environment and any order, injunction, judgment, declaration,
     notice or demand issued thereunder, ("Environmental Laws");

          (ii) not to permit or suffer any  substance  which is  hazardous or is
          prohibited,    restricted,   regulated   or   controlled   under   any
          Environmental  Law to be  present  at, on or in the  Leased  Premises,
          unless it has received the prior written consent of the Landlord which
          consent may be arbitrarily withheld;

<PAGE>
Rulesand  Regulations  (f) to observe and perform,  and to cause its  employees,
     invited  and others  over whom the Tenant can  reasonably  be  expected  to
     exercise  control  to  observe  and  perform,  the  Rules  and  Regulations
     contained  in Schedule "E" hereto,  and such  further and other  reasonable
     rules and regulations and amendments and additions therein as may hereafter
     be made by the Landlord and notified in writing to the Tenant,  except that
     no change or  addition  may be made that is  inconsistent  with this  Lease
     unless as may be required by  governmental  regulation or unless the Tenant
     comments  thereto.  The imposition of such Rules and Regulations  shall not
     create or imply any  obligation  of the  Landlord to enforce them or create
     any liability of the Landlord for their non-enforcement or otherwise.

                        7.     ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-LETTING

No   Assignment and Subletting (a) The Tenant  covenants that it will not assign
     this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Leased

<PAGE>
     Premises or mortgage or encumber  this Lease or the Leased  Premises or any
     part thereof, or suffer or permit the occupation of all or any part thereof
     by others (each of which is a 'Transfer') without the prior written consent
     of the  Landlord,  which  consent the  Landlord  covenants  not to withhold
     unreasonably   (i)  as  to  any   assignee,   subtenant  or  occupant  (the
     'Transferee') who is in a satisfactory  financial condition,  agrees to use
     the  Leased  Premises  for  those  purposes  permitted  hereunder,  and  is
     otherwise  satisfactory to the Landlord,  and (ii) as to any portion of the
     Leased Premises  which,  in the Landlord's  sole judgment,  is a proper and
     rational  division of the Leased Premises,  subject to the Landlord's right
     of termination  arising under this paragraph,  This  prohibition  against a
     Transfer  shall be construed to include a prohibition  against any Transfer
     by operation of law.

     Assignment  or  Subletting  procedures  (b) The  Tenant  shall not effect a
     Transfer unless;

          (i) it shall have  received or procured a bona fide  written  offer to
          take an  assignment  or sublease  which is not  inconsistent  with the
          Lease,  and the  acceptance of which would not breach any provision of
          this Lease if this paragraph is complied with and which the Tenant has
          determined to accept  subject to this  paragraph  being complied with,
          and

          (ii) it shall have first requested and obtained the consent in writing
          of the Landlord thereto.

     Any request for consent  shall be in writing and  accompanied  by a copy of
     the offer  certified by the Tenant to the best of its  knowledge to be true
     and complete,  and the Tenant shall furnish to the Landlord all information
     available  to  the  Tenant  and   requested  by  the  Landlord  as  to  the
     responsibility, financial standing and business of the proposed Transferee.
     Notwithstanding  the provisions of  sub-paragraph  (a),  within twenty (20)
     days after the receipt by the  Landlord of such  request for consent and of
     all  information  which the Landlord  shall have requested  hereunder,  the
     Landlord shall have the right upon written notice of termination  submitted
     to the  Tenant,  if the request is to assign this Lease or sublet the whole
     of the Leased  Premises,  to cancel and  terminate  this  Lease,  or if the
     request  is to sublet a part of the  Leased  Premises  only,  to cancel and
     terminate  this  Lease  with  respect  to such  part,  in each case as of a
     termination date to be stipulated in the notice of termination  which shall
     be not less than sixty (60) days or more than  ninety  (90) days  following
     the giving of such  notice.  In such event the Tenant shall  surrender  the
     whole or part,  as the case may be, of the Leased  Premises  in  accordance
     with such notice of termination and Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be
     apportioned  and paid to the date of  surrender  and, if a part only of the
     Leased Premises is surrendered,  Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall after
     the date of surrender abate proportionately. If such consent shall be given
     the Tenant  shall  effect the  Transfer  only upon the terms set out in the
     offer submitted to the Landlord as aforesaid and not otherwise. Any consent
     shall be given without  prejudice to the Landlord's  rights under the Lease
     and shall be limited to the particular  Transfer in respect of which it was
     given and shall not be deemed to be an  authorization  for or cement to any
     further or other Transfer.

<PAGE>
Excess Transfer Rent (c) In the event the Landlord consents to any Transfer, the
     Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, as and when amounts on account are due or
     paid  by  the  Transferee  to  the  Tenant,   all  excess   Transfer  rents
     (hereinafter  called the "Excess  Transfer  Rent"),  if any,  as Rent.  The
     Excess  Transfer Rent shall be determined in accordance  with the following
     formula:  all gross revenue  received by the Tenant from the Transferee and
     attributable to the Transfer less:

          (i) the Rent paid by the Tenant to the Landlord during the term of the
          Transfer,

          (ii) any  reasonable  and  customary out of pocket  transaction  costs
          incurred  by the Tenant in  connection  with such  Transfer  including
          attorney's   fees,   brokerage   commissions,   cash  inducements  and
          alteration  costs  (which  transaction  costs shall be  amortized on a
          straight line basis over the term of the Transfer).

The Tenant agrees to promptly furnish such information with regard to the Excess
Transfer Rent as the Landlord may request from time to time.

Assumption of Obligation (d) No Transfer shall be effective  unless the Transfer
     shall  execute  an  agreement  on the  Landlord's  form,  assuming  all the
     obligations  of the Tenant  hereunder,  and shall have paid to the Landlord
     its reasonable fee for processing the Transfer.

Tenant's  Continuing  Obligations  (e) The Tenant  agrees  that any consent to a
     Transfer shall not thereby release the Tenant of its obligations hereunder.

Change of Control (f) if the Tenant or  occupant  of the Leased  Premises at any
     time is a corporation,  it is acknowledged  and agreed that the transfer of
     the majority of the issued capital stock of the corporation or the transfer
     or issuance of any capital stock of the corporation  sufficient to transfer
     effective  voting content of the corporation to others than the shareholder
     or shareholders having

                                        5

<PAGE>
effective  voting  control of the corporation immediately prior to such transfer
or  issuance,  shall  be  deemed  for  all  purposes of this paragraph 7 to be a
Transfer and, accordingly, a violation of this paragraph 7 respecting assignment
of  this  Lease  unless  the  prior  written  consent  of  the Landlord is first
obtained,  and the Landlord shall have all of the same rights in respect thereof
as  though  any  such  transfer or issuing of shares or proposed transferring or
issuing  of shares were a Transfer.  The Landlord shall have access at all times
to  the corporate books and records of the Tenant, and the Tenant shall make the
same  available  to  the  Landlord  or  its  representatives  upon  request, for
inspection  and  copying at all times in order to ascertain whether or not there
has  at  any  time  during  the Term of this Lease been a transfer or issuing of
shares  sufficient to constitute a change in the effective voting control of the
Tenant.  This  subparagraph  7  (f)  shall not apply to the Tenant if and for so
long  as  the  Tenant is a corporation whose shares are listed and traded on any
recognized  stock  exchange  in  Canada  or  the  United  States.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the Tenant shall not
be permitted without the written consent of the Landlord to effect a Transfer to
tenants currently occupying space in the Property.

                             S.     REPAIR & DAMAGE

Landlord's repairs to building and property (a) The Landlord  covenants with the
     Tenant to keep in a good and reasonable state of repair and decoration:

          (i)  those  portions  of the  Property  consisting  of  the  entrance,
          lobbies,  stairways,  corridors,  landscaped areas, parking areas, and
          other  facilities  from time to time provided for use in common by the
          Tenant and other tenants of the Building or Property, and the exterior
          portions  (including  foundations  and  roofs)  of all  buildings  and
          structures  from  time  to  time  forming  part  of the  Property  and
          affecting its general appearance; and

          (ii) the  Building  (other than the Leased  Premises  and  premises of
          other tenants) including the systems for interior climate control, the
          elevators and  escalators  (if any),  entrances,  lobbies,  stairways,
          corridors and  washrooms  from time to time provided for use in common
          by the Tenant and other  tenants of the  Building or Property  and the
          systems  provided for use in common by the Tenant and other tenants of
          the  Building  or  Property  and the  systems  provided  for  bringing
          utilities to the Leased Premises.

Landlord's  repairs to the Leased  premises (b) The Landlord  covenants with the
Tenant  to  repair,  so far as  reasonably  feasible,  and as  expeditiously  as
reasonably  feasible,  defects  in  standard  demising  walls  or in  structural
elements,  exterior  walls of the Building,  suspended  ceiling,  electrical and
mechanical  installations  standard to the Building installed by the Landlord in
the Leased  Premises (if and to the extent that such defects are  sufficient  to
impair the  Tenant's  use of the Leased  Premises  while  using them in a manner
consistent  with this  Lease) and  "Insured  Damage"  (as herein  defined).  The
Landlord shall in no event be required to make repairs to Leasehold Improvements
made by the Tenant, or by the Landlord on behalf of the Tenant or another tenant
or to make repairs to wear and tear within the Leased Premises.

<PAGE>
Tenant's repairs (c) The Tenant covenants with the Landlord to repair,  maintain
     and keep at the  Tenant's own cost,  except  insofar as the  obligation  to
     repair  rests upon the  Landlord  pursuant  to this  paragraph,  the Leased
     Premises,  including Leasehold Improvements in good and substantial repair,
     reasonable wear and tear excepted,  provided that this obligation shall not
     extend to structural  elements or to exterior glass or to repairs which the
     Landlord  would  be  required  to make  under  this  paragraph  but for the
     exclusion therefrom of defects not sufficient to impair the Tenant's use of
     the  Leased  Premises  while  using them in a manner  consistent  with this
     Lease.  The Landlord may enter the Leased Premises at all reasonable  times
     upon  twenty-four  (24) hours notice,  except in case of emergency and view
     the condition thereof and the Tenant covenants with the Landlord to repair,
     maintain  and keep the  Leased  Premises  in good  and  substantial  repair
     according to notice in writing,  reasonable wear and tear excepted.  If the
     Tenant shall fail to repair as aforesaid after reasonable  notice to do so,
     the  Landlord may upon  twenty-four  (24) hours  notice,  except in case of
     emergency,  effect the repairs and the Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost
     thereof to the Landlord on demand.  The Tenant  covenants with the Landlord
     that the Tenant will at the  expiration  of the Term or sooner  termination
     thereof  peaceably  surrender the Leased Premises and appurtenances in good
     and substantial repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

Indemnification (d) If any part of the Property  becomes out of repair,  damaged
     or  destroyed  through the  negligence  of, or misuse by, the Tenant or its
     employees,  agents,  invitees or others under its control, the Tenant shall
     pay the  Landlord  on  demand  the  expense  of  repairs  or  replacements,
     including  the  Landlord's   reasonable   administration   charge  thereof,
     necessitated by such negligence or misuse.



                                        6

<PAGE>
Damage and  Destruction  (e) It is agreed  between the  Landlord  and the Tenant
     that:

          (i) in the event of damage to the Property or to any part thereof,  if
          in the reasonable  opinion of the Landlord the damage is such that the
          Leased  Premises  or any  substantial  part  thereof is  rendered  not
          reasonably capable of use and occupancy by the Tenant for the purposes
          of its  business  for any  period of time in excess of ten (10)  days,
          then

               (1) unless the  damage was caused by the fault or  negligence  of
               the Tenant or its employees, agents, invitees or others under its
               control,  from the date of occurrence of the damage and until the
               Leased  Premises  are  again  reasonably   capable  for  use  and
               occupancy as aforesaid,  the Rent payable  pursuant to this Lease
               shall abate from time to time in  proportion to the part or parts
               of the Leased  Premises  not  reasonably  capable of such use and
               occupancy, and

               (2) unless this Lease is terminated as hereinafter provided,  the
               Landlord  or the  Tenant  as the  case may be  (according  to the
               nature of the damage and their  respective  obligations to repair
               as provided in sub-paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this paragraph)
               shall repair such damage with all  reasonable  diligence,  but to
               the extent that any part of the Leased Premises is not reasonably
               capable of such use and  occupancy  by reason of damage which the
               Tenant is obligated to repair hereunder, any abatement of Rent to
               which the Tenant would otherwise be entitled  hereunder shall not
               extend later than the time by which, in the reasonable opinion of
               the Landlord,  repairs by the Tenant ought to have been completed
               with reasonable diligence;

          (ii) if the  damage  is such that the  Leased  Premises  are  rendered
          untenantable,  in whole  or in part,  and if,  in the  opinion  of the
          Landlord,  the damage  cannot be repaired  with  reasonable  diligence
          within one hundred  and eighty  (180) days from the  happening  of the
          damage,  then the Landlord may, within thirty (30) days after the date
          of the damage,  terminate this Lease by notice to the Tenant. Upon the
          Landlord giving such notice,  this Lease shall be terminated as of the
          date of the damage and the Rent and all other  payments  for which the
          Tenant is liable  under the terms of this Lease  shall be  apportioned
          and paid in full to the date of the damage;

          (iii)  the   Landlord   shall  not  be   required  to  use  plans  and
          specifications and working drawings used in the original  construction
          of the Building  and nothing in this Section  requires the Landlord to
          rebuild the Building in the  condition  and state that existed  before
          the damage, but the Building, as rebuilt, will have reasonably similar
          facilities  and services to those in the Building prior to the damage;
          and

          (iv) if  premises  whether  of the  Tenant  or  other  tenants  of the
          Property  comprising in the aggregate half or more of the total number
          of square feet of rentable office area in the Property or half or more
          of the total  number of square  feet of  rentable  office  area in the
          Building (as  determined  by the Landlord) or portions of the Property
          which affect access or services essential  thereto,  are substantially
          damaged or destroyed by any cause and if in the reasonable  opinion of

<PAGE>
          the  Landlord  the damage  cannot  reasonably  be repaired  within one
          hundred and eighty (180) days after the occurrence  thereof,  then the
          Landlord may, by written notice to the Tenant given within thirty (30)
          days after the  occurrence  of such damage or  destruction,  terminate
          this Lease,  in which event  neither the Landlord nor the Tenant shall
          be bound to repair as  provided in  sub-paragraphs  (a) (b) and (c) of
          this paragraph,  and the Tenant shall instead deliver up possession of
          the Leased Premises to the Landlord with reasonable  expedition but in
          any event  within  sixty (60) days after  delivery  of such  notice of
          termination,  and Rent shall be apportioned  and paid to the date upon
          which  possession  is so delivered up (but subject to any abatement to
          which the Tenant may be entitled under  sub-paragraph  (a) (i) of this
          paragraph).

                         9.     INSURANCE AND LIABILITY

Landlord's  Insurance  (a) The Landlord  shall take out and keep in force during
     the Term insurance  with respect to the Property  except for the "Leasehold
     Improvements" (as hereinafter defined) in the Leased Premises.
     The  insurance  to be  maintained  by the  Landlord  shall be in respect of
     perils and in amounts and on terms and  conditions  which from time to time
     are  insurable  at a reasonable  premium and which are normally  insured by
     reasonable  prudent  owners of properties  similar to the Property,  all as
     from time to time determined at reasonable  intervals by insurance advisors
     selected by the Landlord, and whose opinion shall be conclusive. Unless and
     until the  insurance  advisors  shall  state  that any such  perils are not
     customarily  insured  against  by  owners  of  properties  similar  to  the
     Property,  the perils to be insured  against by the Landlord shall include,
     without limitation, public liability, boilers and

<PAGE>
     machinery,  fire and  extended  perils and may include at the option of the
     Landlord  losses  suffered  by the  Landlord  in its  capacity  as Landlord
     through  business  interruption.  The  insurance  to be  maintained  by the
     Landlord shall contain a waiver by the insurer of any rights of subrogation
     or indemnity or any other claim over which the insurer  might  otherwise be
     entitled against the Tenant or the agents or employees of the Tenant.

Tenant's  Insurance  (b) The Tenant  shall take out and keep in force during the
     Term:

          (i)  comprehensive  general  public  liability  insurance  all  on  an
          occurrence  basis with respect to the  business  carried on in or from
          the Leased  Premises and the Tenant's use and  occupancy of the Leased
          Premises and of any other part of the Property,  with coverage for any
          one  occurrence  or  claim  of  not  less  than  Two  Million  Dollars
          ($2,{)00,000)  or such other  amount as the  Landlord  may  reasonably
          require upon not less than one (2) month notice at any time during the
          Term,  which  insurance  shall include the Landlord as a named insured
          and shall contain a cross liability clause  protecting the Landlord in
          respect  of claim by the  Tenant as if the  Landlord  were  separately
          insured;

          (ii)  insurance  in respect  of fire and such other  perils @ are from
          time to time in the usual extended coverage  endorsement  covering the
          Leasehold   Improvements,   trade  fixtures,  and  the  furniture  and
          equipment  in the  Leased  Premises  for not less than 80% of the full
          replacement  cost  thereof,  and which  insurance  shall  include  the
          Landlord as a named insured as the Landlord's interest may appear, and

          (iii)  insurance  against such other perils and in such amounts as the
          Landlord may from time to time  reasonably  require upon not less than
          ninety (90) days' written notice,  such  requirement to be made on the
          basis that the required insurance is customary at the time for prudent
          tenants of properties similar to the Property.

All insurance required to be maintained by the Tenant shall be on terms and with
insurers  satisfactory to the Landlord.  Each policy shall contain: (A) a waiver
by the insurer of any rights of subrogation or indemnity or any other claim over
to which the insurer  might  otherwise  be entitled  against the Landlord or the
agents or employees of the  Landlord,  (B) a cross  liability  clause and (C) an
undertaking  by the insurer that no material  change  adverse to the Landlord or
the Tenant will be made,  and the policy will not lapse or be  canceled,  except
after not less than  thirty  (30) days'  written  notice to the  Landlord of the
intended  change,  lapse  or  cancellation.  The  Tenant  shall  furnish  to the
Landlord,  if and whenever  requested  by it,  certificates  or other  evidences
acceptable to the Landlord as to the insurance from time to time effected by the
Tenant and its renewal or  continuation  in force,  If the Tenant  shall fail to
take out, renew and keep in force such insurance,  or if the evidences submitted
to the Landlord are  unacceptable  to the  Landlord  (or no such  evidences  are
submitted  within a reasonable  period after request  therefor by the Landlord),
then the Landlord may give to the Tenant  written  notice  requiring  compliance
with this  sub-paragraph  and specifying the respects in which the Tenant is not
then in  compliance  with this  sub-paragraph.  If the  Tenant  does not  within
forty-eight  (48) hours provide  appropriate  evidence of  compliance  with this
sub-paragraph,  the Landlord may (but shall not be obligated  to) obtain some or
all of the additional  coverage or other  insurance  which the Tenant shall have
failed to obtain,  without  prejudice to any other rights of the landlord  under
this  Lease or  otherwise,  and the  Tenant  shall  pay all  premiums  and other
reasonable expenses incurred by the Landlord to the Landlord on demand.

<PAGE>
Limitations  of  Landlord's  Liability  (c ) The Tenant agrees that the Landlord
shall  not be liable for any bodily injury or death of, or loss or damage to any
property belonging to, the Tenant or its employees, invitees or licensees or any
other  person  in,  on  or  about  the Property unless resulting from the actual
willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Landlord or its own employees.  In
no  event  shall  the  Landlord  be  liable  for any damage, including indirect,
special  or consequential damages, which is caused by steam, water, rain or snow
or  other thing which may leak into, issue or flow from any part of the Property
or  from  the  pipes  or plumbing works, including the sprinkler system (if any)
therein  or  from any other place or for any damage caused by or attributable to
the  condition  or  arrangement  of any electric or other wiring or of sprinkler
heads (if any) or for any such damage caused by anything clone or omitted by any
other  tenant.

Indemnity  of  Landlord  (d)     Except with respect to claims or liabilities in
respect  of  any  damage  which  is  Insured Damage to the extent of the cost of
repairing  such Insured Damage, the Tenant agrees to indemnify and save harmless
the  Landlord  in  respect  of:

          (i) all claim for  bodily  injury or death,  property  damage or other
          loss or  damage  arising  from the  conduct  of any work or any act or
          omission of the Tenant or any assignee,  sub-tenant,  agent, employee,
          contractor,  invites or licensee of the Tenant,  and in respect of all
          costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Landlord in connection
          with or arising


                                        8
<PAGE>
          out of all such  claims,  including  the  expenses  of any  action  or
          proceeding pertaining thereto; and

          (ii) any loss, cost, (including, without limitation, lawyers' fees and
          disbursements),  expense or damage  suffered by the  Landlord  arising
          from any breach by the Tenant of any of its covenants and  obligations
          under this Lease.

Definition  of  "Insured  Damages"  (e)     For purposes of this Lease, "Insured
Damage"  means  that  part  of any damage occurring to the Property of which the
entire cost of repair (or the entire cost of repair other than deductible amount
Dproperly  collectable  by  the  Landlord  as  part  of the Additional Rent) is
actually  recovered by the Landlord under a policy or policies of insurance from
time  to  time  effected  by the Landlord pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) Where an
applicable  policy  of  insurance  contains an exclusion for damages recoverable
from a third party, claims as to which the exclusion applies shall be considered
to  constitute  Insured  Damage only if the Landlord successfully recovered from
the  third  party.

                     10.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Events  of  Default and Remedies (a) In the event of the happening of any one of
the  following  events:

          (i) the Tenant shall have failed to pay an  installment of Rent or any
          other amount  payable  hereunder  when due, and such failure  shall be
          continuing for a period of more than ten (10) days after the date such
          installment or amount was due;

          (ii)  there  shall be a default  of or with any  condition,  covenant,
          agreement  or other  obligation  on the part of the Tenant to be kept,
          observed or performed hereunder (other than the obligation to pay Rent
          or any other amount of money) and such default shall be continuing for
          a period of more than  thirty  (30) days after  written  notice by the
          Landlord to the Tenant specifying the default and requiring that it be
          cured;

          (iii) if any policy of insurance upon the Property or any part thereof
          from time to time effected by the Landlord  shall be canceled or about
          to be canceled by the  insurer by reason of the use or  occupation  of
          the Leased  Premises  by the  Tenant or any  assignee,  sub-tenant  or
          licensee  of the Tenant or anyone  permitted  by the Tenant to be upon
          the Leased  Premises and the Tenant after receipt of notice in writing
          from the Landlord  shall have failed to take such  immediate  steps in
          respect of such use or  occupation  as shall  enable the  Landlord  to
          reinstate or avoid cancellation (as the case may be) of such policy of
          insurance;

<PAGE>
          (iv) the Leased Premises  shall,  without the prior written consent of
          the  Landlord,  be used by any  other  persons  than the  Tenant  or a
          permitted Transferee or for any purpose other than that for which they
          were  leased  or  occupied  or  by  any  persons  whose  occupancy  is
          prohibited by this Lease;

          (v) the Leased  Premises shall be abandoned  without the prior written
          consent of the  Landlord  for fifteen  (15)  consecutive  days or more
          while capable of being occupied;

          (vi) the  balance  of the Term of this  Lease or any of the  goods and
          chattels of the Tenant  located in the Leased  Premises,  shall at any
          time be seized in execution or attachment;

          or

          (vii)  the  Tenant  shall  make  any  assignment  for the  benefit  of
          creditors  or become  bankrupt or insolvent or take the benefit of any
          statute for bankrupt or insolvent debtors or, if a corporation,  shall
          take any steps or suffer  any order to be made for Its  winding-up  or
          other lamination of its corporate existence; or a trustee, receiver or
          receiver-manager  or agent or other like person  shall be appointed of
          any of the assets of the Tenant;

          then the Landlord shall have the following  rights and remedies all of
          which are cumulative and not  alternative  and not to the exclusion of
          any other or additional rights and remedies in law or equity available
          to the Landlord by statute or otherwise;

     (A) to remedy or  attempt to remedy any  default of the  Tenant,  and in so
     doing to make any  payments due or alleged to be due by the Tenant to third
     parties  and to enter  upon  the  Leased  Premises  to do any work or other
     things therein,  and in such event all reasonable  expenses of the Landlord
     in remedying or  attempting  to remedy such default shall be payable by the
     Tenant to the Landlord on demand;

     (B) with respect to =paid overdue Rent, to the payment by the Tenant of the
     Rent and of interest  (which said interest shall be deemed  included herein
     in the term "Rent")  thereon at a rate equal to the lesser of three percent
     (3%) above the prime commercial loan rate charged to

                                        9
<PAGE>
     borrowers  having  the  highest  credit  rating  from  time  to time by the
     Landlord's  principal  bank from the date upon which the same was due until
     actual payment thereof and the maximum amount allowed under the laws of the
     jurisdiction in which the Building is located;

     (C) to terminate this Lease  forthwith by leaving upon the Leased  Premises
     or  by  affixing  to  an  entrance  door  to  the  Leased  Premises  notice
     terminating  the Lease and to immediately  thereafter  cease to furnish any
     services  hereunder and enter into and upon the Leased Premises or any part
     thereof in the name of the whole and the same to have again, re-possess and
     enjoy as of its former  estate,  anything  in this Lease  contained  to the
     contrary  notwithstanding.  The Tenant hereby  expressly waives any and all
     notices (other than those notices  specifically  outlined in this Lease) to
     cure or vacate or to quit the Leased Premises provided by current or future
     law;

     (D) to enter the Leased  Premises  as agent of the Tenant and as such agent
     to re-let  them and to receive  the rent  therefor  and as the agent of the
     Tenant to take  possession of any furniture of other  property  thereon and
     upon giving ten (10) days'  written  notice to the Tenant to store the same
     at the  expense and risk of the Tenant or to sell or  otherwise  dispose of
     the same at public or private sale without  further notice and to apply the
     proceeds  thereof and any rent derived from  re-letting the Leased Premises
     upon  account  of the Rent due and to become  due under  this Lease and the
     Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for the deficiency if any; and

     (E) in the event of any  breach by the  Tenant of any of the  covenants  or
     provisions of this Lease,  the Landlord  shall have the right of injunction
     and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity, and mention
     in this Lease of any particular remedy shall not preclude the Landlord from
     any other remedy at law or in equity.  Tenant hereby  expressly  waives any
     and all rights of  redemption  or to any notice to quit granted by or under
     any  present  or future  laws in the event of this Lease  being  terminated
     and/or Landlord obtaining possession of the Leased Premises pursuant to the
     provisions of this section.

Payment  of Rent, etc. on Termination (b)     Upon the giving by the Landlord of
a  notice  in  writing  terminating this Lease under paragraph 10 (a)(C), above,
this  Lease  and the Tem shall terminate, the Tenant shall remain liable for and
shall  pay on demand by the Landlord (I) the full amount of all Rent which would
have  accrued  until  the  date  on  which this Laws would have expired had such
termination  not  occurred, and any and all damages and expenses incurred by the
Landlord  in re-entering and repossessing the Leased Premises in making good any
default of the Tenant, in making any alterations to the Leased Premises, and any
and  all  expenses  which the Landlord may incur during the occupancy of any new
ten  ant,  less  (if)  the net proceeds of any re-letting of the Leased Premises
which  has  occurred  at the time of the aforesaid demand by the Landlord to the
Tenant.  The  Tenant  agrees to pay to the Landlord the difference between items
(i)  and  (ii) above for the period through and including the date on which this
Lease  would  have  expired if it had not been terminated. The Landlord shall be

<PAGE>
entitled  to  any  excess with no credit to the Tenant. The Landlord may, in its
sole  discretion,  make  demand  on  the  Tenant as aforesaid on any one or more
occasion,  and  any  suit  brought by the Landlord to enforce collection of such
difference for any one month shall not prejudice the Landlord's right to enforce
the collection of any difference for any subsequent month or months. In addition
to  the foregoing, and without regard to whether this Lease has been terminated,
Tenant  shall  pay to the Landlord all costs incurred by the Landlord, including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  with  respect to any successful lawsuit or action
instituted or taken by the Landlord to enforce the provisions of this Lease. The
Tenant's  liability shall survive the institution of summary proceedings and the
issuance  of  any  warrant  hereunder.

If  the  Landlord  determines that it is impracticable or extremely difficult to
fix  the  actual damages, then, as an alternative to the remedy set forth in the
preceding  paragraph,  the     Tenant  will  pay  to  the  Landlord  on  demand,
liquidated  and  agreed final damages for the     Tenant's default calculated in
accordance  with this paragraph. Liquidated damages hereunder shall be an amount
equal  to  the  present  value  at  a  rate of six percent (6%) per annum of the
excess,  if  any, of (i) all Rent payable under this Lease from the date of such
demand for what would be the then unexpired Term of this Lease in the absence of
such  termination  over  (ii)  the  then  fair market rental value of the Leased
Premises  (as  determined  by  the  Landlord). if any law shall limit the amount
agreed  upon, the Landlord shall be entitled to the maximum     amount allowable
under  such  law.  Nothing  herein shall be construed to affect or prejudice the
Landlord's  right  to  prove,  and  claim  in  full, unpaid rent seemed prior to
termination  of  this  Lease.  Upon  termination of this Lease and the Term, the
Tenant  shall  immediately  deliver  up possession of the Leased Premises to the
Landlord,  and  the Landlord may forthwith re-enter and take possession of them.

     (c) The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand all costs and  expenses,
     including lawyers'

                                       10
<PAGE>
          fees,  incurred by the Landlord in  successfully  enforcing any of the
          obligations of the Tenant under this Lease.

                              ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

Common Areas 11. The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the common areas of the
Property  shall at all times be subject to the exclusive  management and control
of the Landlord.  Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Tenant
specifically  acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord may temporarily close or
restrict  the use of all or any part of the common  areas of the  Property in an
emergency,  or for security or crowd control  purposes,  to  facilitate  tenants
moving  in or  out of the  building,  or for  the  purpose  of  making  repairs,
alterations or renovations.  The Landlord  agrees not to permanently  alter such
common  areas in any manner  which  would deny  reasonable  access to the Leased
Premises. In the event of any such temporary closure or restriction of use or if
changes are made to such common areas by the Landlord, the Landlord shall not be
subject to any liability nor shall the Tenant be entitled to any compensation or
any diminution or abatement of Rent and such closures,  restriction  and changes
shall not be deemed to be a  constructive  or actual  "iction or a breach of the
Landlord's covenant for quiet enjoyment.

Relocation of Leased Premises     12.       The Landlord shall have the right at
any  time  upon  sixty (60) days' written notice (the "Notice of Relocation") to
relocate the Tenant to other premises in the Property (the "Relocated Premises")
and  the  following  terms  and  conditions  shall  be  applicable:

     (a) the  Relocated  Premises  shall contain  approximately  the same as, or
     greater Rentable Area than, the Leased Premises;

     (b) the Landlord shall provide at its expense leasehold improvements in the
     Relocated Premises equal to the standards of the Leasehold  Improvements in
     the Leased  Premises  which have been  completed  or which the  Landlord is
     obliged herein to provide in the Leased Premises;

     (c ) the Landlord shall pay for the  reasonable  moving costs (if any) from
     the  Leased  Premises  to the  Relocated  Premises  of the  Tenant's  trade
     fixtures and furnishings;

     (d) as  compensation  for all other costs,  expenses and damages  which the
     Tenant  may suffer or incur in  connection  with the  relocation  including
     disruption  and l@ of  business,  Basic  Rent and  Additional  Rent for the
     Relocated  Premises  for the period of the first one (1) month of occupancy
     shall abate;

     (e) during the  remaining  Term of the Lease but not including any renewals
     of the Lease, the Basic Rent and Tenant's Proportionate Share of Additional
     Rent for the Relocated Premises shall be no greater than the Basic Rent and
     Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of Additional Rent for the Leased  Premises,
     notwithstanding the Relocated Premises may contain a greater Rentable Area;

     (f) all  other  terms  and  conditions  of the  Lease  shall  apply  to the
     Relocated Premises except as are inconsistent with the terms and conditions
     of this sub-paragraph;

<PAGE>
     (g) the Tenant  agrees to execute  the  Landlord's  standard  form of lease
     amendment  then being used by the  Landlord for the Building to give effect
     to the relocation.


Subordination  and  Attornment  13.     This  Lease and all rights of the Tenant
hereunder  are  subject and subordinate to all underlying leases and charges, or
mortgages  now or hereafter existing (including charges, and mortgages by way of
debenture,  note,  bond,  deeds  of  trust  and  mortgage  and  all  instruments
supplemental thereto) which may now or hereafter affect the Property or any part
thereof  and  to  all  renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and
extensions  thereof provided the lessor, charges, mortgagee or trustee agrees to
accept  this  Lease  if  not in default; and in recognition of the foregoing the
Tenant  agrees that it will, whenever requested, attorn to such lessor, charges,
mortgagee  as  a  tenant upon all the terms of this Lease.  The Tenant agrees to
execute promptly whenever requested by the Landlord or by the holder of any such
lease,  charge,  or mortgage an instrument of subordination or attornment as may
be  required  of  it.

Certificates 14.     The Tenant agrees that it shall promptly whenever requested
by  the  Landlord  from time to time execute and deliver to the Landlord, and if
required  by  the  Landlord,  to  any  lessor,  charges,  or
mortgagee (including any trustee) or other person designated by the Landlord, an
acknowledgment  in  writing as to the then status of this Lease, including as to
whether  it  is  in fell force and effect, is modified or unmodified, confirming
the  Rent  payable  hereunder and the state of the accounts between Landlord and
the  Tenant,  the  existence  or nonexistence of defaults, and any other matters
pertaining  to  this  Lease  as  to  which  the  Landlord  shall  request  an
acknowledgment.


                                       11

<PAGE>
Inspection  of and  Access to the Leased  Premises  15.  The  Landlord  shall be
permitted at any time and from time to time upon  twenty-four (24) hours notice,
except  in case of  emergency,  to  enter  and to have  its  authorized  agents,
employees  and  contractors  enter  the  Leased  Premises  for the  purposes  of
inspection,  window cleaning,  maintenance,  providing  janitor service,  making
repairs,  alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises or the Property, or
to have access to utilities and services  (including all ducts and access panels
(if any),  which the Tenant agrees not to obstruct) and the Tenant shall provide
free and  unhampered  access  for the  purpose,  and  shall not be  entitled  to
compensation  or any  diminution  or  abatement  of Rent for any  inconvenience,
nuisance  or  discomfort  mused  thereby.  During the last six (6)  months,  the
Landlord and its authorized agents and employees shall be permitted entry to the
Leased Premises for the purpose of exhibiting them to prospective  tenants.  The
Landlord in exercising its rights under this paragraph shall do so to the extent
reasonably  necessary so as to minimize  interference  with the Tenant's use and
enjoyment of the Leased  Premises  provided that in an emergency the Landlord or
persons  authorized  by it may  enter  the  Leased  Premises  without  regard to
minimizing interference.

Delay 16. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided,  if and whenever and to
the extent that either the Landlord or the Tenant shall be prevented, delayed or
restricted  in the  fulfillment  of any  obligation  hereunder in respect of the
supply or  provision  of any service or utility,  the making of any repair,  the
doing of any work or any other thing (other than the payment of moneys  required
to be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord hereunder) by reason

- -or-

          (a) strikes or work stoppages;
          (b) being  unable to obtain any  material,  service,  utility or labor
          required to fulfill such obligation;
          (c ) any  statute,  law or  regulation  of, or inability to obtain any
          permission from any government  authority  having lawful  jurisdiction
          preventing, delaying or restricting such fulfillment;

          -or-

          (d) other unavoidable occurrence,
          the time for  fulfillment of such  obligation  shall be "tended during
          the period in which such  circumstance  operates to prevent,  delay or
          restrict the  fulfillment  thereof,  and the other party to this Lease
          shall not be entitled to compensation for any inconvenience,  nuisance
          or  discomfort  thereby  occasioned;  provided that  nevertheless  the
          Landlord will use its best efforts to maintain  services  essential to
          the use and enjoyment-of the Leased Premises and provided further that
          if the  Landlord  shall be  prevented,  delayed or  restricted  in the
          fulfillment of any such  obligation  hereunder by reason of say of the
          circumstances  act out in sub-paragraph  (c) of this paragraph '15 and
          to fulfill such obligation could not, in the reasonable opinion of the
          Landlord, be completed without substantial additions to or renovations
          of the Property,  the Landlord may an sixty (60) days' written  notice
          to the Tenant terminate this Lease.

Waiver  17.     If  either  the  Landlord  or the Tenant shall overlook, excuse,
condone  or  suffer  any default, breach, non-observance, improper compliance or
noncompliance  by  the other of any obligation hereunder, this shall not operate
as  a  waiver  of  such  obligation  in  respect  of  any  continuing  or
subsequent  default,  breach,  or  non-observance,  and  no such waiver shall be
implied  but  shall  only  be  effective  if  expressed  in  writing.

<PAGE>
Sale,  Demoi1ition and Renovation 18.     (a)     The term "Landlord" as used in
this  Lease, means only the owner for the time being of the Property, so that in
the  event of any sale or sales or transfer or transfers of the Property, or the
making  of  any  lease  or  lease  thereof, or the sale or sales or the transfer
or  transform  or  the  assignment  or  assignments  of any such lease or lease,
previous  landlords  shall  be  and  hereby  are  relieved  of all covenants and
obligations  of Landlord     hereunder. It shall be deemed and construed without
further  agreement  between the     parties, or their successors in interest, or
between  the  parties and the transferee or acquirer, at any such sale, transfer
or  assignment,  or lessee on the making of any such lease, that the transferee,
acquirer  or  lessee  has  assumed  and  agreed  to carry out any and all of the
covenants  and  obligations of Landlord hereunder to Landlord's exoneration, end
Tenant  shall  thereafter  be  bound  to  and  shall  attorn to such transferee,
acquirer  or  lessee,  as  the  case  may  be,  as  Landlord  under  this Lease;


     (b)     Notwithstanding  anything  contained in this Lease to the contrary,
in  the  event the     Landlord intends to demolish or to renovate substantially
all  the  Building,  then  the  Landlord, upon giving the Tenant one hundred and
eighty  (180) days' written notice, shall have the right to terminate this Lease
and  this  Lease shall thereupon expire on     the expiration of one hundred and
eighty  (180)  days  from  the  date  of  the  giving  of  such

                                       12
<PAGE>
notice  without  compensation  of  any  kind  to  the  Tenant.
Public  Taking  19.     The  Landlord and Tenant shall co-operate, each with the
other,  in  respect  of  any  Public  Taking  of the Leased Premises or any part
thereof so that the Tenant may receive the maximum award to which it is entitled
in  law for relation costs and business interception and so that the Landlord my
receive the maximum award for all other compensation arising from or relating to
such  Public  Taking  (including  all compensation for the value of the Tenant's
leasehold  interest subject to the Public Taking) which shall be the property of
the  Landlord,  and the Tenant's rights to such compensation are hereby assigned
to  the  Landlord.  If  the whole or any part of the Leased Premises is Publicly
Taken,  as  between  the parties hereto, their respective rights and obligations
under  this  Lease  shall  continue  until  the  day  on which the Public Taking
authority  takes  possession  thereof.  If  the  whole or any part of the Leased
Premises  is Publicly Taken, the Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised
by  written  notice  to the Tenant, to terminate this Lease and such termination
shall  be  effective  on the day the Public Taking authority takes possession of
the  whole  or  the  portion of the Property Publicly Taken.  Rent and all other
payments  shall  be  adjusted  as of the date of such termination and the Tenant
shall,  an  the  date  of  such  Public  Taking,  vacate the Leased Premises and
surrender  the  same  to  the  Landlord,  with  the Landlord having the right to
re-enter  and  re-possess  the  Leased  Premises discharged of this Lease and to
remove  all  persons  therefrom.  In  this  paragraph, the words "Public Taking"
shall  include  expropriation  and  condemnation and shall include a sale by the
Landlord  to  an authority with powers of expropriation, condemnation or taking,
in lieu of or under threat of expropriation or taking and "Publicly Taken" shall
have  a  corresponding  meaning.

Registration  of Lease 20. The Tenant  agrees with the  Landlord not to register
this Lease in any recording  office and not to register  notice of this Lease in
any form without the prior written  consent of the Landlord.  If such consent is
provided  such notice of Lease or caveat  shall be in such form as the  Landlord
shall have approved and upon payment of the  Landlord's  reasonable fee for same
and all  applicable  transfer or  recording  taxes or charges.  The Tenant shall
remove and discharge at Tenant's expense registration of such a notice or caveat
at the expiry or earlier  termination  of the Term, and in the event of Tenant's
failure to so remove or  discharge  such  notice or caveat  after ten (10) days'
written notice by Landlord to Tenant, the Landlord may in the name and on behalf
of the Tenant  execute a discharge of such a notice or caveat in order to remove
and  discharge  such  notice of caveat and for the  purpose  thereof  the Tenant
hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Landlord the true
and lawful attorney of the Tenant.

Lease Entire Agreement 21. The Tenant  acknowledges that there are no covenants,
representations,  warranties,  agreements  or  conditions  express  or  implied,
collateral  or otherwise  forming part of or in say way affecting or relating to
this Lease save as expressly set out I, this Lease and Schedules attached hereto

<PAGE>
and that this Lease and such Schedules  constitute the entire agreement  between
the Landlord and the Tenant and may not be modified except as herein  explicitly
provided or except by  agreement  in writing  executed by the  Landlord  and the
Tenant.

Notices 22. Any notice, advice,  document or writing required or contemplated by
any provision  hereof shall be given in writing and if to the  Landlord,  either
delivered  personally  to an officer of the  Landlord or mailed by prepaid  mail
addressed to the Landlord at the said local office address of the Landlord shown
above, and if to the Tenant, either delivered Personally to the Tenant lot to an
officer of the Tenant,  if a corporation) or mailed by prepaid mail addressed to
the  Tenant at the Leased  Premises,  or if an address of the Tenant is shown in
the description of the Tenant above, to such address. Every such notice, advice,
document  or  writing  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  given  when  delivered
personally,  or if mailed as  aforesaid,  upon the fifth day after being mailed.
The Landlord may from time to time by notice in writing to the Tenant  designate
another  address  as the  address  to which  notices  are to be mailed to it, or
specify with greater particularity the address and persons to which such notices
are to be mailed  and may  require  that  copies of  notices be sent to an agent
designated  by it- The Tenant easy,  if an address of the Tenant is shown in the
description  of the Tenant above,  from time to time by notice in writing to the
landlord,  designate  another  address a, the address to which notices are to be
mailed to it, r specify  with  greater  particularity  the address to which such
notices are to be mailed.

Interpretation  23.  In this Agreement "herein, "hereof", "hereby", "hereunder",
"hereto",  "hereinafter"  and similar expressions refer to ibis Lease and not to
any  particular  paragraph,  clause  or  other  portion

thereof, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent
therewith;  and the parties agree that all of the provisions f this Lease are to
be  construes  as  covenants  and  agreements  as  though  words  importing such
covenants  and  agreements were used in each separate paragraph hereof, and that
should  any  provision or provisions of this Lease be illegal or not enforceable
it  Or  they  shall  be considered separate and severable from the Lease and its
remaining  provisions  shall  remain  in  fares  and be binding upon the parties
hereto  as  though  the  said  provision  or  provisions


                                       13
<PAGE>
had  never  been  included,  and  further  that  the  captions appearing for the
provisions  of  this Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for
reference  only  and  in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of
this  Lease  or  of  any  provisions  hereof.

Interpretation  24.  This Agreement and everything herein contained shall ensure
to  the  benefit  of  and  be  binding  upon  the  respective  heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, assigns and other legal representatives, as the case
may  be,  of  each  and  every of the parties hereto, subject to the granting of
consent  by  the  Landlord  to  any  assignment or sublease, and every reference
herein  to  any party hereto shall include the heirs, executors, administrators,
successors,  assigns  and  other  legal representatives of such party, and where
there  is more than one tenant or there is a male or female party the provisions
hereof shall be read with all grammatical changes thereby rendered necessary and
all  covenants  shall  be  deemed  joint  and  several.

Use  and  Occupancy Prior to Term 25.     If the Tenant shall for any reason use
or  occupy  the Leased Premises in any way prior to the commencement of the Term
without  there  being  an  existing  lease between the Landlord and Tenant under
which the Tenant has occupied the Leased Premises, then during such prior use or
occupancy  the  Tenant shall be a Tenant of the Landlord and shall be subject to
the  same  covenants  and  agreements  in  this  Lease  mutatis  mutandis.

Limitation  of Landlord Liability 26.     Notwithstanding any other provision of
this  Lease,  it  is expressly understood and agreed that the total liability of
the  Landlord  arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the relationship
of  the  Landlord and the Tenant hereunder and/or the Tenant's use of the Leased
Premises,  shall  be  limited to the estate of the Landlord in the Property.  No
other  property or asset of the Landlord or any partner or owner of the Landlord
shall  be subject to levy, execution, or other enforcement, proceedings or other
judicial  process  for  the  satisfaction  of any judgment or any other right or
remedy  of  the  Tenant  arising  out  of  or in connection with this Lease, the
relationship  of  the Landlord and the Tenant hereunder and /or the Tenant's use
of  the  Leased  Premises.

                                       14
<PAGE>
Waiver of Jury Trial 27. The Tenant  hereby  waives  trial by jury in any claim,
action,  proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party against the other on
any  matters  arising  out of or in any  way  connected  with  this  Lease,  the
relationship  of the Landlord and the Tenant,  or the Tenant's use and occupancy
of the Leased Premises.

Choice  of Law   28.    This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State in
which  the Leased Premises are located.  Any litigation between the Landlord and
the  Tenant  concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the
Premises  are  located.

Schedules  29.     The  provisions  of  the  following Schedules attached hereto
shall  form  part  of  this  Lease  as  if  the  same  were  embodied  herein:


Schedule 'A'    Legal Description of Property
Schedule 'B'    Measurement of Rentable Area
Schedule "B-1"  Location of Leased Premises
Schedule "C'    Taxes Payable by Landlord and Tenant
Schedule 'D'    Services and Costs
Schedule "E'    Rules and Regulations
Schedule 'F'    Leasehold Improvements


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement. I/We
have  authority
     to  bind  the  corporation.

                                    Landlord:

                             THE MANUFACTURERS LIFE
     INSURANCE  COMPANY  (USA)


Witness  as  to  Signing  by  Landlord          by  Signature  ___________
                              Title:

                              Tenant:  Alta  Vista  Technology,  Inc.,
                              A  California  Corporation

Witness/Attest
                              By  Signature:  s.  Jack  Marshall
                              Title:  President
                              Name:  Jack  Marshall
Witness  as  to  signing  by
Tenant  or  officer(s)  of  Tenant

                              By  Signature:________
                              Title:
                              Name:

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE 'A'

Legal  Description  -  300  Orchard  City  Drive

All  that real property situated in the City of Campbell, County of Santa Clara,
State  of  California,  described  as  follows:

Parcel  One:

Beginning  at the point of intersection of the Southwesterly line of a parcel of
land  described  in Deed and recorded in 1975 under series number 5194638 in the
Santa  Clara  County's Recorders Office, Santa Clara County, California, and the
Northwesterly  right-of-way line of the Southern Pacific Transportation Company,
said  points  being  the True Point of Beginning, thence North 58  06' 21" West,
292.40  feet  to an iron pipe as shown on that certain Parcel Map recorded March
12,  1974  in  Book  337  of Maps at Page 19, Santa Clara County Records; thence
North  31  44' 30"East, 228.57 feet to an iron pipe as shown on said map thence,
North  0  09'  35" West, 31.26 feet to an iron pipe as shown on said map; thence
North  89  55' 46" East, 10.45 feet to an iron pipe as shown on said map; thence
North 02  27' East, 32.98 feet to an iron pipe as shown on said map thence North
89  56'  17"  West,  126.22  feet,  more or less to the Easterly right-of-way of
South First Street; thence Northerly along said Easterly right-of-way line North
0  09'  35" West, 50.39 feet, more or less to the Southerly right-of-way line of
Orchard  City  Drive,  thence,  Easterly  along said Southerly right-of-way line
236.34  feet,  to  a  tangent  curve concave to the Southwest having a radius of
275.00  feet;  thence, along said tangent curve  concave to the Southwest, 72.99
feet,  more  or  less  through  a  central  angle  of 15  12'28" to the Westerly
right-of-way line of central avenue; then Southerly along said Westerly right of
way line 115.00 feet, more or less to an iron pipe, as shown on said map marking
an  angel  point to said Westerly right-of-way line, 122.84 feet to an iron pipe
as  shown  on  said  map marking the intersection of said Southerly right-of-way
line  with  the  Northwesterly  right-of-way  line  of  the  Southern  Pacific
Transportation  Company;  thence,  Southwesterly,  along said right-of-way line,
South  31  34'10"  West,  544.54  feet  to  the  True  Point  of  Beginning.

Excepting  from  above,  the  following  described  parcels:

Parcel  A:

Beginning  at  an  iron  pipe  marking  the  intersection  of  the Northwesterly
right-of-way  line  of the South Pacific Railroad Company and the Southerly line
of  Central  Avenue;  thence,  South  31  34'10"  West  along said Northwesterly
right-of-way  line  18.00  feet; thence, North 58  27' 19" West, parallel to the
Southerly  right-of-way  line  of Central Avenue and at right angles, 18.00 feet
distant,  52.00  feet;  thence,  North  31  34' 10" East, 3.00 feet to a tangent
curve  concave  to  the Southwest, having a radius of 1.5 feet thence along said
tangent  curve concave to the Southwest 2.36 feet, through a central angle of 90
;  thence,  North  58  27' 19" West, 19.00 feet; thence, North 31  32' 41" east,
14.00  feet, more or less, to the Southerly right-of-way line of Central Avenue;
thence, Easterly along said Southerly right-of-way line, South 58  27' 19" East,
73.00  feet,  more  or  less,  tot  he  point  of  beginning.

<PAGE>
Parcel  B:

All  that  certain  parcel  of  land situated in the City of Campbell, County of
Santa  Clara,  State  of  California  described  as  follows:

Beginning  at the point of intersection of the Southwesterly line of a parcel of
land  described  in Deed and recorded in 1975 under series number 5194638 in the
Santa  Clara  County's Recorders Office, Santa Clara County, California, and the
Northwesterly  right-of-way line of the Southern Pacific Transportation Company,
said  point  of being the True Point of Beginning thence North 58  06' 21" west,
292.40  feet to an iron pipe; thence North 31  44' 30" East, 200.00 feet; thence
South  58  06'  19" East 291.50 feet, thence South 31  34' 10" West, 200.00 feet
to  the  True  Point  of  Beginning.

Page  2  (300  Orchard  City  Drive)

Parcel  C

Bounded  on  the  West  by the East right-of-way line of the South First Street;
bounded  on  the  North by the Southerly right-of-way line of Orchard City Drive
bounded on the East by the Westerly right of way line of Central Avenue; bounded
on  the  South  by  the  following  described  line:

Beginning  at  an  iron  pipe  on  the Easterly right-of-way line of South First
Street,  50.39  feet  Southerly  on  said  Easterly  right-of-way  line from the
Southerly  right-of-way  line  of  Orchard City Drive; thence, South 89  56' 17"
East  126.21  feet  to  an  iron pipe; thence, South 0  02' 27" West, 8.00 feet;
thence,  North  73  33'  43",  East 36.50 feet to a tangent curve concave to the
South, having a radius of 39.00 feet; thence along said tangent curve concave to
the  South,  18.04 feet, through a central angle of26  30' 00"; thence, South 79
53'  41"  East,  25.00 feet to a tangent curve concave to the Southwest having a
radius  of  2.00  feet  thence along said tangent curve concave to the Southwest
2.79  feet,  through  a central angle of 79  52' 41"; thence, South 00  01' East
19.00  feet,  thence  North  89  59'  East, 19.00 feet to a tangent curve to the
Southwest  having  a  radius  of  159.00  feet; thence, along said tangent curve
concave  to the Southwest, 87.56 feet, more or less, to the intersection of said
curve  with  the  Westerly  right-of-way  line  of  Central  Avenue.

Parcel  Two:

An  easement  for  Building  Encroachment  upon  the following described parcel:

Beginning  at  the  most  Southwesterly  corner  of  that certain parcel of land
described  by  that  certain Grant Deed recorded September 25, 1978 and filed in
Book D 971 at Official Records at Page 453 in the office of the County Recorder,
County  of Santa Clara, State of California; thence along the Southerly boundary
of  said  parcel  of  land  the  following  courses  and  distances:

<PAGE>
South 89  56' 17" East, 126.21 feet to an iron pipe; South 0  02' 27" West, 8.00
feet;  North  73  33'  43" East, 17.00 feet to the True Point of Beginning, said
True  Point  of Beginning being a point on a non-tangent curve concave Southerly
having  a  radius of 25.00 feet; thence from a tangent bearing North 18  39' 19"
East  Northeasterly  and  Southeasterly  along  the  arc of said curve through a
central angle of 130  02' 40" a distance of 56.74 feet, to its intersection with
aforesaid  Southerly  boundary  of  said  parcel of land; thence along aforesaid
boundary the following courses and distances; North 79 53' 41" West 8063 feet to
a  point  of  a  non-tangent curve that is concave Southerly and has a radius of
39.00  feet;  Westerly  along  the arc of last mentioned curve through a central
angle of 26  30' 00" a distance of 18.04 feet; South 73  33' 43" West 19.50 feet
to  the  True  Point  of  Beginning.

Parcel  Three:

Beginning at an iron pipe marking the intersection of the Northwesterly right of
way line of the South Pacific Railroad Company and the Southerly line of Central
Avenue, thence South 31  34' 10" West along said northwesterly right-of-way line
18.00  feet; thence, North 58  27' 29" West parcel to the Southerly right-of-way
line of Central Avenue and at right angles 18.00 feet distant 32.00 feet; thence
North  31  32'  41"  East  3.00 feet to a tangent curve concave to the Southwest
having  a  radius  of 1.5 feet, thence along said tangent curve to the Southwest
2.36  feet  through  a  central angle of 90  thence North 58  27' 19" West 19.00
feet,  thence North 31  32' 41" East 14.00 feet more or less to the right-of-way
line South 58  27' 19" East 73.00 feet, more or less, to the point of beginning.

Excepting  therefrom  a strip of land 3.00 feet wide the Northerly line of which
is  coincident  with  the  Southerly  right-of-way  line  of  Central  Avenue.

<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE 'B'



SINGLE  TENANT  FLOOR

The 'Rentable Area' of a single tenant floor shall be computed by measuring from
the  inside  finish of the permanent outer Building walls or from the glass line
in  accordance  with  the standards of the Building established by the Landlord.
Rentable  Area  shall  include all areas within outside walls or glass line less
stairs  (but  including  stair  landings where they provide access to washrooms,
storage  rooms,  etc.), elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts, and
their  enclosing  walls.  Washrooms,  janitor  rooms,  on-floor  storage  rooms,
telephone  rooms,  electrical  closets  shall  be included in the Rentable Area.
Where  the  space  on  both  sides of a wall is Rentable Area, the wall is to be
included  in  the  Rentable  Area.  No  deductions shall be made for columns and
projections  necessary  to  the

Building.

MULTI-TENANT  FLOOR

The  Rentable  Area  of  a  multi-tenant  floor  tenant  shall  be  computed  by
multiplying  such portion of the Usable Area (AS set out below) allocated to the
multi-tenant  floor  tenant  by  the  ratio  of  the total Rentable Areas of the
Building  to  the  total  Usable  Areas  of  the  Building.

The  "Usable  Area"  of  a  multi-tenant  floor is the Rentable Area of a single
tenant floor less the area of the Normal Corridor (as act out below), washrooms,
janitor closets, telephone rooms, electrical closets, air conditioning rooms and
their  enclosing  walls.

The  Usable Area of the multi-tenant floor tenant shall be computed by measuring
from  the  inside  finish of the permanent outer Building Wall or from the glass
line  to  the  Usable  Area  side of the Normal Corridor and /or other permanent
partitions  and  to  the  center  line  of partitions which demise tenant areas.

The  'Normal Corridor" is the minimum corridor permitted by the applicable code,
yet practical for leasing purposes.  For example, although the code may permit a
42  inch  wide  corridor, for aesthetic reasons or because of grid restrictions,
the  corridor might well be 4'6' or 5'0' wide. Once the corridor dimensions have
been  established  they  shall  remain  unchanged  and marked on the master plan
showing  all  dimensions  used  to  calculate  Rentable  Area  and  Usable Area.

The  ground  floor  is  measured  as  Usable  Area.

If the Normal Corridor is extended to provide a multi-tenant floor tenant access
to  its  space,  the area of the corridor extension is included in that tenant's
Usable  Area  or  allocated  proportionately  to  the multi-tenant floor tenants
benefiting  from  the  extension  of  the  Normal  Corridor.

<PAGE>
PROPERTY  NAME:         300  Orchard  City  Drive

                        Campbell,  California

PROPERTY  NUMBER.      566



<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE "C'

                      TAXES PAYABLE BY LANDLORD AND TENANT


     Tenant Taxes (a) The Tenant  covenants to pay all  Tenant's  Taxes,  as and
when the same become due and payable.  Where any  Tenant's  Taxes are payable by
the Landlord to the relevant taxing authorities, the Tenant covenants to pay the
amount thereof to the Landlord.

     (b) The Tenant  covenants to pay the  Landlord  the Tenant's  Proportionate
Share of the excess of the amount of the Landlord's  Taxes in each Fiscal Period
over the Landlord's Taxes in the "Base Year' (as hereinafter defined).

     (c) The Tenant covenants to pay to the Landlord the Tenant's  Proportionate
Share of the costs and expenses (including legal and other professional fees and
interest  and  penalties  on  deferred  payments)  incurred in good faith by the
Landlord in contesting, resisting or appealing any of the Taxes-

     Landlord's  Taxes(d) The Landlord  covenants  to Pay all  Landlord's  Taxes
subject to the payments on account of  Landlord's  Taxes  required to be made by
the Tenant  elsewhere  in this  Lease.  The  Landlord  may  appeal any  official
assessment or the mount of any Taxes or other taxes based n such  assessment and
relating to the Property,  In connection with any such appeal,  the Landlord may
defer payment f any Taxes or other taxes,  as the case may be,  payable by it to
the extent  permitted by law, and the Tenant shall  co-operate with the Landlord
and provide the Landlord with all relevant  information  reasonably  required by
the Landlord in connection with any such appeal.

     (e) In the event  that the  Landlord  is unable to obtain  from the  taxing
authorities any Separate  Allocation  separate  allocation of Landlord's  Taxes,
Tenant's Taxes or assessment as required by the Landlord to make calculations of
Additional Rent under this Lease,  such allocation shall be made by the Landlord
acting reasonably and shall be conclusive.

     (f) Whenever  requested  by the  Landlord,  the Tenant shall  deliver to it
receipts  for  payment  of  all  the  Tenant's  Taxes  and  furnish  such  other
information in connection therewith as the Landlord may reasonably require.

     Tax  Adjustment  (g) If the Building has not been taxed as a completed  and
fully  occupied  building for any Fiscal Period,  the  Landlord's  Taxes will be
determined  by the  Landlord  as if the  Building  had been taxed as a completed
building fully occupied by commercial tenants for any such Fiscal Period.

Definition             2.              In  this  lease:

     (a)  "Landlord's  Taxes' shall mean the aggregate of all Taxes attributable
          to the  Property,  the Rent or the  Landlord  in respect  thereof  and
          including,  any  amounts  imposed,  assessed,  levied  or  charged  in
          substitution  for or in lieu of any such  Taxes,  but  excluding  such
          taxes as  capital  gains  taxes,  corporate  income,  profit or excess
          profit taxes to the extent such taxes are not levied in lieu of any of
          the foregoing against the Property or the Landlord in respect thereof,

<PAGE>
     (b)  "Taxes" shall mean all taxes, rates,  duties,  levies,  fees, charges,
          local improvement rates,  capital taxes,  rental taxes and assessments
          whatsoever  including  fees,  rents,  and  levies  for air  rights and
          encroachments on or over municipal property imposed,  assessed, levied
          or charged by any  school,  municipal,  regional,  state,  provincial,
          federal,  parliamentary or other body, corporation,  authority, agency
          or  commission  provided  that  "Taxes'  shall not include any special
          utility, levies, fees or charges imposed,  assessed, levied or charged
          which  are  directly  associated  with  initial  construction  of  the
          Property;


     (c)  "Tenant's Taxes" shall mean the aggregate of:

          (i)  all Taxes  (whether  imposed  upon the  Landlord  or the  Tenant)
               attributable to the personal property, trade fixtures,  business,
               income, occupancy or sales of the Tenant or any other occupant of
               the  Leased  Premises,  and  to  any  Leasehold  Improvements  or
               fixtures  installed  by or on behalf  of the  Tenant  within  the
               Leased  Premises,  and to the  use  by  the  Tenant  of my of the
               Property; and

          (ii) the amount by which Taxes  (whether  imposed upon the Landlord or
               the  Tenant)  are  increased  above the Taxes  which  would  have
               otherwise been payable as a result of the Leased  Premises or the
               Tenant or by their occupant of the Leased Premises being taxed or
               assessed in support of separate schools; and

<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE"C"

                      TAXES PAYABLE BY LANDLORD AND TENANT

     (d)  "Tenant's  Proportionate  Share"  shall  mean two  decimal  ninety-two
          percent  (2.92%)  subject to adjustment  as  determined  solely by the
          Landlord and notified to the Tenant in writing for physical  increases
          or decreases in the total Rentable Area of the Property  provided that
          total  Rentable  Area of the  Property  and the  Rentable  Area of the
          Leased Premises shall exclude areas designated (whether or not rented)
          for parking and for storage.

     (e)  "Base Year" as used in this Schedule shall mean calendar year 1998.


                                      C- 2
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE"D"

                               SERVICES AND COSTS

1     The  Landlord  covenants  with  the  Tenant:
Interior  Climate  Control (a)     To maintain in the Leased Premises conditions
of  reasonable  temperature  and  comfort  in  accordance  with  good  standards
applicable  to  normal  occupancy  of  premises  for  office purposes subject to
government  regulations during hours to be determined by the Landlord (but to be
at  least  the hours from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. from Monday to Friday inclusive
with  the  exception  of holidays, Saturdays and Sundays), such conditions to be
maintained  by  means  of  a  system  for  heating  and  cooling  filtering  and
circulating air; the Landlord shall have no responsibility for any inadequacy of
performance  of  the  said system if the occupancy of the Leased Premises or the
electrical  power  or  other  energy  consumed  on  the  Leased Premises for all
purposes  exceeds reasonable amounts as determined by the Landlord or the Tenant
installs partitions or other installations in locations which interfere with the
proper  operation  of  the  system  of interior climate control or if the window
covering  on  exterior  windows  is  not  kept  fully  closed;

     Janitor  Service (b) To provide janitor and cleaning services to the Leased
Premises  and  to common areas of the Building consisting of reasonable services
in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  similar  office  buildings;

     Elevators,  Lobbies,  etc.     (c  )     To  keep  available  the following
facilities  for  use by the Tenant and its employees and invitees in common with
other  persons  entitled  thereto:


          (i)  passenger and freight  elevator  service to each floor upon which
               the  Leased  Premises  are  located   provided  such  service  is
               installed  in the  Building  and  provided  that the Landlord may
               prescribe the hours during which and the  procedures  under which
               freight  elevator  service  shall be available  and may limit the
               number of elevators  providing  service  outside normal  business
               boom;

          (ii) common entrances,  lobbies, stairways and corridors giving access
               to the Building  and the Leased  Premises,  including  such other
               areas from time to time which may be provided by the Landlord for
               common  use  and  enjoyment  written  the  Property;   (iii)  the
               washrooms  as the Landlord may assign from time to time which are
               standard to the  Building,  provided  that the  Landlord  and the
               Tenant  acknowledge  that where an entire  floor is leased to the
               Tenant or some other tenant the Tenant or such other  tenant,  as
               the case may be, easy exclude others from the washrooms thereon.

          2. (a) The Landlord  covenants  with the Tenant and the Landlord shall
have the sole right to furnish electricity to the Leased Premises (except Leased
Premises which have separate  meters) for normal office use for lighting and for
office equipment capable of operating from the circuits  available to the Leased
Premises  and  standard to the Building  during  hours to be  determined  by the
Landlord (but to be at least the home from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. from Monday to
Friday  inclusive  with the  exception of holidays,  Saturdays  and Sundays) and
during  such other  hours that the  Tenant  elects at its sole cost and  expense
subject to governmental regulations,

<PAGE>
          (b)     The  amount  of electricity consumed on the Leased Premises in
excess  of electricity     required by the Tenant for normal office use shall be
@  determined  by  the  Landlord     acting  reasonably  or by a metering device
installed  by  the  Tenant  at  the  Tenant's  expense. The Tenant shall pay the
Landlord  for  any  such  excess  electricity  on  demand.

          (c)Intentionally deleted.

          (d) In calculating  electricity  costs for any Fiscal Period,  if less
     than one hundred  percent  (100%) of Building is occupied by tenants,  then
     the amount of such  electricity  costs shall be deemed for the  purposes of
     this  Schedule to be increased  to an amount equal to the like  electricity
     costs  which  normally  would be  expected  by the  Landlord  to have  been
     incurred had such  occupancy  been one hundred  percent  (100%) during such
     entire period,

3. The Landlord shall  maintain and keep in repair the  facilities  required for
the  provision of the interior  climate  control,  elevator (if installed in the
Building)  and  other  services  referred  to in  sub-paragraph  (a) and (c ) of
paragraph 1 and  sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph 2 of this Schedule in accordance
with the standards of office buildings  similar to the Building but reserves the
right  to  stop  the  use of any of  these  facilities  and  the  supply  of the
corresponding  services  when  necessary  by reason of accident or  breakdown or
during the making of repairs,  alterations  or  improvements,  in the reasonable
judgment of the Landlord necessary or desirable

<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE"D"
                               SERVICES AND COSTS
to  be  made,  until  the  repairs,  alterations or improvements shall have been
completed  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Landlord.

Additional  Services     4.(a)  The  Landlord  may (but shall not be obliged) on
request  of  the  Tenant supply services or materials to the Leased Premises and
the  Property  which are not provided for under this Lease and which are used by
the  Tenant  (the  "Additional  Services")  including,  without  limitation,

          (i) replacement of non-building standard tubes and ballasts;
          (ii) carpet shampooing;
          (ii) window covering cleaning;

          (iv) locksmithing;
          (v) removal of bulk garbage;
          (vi) picture hanging; and
          (vii) special "curtly arrangement.

          (b)     When  Additional  Services  are  supplied  or furnished by the
Landlord,  accounts  therefor     shall be rendered by the Landlord and shall be
payable by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand. In the event the Landlord shall
elect  not  to  supply  or  furnish Additional Services, only persons with prior
written  approval  by  the  Landlord  (which  approval  shall not be =reasonably
withheld)  shall be permitted by the Landlord or the Tenant to supply or furnish
Additional  Services to the Tenant and the supplying and furnishing     shall be
subject  to  the  reasonable  rules  fixed by the Landlord with which the Tenant
undertakes  to  cause  compliance  and  to  comply.

          5.  (a) The  Tenant  covenants  to pay to the  Landlord  the  Tenant's
Proportionate  Share of the excess of the amount of the Operating  Costs in each
Fiscal  Period  over the  Operating  Costs in the 'Base  Year'  (as  hereinafter
defined).

          (b)     Subject  to  the other terms and conditions of this Lease, the
Landlord  shall  not  be     responsible during the Term for any costs, charges,
expenses  and  outlays  of any nature whatsoever arising from or relating to the
Leased  Premises  and  the Tenant shall pay all charges,  impositions, costs and
expenses  of  every  nature and kind relating to the Leased     Premises and the
amounts included as Additional Rent whether or not specifically     provided for
herein  and  the  Tenant  covenants  with  the  Landlord  accordingly;

          (c)   In this Lease "Operating Costs" shall include all costs incurred
or  which  will be incurred by the Landlord in discharging its obligations under
this  Lease and in the maintenance,     operation, administration and management
of  the  Property  including  without  limitation:

               (i)  cast of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning

               (ii) cost of water and power charges;

               (iii)cost of electricity,  fuel or other form of energy which are
                    not separately metered and recovered or paid by tenants;

               (iv) costs of  insurance  carried  by the  Landlord  pursuant  to
                    paragraph  9(a) of this  Lease  and  cost of any  deductible
                    amount paid by the  Landlord in  connection  with each claim
                    made by the Landlord under such Insurance;

<PAGE>
               (v)  cost of building office expanses, including telephone, rent,
                    stationery and supplies;

               (vi) costs of all elevator  and  escalator  (if  installed in the
                    Building) maintenance and operation;

               (vii)costs  of  operating  staff,   management  staff  and  other
                    administrative  personnel,  including  salaries,  wages, and
                    fringe benefits;

               (viii) owl of providing security and costs of repair, maintenance
                    and  replacement  of  communications,  fire and life  safety
                    system serving the Property;


               (ix) owl  of  providing  janitorial  services,  window  cleaning,
                    garbage and snow removal and pest control;

               (x)  cost of supplies and materials;

               (xi) cost of decoration of common areas;


D-  2

<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE"D"
                               SERVICES AND COSTS

               (xii) cost of landscaping;

               (xiii) cost of maintenance  and operation of the parking area and
                    costs of operating,  maintaining,  repairing,  and replacing
                    all   pedestrian   and   vehicular   entrances   and  exits,
                    passageways,  driveways,  tunnels,  subway  connections  and
                    delivery  and  holding  areas  used in  connection  with the
                    Property;

               (xiv)cost  of  consulting,   and   professional   fees  including
                    expenses;

               (xv) cost of  replacements,  additions and  modifications  unless
                    otherwise  included under Operating Costs under subparagraph
                    (xvi), and cost of repair and;


               (xvi)cost a in respect of each Major  Expenditure (as hereinafter
                    defined)  as  amortized  over the  period of the  Landlord's
                    reasonable  estimate  of the  economic  life  of  the  Major
                    Expenditure,  but not to exceed  fifteen  (15) years,  using
                    equal monthly  installments of principal and interest at ten
                    percent (10%) per annum  compounded  semi-annually.  For the
                    purpose   hereof   "Major   Expenditure"   shall   mean  any
                    expenditure   incurred   after   the  date  of   substantial
                    completion  of the Building for  replacement  of  machinery,
                    equipment,  building elements, systems or facilities forming
                    a part of or used in  connection  with the  Property  or for
                    modifications,  upgrades  or  additions  to the  Property or
                    facilities used in connection  therewith,  provided that, in
                    each case, such  expenditure was more than ten percent (10%)
                    of the total Operating  Costs for the immediately  preceding
                    Fiscal Period.

     (d)  In this  Lease  there  shall be  excluded  from  Operating  Costs  the
          following:

                    (i)  interest on debt and capital retirement of debt;
                    (ii)such of  the  Operating  Costs  as  are  recovered  from
                         insurance proceeds; and
                    (iii)costs  as  determined  by  the  Landlord  of  acquiring
                         tenants for the Property.

6.     The  Tenant  covenants  to pay to the Landlord the Tenant's Proportionate
Share of the costs in respect of each Major Expenditure (as hereinafter defined)
as  amortized  over  the  period  of  the  Landlord's reasonable estimate of the
economic  life  of  the Major Expenditure, but not to exceed fifteen (15) years,
using  equal monthly Installments of principal and interest at ten percent (10%)
per  annum  compounded  semi-annually.  For  the  purposes  hereof,  'Major
Expenditure'  shall  mean any expenditure incurred after the date of substantial
completion  of  the  Building  for replacement of machinery, equipment, building
elements, systems or facilities forming a part of or used in connection with the
Property  or  for  modification,  upgrades  or  additions  to  the  Property  or
facilities  used  in  connection  therewith,  provided  that, in each case, such
expenditure  is  more than ten percent (10%) of the total Operating Costs of the
Immediately  preceding  Fiscal  Period.

7.     In  calculating  Operating  Costs for any Fiscal Period, if less than one
hundred  percent  (100%)  of Building is occupied by tenants, then the amount of
such  Operating  Costs  shall  be  deemed  for  the

<PAGE>
purposes  of  this  Schedule  to  be  increased  to  an amount equal to the like
Operating  Costs  which  normally would be expected by the Landlord to have been
incurred had such occupancy been one hundred percent (100-/.) during such entire
period.

8.     In  this  Lease:

     (i)  "Tenant's  Proportionate  Share'  shall  mean two  decimal  ninety-two
          percent  (2.92%)  subject to adjustment  as  determined  solely by the
          Landlord and notified to the Tenant in writing for physical  increases
          or decreases in the total Rentable Area of the Property  provided that
          total  rentable  area of the  Property  and the  Rentable  Area of the
          Leased Premises shall exclude areas designated (whether or not rented)
          for parking and for storage.

     (ii) 'Base Year' shall mean calendar year 1998.




                                       D-3

<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE'E'

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The sidewalks,  entry passages,  elevators (if installed in the Building) and
common  stairways  shall not be  obstructed  by the Tenant or used for any other
purpose than for ingress and egress to and from the Leased Premises.  The Tenant
will not  place or  allow to be  placed  in the  Building  corridors  or  public
stairways any waste paper, dust, garbage, refuse or anything whatever.

2. The washroom plumbing fixtures and other water apparatus shall not be wed for
any purpose other than those for which they were constructed,  and no sweepings,
rubbish, rags, ashes or other substances shall be thrown therein. The expense of
any damage resulting by misuse by the Tenant shall be home by the Tenant.

3. The Tenant  shall permit  window  cleaners to clean the windows of the Leased
Premises during normal business hours.

4. No birds or  animals  shall be kept in or about  the  Property  nor shall the
Tenant  operate  or  permit  to  be  operated  any  musical  or  sound-producing
instruments or device or make or permit any improper noise inside or outside the
Leased Premises which may be heard outside such Leased Premises.

5. No one shall use the Leased  Premises for  residential  purposes,  or for the
storage of personal  effects or articles  other then those required for business
purposes.

6. All persons  entering  and leaving the Building at any time other than during
normal  business  hours  shall  register  in the books  which may be kept by the
Landlord at or near the night  entrance and the Landlord  will have the right to
prevent any person from entering or leaving the Building or the Property  unless
provided  with a key to the Premises to which such person  seeks  entrance and a
pass in a form to be approved by the Landlord. Any persons found in the Building
at such times  without such keys and passes will be subject to the  surveillance
of the employees and agents of the Landlord.

7. No dangerous or explosive  materials shall be kept or permitted to be kept in
the Leased Premises.

8. The Tenant  shall not permit any  cooking in the Leased  Premises  except for
food warned up in  microwaves  for  consumption  by  employees  or guests of the
Tenant.  The Tenant shall not install or permit the  installation  or use of any
machine  dispensing  goods for sale in the  Leased  Premises  without  the prior
written approval of the Landlord.  Only persons authorized by the Landlord shall
be permitted to deliver or to use the  elevators  (if installed in the Building)
for the purpose of delivering food or beverages to the Leased Premises.

9. The Tenant shall not bring in or take out,  position,  construct,  install or
move any safe,  business machine or other heavy office  equipment  without first
obtaining the prior written cement of the Landlord.  In giving such consent, the
Landlord  shall have the right in its sole  discretion,  to prescribe the weight
permitted and the position thereof,  and the use and design of planks,  skids or
platform to distribute  the weight  thereof.  All damage done to the Building by
moving or using any such heavy equipment or other office  equipment or furniture
shall be  repaired  at the  expense  of the  Tenant.  The  moving  of all  heavy

<PAGE>
equipment  or other  office  equipment  or  furniture  shall occur only at times
consented to by the  Landlord  and the persons  employed to move the same in and
out of the Building must be  acceptable  to the Landlord.  Safes and other heavy
office  equipment  will be moved through the halls and corridors only upon steel
bearing plates.  No freight or bulky matter of any description  will be received
into the Building or carried in the  elevators  (if  installed in the  Building)
except during hours approved by the Landlord.

10. The Tenant shall give the Landlord  prompt  notice of any accident to or any
defect in the plumbing, heating,  air-conditioning,  ventilating,  mechanical or
electrical apparatus or any other part of the Building

11.  The  parking  of  automobiles  shall  be  subject  to the  charges  and the
reasonable  regulations  of the Landlord.  The Landlord shall not be responsible
for damage to or theft of any car, its accessories or contents  whether the same
be the result of negligence or otherwise.

12.  The  Tenant  shall not mark,  drill  into or in any way  deface  the walls,
ceilings,  partitions,  floors or other  parts of the  Leased  Premises  and the
Building.

13. Except with the prior written consent of the Landlord, no tenant shall we or
engage any person or persons other than the janitor or janitorial  contractor of
the Landlord for the purpose of any cleaning of the Leased Premises.

14. If the Tenant desires any electrical or communications  wiring, the Landlord
reserves the right to direct qualified persons as to where and how the wires are
to be  introduced,  and without such  directions no borings or cutting for wires
shall  take  place.  No other  wires or  pipes of any kind  shall be  introduced
without the prior written consent of the Landlord.

15. The Tenant shall not place or cause to be placed any  additional  locks upon
any doors of the Leased  Premises  without  the  approval  of the  Landlord  and
subject  to any  conditions  imposed  by the  Landlord.  Additional  keys may be
obtained from the Landlord at the cost of the Tenant.

<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE "E"

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

16. The Tenant shall be entitled to have its name shown upon the directory board
of the Building and at one of the entrance  doors to the Leased  Premises all at
the Tenant's  expense,  but the Landlord shall in its sole discretion design the
style of such  identification  and allocate the space on the directory board for
the Tenant.

17. The Tenant  shall keep the window  coverings  (if any) in a closed  position
during  period of direct  son  load.  The  Tenant  shall not  interfere  with or
obstruct any perimeter heating, air-conditioning or ventilating units.

18. The Tenant shall not conduct,  and shall not permit any,  canvassing  in the
Building.

19.  The  Tenant  shall  take care of the rugs and drapes (if any) in the Leased
Premises and shall  arrange for the  carrying-out  of regular spot  cleaning and
shampooing  of carpets and dry cleaning of drapes in a manner  acceptable to the
Landlord.

20. The  Tenant  shall  permit the  periodic  closing  of lanes,  driveways  and
passages for the purpose of  preserving  the  Landlord's  rights over such land,
driveways and passages.

21. The Tenant  shall not place or permit to be placed any sign,  advertisement,
notice or other  display on any part of the  exterior of the Leased  Premises or
elsewhere if such sign,  advertisement,  notice or other display is visible from
outside the Leased  Premises  without the prior written  consent of the Landlord
which may be  arbitrarily  withheld.  The Tenant,  upon request of the Landlord,
shall immediately remove any sign, advertisement,  notice or other display which
the Tenant has placed or  permitted  to be placed  which,  in the opinion of the
Landlord, Is objectionable,  and if the Tenant shall fail to do so, the Landlord
may remove the same at the expense of the Tenant.

22. The Landlord shall have the right to make such other and further  reasonable
rules and  regulations and to alter the same as In its judgment may from time to
time be needful for the safety,  care,  cleanliness and appearance of the Leased
Premises and the Building and for the  presentation  of good order therein,  and
the  same  shall  be kept and  observed  by the  tenants,  their  employees  and
servants.  The  Landlord  also has the right to  suspend or cancel any or all of
these rules and regulations herein set out.

<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE "F"
                             LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Definition of Leasehold  Improvements  1. For purposes of this Lease,  the term.
"Leasehold   Improvements"   includes,   without   limitation,   all   fixtures,
improvements,  installations,  alterations and additions from time to time made,
erected or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant,  or any previous occupant of
the Leased Premises, in the Leased Premises and by or on behalf of other tenants
in other premises in the Building  (including the Landlord if an occupant of the
Building),  including all partitions,  doors and hardware however  affixed,  and
whether or not movable, all mechanical, electrical and utility installations and
all carpeting and drapes with the exception  only of furniture and equipment not
of the nature of fixtures.

Installation  of  Improvements and Fixtures 2. The Landlord shall include in the
Leased Premises the "Landlord's Work' (as hereinafter defined). The Tenant shall
not  make,  erect,  install  or  alter  any Leasehold Improvements in the Leased
Premises  without  having  requested  and  obtained the Landlord's prior written
approval.  The     Landlord's  approval  shall  not,  if  given,  under  any
circumstances  be  construed  as  a  consent  to  the Landlord having its estate
charged  with the cost of work. The Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its
approval  to  any  such  request,  but  failure  to  comply  with the Landlord's
reasonable  requirements  from time to time for the Building shall be considered
sufficient  reason  for refusal. In making, erecting, installing or altering any
Leasehold  Improvements the Tenant shall not, without the prior written approval
of  the Landlord, after or interfere with any installations which have been made
by  the  Landlord or others and in no event shall alter or interfere with window
coverings  (if  any)  or  other  light control devices (if any) installed in the
Building.  The  Tenant's  request for any approval hereunder shall be in writing
and  accompanied  by an adequate description of the contemplated work and, where
considered  appropriate  by  the  Landlord,  working drawings and specifications
thereof.  If the Tenant requires from the Landlord drawings or specifications of
the Building in connection with the Leasehold Improvements, the Tenant shall pay
the  cost  thereof  to the Landlord on demand. Any reasonable costs and expenses
incurred  by the Landlord in connection with the Tenant's Leasehold Improvements
shall  be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand. All work to be performed
in  the  Leased  Premises shall be performed by competent and adequately insured
contractors  and  subcontractors  of  whom  the  Landlord shall have approved in
writing  prior to commencement of any work, such approval not to be unreasonably
withheld  (except  that the Landlord may require that the Landlord's contractors
and  subcontractors  be  engaged  for  any mechanical or electrical work) and by
workmen  who  have  labor  union  affiliations  that  are  compatible with those
affiliations  (if  any)  of workmen employed by the Landlord and its contractors
and  sub-contractors.  All such work including the delivery, storage and removal
of  materials  shall  be  subject to the reasonable supervision of the Landlord,
shall  be  performed in accordance with any reasonable conditions or regulations
imposed  by  the  Landlord including, without limitation, payment on demand of a
reasonable  fee  of the Landlord for such supervision, and shall be completed In
good  and  workmanlike  manner  in  accordance  with the description of the work
approved  by  the  Landlord  and  in  accordance  with all laws, regulations and
by-laws  of  all  regulatory authorities. Copies of required building permits or
authorization  shall be obtained by the Tenant at its expense and copies thereof
shall  be  provided  to  the  Landlord.  If  the  Tenant  undertakes  Leasehold
Improvements,  upon  completion  of such Leasehold Improvements the Tenant shall
supply  to  the  Landlord  complete  'As-Built"  drawings representing Leasehold
Improvements  installed  and,  if  applicable,  an engineer approved air balance
report. No locks shall be installed on the entrance doors or in any doors in the
Leased  Premises  that  are  not  keyed  to  the  Building  master  key  system.

<PAGE>
Liens  and  Encumbrances  on Improvements and Fixtures 3. In connection with the
making,  erection,  installation or alteration of Leasehold Improvements and all
other work or installations made by or for the Tenant in the Leased Premises the
Tenant  shall  comply with all the provisions of the construction lien and other
similar  statutes  from  time  to time applicable thereto (including any proviso
requiring  or  enabling the retention by way of holdback of portions of any sums
payable)  and,  except  as to any such holdback, shall promptly pay all accounts
relating  thereto.  The  Tenant  will  not create any mortgage, conditional sale
agreement  or  other  encumbrance  in  respect of its Leasehold Improvements or,
without  the written consent of the Landlord, with respect to its trade fixtures
nor  shall  the  Tenant  take  any  action  as  a  consequence of which any such
mortgage,  conditional  sale  agreement or other encumbrance would attach to the
Property or any part thereof. If and whenever any construction or other lien for
work, labor, services or materials supplied to or for the Tenant or for the cost
of  which  the Tenant may be in any way liable or claims therefor shall arise or
be  filed  or any such mortgage, conditional sale agreement or other encumbrance
shall  attach,  the Tenant shall within twenty (20) days after submission by the
Landlord  of  notice  thereof  procure  the  discharge  thereof,  including  any
certificate  of  action  registered in respect of any lien, by payment or giving
security  or  in  such  other manner as may be required or permitted by law, and
failing which the Landlord may avail itself of any of its remedies hereunder for
default  of  the  Tenant  and  may  make  any  payments  or  take  any  steps or

<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE 'F"

                             LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

proceedings required to procure the discharge of any such liens or encumbrances,
and shall be entitled to be repaid by the Tenant on demand for any such payments
and  to be paid on demand by the Tenant for all costs and expenses in connection
with  steps  or  proceedings  taken  by the Landlord and the Landlord's right to
reimbursement  and  to  payment  shall not be affected or impaired if the Tenant
shall  then  or subsequently establish or claim that any lien or encumbrances so
discharged  was  without merit or excessive or subject to any abatement, set-off
or  defense.  The Tenant agrees to indemnify the Landlord from all claims, costs
and expenses which may be incurred by the Landlord In any proceedings brought by
any  person  against  the  Landlord  alone  or  with another or others for or in
respect  of  work,  labor,  services or materials supplied to or for the Tenant.

Removal  of  Improvements  and  Fixtures 4.     All Leasehold Improvements in or
upon  the  Leased  Premises shall immediately upon their placement be and become
the  Landlord's  property without compensation therefor to the Tenant. Except to
the  extent  otherwise expressly agreed by the Landlord in writing, no Leasehold
Improvements,  furniture  or  equipment  shall be removed by the Tenant from the
Leased  Premises either during or at the expiration or sooner termination of the
Term  except  that-.

     (a)  the Tenant  shall,  prior to the end of the Term,  remove  such of the
          Leasehold  Improvements  and trade fixtures In the Leased  Premises as
          the Landlord shall require to be removed; and

     (b)  the Tenant may, at the times  appointed by the Landlord and subject to
          availability  of elevators (if installed in the Building),  remove its
          furniture  and  equipment at the end of the Term,  and also during the
          Term in the  usual  and  normal  course  of Its  business  where  such
          furniture or equipment has become excess for the Tenant's  purposes or
          the Tenant is substituting therefor new furniture and equipment.

The  Tenant shall, in the case of every removal, make good at the expense of the
Tenant  any  damage  caused to the Property by the Installation and removal.  In
the  event  of  the Non-removal by the end of the Term, or sooner termination of
this  Lease,  of  such  trade fixtures or Leasehold Improvements required by the
Landlord  of  the  Tenant  to be removed, the Landlord shall have the option, in
addition  to  its  other remedies under this Lease to declare to the Tenant that
such  trade fixtures are the property of the Landlord and the Landlord upon such
a  declaration  may  dispose  of  such trade fixtures and retain any proceeds of
disposition  as  security  for the obligations of the Tenant to the Landlord and
the  Tenant  shall  be  liable  to the Landlord for any expenses incurred by the
Landlord.

5.     For  the  purpose  of  this  Lease,

     (a)  the term  "Tenant's  Work' shall mean all work  required to be done to
          complete the Leased Premises for occupancy by the Tenant excluding the
          'Landlord's Work" (as hereinafter defined).

<PAGE>
     (b)  the term 'Landlord's Work" shall mean:

          1.   Install new carpet (building  standard)  throughout  entire space
               (except lunchroom).

          2.   Repaint white walls.

          3.   Touch up exterior paint on window sills.

          4.   Remove the janitorial closet (including sink).

          5.   Replace broken or stained ceiling tiles.

          6.   Remove existing 220V power cords and outlets.

          7.   Build insulating wall along back of space that shall considerably
               reduce the noise from the adjacent mechanical room.

<PAGE>

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

     This  Agreement  (the  "Agreement') is made and entered into by and between
Digital  Equipment  Corporation  ("Digital"),  a  Massachusetts corporation, and
AltaVista  Technology, Inc. ("ATI"), a California corporation (collectively, the
"Parties").

     WHEREAS, ATI registered the domain name "altavista.com" with InterNIC on or
about  February  1,  1995;

     WHEREAS,  on or about March 14, 1996, the Parties entered into an Agreement
pursuant  to  which  ATI agreed to assign to Digital all of its right, title and
interest  in  and  to  the ALTAVISTA trademark and Digital agreed to grant ATI a
nonexclusive  license  to  use  the ALTAVISTA mark as part of the corporate name
"AltaVista  Technology,  Inc."  and  as  part  of  the  Internet  domain  name
"altavista.com";

     WHEREAS,  on  or about March 14, 1996, the Parties entered into a trademark
Assignment Agreement pursuant to which ATI assigned to Digital all of its right,
title  and  interest  in  and  to  the  ALTAVISTA  trademark;

     WHEREAS,  on  or about March 19, 1996, the parties entered into a Trademark
License  Agreement ("License Agreement") pursuant to which Digital granted ATI a
nonexclusive  license  to  use  the ALTAVISTA mark as part of the corporate name
"AltaVista  Technology,  Inc."  and  as  part  of  the  Internet  domain  name
"altavista.com";

REDACTED

<PAGE>
     WHEREAS,  the Parties have agreed to terminate  the License  Agreement  and
enter into a License  Termination and Installment Sale Agreement whereby ATI has
agreed to sell, transfer and assign to Digital all of ATI's rights in and to the
ALTAVISTA  mark granted to ATI under the License  Agreement,  including  but not
limited to ATI's right to use the ALTAVISTA  mark as part of the corporate  name
"AltaVista   Technology,   Inc."  and  as  part  of  the  Internet  domain  name
"altavista.com" REDACTED;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in consideration of the mutual promises, releases
and agreements herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged,  the  Parties  agree  as  follows:

1.     Installment  Sale  Agreement.
       -----------------------------

     Immediately  upon  execution of this Agreement, the Parties shall execute a
License  Termination and Installment Sale Agreement, in the form attached hereto
as  Exhibit  A.

2.     Linking  and  Content  Agreement.
       --------------------------------

Immediately  upon  execution  of  this  Agreement,  the  Parties shall execute a
Linking  and  Content     Agreement  in  the  form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

       REDACTED
       --------

4.     Press  Release  by  Digital.
       ----------------------------

     Within  ten  (IO)  days after the execution of this Agreement, Digital will
issue  a  press  release regarding the Parties' agreements, substantially in the
form  attached hereto as Exhibit C. Except as permitted in paragraph 7.1 hereof,
ATI  shall  not make any statements regarding the terms of this Agreement or any
other  agreement  of  the Parties entered into contemporaneously herewith except
those  terms  disclosed in the press release, nor shall ATI respond to inquiries
from  the  press  or from any other person regarding said terms, except to refer
such  inquiries  to
Digital's  press  release.

                                        2
<PAGE>

REDACTED

6.     Return  of  Confidential  Information.
       --------------------------------------

     Within  ten  (IO)  days  after  the execution of this Agreement, each party
shall  return  all  (including  all  copies)  of  the other Party's confidential
information  produced  in  connection  with  the  Action.

7.     Confidentiality.
       ----------------

     7.1     Confidentiality  and  non  disparagement- Except to the extent that
             --------
disclosure  of the terms of this Agreement (i) may be required by law or (ii) is
required  for  purposes  of  obtaining tax or accounting advice or communicating
with insurance carriers, the Parties agree that the terms of this Agreement, the
settlement  negotiations  prior  thereto,  and  the  facts  and  circumstances
underlying  this  Agreement  shall  be  considered  confidential.  Any  and  all
statements  made  by  the  Parties  in  connection  with  this Agreement and the
settlement  negotiations  prior  thereto,  whether a statement of fact, opinion,
supposition  or otherwise, may not and will not be used, quoted or alluded to in
any manner.  The Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent
disclosure  of the terms of this Agreement and the settlement negotiations prior
thereto any third party.  The Parties agree not to publicly disparage each other
(including, but not limited to, through their counsel) concerning the litigation
or  the  subject  matter  thereof.

     7.2     Material  Breach  of  Confidentiality-  The  Parties agree that any
             -------------------------------------
violation  of the provisions of paragraph 7.1 shall be a material breach of this
Agreement,

                                        3
<PAGE>

REDACTED

9.     Material  Breach.
       -----------------

     The Parties agree that upon any material breach by ATI of the terms of this
Agreement  or  the  terms  of  the  License  Termination  and  Installment  Sale
Agreement,  all of Digital's obligations under the Linking and Content Agreement
shall  terminate.

10.     Miscellaneous.
        --------------

     10.1     cc  -  All  notices,  requests,  waivers,  consents,  or  other
communications  required  or permitted by this Agreement ("Notices") shall be in
writing.  Notices  shall  be deemed delivered for all purposes when delivered in
person  or  when  dispatched  by  electronic  facsimile  transmission  or  upon
confirmation  of  receipt  when  dispatched by a nationally recognized overnight
courier service to the appropriate party with a copy to counsel (which shall not
constitute  notice)  as  follows:

If  to  Digital:

Cliff  Simpson,  Esq.
Group  Counsel,  Consumer  Products  Group  Office  of  the  General  Counsel
Compaq  Computer  Corporation
20555  SH249
MS  I  10701
Houston,  Texas  77070
Telephone:     (281)  518-2552
Facsimile:     (281)  514-8332

                                        4
<PAGE>
with  a  copy  to:

Shepard  M.  Remis,  P.C.
Goodwin,  Procter  &  Hoar  LLP
Exchange  Place
Boston,  Massachusetts  02109-2881
Telephone:     (617)  570-1350
Facsimile:     (617)  523-1231

If  to  ATI:
- ------------

Jack  Marshall
President
AltaVista  Technology,  Inc-
1671  Dell  Avenue,  Suite  209
Campbell,  California  95008
Telephone:     (408)  364-8777
Facsimile:     (408)  364-8778

with  a  copy  to:

Lee  Carl  Bromberg,  Esq.
Bromberg  &  Sunstein  LLP
125  Summer  Street
Boston,  Massachusetts  02110-1618
Telephone:     (617)  443-9292
Facsimile:     (617)  443-0004

     10.2     Amendment and Waiver,     This Agreement may be amended, modified,
              --------------------
waived,  discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing of subsequent
or  even  date  signed  by  both  Parties.

     10.3     Successors  and  Assigns.     This  Agreement will be binding upon
              -------------------------
and  inure  to  the  benefit  of the Parties and their respective successors and
assigns.

     10.4     Rights  of  the  Parties.     Nothing expressed or implied in this
              ------------------------
Agreement  is intended or will be construed to confer upon or give any person or
entity  other  than  the  Parties or their respective successors and assigns any
rights  or  remedies  under  or  by  reason of this Agreement or any transaction
contemplated  hereby.

     10.5     Titles  and  Headings.     Titles  and  headings  to  Articles and
              ----------------------
Sections  herein  are  inserted  for  convenience of reference only, and are not
intended  to  be  a  part  of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement.

                                        5
<PAGE>
     10.6     Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement, together  with  its  Exhibits,
              ------------------
constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject
matter  hereof,  and there are no  agreements  between the Parties  with respect
hereto except as expressly set forth herein.

     10.7      Delay  or  Omission.     No  delay  or  omission by either of the
               --------------------
Parties in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of
any  right.  A  waiver of consent given by either of the Parties on any occasion
is  effective  only  in  that  instance and will not be construed as a bar to or
waiver  of  any  right  on  any  other  occasion.

     10.8     Severability.     In  case  any  provision  contained  in  this
              -------------
Agreement  is determined by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity
and  enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or  impaired  thereby.

     10.9     Additional  Documents.     Each  of  the  Parties  shall, upon the
              ----------------------
request  of  the  other  party,  provide  such  other party with such additional
instruments, certificates and documents as the requesting party shall reasonably
require,  whether  or not such request is made after the date of this Agreement,
in  order  to provide the requesting party with the rights and benefits to which
such  party  is  entitled  under  the  Agreement.

     10.10     Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of
               -------------
counterparts,  each  of  which  when  executed  and delivered shall be deemed an
original;  such  counterparts  shall  together  constitute  but  one  agreement.

     10.11     Corporation.     Each  party  hereto  is  a corporation, and each
               ------------
person  executing  this  Agreement  on  behalf  of  a corporation represents and
warrants that: (a) such corporation is duly organized, validly authorized and in
good  standing,  and possesses full power and authority to enter into and comply
with the terms of this Agreement; (b) the execution and delivery, and compliance
with  the  terms, of this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all
requisite  corporate  acts  and  consents and do not contravene the terms of any
other  obligation  to which the corporation is subject; (c) this Agreement, when
effective,  shall  constitute  a  legal,  binding  and  valid obligation of such
entity,  enforceable  in  accordance with its terms; and (d) each of the Parties
hereto  shall  furnish  to  the  other  party  such evidence of such actions and
consent,  and such legal opinions with respect thereto, as either of the Parties
may  reasonably  request.

                                        6
<PAGE>
     10.12     Governing Law.   This  Agreement  and  the  terms,  covenants and
               --------------
conditions  hereof shall be construed in accordance  with,  and governed by, the
laws  of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  (without  giving  effects  to any
conflicts of law provisions contained therein).

IN  WITNESS HEREOF, the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on this
31st.  day  of  July,  1998.


DIGITAL  EQUIPMENT  CORPORATION     ALTAVISTA  TECHNOLOGY,  INC.

By:  s._Robert  E.  Hult               By:  _____________
     -------------------
     Robert  E.  Hult             Jack  Marshall

                                        7
<PAGE>
10.12     Governing  Law.     This  Agreement  and  the  terms,  covenants  and
          ---------------
conditions  hereof  shall  be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the
laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  (without  giving  effect  to any
conflicts  of  law  provisions  contained  therein).

     IN  WITNESS HEREOF, the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on
this  31-st.  day  of  July,  1998.



DIGITAL  EQUIPMENT  CORPORATION     ALTAVISTA  TECHNOLOGY,INC.


By:  __________________               By:  s.  Jack  Marshall
                                           ------------------
    Robert  E.  Hult                         Jack  Marshall

                                        7
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

LICENSE  TERMINATION  AND  INSTALLMENT  SALE  AGREEMENT

     This  License Termination and Installment Sale Agreement ("Installment Sale
Agreement")  is  made  and  entered  into  by  and  between  Digital  Equipment
Corporation  ("Digital"), a Massachusetts corporation, and AltaVista Technology,
Inc.  ("ATI"),  a  California  corporation  (collectively,  the  "Parties").

     WHEREAS, ATI registered the domain name "altavista.com" with InterNIC on or
about  February1,1995;  and

     WHEREAS,  on  or about March 19, 1986, the Parties entered into a trademark
license agreement (the "License Agreement") pursuant to which Digital granted to
ATI  a  nonexclusive  license to use the ALTAVISTA mark as part of the corporate
name  "AltaVista  Technology,  Inc."  and  as  part  of the Internet domain name
"altavista.com";

WHEREAS,  the  Parties  have  agreed  to  terminate  the  License Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  ATI  has  agreed  to  sell, transfer and assign to Digital all of
ATI's  rights  in  and  to  the  ALTAVISTA mark granted to ATI under the License
Agreement, including but not limited to ATI's right to use the ALTAVISTA mark as
part  of  the  corporate  name  "AltaVista  Technology, Inc." and as part of the
Internet  domain  name  "altavista.com";

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  mutual promises and
agreements  contained  herein  and  in the Agreement of the Parties entered into
contemporaneously  with  this  Installment  Sale  Agreement,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby  acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

     1.     Termination  of  License  Agreement.  Thirty  (30)  days  after  the
execution  of  this  Installment  Sale  Agreement,  the  License Agreement shall
terminate,  and  ATI  shall  have no further rights under the License Agreement,
provided however, that ATI may continue to use the ALTAVISTA mark in the limited
manner  set  forth  in  paragraph  6  below.

     2.     Sale,  Transfer  and  Assignment  of  Rights.     ATI  hereby sells,
            ---------------------------------------------
transfers and assigns to Digital, effective thirty (30) days after the execution
of  this  Installment  Sale Agreement, all of its rights in and to the ALTAVISTA
mark  granted  to  ATI under the License Agreement, including but not limited to
ATI's  right to use the ALTAVISTA mark as part of the corporate name "Alta Vista
Technology,  Inc."and  as  part  of the Internet domain name "altavista.com" and
ATI's  rights  to  use  any  other  names  containing  the term "altavista" or a
confusingly  similar  term.  ATI further sells, transfers and assigns to Digital
all rights associated with the domain name "altavista.com" effective thirty (30)
days after the execution of this Installment Sale Agreement.  Within thirty (30)
days  after  the  execution  of  this  Installment Sale Agreement, A1  ATI shall

<PAGE>
provide  Digital  with  the  documentation necessary to transfer the domain name
 .1altavista.com"  to  Digital  in  accordance  with the published procedures for
transfer  domain  names  in  effect  at  that  time.  Digital  shall  file  such
documentation with InterNIC no earlier than the thirty-first day after execution
of  this  installment  Sale  Agreement.  ATI  agrees  to  execute and deliver to
Digital  such  other  documents  and  take  such other reasonable actions as are
required  to transfer the domain name "altavista.com" to Digital and to confirm,
evidence,  or  establish  Digital's  rights  to the domain name "altavista.com."

3.     No  Use of Similar Domain Name,     ATI agrees to not use or register any
       ------------------------------
domain  name  containing  the  term "altavista" or any confusingly similar term.

4.     No Objection to Registration of Domain Name.     ATI agrees to not object
       --------------------------------------------
to or otherwise challenge Digital's use and registration worldwide of any domain
name  containing  the  term  "altavista"  or  any  confusingly  similar  term.

5.     Representation  and  Warranties.
       --------------------------------
     5.1     Seller.     ATI  represents  and warrants to the best of its actual
             ------
knowledge,  as  of the date of its execution of this Installment Sale Agreement,
that:

               (a) There are no existing or threatened  claims or proceedings by
               any third party relating to ATI's use, registration, or ownership
               of the domain name l,altavista.com";

               (b)  The  domain  name  "altavista.com"  is  not  subject  to any
               outstanding  order,  decree,   judgment,   stipulation,   written
               restriction,  undertaking,  or agreement  that would  prevent ATI
               from complying with any of its obligations under this Installment
               Sale Agreement;

               (c) The domain name  "altavista.com"  is not subject to any lien,
               security interest, mortgage, or other encumbrance;

               (d) ATI has not granted any licenses to or  authorized  any third
               parties to use the domain name "altavista.com" or any confusingly
               similar domain name; and

               (e)  ATI  does  not  own  any  domain   name   registrations   or
               applications  containing the term  "altavista" or any confusingly
               similar term other than the domain name "altavista.com."

                                       A2
<PAGE>
6.  Transition  Period.
    -------------------

     6.1  Domain  Name.     After  the termination of the License Agreement, ATI
          ------------
shall  not  use  the  domain name altavista.com", provided however, that ATI may
refer  to  the domain name "altavista.com" in order to inform third parties that
it  has  changed  its  Web  site address from the domain name "altavista.com" to
another  domain  name for a period of three (3) months following the transfer of
the  domain  name  "altavista.com."

     6.2  E-Mail  Routing.     Upon  transfer  to  Digital  of  the  domain name
          ----------------
"altavista.com"  and  for  a  period  of  six (6) months following the transfer,
Digital  shall  route  e-mail  directed  to  "altavista.com"  and intended to be
received  by ATI to magicbit.com" or to any other Internet address designated by
ATI.  ATI shall have the right to change the Internet address to which e-mail is
routed  upon  five  (5)  days  written  notice  to  Digital.  Digital  shall  be
responsible  for maintaining consistent operation of the e-mail routing software
so  as  to  minimize  any  delay  between  Digital's  receipt  of e-mail and the
transmission  of  e-mail  to  ATI  and  so  as to ensure the integrity of e-mail
messages  and  attachments.  In  no  case  shall e-mail be routed to the address
designated  by  ATI  later than twelve (12) hours after receipt by Digital.  For
the  period  of  six  (6)  months  following  the  transfer  of  the domain name
altavista.com", Digital shall not use any of the e-mail addresses currently used
by  ATI,  as  listed  in  Exhibit  I  hereto.  ATI  may refer to the domain name
"altavista.com"  during  this  six  (6)  month  period  in order to inform third
parties  that  it  has  changed  its  e-mail  addresses.

     6.3     Change  of  Corporate Name.     Within ten (1O) business days after
             ---------------------------
the execution of this Installment Sale Agreement, ATI shall file papers with the
appropriate  legal agency to legally change its corporate name.  For a period of
thirty (30) days following the execution of this Installment Sale Agreement, ATI
may use the ALTAVISTA mark as part of its corporate name.  ATI shall not use the
ALTAVISTA  mark  as  part of its corporate name after the thirty (30) day period
following  the  execution  of  this  Installment  Sale  Agreement  has  expired.

     7.     Termination  of  Agreements.     Immediately  upon  the execution of
this Installment Sale Agreement, ATI shall give notice of the termination of all
agreements  that  could impair its right to sell, transfer and assign to Digital
all  of its rights in and to the ALTAVISTA mark granted to ATI under the License
Agreement.  Such  notice  shall  be given to all parties to all such agreements.

     8.     Payment.     Immediately upon the execution of this Installment Sale
            -------
Agreement,  Digital  shall  deliver  or  cause to be delivered to ATI the sum of
three hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($350,000.00) and shall execute a seven
percent  (7%)  promissory  note  in  the  principal  amount of two million seven
hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars ($2,750,000.00) in the form of Exhibit 2.

                                       A3
<PAGE>
9.  Miscellaneous.
    --------------

     9.1     Amendment  and  Wavier.     This  Installment Sale Agreement may be
             -----------------------
amended,  modified,  waived,  discharged  or terminated only by an instrument in
writing  of  subsequent  or  even  date  signed  by  both  Parties.

     9.2     Successors and Assigns.     This Installment Sale Agreement will be
             -----------------------
binding  upon  and  inure  to  the  benefit  of the Parties and their respective
successors  and  assigns.

     9.3     Delay  or  Omission.     No  delay  or  omission  by  either of the
             --------------------
Parties  in  exercising  any  right  under  this Installment Sale Agreement will
operate  as  a  waiver of any right.  A waiver of consent given by either of the
Parties  on  any  occasion  is  effective  only in that instance and will not be
construed  as  a  bar  to  or  waiver  of  any  right  on  any  other  occasion.

     9.4     Severability.     In  case  any  provision  contained  in  this
Installment  Sale  Agreement  is  determined  by  a  court  to  be  invalid  or
unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall
not  in  any  way  be  affected  or  impaired  thereby.

     9.5     Additional  Documents.     Each  of  the  Parties  shall,  upon the
             ----------------------
request  of  the  other  party,  provide  such  other party with such additional
instruments, certificates and documents as the requesting party shall reasonably
require,  whether or not such request is made after the date of this Installment
Sale  Agreement,  in  order  to provide the requesting party with the rights and
benefits  to which such party is entitled under this Installment Sale Agreement.

     9.6     Counterparts.     This  Installment  Sale Agreement may be executed
             -------------
in  any  number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall
be  deemed  an  original;  such  counterparts  shall together constitute but one
agreement.

     9.7     Corporations.     Each  party  hereto  is  a  corporation, and each
person  executing  this  Installment  Sale  Agreement on behalf of a corporation
represents  and  warrants  that: (a) such corporation is duly organized, validly
authorized and in good standing, and possesses full power and authority to enter
into  and  comply  with  the  terms  of this Installment Sale Agreement; (b) the
execution  and delivery, and compliance with the terms, of this Installment Sale
Agreement  have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate acts
and  consents  and  do not contravene the terms of any other obligation to which
the corporation is subject; (c) this Installment Sale Agreement, when effective,
shall  constitute  a  legal,  binding  and  valid  obligation  of  such  entity,
enforceable  in  accordance  with  its terms; and (d) each of the Parties hereto
shall  furnish to the other party such evidence of such actions and consent, and
such  legal  opinions  with  respect  thereto,  as  either  of  the  Parties may
reasonably  request.

                                       A4
<PAGE>
9.8     Governing  Law.     This  Installment  Sale  Agreement  and  the  terms,
        ---------------
covenants  and  conditions  hereof  shall  be  construed in accordance with, and
governed  by,  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without giving
effect  to  any  conflicts  of  law  provisions  contained  therein).

     IN  WITNESS  HEREOF, the Parties hereto have duly executed this Installment
Sale  Agreement  on  this  31st  day  of  July,  1998.


DIGITAL  EQUIPMENT  CORPORATION     ALTAVISTA  TECHNOLOGY,  INC.


By:  _________                      By:  s.Jack  Marshall
                                         ----------------
Robert  E.  Hutt


                                       A5
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                     EXHIBIT 2 (INSTALLMENT SALE AGREEMENT)

                                PROMISSORY NOTE

                          DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION

REDACTED                                              BOSTON,  MA

                                                      DATE:  JULY  31,1998

     FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   Digital  Equipment  Corporation,   a  Massachusetts
corporation  (the  "Company"),  hereby promises to pay to the order of AltaVista
Technology,  Inc., a California  corporation (the "Seller"),  and its successors
and assigns,  the principal amount of REDACTED ), with interest on the principal
amount outstanding  hereunder from time to time from the date hereof through and
including  the date on which such  principal  amounts  are paid,  at the rate of
REDACTED annually.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number
of days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

     Ibis Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest,  shall be payable
REDACTED All payments  shall be in lawful money of the United States of America.
Neither  principal  of nor  interest  on this Note may be prepaid by the Company
without the prior  consent of the Seller,  which consent the Seller may withhold
in its sole discretion.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     At the option of the holder of this Note and without prejudice to any other
rights the holder hereof may have at law or in equity, all sums of principal and
interest  then  remaining  unpaid  hereunder  shall  immediately  become due and
payable,  without  demand,  presentment  or  notice,  all  of  which  are hereby
expressly  waived,  if  any  of  the  following  occur  ("Events  of  Default"):

     1.1.     The  Company  breaches  any covenant or other term or provision of
this  Note  and such breach continues for five days after written notice thereof
to  Company  from  the  holder  hereof.

     1.2.     The  Company  becomes insolvent or admits in writing its inability
to  pay  its  debts  as  they mature;     makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors;  applies  for or consents to the appointment of a receiver or trustee
for  it  or  for  a  substantial  part  of  its  property  or  business; or such
a  receiver  or     trustee  otherwise  is  appointed.

                                       A7
<PAGE>
     1.3.     Bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, winding up, reorganization or
liquidation  proceedings  or  relief under any bankruptcy law or any law for the
relief  of  debtors is instituted by or against the Company and is not dismissed
within  thirty  days.


     1.4.     The Company fails to pay this Note when due in accordance with its
terms.


                                   ARTICLE 11
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     2.1.     No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Note
nor  consent TO any departure by the Company therefrom shall be effective unless
the  same shall be in writing and signed by the holder hereof and such waiver or
consent  shall  be  effective only in the SPECIFIC instance and for the specific
Purpose  for  which  given.

     2.2.     The  Company hereby waives any requirements of notice of dishonor,
notice  of  protest  and  protest.

     2.3.     This  Note  shall  be  governed in all respects by the laws of the
Commonwealth  of     Massachusetts     without  giving effect to the conflict of
law  provisions  thereof.

     2.4.     This Note shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and
assigns  and  the     terms  hereof     shall inure to the benefit of the Seller
and  its  successors  and  assigns,  including

subsequent  holders  hereof.

     2.5.     The  holding  of  any  provision  of  this  Note  to be invalid or
unenforceable  by  a  court of competent jurisdiction shall not affect any other
provisions, and the other provisions of this Note shall remain in full force and
effect.

     2.6.     If  this  Note  becomes  worn,  defaced, or mutilated but is still
substantially  intact and recognizable, the Company or its agent may issue a new
Note in lieu hereof upon the surrender of such worn, defaced, or mutilated Note.
If  the  holder  of  this  Note  claims  that  it  has  been lost, destroyed, or
wrongfully  taken,  the  Company  will issue a new Note in place of the original
Note  if  the  holder  so  requests  by  written  notice to the Company actually
received by the Company before it is notified that the Note has been acquired by
a  bona  fide  purchaser.

     2.7.     If  the  holder  or payee of this note changes its name or mergers
with or into another corporation or other entity, the Company shall upon request
issue  a  new  Note  of  like tenor payable to the payee under its new corporate
name,  or  to  the  successor  entity, in lieu hereof upon the surrender of this
Note.

                                       A8
<PAGE>
     2.8.     Unless  otherwise  specified by the holder hereof on the date when
payment  is  due,  payment  under  this Note shall be made at and all notices to
holders  shall  be  delivered  to,  the  following  address:


          AltaVista  Technology,  Inc.
          1671  Dell  Ave.  Suite  209
          Campbell,  CA  95009
          Attention:  Jack  Marshall


DIGITAL  EQUIPMENT  CORPORATION


               By:  ____________________
               Its:

               By:  ___________________
               Its:

                                       A9
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B

                          LINKING AND CONTENT AGREEMENT


REDACTED


<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C
                                  PRESS RELEASE

     COMPAQ  ACQUIRES  RIGHTS  TO  ALTAVISTA  DOMAIN
 HOUSTON,  July  31,  1998  -- Compaq Computer Corporation (NYSE: CPQ) announced
today an agreement with AltaVista Technology, Inc. (AVT) of Campbell, California
to  transfer  to  Compaq full rights to the AltaVista trademark and domain name,
www.altavista.com.  The  financial  terms  were  not  disclosed.
- -----------------

     Under  the  deal, AVT sells, transfers and assigns all of its rights to the
trademark  and  domain  name  to  Compaq.  AVT  will  transfer  to  Compaq  the
www.altavista.com  URL within 30 days and notify all third parties of the change
to  its Internet address.  AVT's new Internet address will be www.PhotoLoft.com.
                                                              -----------------
This  agreement  supersedes  all  previous  agreements  between  ATI and Digital
Equipment  Corporation,  which  was  purchased  by  Compaq  in  June.

ABOUT  ALTAVISTA

     Compaq's fast and powerful AltaVista Search Service is the premier resource
for  locating  information  on  the  Internet.  A  forerunner  in  Web  search
technology,  AltaVista  has set new standards, from indexing the entire Internet
to providing the Web's first instant language translation capabilities.  With an
extensive  line-up of innovative content and services, AltaVista is now regarded
as  one  of  the  top destination sites on the Web.  For more information, visit
AltaVista's  flagship  site  located  at  www.altavista.digital.com.
                                          --------------------------

<PAGE>
COMPANY  BACKGROUND
     Compaq  Computer Corporation, the world's largest computer manufacturer, is
a  Fortune  Global  200  company  and  the  largest  global supplier of personal
computers.  Founded  in  1982,  Compaq  develops and markets hardware, software,
solutions  and  services,  including  industry-leading  enterprise  computing
solutions,  fault-tolerant  business-critical  solutions,  networking  and
communications  products,  commercial desktop and portable products and consumer
PCS.  The  company is a leader in environmentally friendly programs and business
practices.

     Compaq products are sold and supported in more than 100 countries through a
network  of  authorized   Compaq  marketing   partners.   Customer  support  and
information about Compaq and its products are available at http://www.compaq.com
                                                           ---------------------
or by calling 1-800-OK-COMPAQ.
Product  information  and  reseller  locations  are  available  by  calling
1-800-345-1518.


                                        2
<PAGE>


SUBLEASE  AGREEMENT

1.     Parties:
     This  Sublease  is  entered  into  this first day of September 1998, by and
between  Surefire Verification, Inc., a California Corporation, (Subleasee), and
Photoloft.com.,  a  California  Corporation, (Subleasor) as a Sublease under the
Master  Lease,  dated  August  19,  1997,  entered  into  by  Sublessor  and NPL
Associates,  a  California  general  partnership  (Lessor); a copy of the Master
Lease  is  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  "A".

2.     Provisions  constituting  sublease:
A.     Sublease  is  subject  to  all  of the terms and conditions of the Master
Lease  in  Exhibit "A" and Subleasee shall assume and perform the obligations of
the  Subleasee/Lessee  in  said  Master  Lease,  to  the  extent  said terms and
conditions  are  applicable to the Premises subleased pursuant to this Sublease.
Sublessee  shall not commit or permit to be committed on the Premises any act or
omission  that  shall  violate  any  term  or  conditions  of  the Master Lease.
B.     All  of  the  terms  and  conditions  contained  in  the Master Lease are
incorporated  herein  except  as  modified  below.

3.     Premises:
Sublessor  leases  to Sublessee and Sublessee hires from Sublessor the following
described  premises,  situated  in  the City of Campbell, County of Santa Clara,
State  of  California,  commonly  known and described as 1671 Dell Avenue, Suite
#209  and  consisting  of approximately one thousand four hundred thirty (1,430)
square  feet  of  office  space,  as  shown  in  Exhibit  "B"  to this Sublease.

4.     Rental:
Sublessee  shall  pay  directly to Lessor as rent for the Premises in advance of
the  first  day  of each month of the term of this Sublease commencing September
`1,  1998, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, in lawful money of
the  United  States  the sum of One thousand nine hundred sixty three and 85/100
dollars  ($1,963.85).  Receipt  of  One  thousand  nine hu8ndred sixty three and
85/100 dollars ($1,963.85) is hereby acknowledged by Sublessor as rental for the
first  month. The additional amount of One thousand nine hundred sixty three and
85/100  dollars  ($1,963.85)  shall  be  paid prior to occupancy as non-interest
bearing  security  for  performance  under this Sublease. In the event Sublessee
vacating  the  Premises, the amount paid as a security deposit shall be returned
to  Sublessee  after  first  deducting  any  sum  owing  to  Sublessor.

5.     Term:
The term of this Sublease shall be for a period of twenty four months commencing
on  October  1,  1998,  and  ending  on  September  30,  2000.

6.     Use:
Sublessee  shall  use  the premises for general offices and for no other purpose
without  the  written  consent  of  Sublessor.

7.     Improvements:
Sublessor shall clean the carpets, replace the ceiling tiles as necessary, paint
walls.  No  additional  improvements  shall  be  made  by  Sublessor  or Lessor.

8.     Early  Occupancy:
Sublessee  shall  have  access  to the Premises as of September 15, 1998 for the
installation  of  computer  and  phone  equipment.

<PAGE>
9.     Broker:
Upon  execution  of  this Sublease, Sublessor shall pay to KG Real Estate, Inc.,
licensed  real  estate  broker,  fees  based  upon  broker's  fee  schedule.

10.     Notices:
All  notices or demands of any kind required or desired to be given by Sublessor
or  Sublessee hereunder shall be in writing and SHALL BE DEPOSITED IN THE United
States  mail,  certified  or  registered,  postage  prepaid,  addressed  to  the
Sublessor  or  Sublessee,  respectively,,  at  the address set forth after their
signatures  at  the  end of this Sublease. All rend and other payments due under
this  Sublease  or  the  Master  Lease  shall  be made directly to Lessor at the
Sublessor's  address.

Sublessor:                                 Sublessee:
Photoloft.com                              Surefire  Verification,  Inc.,
a  California  Corporation                 a  California  Corporation

By:  s.  Jack  Marshall                    By:  s.  Michael
     ------------------                         -----------

Date:  9-3-98                              Date:  September  1st,  1998

Consent  and  Attournment  Agreement

The  undersigned,  Lessor under the Master Lease attached as Exhibit "A", hereby
consents  to  the  subletting  of the Premises described herein on the terms and
conditions  contained  in  this  Sublease. This Consent shall apply only to this
Sublease  and  shall  not  be  deemed to be a consent to any other Sublease. If,
after  expiration  of  the applicable period that Sublessor has in which to cure
its  default,  Sublessor  defaults  under  the Master Lease, Lessor shall notify
Sublessee  of  the  default  and  in  the event of the termination of the Master
Lease,  this  Sublease  shall  terminate  coincidentally  therewith  without any
liability  of  Lessor  to  Sublessee.

Lessor:                                   Sublessee:
NPL  Associates                           Surefire  Verification,  Inc.,
A  California  Corporation                a  California  Corporation

By:  _________________                    By:  s.  Michael
                                               -----------

Dated:_______________                     Dated:  September  1st,  1998


<PAGE>


HEWLETT  PACKARD
Exhibit  TM02
CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)








                      CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                             HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
                                       AND
                                  PHOTOLOFT.COM

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS

SECTIONS  OF  THE  AGREEMENT

   1.  Definitions

   2.  HP  Obligations

   3.  Customer  obligations

   4.  Price  and  Payment

   5.  Change  Orders

   6.  Acceptance

   7.  Warranties

   8.  Licenses

   9.  Intellectual  Property  Rights

   10. Intellectual  Property  Indemnity

   11. Confidential  Information

   12. Remedies  and  Liabilities

   13. Term  and  Termination

   14. General

EXHIBITS  TO  THE  AGREEMENT

   A.  Statement  of  Work

   B.  Chan  a  Order  Procedures

<PAGE>
HEWLETT(TM)
PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02

This Consulting Services Agreement ("Agreement") is made between HEWLETT-PACKARD
COMPANY,  a  California  Corporation  ("HP")  and  Photoloft.Com,  a  California
corporation  ("Customer"),  as  of  October  22,  1998  ("Effective  Date").

The  purpose  of this Agreement is to set forth the mutually agreeable terms and
conditions  under  which  HP  will  perform  Consulting  Services  and  provide
Deliverables  to  Customer  according  to  one  or  more  Statements  of  Work.


1.     DEFINITIONS

     a)   "CONSULTING SERVICES" (sometimes referred to as "Work") refers to such
          activities as analysis,  design,  planning,  development,  consulting,
          implementation,   education,   training  and  project   management  as
          described in a Statement f Work.  Consulting Services may also include
          other types of services  describe more  specifically in a Statement of
          Work.

     b)   "DELIVERABLES"  means the tangible results of the Consulting  Services
          provided by HP to Customer as  described  in a on  Statement  of Work.
          Unless otherwise agreed, the term Deliverable. does not include custom
          hardware.

     c)   "SOFTWARE"  means  one or  more  programs  (including  any  associated
          documentation)  capable of  operating  on a  controller,  processor or
          other hardware device .

     a)   "STATEMENT OF WORK" means a document  attached to this Agreement which
          describes a specific project, engagement or assignment ("Project") for
          which HP will provide Consulting  Services to Customer.  More than one
          Statement of Work may be attached to this Agreement from time to time.


2.     HP  OBLIGATIONS

     a)   HP will use  reasonable  commercial  efforts to perform the Consulting
          Services and provide the Deliverables specifically described in ore or
          more Statements of Work in accordance with the terms and conditions of
          this Agreement. Customer and HP will sign a separate Statement of Work
          for each Project that exceeds  $10,000,  which will be incorporated by
          reference  into this  Agreement  upon  execution by the parties.  Each
          Statement of Work will: (i) be made in writing in the form attached an
          Exhibit  A,  (ii)   reference  this   Agreement,   (iii)  be  numbered
          consecutively  n a  chronological  basis,  and  (iv)  be  executed  by
          authorized representatives of Custom r no HP. Individual Statements of
          Work should address at least the following areas:

          1.   Project description

          2.   Price, payment and delivery schedules

          3.   Scope of Consulting Services

          4.   Acceptance criteria

          S.   Nature of Deliverables

          6.   Project cost coordination

     b)   For all Projects  under a value f $10,000,  Customer's  purchase order
          referencing this Agreement will constitute the applicable Statement of
          Work upon acceptance by HP.

     c)   Unless otherwise agreed,  Consulting  Service will be performed during
          HP's normal business hour.

     d)   HP will use reasonable  commercial  efforts to provide the Deliverable
          and perform the Consulting  Service.  in accordance  with the delivery
          schedule specified in each Statement of Work.

     e)   HE' may  select  qualified  and  reputable  subcontractors  to perform
          Consulting Services and/or provide Deliverable.

     f)   HP will appoint a  representative  to supervise  and  coordinate  HP's
          performance of Consulting  Services.  HP may change its representative
          at any time upon written notice.

     a)   Unless  otherwise agreed in a Statement of Work, HP in not responsible
          for providing support for any Deliverables.


3.     CUSTOMEROBLIGATIONS

Customer  will comply with the general obligations specified below together with
any  specific Customer obligations described in a Statement of Work, in a timely
manner.

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02

     b)   Customer  acknowledges  that HP's  ability to deliver  the  Consulting
          Services is dependent upon Customer's full and timely cooperation with
          HP, as well as the accuracy and  completeness  of any  information and
          data Customer provides to HP. Therefore, Customer will:

          1.   Provide HP with  access to,  and use of, all  information,  data,
               documentation,  computer  time,  facilities,  working  space  and
               office services deemed necessary by HP.

          2.   Appoint a representative who will provide professional and prompt
               liaison with HP, have the  necessary  expertise  and authority to
               commit  Customer,  be available at all times when HP's  personnel
               are at the  Customer's  site (or designate an alternate  with the
               same level of authority in the event of unavailability  caused by
               illness  or  other   valid   reasons),   and  meet  with  the  HP
               representative  at regular  intervals  to be agreed upon t review
               progress  and  resolve  any  issues  relating  to the  Consultinq
               Services or Deliverables.

     c)   Customer will be responsible for maintaining an external procedure for
          reconstruction  of lost or  altered  files,  data or  programs  to the
          extent deemed necessary by Customer,  and for actually  reconstructing
          any such materials.

     d)   Customer  will be  liable  for any  delays  to the  delivery  schedule
          specified  in each  Statement  of Work caused by Customer or resulting
          from  Customer's  failure to fulfill  any of its  obligations.  HP may
          charge Customer for any additional charges or losses incurred by HP as
          a result of such delays, and may adjust the affected delivery schedule
          accordingly.

     a)   Customer  will  be  responsible  at all  times  for  the  supervision,
          management and control of the  Deliverables  and any results  obtained
          from the Deliverables, including without limitation all responsibility
          for  maintenance  of proper  machine  configuration,  audit  controls,
          operating methods,  error detection and recovery  procedures,  back-up
          plans,  security,  insurance,  maintenance  and  all  that  activities
          necessary to enable Customer to use the Deliverables.

     f)   Except as  expressly  provided in this  Agreement,  Customer  has sale
          responsibility to ensure that its information  technology  environment
          is Year 2000  compliant.  HP is not providing  Year 2000 services (for
          example,  Year 2000  assessment,  conversion  or  testing)  under this
          Agreement.  Customer  acknowledges that HP will not be responsible for
          failure to perform Consulting  Services or supply  Deliverable.  under
          this Agreement, if such failure is the result, directly or indirectly,
          of the  inability  of any products to  correctly  process,  provide or
          receive date data (i.e., representations for month, day and year), and
          to  properly  exchange  data with the  Deliverables  by HP ,under this
          Agreement.

<PAGE>
4.     PRICE  AND  PAYMENT

     a)   Prices for Consulting Services and Deliverables a will be specified in
          each  Statement of work.  Prices quoted in each  Statement of Work are
          valid for 30 days.  Prices  include all materials and labor  expenses,
          but do net include sales, use, service,  value added or like taxes, or
          customs duties. Such taxes and duties, when applicable,  will be added
          to HP's invoices.

     b)   HP will  issue  invoices  in  accordance  with  the  payment  schedule
          specified in each Statement of Work.  Charges for travel  expenses may
          be invoiced separately.  Customer will pay all invoices within 30 days
          from the date of invoice.  HP may change credit terms upon  reasonable
          notice  at any  time  when,  in  HP's  opinion,  Customer's  financial
          condition,  previous  payment  record,  or the  nature  of  Customer's
          relationship with HP so warrants.

     c)   Should any sum due to HP remain  unpaid after 60 days from the date of
          invoice, HP may terminate this Agreement pursuant t Section 13.b.2 and
          discontinue performance under any other agreement with Customer.


5.     CHANGE  ORDERS

     a)   "Change  Order"  means an agreed  upon change or  modification  to the
          Deliverables,  Consulting  Services  or  that  material  aspect  of  a
          Statement of Work that  complies with the  requirements  of Exhibit B.
          Requests by Customer and  recommendations  by HP for Change Orders are
          subject to the  procedures set forth in Exhibit B, and will be made in
          writing in the form attached to Exhibit B as Attachment B-1.

     b)   All Change Orders must be mutually agreed by the parties. Pending such
          agreement,  HP will  continue to perform and be paid as if such Change
          Order had not been requested or  recommended,  provided that if either
          party  process a Change Older which,  in HP's  judgment,  represents a
          material  change in the Consulting  Services or  Deliverables  ad such
          Change  Order  remains  outstanding  for 30  days  or is  rejected  by
          Customer,  HP will have the right to terminate the affected  Statement
          of Work pursuant to Section 13.b.2 below.

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
exhibit  TM02


6.     ACCEPTANCE

     a)   HP will provide notice to Customer when the Deliverables are ready for
          acceptance. Acceptance of Deliverables will occur upon the earlier of:
          a) the date HP demonstrates to Customer,  by the successful completion
          of acceptance tests or otherwise, that the Deliverables  substantially
          conform  to  the  acceptance  criteria  specified  in  the  applicable
          Statement of Work; or b) the date that  Customer uses any  substantial
          part  of the  Deliverables  for  any  purpose  other  than  performing
          acceptance  tests.  Acceptance of Consulting  Services will occur upon
          HP's performance of such Consulting Services,

     b)   In the event that any Deliverable  fails to conform  substantially  to
          the acceptance criteria specified in the applicable Statement of Work,
          HP  will  have  a   reasonable   time  to  remedy   such   substantial
          non-conformance,   following  HP's  receipt  of  written  notice  from
          Customer   specifying  in   reasonable   detail  the  nature  of  Such
          non-conformance.  In  the  event  that  HP is  unable  to  remedy  the
          non-conformance:  a)  Customer  may  accept  the  Deliverable  without
          warranty,  on  an  "AS  IS"  basis,  subject  to  a  reasonable  price
          adjustment;  or b)  Customer  may  return  the  Deliverable  to HP and
          receive a refund of amounts paid to HP for the Deliverable.

     c)   Acceptance will not be delayed for any minor  non-conformance with the
          requirements specified in any Statement of Work. Following acceptance,
          HP will  use  reasonable  commercial  efforts  to  correct  any  minor
          non-conformance that appears during acceptance testing.

     d)   If acceptance testing is delayed for reasons attributable to Customer,
          acceptance  will be deemed to occur on the 10th day after notice by HP
          that the Deliverable in ready for acceptance testing.

7.     WARRANTIES

     a)   HP will  perform  Consulting  Services in  accordance  with  generally
          recognized commercial practices and standards.  HP will re-perform any
          Consulting  Services not  performed in  accordance  with the foregoing
          warranty,  provided that HP receives  notice from  Customer  within 30
          days after such Consulting Services were performed.

     b)   HP  warrants  that  Deliverables  will  substantially  conform  to the
          acceptance criteria specified in the applicable  Statement of Work for
          a period of 90 days from the date of acceptance.

     c)   HP does  not  warrant  that  the  operation  of  Deliverables  will be
          uninterrupted  or error  conform  to any  reliability  or  performance
          standards   beyond  those  specified  in  the  applicable   acceptance
          criteria.   HP  also  does  not  warrant  that  Deliverables  will  be
          compatible with future HP products those of other vendors.

<PAGE>
     d)   If HP receives  notice during the warranty  period of any  substantial
          non-conformance  with the acceptance  criteria that materially impairs
          the  functioning  of a  Deliverable,  HP will,  at its option,  either
          correct  such   non-conformance   or  provide  a   work-around   which
          substantially remedies the non-conformance.

     e)   If HP is unable within a reasonable  time to comply with the foregoing
          --
          obligations,  HP will refund a reasonable  portion of the price stated
          in the  Statement  of  Work  upon or  prompt  return  of the  affected
          Deliverable to HP, and/or  delivery to HP of proof of the  destruction
          of the affected Deliverable.

     f)   The warranties  provided in this Section 7 will not apply in the event
          of deemed  acceptance under Section 6.a(b) or 6.d above, or to defects
          or non-conformance resulting from:

          1.   Unauthorized,  improper or inadequate  maintenance or calibration
               by Customer or any third party.

          2.   Software, hardware, interfacing, or supplies not supplied by HP.

          3.   Unauthorized modification of Deliverables or any portion thereof.

          4.   Improper use or operation of Deliverable  or any portion  thereof
               or Customer's failure to comply with the applicable environmental
               specification.

          5.   Improper site  preparation  or maintenance by Customer or a third
               party.

     g)   THE ABOVE  WARRANTIES  ARE  EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER  WARRANTY,  WHETHER
          WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED.  HP  SPECIFICALLY  DISCLAIMS
          THE IMPLIED  WARRANTIES OF MERCHTABILITY  AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
          PURPOSE.

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD
CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02


8.  LICENSES

     a)   Unless otherwise agreed in writing,  when HP supplies  Customer with a
          Deliverable  that in whole or in part consists of Software  (sometimes
          referral  to in Sections 8 and 9 as a  "Software  Deliverable"),  such
          Software Deliverable will be supplied in object code form only.

     b)   Upon Customer  acceptance  of a  Deliverable  and receipt by HP of the
          associated  payment  in full,  HP  grants  Customer  a  non-exclusive,
          perpetual,  non-transferable  license to use such  Deliverable for its
          own  internal  purposes.   Customer's  license  confers  no  title  or
          ownership in the Deliverable and no rights in any associated  Software
          Deliverable  source  code,  and will not be construed as a sale of any
          rights  in the  Deliverable  or the media on which it is  recorded  or
          printed.

     c)   Unless  otherwise  authorized by HP,  Customer may only make copies of
          Deliverables  for archival  purposes,  or when copying is an essential
          step in the  authorized  use of a  Software  Deliverable  on a  backup
          controller, processor or other hardware device.

     d)   Customer will label each copy of  Deliverables  made under Section 8.c
          above with the copyright notice that appears on the original.

     e)   Customer  will  not  market,   sublicense  or  otherwise  provide  the
          original, any copy or partial copy, or any derivative of a Deliverable
          to any third party.

     f)   Customer's license does not include the right to updates,  upgrades or
          other enhancements to a Deliverable.

     g)   Customer will not  disassemble  or decompile any Software  Deliverable
          without HP's prior written  consent.  Where  Customer has other rights
          under  statute,  Customer  will  provide HP with  reasonably  detailed
          information  regarding  any  intended  disassembly  or  decompilation.
          Customer will not decrypt any Software  Deliverable  unless  necessary
          for legitimate use of the Deliverable.

     h)   HP may terminate  Customer's  license in any Deliverables  upon notice
          for failure to comply with the terms of this  Agreement.  TR the event
          of  termination  of  Customer's  license,  Customer  will  immediately
          destroy or return to HP the  affected  Deliverable  and all partial or
          complete  copies,  or  provide  satisfactory   evidence  of  in  their
          destruction to HP.

<PAGE>
     i)   Customer grants HP a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to
          use, copy, make derivative works of, distribute, display, perform, and
          transmit   Customer's   pre-existing   copyrighted   works   or  other
          intellectual property rights to the extent necessary for HP to perform
          its obligations under this Agreement.

9.     INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  RIGHTS

     a)   All copyrights aid other  intellectual  property rights existing prior
          to the Effective  Date will belong to the party that owned such rights
          immediately prior to the Effective Date.

     b)   Neither  party  will gain by virtue of this  Agreement  any  rights of
          ownership of copyrights,  patents,  trade  secrets,  trademarks or any
          other intellectual property rights owned by the other.

     c)   HP will own all  copyrights,  patents,  trade secrets,  trademarks and
          other  intellectual   property  rights,   title  and  interest  in  or
          pertaining to all Works (including computer programs, Deliverables and
          Software Deliverables) developed by HP for purposes of this Agreement.

10.     INTELLECTUALPROPERTYINDEMNITY

          HP will  defend or settle any claim  against  Customer  regarding  the
          Consulting Services and Deliverables,  to the effect that HP knowingly
          infringed a patent, utility model, industrial design, copyright, trade
          secret, mask work or trademark in the country where, such Deliverables
          are used or such Consulting Services are provided.

     b)   The  indemnities  provided in Section  10.1 above will apply  provided
          Customer  promptly  notifies HP in writing of the claim,  and Customer
          cooperates  with HP in and grants HP sole  control  of the  defense or
          settlement

     c)   For  infringement  claims  covered  by this  Section  10,  HP will pay
          infringement claim defense costs, settlement amounts and court-awarded
          damages. If such a claim regarding a Deliverable appears likely, HP my
          modify the Deliverable,  procure any necessary  license or replace it.
          If HP  determines  that  none  of  these  alternatives  is  reasonably
          available, HP will refund Customer's purchase price upon return of the
          Deliverable  if within one year of delivery,  or  Customer's  net book
          value thereafter.

     d)   HP has no obligation for any claim of infringement arising from:

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02


          1.   HP-s   compliance   with  or  use  of   Customer's   information,
               technology,  designs,  specifications or instructions,  including
               those incorporated into dry Statement of Work.

          2.   Modification of a Deliverable by Customer or a third party.

          3.   Use of a  Deliverable  in a way not  indicated  in a Statement of
               Work.

          4.   Use of a Deliverable with products not supplied by HP.

     a)   This   Section  10  states  HP's  entire   liability   for  claims  of
          intellectual property infringement.

11.     CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION

          HP and Customer agree that all information  exchanged  between them is
          not confidential unless they have entered into a separate confidential
          disclosure agreement

12.     REMEDIES  AND  LIABILITIES

     a)   The  remedies in this  Agreement  are  Customer's  sole and  exclusive
          remedies.

     b)   To the extent HP IS held legally liable to Customer, HP's liability is
          limited to:

          1.   Payments  described in Sections 6, 7, and 10 above,  this Section
               12, and Section 13.d below.

          2.   Damages for bodily injury.

          3.   Direct  damages  to  tangible  property  up to a  limit  of  U.S.
               $1,000,000.

     c)   Notwithstanding  Section  12.b  above,  in no  event  will  HP or  its
          affiliates,  subcontractors  and  suppliers  be liable  for any of the
          following:

          1.   Actual loss or direct  damage that is not listed in Section  12.b
               above.

          2.   Damages for loss of data, or Software restoration.

<PAGE>
          3.   Damages relating to Customer's procurement of substitute products
               or services (i.e., "cost of cover").

          4.   Incidental,  special or consequential damages, including downtime
               costs or lost profits but excluding damages for bodily injury and
               payments described in Section 10.c above.

     d)   The  Deliverables  are  not  specifically  designed,  manufactured  or
          intended for sale as parts, components or assemblies for the planning,
          construction,  maintenance, or direct operation of a nuclear facility.
          Customer  will be  solely  liable  if any  Deliverables  purchased  or
          licensed by Customer are used for these  applications.  Customer  will
          indemnify  and hold HP  harmless  from all loss,  damage,  expense  or
          liability in connection with such use.

13.     TERM  AND  TERMINATION

     a)   This  Agreement  will commence on the Effective Date and will continue
          in force until  termination  according to the terms of this Agreement.
          Individual Statements of Work will be effective upon execution by both
          parties and will  continue in force until both parties have  fulfilled
          all of their, Project obligations, or until the earlier termination of
          such Statement of Work according to the terms of this Agreement.

     b)   This  Agreement or an  individual  Statement of Work may be terminated
          immediately upon notice in writing:

          1.   By either  party if the other party is in material  breach of any
               of its  obligations  hereunder  and fails to remedy  such  breach
               within 30 days of receipt of a written  notice by the other party
               which specifies the material breach.

          2.   By HP, in the  absence  of mutual  agreement  regarding  a Change
               Order which represents a material change under Section 5,b, or if
               Customer fails to pay any sum due under this Agreement within the
               60 day time period specified in Section 4.c.

          3.   By either party if the other party has a receiver  appointed,  or
               an assignee for the benefit of creditors,  or in the event of any
               insolvency  or  inability  to pay debts as they become due by the
               other party, except as may be prohibited by applicable bankruptcy
               law

     c)   Either party may terminate this Agreement for convenience upon 30 days
          prior  written  notice to the other  party.  Any  termination  of this
          Agreement will not relieve either party of its obligations

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMFNT  (Deliverables)
E3NbitTM02


          under any  Statement of Work in effect on the date of  termination  of
          this Agreement, unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing.

     d)   Upon  termination  of any Statement of Work,  Customer will pay HP for
          all Work  performed and charges and expenses  incurred by HP up to the
          date of  termination,  and Customer  will receive all work in progress
          for which  Customer  has paid.  Should the sum of such amounts be less
          than any advance payment received by HP, HP will refund the difference
          within 30 days of receipt of an invoice from Customer.

     a)   Sections  4, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 12 above,  and  Section  14  below,  will
          survive termination of this Agreement.

14.  GENERAL

     a)   STANDARD PRODUCTS.  This Agreement does not cover standard HP hardware
          and  software  products  sold  or  licensed  to  Customer.   Any  such
          transactions  will be governed by the terms of  Customer's HP purchase
          agreement  or, in the  absence of a signed  purchase  agreement,  HP's
          Terms add Conditions of Sale and Service (Exhibit E16).

     b)   HEALTH AND SAFETY. HP and any of its subcontractors  will, when at the
          Customer's  site,  conduct their  activities so that their  equipment,
          working Conditions and methods are safe and without risk to health for
          their own and Customer's employees as well as for any that user. other
          Customer's site.

     c)   NON-RESTRICTIIVE  RELATIONSHIP.  HP may  provide  the same or  similar
          Consulting Services and Deliverables to other customer

     d)   NO PUBLICITY.  Neither  party will  publicize or disclose to any third
          party  without  the  consent of the other  party,  either the price or
          other  terms f this  Agreement  or the  fact of its  existence.  a aid
          execution, except as may be necessary to comply with other obligations
          stated in this Agreement.

<PAGE>
     e)   NO  JOINT  VENTURE.  N  thing  contained  in  this  Agreement  will be
          construed  as  creating a joint  venture,  partnership  or  employment
          relationship  between the parties  hereto,  nor will either party have
          the  right,  power or  authority  to create  any  obligation  or only,
          express or implied on behalf of the other.

     f)   NO ASSIGNMENT. Except will respect to HP's rights regarding the use of
          subcontractors,  neither  party may assign  any rights or  obligations
          under  this  Agreement  to any  Statement  of Work  without  the prior
          written consent of the that party.

     g)   EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS. If Customer exports any Deliverable
          outside the country in which the Deliverable is delivered to Customer,
          Customer assumes responsibility for complying with applicable laws and
          regulations   and   for   obtaining   required   export   and   import
          authorizations.  Customer  will not export or re-export  any technical
          data in violation of U.S. Export  Administration  regulations or other
          applicable export regulations.

     h)   FORCE MAJEURE.  Neither party will be liable for performance delays or
          for non-performance due to causes beyond its reasonable control.

     i)   NOTICES. All notices required under or regarding this Agreement or any
          individual Statement of Work will be in writing and will be considered
          given  upon  personal   delivery  of  a  written   notice  to  the  HP
          representative or Customer representative  designated in the Statement
          of  Work,  or  within  five  days  of  mailing,  postage  prepaid  and
          appropriately addressed.

     j)   WAIER.  Neither  party's  failure to exercise  any of its rights under
          this Agreement will  constitute or be deemed a waiver or forfeiture of
          those rights.

     k)   SERABILITY.  If any term or provision of this  Agreement is held to be
          illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  validity  or  enforceability  of the
          remainder of this Agreement will not be affected.

     1)   EXHIBITS. The fo1lowing documents are attached hereto as exhibits, the
          terms of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety:

          A    Statement of Work (and all  subsequently  executed  Statements of
               Work)

          B    change Order Procedures

     m)   PRECEDENCE.  In the event of conflict  between the provision.  of this
          Agreement  and  any  attached   exhibit  or  Statement  of  Work,  the
          provisions of this  Agreement will to the extent of such conflict take
          precedence.

     n)   ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement and its exhibits and Statements of
          Work  constitute  the entire  agreement  between HP and  Customer  and
          supersede any prior or contemporaneous communications,

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02


          representations  or  agreements  between the parties,  whether oral or
          written,  regarding the subject matter of this  Agreement.  Customer's
          additional or different terms and conditions will not apply. The terms
          and  conditions  of this  Agreement  may not be  changed  except by an
          amendment signed by an authorized representative of each party.

     o)   APPLICABLE  LAW. This Agreement is made under and will be construed in
          accordance  with the law of California  without  giving effect to that
          state's choice of law rules.

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>
AGREED TO:                                  AGREED TO:
HP  /S/ Shrinivas Sukamar                   Customer  /s/ Jack Marshall
    ---------------------                             ---------------------
Authorized Representative Signature         Authorized Representative Signature
Name:  Srinivas Sukumar                     Name:  Jack  Marshall
Title  Hewlett Packard ITIO Genera Manager  Title:  CEO- PhotoLoft.com
Address:  1100 Wolf Road                    Address: 300 Orchard City Dr. Suite 142
          Cupertino, CA  95014,  USA        Campbell,  CA  95008
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02


                                    EXHIBIT A

                             STATEMENT OF WORK FORM


REDACTED


<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02


                                    EXHIBIT B
                             CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

The  following  procedures  will  be  observed  for  all  Change  Orders:

     1.   Either party may request a Change Order but all Change  Orders must be
          in writing  and  prepared  by HP. HP may charge a  reasonable  fee for
          investigating,  preparing or  initiating a Change Order at  Customer's
          request.

     2.   Change  Order  requests  will be  processed  as a on as is  reasonably
          possible.

     3.   All Change  Orders will be in the form  attached  hereto as Attachment
          B-1 to Exhibit B, and will be signed by the  appointed  representative
          for each party (or  individuals  specified  in  writing as  substitute
          during periods of illness or absence).

     4.   Change Orders will include the following:

          a)   A description of any additional  work to be performed  and/or any
               changes to the performance required of either party.

          b)   A  statement  of  the  impact  of  the  work  or  changes  on the
               Consulting  Services,  the Deliverables,  the acceptance tests or
               criteria, or other requirements of the Agreement.

          c)   The  estimated  timetable to complete  the work  specified in the
               Change Order and the impact,  if any, on the  delivery  schedule,
               pricing and payments.

          d)   Specific    individuals    with    management   or   coordination
               responsibilities.

          a)   The documentation to be modified or supplied as part or the work.

          f)   Any additional acceptance test procedures for such work.

<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02

                                    EXHIBIT B
                         TO CONSULTING SERVICES ADDENDUM
                                 ATTACHMENT B-1
                                CHANGE ORDER FORM

1.     Describe  services  or  changes  requested  (attach  additional  pages if
necessary).








     REQUESTED  BY  CUSTOMER:             REQUESTED  BY:

     Customer:  ________________          HP:  ______________

     -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------
     Authorized Representative Signature  Representative Signature

     Name: ________________               Name: ____________________

     Title:  _______________              Title:  ___________________

     Date:  ________________              Date:  _____________________



2.  Modifications,  clarifications  or supplements to description of services or
changes  requested  in  paragraph  1  above,  if any (attach additional pages if
necessary):








3.   Assignment of necessary HP personnel and resources (attach additional pages
     if necessary):








<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD

CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Exhibit  TM02


4.   Impact  on  price,  delivery  schedule,  payment  schedule,   Deliverables,
     Consulting  Services and ancceptance  test procedures and criteria  (attach
     additional pages if nece5sary):



     a.   Price








     b.   Delivery Schedule and Payment Schedule








     c.   Deliverables








     d.   Consulting Services








     a.   Acceptance Test Procedures and Criteria








<PAGE>
HEWLETT  PACKARD
CONSULTING  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (Deliverables)
Fxhibit  TM02


Change  Order  Approved  and  Accepted

Customer:  ______________________     HP:  ______________________________

- -----------------------------------   ----------------------------------
Authorized Representative Signature   Authorized Representative Signature

Name:  __________________________     Name:  ____________________________

Title: __________________________     Title: ____________________________

Date:  __________________________     Date:  ____________________________


Change  Order  Rejected

Customer:  ______________________     HP:  ______________________________

- -----------------------------------   ----------------------------------
Authorized Representative Signature   Authorized Representative Signature

Name:  __________________________     Name:  ____________________________

Title: __________________________     Title: ____________________________

Date:  __________________________     Date:  ____________________________

<PAGE>


AMENDMENT  TO  THE  DISTRIBUTION AND REPUBLISHING AGREEMENT COVERING THE PRODUCT
"HOWDY"  DATED  THE  17.10.97

Between
infoMedia  Software  Publishing  GmbH,  Heltorfer  Str.  12;  40472  Dusseldorf
hereafter  referred  to  as  the  "licensee"

and
PhotoLoft.com  Inc.,  of  300 Orchard City Drive, Suite 142, Campbell, CA 95008,
USA,  hereafter  referred  to  as  the  "Licensor"

1.0  EXTENSION  OF  TERM

The  duration  of  the  term  has  been  extended  for  a  further  24  month.

2.0  FINANCIAL  CONSIDERATION

For  bundling and sub-licensing purposes infoMedia shall deliver to licensor 40%
of  the  net  profits  gained  from  such  a  deal.

All other matters arising out of this agreement are covered in the main contract
and  those  are  applicable  at  all  times.

NAME:
      -------------
Date: 12 FEB. 99
      -------------
infoMedia  Software  Pub  ishing  GmbH.

NAME:

NAME:
      -------------

Date:  2/25/99
      -------------
PhotoLoft.com  Inc

<PAGE>

                                    SUBLEASE
                                    --------


THIS  SUBLEASE  (this "Sublease") is dated for reference purposes as of February
                                                                        --------
1,  1999,  and  is  made  by  and  between Summit Microelectronics, a California
- --------
corporation  ("Sublandlord"),  and  Photoloft, Inc., a _____________ corporation
("Subtenant").  Sublandlord  and  Subtenant  hereby  agree  as  follows:

     1.     RECITALS:  This Sublease is made with reference to the fact that The
            --------
Manufacturers  Life  Insurance  Company,  as  Landlord  ("Master Landlord"), and
Sublandlord,  as  tenant,  are  parties  to that certain Lease dated _____, (the
"Lease"),  with respect to those certain premises described therein (the "Master
Premises"),  in  that  certain  building (the "Building") located at 300 Orchard
City Drive, Campbell, California.  A copy of the Master Lease is attached hereto
as  Exhibit  A.  Capitalized  terms  used  and not defined herein shall have the
meaning  ascribed  to  them  in  the  Master  Lease.

     2.     SUBLEASED  PREMISES:  Subject  to  the  terms and conditions of this
            -------------------
Sublease,  Sublandlord  hereby  subleases  to  Subtenant,  and  Subtenant,  and
Subtenant  hereby  subleases  from Sublandlord, a portion of the Master Premises
deemed  to  be  approximately  1288  rentable  square  feet as more particularly
                               ----
described  on  Exhibit  B  attached  hereto and incorporated herein by reference
               ----------
(hereinafter,  the  "Subleased  Premises").

     3.     TERM:
            ----

          A.     TERM.  The  term (The "Term") of this Sublease shall be for the
                 ----
period  commencing  on  the  later  of  1 Feb, 99  or  the  date by which Master
                                        ---------
Landlord consents to this Sublease (the "Commencement Date") and ending  1 Sept,
                                                                         -------
99,  unless  this  Sublease  is  sooner  terminated pursuant to its terms or the
- --
Master Lease is sooner terminated pursuant to its terms (the "Expiration Date").

          B.     OPTION TO EXTEND.  Subtenant shall have no options or rights to
                 ----------------
extend  the  Term  of  this  Sublease  or  expand  the  Subleased  Premises.

     4.     RENT:
            ----

          A.     BASE  RENT.  Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing
                 ----------
each  month  throughout  the  Term  of  this  Sublease,  Subtenant  shall pay to
Sublandlord  as  base rent for the Subleased Premises equal monthly installments
of  $2,770.20  ("Base  Rent").  Base  Rent  and  Additional  Rent, as defined in
    ---------
Paragraph 4.B below, (collectively, hereinafter "Rent") shall be paid in advance
    -
on  or before the first (1st) day of each month.  Rent for any period during the
Term hereof which is for less than one (1) month of the Term shall be a pro rata
portion of the monthly installment based on a thirty (30) day month.  Rent shall
be  payable  without  notice  or  demand  and  without any deduction, offset, or
abatement,  in lawful money of the United States of America.  Rent shall be paid
directly  to  Sublandlord  at  ___________,  Attention: _______________, or such
other  address  as  may  be  designated  in  writing  by  Sublandlord.

          B.     ADDITIONAL  RENT.  All  monies other than Base Rent required to
                 ----------------
be  paid  by  Subtenant  under  this  Sublease,  including,  without limitation,
__________  payable by Subtenant under the Master Lease, and all amounts payable
by Sublandlord to the master Landlord with respect to or reasonably allocable to
the  Subleased  Premises  shall  be  deemed additional rent ("Additional Rent").

          C.     PREPAYMENT  OF  RENT.  Upon  execution  hereof  by  Subtenant,
                 --------------------
Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the sum of _________ ($________), which shall
constitute  Base  Rent  for  the  first  (1st)  month  of  the  Term.

     5.     SECURITY  DEPOSIT:  Upon  execution  hereof  by Subtenant, Subtenant
            -----------------
shall  deposit  with  Sublandlord the sum of five thousand Dollars and no/100ths
                                             -------------             ---------
($5,000.00)  (the  "Security Deposit"), in cash, as security for the performance
by  Subtenant  of the terms and conditions of this Sublease.  If Subtenant fails
to  pay Rent or other charges due under this Sublease or otherwise defaults with
respect  to any provision of this Sublease, then Sublandlord may draw upon, use,
apply  or  retain  all or any portion of the Security Deposit for the payment of
any  Rent  or  other  charge  in default, for the payment of any other sum which
Sublandlord  has become obligated to pay by reason of Subtenant's default, or to
compensate  Sublandlord  for  any  loss or damage which Sublandlord has suffered
thereby.  If  Sublandlord  so uses or applies all or any portion of the Security
Deposit,  then  Subtenant,  within  ten  (10)  days  after demand by Sublandlord
therefor,  shall deposit cash with Sublandlord in the amount required to restore
the Security Deposit to the full amount stated above.  Sublandlord may commingle
the  Security  Deposit with its own funds and Subtenant shall not be entitled to
interest  on  the  Security  Deposit.  Upon  the expiration of this Sublease and
Subtenant's  vacation  of  the  Subleased Premises, provided Subtenant is not in
default  under the terms of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant
so  much of the Security Deposit as has not been applied to Sublandlord pursuant
to  this  Paragraph,  or  which  is  not otherswise required to cure Subtenant's
defaults.

     6.     HOLDOVER:  Subtenant  acknowledges  that the Termination Date of the
            --------
Master  Lease is __________ and that it is critical that Subtenant surrender the
Subleased Premises on or before the Expiration Date in accordance with the terms
of  this  Sublease.  Accordingly,  Subtenant  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold
harmless Sublandlord from and against all losses, costs, claims, liabilities and
damages  resulting  from Subtenant's failure to surrender the Subleased Premises
on  the  Expiration  Date  in  the  condition  required  under the terms of this
Sublease  (including,  without limitation, any liability or damages sustained by
Sublandlord  as  a  result  of  a holdover of the Master Premises by Sublandlord
occasioned  by  the  holdover  of  the  Subleased  Premises  by  Subtenant).  In
addition,  Subtenant  shall  pay  Sublandlord holdover rent equal to two hundred
percent  (200%)  of Base Rent plus any Additional Rent payable hereunder for any
period  from  the  Expiration  Date  through  the  date Subtenant surrenders the
Premises  in  the  condition  required  hereunder.

     7.     REPAIRS:  The  parties  acknowledge  and  agree  that  Subtenant  is
            -------
subleasing  the Subleased Premises on an "AS IS" basis, and that Sublandlord has
made  no  representations  or  warranties,  express or implied, whatsoever, with
respect  to  the  Subleased  Premises,  including,  without  limitation,  any
representation  or  warranty as to the suitability of the Subleased Premises for
Subtenant's  intended  use.  Sublandlord  shall have no obligation whatsoever to
make  or  pay  the  cost  of  any  alterations,  improvements  or repairs to the
Subleased  Premises,  including,  without  limitation, any improvement or repair
required  to  comply  with  any  law,  regulation,  building  code  or ordinance
(including  the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as may be amended).  In
addition,  Sublandlord  shall  have  no obligation to perform any repairs or any
other  obligation of Master Landlord required to be performed by Master Landlord
and  Subtenant  shall  look  solely  to  Master Landlord for performance of said
obligations.  Sublandlord  shall,  however,  request  performance of the same in
writing  from  Master  Landlord  promptly  after  being  requested  to  do so by
Subtenant,  and  shall  use  Sublandlord'' reasonable efforts (not including the
payment  of money, the incurring of any liabilities, or the institution of legal
proceedings)  to  obtain  Master  Landlord's  performance.

     8.     RIGHT  TO CURE DEFAULTS:  If Subtenant fails to pay any sum of money
            -----------------------
to  Sublandlord,  or  fails to perform any other act on its part to be performed
hereunder,  then  Sublandlord  may,  but  shall  not  be obligated to, make such
payment  or  perform such act.  All such sums paid, and all reasonable costs and
expenses  of performing any such act, shall be deemed Additional Rent payable by
Subtenant  to  Sublandlord  upon  demand,  together with interest thereon at the
lesser  of  (i)  ten  percent (10%) per annum or (ii) the maximum rate allowable
under  law  (the "Interest Rate") from the date of the expenditure until repaid.

     9.     INDEMNITY:  Except  to  the extent caused by the gross negligence or
            ---------
willful  misconduct  of  Sublandlord,  its  agents,  employees  or  contractors,
Subtenant  shall  indemnify,  defend  with  counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to
Sublandlord,  protect  and  hold harmless Sublandlord and its agents, employees,
directors,  shareholders,  contractors  and representatives from and against any
and  all  losses,  claims,  liabilities, judgements, causes of actions, damages,
costs  and  expenses  (including,  without limitation, reasonable attorneys' and
experts'  fees),  caused  by  or  arising  in  connection  with:  (i)  the  use,
occupancy, operation or condition of the Subleased Premises; (ii) the negligence
or  willful  misconduct  of  Subtenant  or its agents, employees, contractors or
invitees;  and  (iii) a breach of subtenant's obligations under this Sublease or
the  provisions of the Master lease assumed by Subtenant hereunder.  Subtenant's
covenants  under  this  Paragraph  shall  survive  termination of this Sublease.

     10.     ASSIGNMENT  AND  SUBLETTING:  Subject  to  the  terms of the Master
             ---------------------------
Lease,  incorporated  herein,  as  modified  by this Sublease, Subtenant may not
assign  any  interest  in  this  Sublease, sublet any of the Subleased Premises,
transfer  any  interest  of Subtenant therein or permit any use of the Subleased
Premises  by  another  party  (collectively,  "Transfer"), without prior written
consent of Sublandlord and Master Landlord.  Subtenant shall pay within five (5)
days  of  demand  therefor a sum equal to all of Sublandlord's costs, including,
without  limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with any
Transfer  (including,  without  limitation,  any costs payable by Sublandlord to
Master Landlord).  A consent to one Transfer shall not be deemed to be a consent
to  any  subsequent  Transfer.  Any  Transfer without such consent shall be void
and, at the option of Sublandlord, shall terminate this Sublease.  Sublandlord's
waiver  or  consent  shall  be  void  and,  at  the option of Sublandlord, shall
terminate  this  Sublease.  Sublandlord's waiver or consent to any assignment or
subletting shall be ineffective unless set forth in writing, and Subtenant shall
not  be  relieved  from  any  of  its obligations under this Sublease unless the
consent  expressly  so  provides.

     11.     USE:
             ---

          A.     Subtenant  may  use  the  Subleased Premises for those purposes
permitted  in  the  Master  Lease  only  and  for  no  other purpose whatsoever.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>
          B.     Subtenant  shall  not  use,  store,  keep, handle, manufacture,
transport,  release,  discharge,  emit or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in,
on, under, about, to or from the Subleased Premises.  Subtenant shall indemnify,
defend  with  counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to  Sublandlord and hold harmless
Sublandlord  and its agents, employees, directors, shareholders, contractors and
representatives  from  and  against  all  claims,  actions,  suits, proceedings,
judgments, losses, costs, personal injuries, damages, liabilities, deficiencies,
fines,  penalties,  damages, attorneys' fees, consultants' fees, investigations,
detoxifications,  remediations, removals, and expenses of every type and nature,
arising  from  or  relating  in  any  manner  to  the  use,  storage,  handling,
manufacture,  transportation,  release,  discharge,  emission  or  disposal  of
Hazardous  materials  on  or about the Subleased Premises or Building during the
Term  of  this  Sublease  by  Subtenant or its agents, employees, contractors or
invitees.

          C.     Subtenant  shall  not  do  or  permit anything to be done in or
about  the  Subleased Premises which would (i) injure the Subleased Premises; or
(ii)  vibrate,  shake,  overload,  or  impair  the  efficient  operation  of the
Subleased  Premises  or  the  sprinkler  systems,  heating,  ventilating  or air
conditioning  equipment,  or utilities systems located therein.  Subtenant shall
not  store  any materials, supplies, finished or unfinished products or Sections
of  any  nature  outside of the Subleased Premises.  Subtenant shall comply with
all  reasonable  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  from  time  to  time  by
Sublandlord  and  master  Landlord.


     12.     EFFECT  OF  CONVEVANCE:  As  used  in  this  Sublease,  the  term
             ----------------------
"Sublandlord"  means the holder of the Tenant's interest under the Master Lease.
In  the  event  of any assignment or transfer of the Tenant's interest under the
Master Lease, which assignment or transfer may occur at any time during the Term
hereof  obligations  of  Sublandlord  hereunder,  and  it  shall  be  deemed and
construed,  without  further  agreement  between  the  parties  hereto, that any
transferee  has  assumed  and  shall  carry  out  all  covenants and obligations
thereafter  to  be performed by Sublandlord hereunder.  Sublandlord may transfer
and deliver any security of Subtenant to the transferee of the Tenant's interest
under  the  Master Lease, and thereupon Sublandlord shall be discharged from any
further  liability  with  respect  thereto.

     13.     DELIVERY  AND  ACCEPTANCE:  Sublandlord shall deliver the Subleased
             -------------------------
Premises in broom-clean condition.  This Sublease shall not be void or voidable,
nor  shall  Sublandlord be liable to Subtenant for any loss or damage, by reason
of  delays  in  the  Commencement  Date  or delays in Sublandlord delivering the
Subleased  Premises  to  Subtenant for any reason whatsoever; provided, however,
that  Rent  shall  abate  until Sublandlord delivers possession of the Subleased
Premises to Subtenant.  Subtenant has fully inspected the Subleased Premises and
is  satisfied with the condition thereof.  By taking possession of the Subleased
Premises,  Subtenant conclusively shall be deemed to have accepted the Subleased
Premises  in its then-existing, "AS IS" condition, without any representation or
warranty  whatsoever  from  Sublandlord  with  respect  thereto.

     14.     IMPROVEMENTS:  Subtenant  shall  not  make  any  alterations  or
             ------------
improvements  to  the  Subleased  Premises, except in accordance with the master
Lease,  and  with  the  prior  written  consent  of  both  master  Landlord  and
Sublandlord.

     15.     RELEASE AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION:  Notwithstanding anything to the
             ---------------------------------
contrary  in  this Sublease, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby release each other
from  any  damage  to property or loss of any kind which is caused by or results
from  any  risk  that  normally  would  be  insured  against  under any property
insurance  policy  contains  a  clause to the effect that this release shall not
affect  the  right of the insured to recover under the policy.  Each party shall
use  its  reasonable efforts to cause each property insurance policy obtained by
it  to  provide  that the insurer waives all right of recovery against the other
party  and  its  agents  and  employees  in connection with any damage or injury
covered  by  the  policy,  and  each party shall notify the other party if it is
unable  to  obtain  a waiver of subrogation.  Sublandlord shall not be liable to
Subtenant,  nor  shall  Subtenant  be  entitled to terminate this Sublease or to
abate  Rent  for  any  reason,  including,  without  limitation,  (i) failure or
interruption of any utility system or service or (ii) failure of Master Landlord
to  maintain  the  Subleased Premises as may be required under the Master Lease.
The  obligations of Sublandlord shall not constitute the personal obligations of
the  officers,  directors,  trustees, partners, joint ventures, members, owners,
stockholders  or  other  principals  or  representatives of the business entity.

     16.     INSURANCE:  Subtenant  shall  obtain  and  keep  in  full force and
             ---------
effect,  at  Subtenant's  sole  cost  and expense, during the Term the insurance
required  to be carried by the "Tenant" under the master Lease.  Subtenant shall
include  Sublandlord  and Master Landlord as an additional insured in any policy
of  insurance  carried  by  Subtenant in connection with this Sublease and shall
provide  Sublandlord  with certificates of insurance upon Sublandlord's request.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>
     17.     DEFAULT:  Subtenant shall be in material default of its obligations
             -------
under  this  Sublease  if  any  of  the  following  events  occur:

          A.     Subtenant  fails  to  pay  any Rent when due, when such failure
continues  for  three  (3)  days  after  such  sum  becomes  due;  or

          B.     Subtenant  fails  to perform any term, covenant or condition of
this  Sublease  (except  those requiring payment of Rent) and fails to cure such
breach  within  ten  (10) days after delivery of a written notice specifying the
nature  of  the  breach;  provided, however, that if more than ten (10) days are
reasonably  required  to  remedy  the  failure,  then  Subtenant shall not be in
default  if  Subtenant  commences  the  cure  within the ten (10) day period and
thereafter  completes  the  cure  within  thirty (30) days after the date of the
notice;  or

          C.     Subtenant  makes  a  general  assignment  of its assets for the
benefit  of  its  creditors,  including  attachment  of,  execution  on,  or the
appointment  of  a  custodian  or receiver with respect to a substantial part of
Subtenant''  property  or any property essential to the conduct of its business;
or

          D.     Subtenant  abandons  the  Subleased  Premises;  or

          E.     Subtenant commits any other act or omission which constitutes a
default  under  the master Lease, which has not been cured after delivery of any
written  notice  required  and passage of one-half (1/2) of any applicable grace
period provided in the master Lease as modified, if at all, by the provisions of
this  Sublease.

     18.     REMEDIES:  In  the  event  of any default by Subtenant, Sublandlord
             --------
shall  have all remedies provided to the "Landlord" in the Master Lease as if an
event  of  default  had  occurred  thereunder  and all other rights and remedies
otherwise  available  at  law  and  in  equity.  Sublandlord  may  resort to its
remedies  cumulatively  or  in  the  alternative.

     19.     SURRENDER:   On  or  before  the  Expiration  Date  or  any  sooner
             ---------
termination  of this Sublease, Subtenant shall remove all of its trade fixtures,
personal  property and all alterations constructed by Subtenant in the Subleased
Premises  which  are required to be removed under the terms of this Sublease and
shall  surrender  the  Subleased  Premises to Sublandlord in (a) good condition,
order  and  repair,  reasonable wear and tear excepted and (b) free of Hazardous
Materials  used,  stored,  handled,  manufactured,  transported,  released,
discharged,  emitted  or  disposed  of  by  Subtenant  or its agents, employees,
contractors  or  invitees.  Subtenant  shall  repair any damage to the Subleased
Premises caused by Subtenant's removal of its personal property, furnishings and
equipment.  If  the  Subleased  Premises  are not so surrendered, then Subtenant
shall  be  liable  to  Sublandlord  for  all  costs  incurred  by Sublandlord in
returning  the  Subleased  Premises  to  the  required conditions, plus interest
thereon  at  the  Interest  Rate.

     20.     BROKER:  Sublandlord and Subtenant each represent to the other that
             ------
they  have  dealt  with  no  real estate brokers, finders, agents or salesmen in
connection  with  this  transaction.  Subtenant  agrees  to  indemnify  and hold
Sublandlord  harmless  from  and  against  all claims for brokerage commissions,
finder's fees or other compensation made by any other agent, broker, salesman or
finder  as  a  consequence  of  Subtenant's  actions or dealings with such other
agent,  broker,  salesman,  or  finder.

     21.     NOTICES:  Unless  at  least  five (5) days' prior written notice is
             -------
given  in  the manner set forth in this paragraph, the address of each party for
all  purposes connected with this Sublease shall be that address set forth below
their  signatures  at  the  end  of  this  Sublease.  All  notices,  demands  or
communications  in connection with this Sublease shall be properly addressed and
delivered  as  follows:  (a)  personally  delivered;  or  (b)  submitted  to  an
overnight  courier  service,  charges  prepaid;  or  (c)  deposited  in the mail
(certified,  return-receipt  requested,  and postage prepaid).  Notices shall be
deemed  delivered  upon  receipt,  if personally delivered, one (1) business day
after  being so submitted to an overnight courier service and three (3) business
days after deposit in the United States mail, if mailed as set forth above.  All
notices  given  to  Master  Landlord  under the Master Lease shall be considered
received  only  when  delivered  in  accordance  with  the  Master  Lease.

     22.     OTHER  SUBLEASE  TERMS:
             ----------------------

          A.     INCORPORATION  BY  REFERENCE.  Except  as  set  forth below and
                 ----------------------------
except  as  the otherwise provided in this Sublease, the terms and conditions of
this  Sublease shall include all of the terms of the Master Lease and such terms
are  incorporated  into this Sublease as if fully set forth herein, except that:
(i)  each  reference  in such incorporated sections to "Lease" shall be deemed a
reference  to  this  "Sublease"'  (ii) each reference to the "Premises" shall be
deemed  a  reference  to  the  "Subleased  Premises";  (iii)  each  reference to
"Landlord" and "Tenant" shall be deemed a reference to the "Subleased Premises"'
(iii)  each  reference to "Landlord" and "Tenant" shall be deemed a reference to
"Sublandlord"  and  "Subtenant", respectively, except as otherwise expressly set
forth  herein;  (iv)  with  respect  to  work,  services,  utilities,

                                       -4-
<PAGE>
electricity,  repairs  (or  damage  caused  by  Master  Landlord),  restoration,
insurance,  indemnities,  reimbursements,  representations,  warranties  or  the
performance  of  any other obligation of master Landlord under the master Lease,
whether  or not incorporated herein, the sole obligation of Sublandlord shall be
to  request the same in writing from master Landlord as and when requested to do
so  by Subtenant, and to use Sublandlord's reasonable efforts (not including the
payment  of money, the incurring of any liabilities, or the institution of legal
proceedings)  to  obtain  master Landlord's performance; (v) with respect to any
obligation of Subtenant to be performed under this Sublease, wherever the Master
Lease  grants  to "Tenant" a specified number of days to perform its obligations
under  the  master  Lease,  except as otherwise provided herein, Subtenant shall
have  five  (5)  fewer  days  to  perform  the  obligation,  including  without
limitation,  curing  any defaults; (vi) with respect to any approval required to
be  obtained  from the "Landlord" under the Master Lease, such approval must  be
obtained  from  both  Master  Landlord  and  Sublandlord,  and  Sublandlord's
withholding  of  approval  shall  in  all events be deemed reasonable if for any
reason  master  Landlord's approval is not obtained; (vii) in any case where the
"Landlord"  reserves  or  is  granted  the  right to manage, supervise, control,
repair,  alter,  regulate  the  use  of,  enter or use the Premises or any areas
beneath,  above or adjacent thereto, such reservation or grant of right of entry
shall  be  deemed to be for the benefit of both Master Landlord and Sublandlord;
(viii)  in  any  case  where  "Tenant"  is to indemnify, release or waive claims
against  "Landlord",  such  indemnity,  release or waiver shall be deemed to run
from  Subtenant  to  both Master Landlord and Sublanlord; (ix) in any case where
"Tenant"  is  to execute and deliver certain documents or notices to "Landlord",
such  obligation  shall  be deemed to run from Subtenant to both Master Landlord
and Sublandlord; and (x) the following modifications shall be made to the master
Lease  as  incorporated  herein:

               (a)     the  following  provisions  of  the  Master Lease are not
incorporated herein:  the Recitals, Paragraphs 2(b), 3(a), Schedules F, H, N, O,
and  K;  and

               (b)     references  to  "Landlord"  in  the  following provisions
shall  mean  "Master  Landlord"  only (subject, however, to clauses (iv) through
(ix) of the introductory language to this Paragraph 22.A): Paragraphs 8, 11, 18.

          B.     ASSUMPTION  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  This Sublease is and at all times
                 ---------------------------
shall  be  subject  and subordinate to the master Lease and the rights of master
Landlord  thereunder.  Subtenant  hereby  expressly  assumes  and agrees: (i) to
comply  with  all  provisions of the master lease which are assumed by Subtenant
hereunder;  and  (ii) to perform all the obligations on the part of the "Tenant"
to  be  performed  under  the  terms  of  the  Master  Lease with respect to the
Subleased  Premises  during  the term of this Sublease.  In the event the Master
Lease  is  terminated  for  any reason whatsoever, this Sublease shall terminate
simultaneously  with  such  termination  without any liability of Sublandlord to
Subtenant.  In  the  event of a conflict between the provisions of this Sublease
and  the  Master  Lease, as between Sublandlord and Subtenant, the provisions of
this  sublease  shall  control.

     23.     RIGHT  TO  CONTEST:  If  Sublandlord  does  not  have  the right to
             ------------------
contest  any matter in the Master Lease due to expiration of any time limit that
may  be  set  forth  therein  or  for any other reason, then notwithstanding any
incorporation  of  any  such  provision  from the Master Lease in this Sublease,
Subtenant  shall  also  not  have  the  right  to  contest  any  such  matter.

     24.     COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT:  Subtenant peacefully shall have, hold
             ---------------------------
and  enjoy  te  Subleased  Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Sublease,  provided that Subtenant pays all Rent imposed hereunder and otherwise
performs  all  of  Subtenant's  covenants  and  agreements  contained  herein.

     25.     CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT:  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
             ---------------------
this  Sublease,  this  Sublease  and  Sublandlord's  and Subtenant's obligations
hereunder  are  conditioned upon Sublandlord's receipt of the written consent of
master  Landlord  to  this  Sublease  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to
Sublandlord.  If  Sublandlord  does  not receive such consent within thirty (30)
days  after  execution  of  this  Sublease  by Sublandlord, then Sublandlord may
terminate  this  Sublease  by  giving Subtenant written notice thereof, and upon
such termination, Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant its payment of the first
month's  Base  Rent  paid  by  Subtenant  pursuant to Paragraph 4 hereof and the
Security  Deposit.

     26.     CHOICE  OF LAW:  SEVERABILITY:  This Sublease shall in all respects
             -----------------------------
be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance  with  the laws of the State of
California.  If any term of this Sublease is held to be invalid or unenforceable
by  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Sublease
shall  remain  in full force and effect to the fullest extent possible under the
law,  and  shall  not  be  affected  or  impaired.

     27.     AMENDMENT:  This  Sublease may not be amended except by the written
             ---------
agreement  of  all  parties  hereto.

                                       -5-
<PAGE>
     28.     ATTORNEYS'  FEES:  If  either  party  brings  any  action  or legal
             ----------------
proceeding with respect to this Sublease, the prevailing party shall be entitled
to  recover  from the other party reasonable attorneys' fees, experts' fees, and
court  costs.  If  either  party  becomes  the  subject  of  any  bankruptcy  or
insolvency  proceeding,  then  the  other party shall be entitled to recover all
reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  experts'  fees,  and other costs incurred by that
party  in protecting its rights hereunder and in obtaining any other relief as a
consequence  of  such  proceeding.

     29.     WAIVER:  If  either Sublandlord or Subtenant waives the performance
             ------
of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Sublease, such waiver shall
not  be  deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other
term,  covenant or condition contained herein, or constitute a course of dealing
contrary  to  the  expressed  terms of this Sublease.  The acceptance of Rent by
Sublandlord  shall  not constitute a waiver of any preceding breach of Subtenant
of  any term, covenant or condition of this Sublease regardless of Sublandlord's
knowledge  of such preceding breach oat the time Sublandlord accepted such Rent.
Failure  by  Sublandlord to enforce any of the terms, covenants or conditions of
the Sublease for any length of time shall not be deemed to waive or decrease the
right  of Sublandlord to insist thereafter upon strict performance by Subtenant.
Waiver  by  Sublandlord  of  any  term,  covenant or condition contained in this
Sublease  may  only  be  made by a written document signed by Sublandlord, based
upon  full  knowledge  of  the  circumstances.

     30.     NO  DRAFTING  PRESUMPTION:  The  parties  acknowledge  that  this
             -------------------------
Sublease  has  been  agreed  to  by  both the parties, that both Sublandlord and
Subtenant have had the opportunity to consult with attorneys with respect to the
terms  of  this  Sublease  and  that  no  presumption  shall  be created against
Sublandlord  because  Sublandlord  drafted  this  Sublease.  Except as otherwise
specifically  set  forth  in  this  Sublease,  with  respect  to  any  consent,
determination  or estimation of Sublandlord required or allowed in this Sublease
or  requested of Sublandlord, Sublandlord's consent, determination or estimation
shall  be  given  or  made  solely  by  Sublandlord  in Sublandlord's good faith
opinion, whether or not objectively reasonable.  If Sublandlord fails to respond
to any request for its consent within the time period, if any, specified in this
Sublease,  Sublandlord  shall  be  deemed  to  have  disapproved  such  request.

     31.     AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE:  Subtenant and Sublandlord each represent and
             --------------------
warrant  to the other that each person executing this Sublease on behalf of each
party  is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Sublease on behalf of that
party.

     32.     COUNTERPARTS:  This  Sublease  may  be  executed in one (1) or more
             ------------
counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together
shall  constitute  one  (1)  and  the  same instrument.  Signature copies may be
detached  from  the  counterparts and attached to a single copy of this Sublease
physically  to  form  one  (1)  document.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>
     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the day
and  year  first  above  written.


SUBLANDLORD:                                  SUBTENANT:

Summit  Microelectronics,  Inc.               Photoloft,  Inc.,
A  California  corporation                    a  __________  corporation

By:  _______________________________          By:  _____________________________
Print Name:  _______________________          Print Name:  _____________________
Title:  ____________________________          Title:  __________________________

By:  _______________________________          By:  _____________________________
Print Name:  _______________________          Print Name:  _____________________
Title:  ____________________________          Title:  __________________________



                                       -7-
<PAGE>
                               CONSENT TO SUBLEASE
                               -------------------

     Master  Landlord hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Sublease and
consents  to the terms and conditions of this Sublease.  By this consent, master
Landlord  shall not be deemed in any way to have entered into the Sublease or to
have consented to any further assignment or sublease.  Master Landlord, however,
agrees  that  the  Subrogation  Waiver  set forth in the master Lease shall also
apply  to  Subtenant  as  well  as  to  Sublandlord.

          MASTER  LANDLORD:

          The  Manufacturers  Life
          Insurance  Company

          By:  _______________________________
          Its: _______________________________
          Dated:  ____________________________


                                       -8-
<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT# I TO
                          CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT
                              DATED OCTOBER 22,1998
                                     BETWEEN
                             HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
                                       AND
                                  PHOTOLOFT.COM

This Amendment #1 ("Amendment #1") to that certain Consulting Services Agreement
dated  October  22,  1998  by  and  between  Hewlett-Packard  Company ("HP") and
PhotoLoft.Com  ("PhotoLoft")  is  entered  into  by  and between HP and Licensor
effective  as  of  February  9,  1999.

     A.  WHEREAS, HP and PhotoLoft entered into an agreement entitled Consulting
Services  Agreement  as of October 22, 1998 (the "Agreement") under which, among
other things, HP assisted PhotoLoft with the installation and integration of the
PhotoLoft  OpenPix  Image  Print
Solution  into  PhotoLoft-com,  upon  the  terms and conditions set forth in the
Agreement;  and

     B. WHEREAS, HP and PhotoLoft would now like to amend the Agreement upon the
terms  and  conditions  set  forth  herein  below;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.   The  following  new Section 8.J is hereby added  immediately  following the
     present end of Section 8 (LICENSES) of the Agreement:

     8.J  Notwithstanding the restrictions on sublicensing,  copying or transfer
          of the Software  hereunder,  upon Customer acceptance of a Deliverable
          and  receipt by HP of the  associated  payment  in full,  HP grants to
          Customer  a  non-exclusive,   non-transferable  license  to  make  and
          distribute  copies of that piece of Software  known as "OpenPix  Print
          Integrator,"  in object code form only, to end-user  customers for use
          in  accessing  images  from a  computer  server,  provided  that:  (i)
          Customer  provide it's end-user  customers  with copies of the OpenPix
          Print  Integrator  Software  License  Terms  and  Warranty  Disclaimer
          (attached hereto as Exhibit A); (ii) Customer  reproduce all copyright
          and other  -------  proprietary  notices in the  original  copy of the
          OpenPix Print  Integrator  on any copies made under this Section,  and
          (iii) any  distribution  of OpenPix  Print  Integrator is made free of
          charge to end-user customers.

2.   Entire  Agreement.  This Amendment #l,  together with the  Agreement,  sets
     -----------------
     forth the entire agreement  between the parties with respect to the matters
     set forth herein and supersedes all prior and  contemporaneous  discussions
     or understandings between them relating thereto.

<PAGE>
     Capitalized  terms used in this  Amendment #1 and not defined  herein shall
     have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly
     set forth herein,  the Agreement and each and every provision thereof shall
     remain in full force and effect.

3.   Counterparts.  This Amendment # 1 may be executed in counterparts,  each of
     ------------
     which shall be deemed an original.

     IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, HP and PhotoLoft have executed this Amendment #1 as of
the  date  first  written  above.

HEWLETT-PACKARD  COMPANY                     PhotoLoft.com

     By:                                     By: /S/Jack Marshall
                                                 ----------------
     Print  Name:                            Print: Jack Marshall
                                                    -------------
     Title:                                  Title: President
                                                    -------------

                                        2
<PAGE>

                          BAYTREE CAPITAL ASSOCIATES, LLC
                               INVESTMENT BANKERS
                              THE TRUMP BUILDING AT
                                 40 WALL STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
                      212/509-1700 - FACSIMILE 2121363-4231


                                                  February  10,  1999

PhotoLoft.Com
300  Orchard  City  Drive
Suite  142
Campbell,  CA  95009

Attn:  Mr.  Jack  Marshall
       President

Dear  Mr. Marshall:

     This letter agreement (the "Agreement")confirms the terms and conditions of
                                 ---------
the  exclusive  engagement  of  Baytree Capital Associates,  LLC  ("Baytree")by
                                                                    -------
PhotoLoft.Com,  Inc.,  ("PhotoLoft")  and  its  affiliates  to  render  certain
financial  advisory and investment banking services to PhotoLoft and any person,
corporation  or  other  entity  formed  by  or  affiliated with such person (the
"Company")  which  participates  in,  or  which  was  formed  for the purpose of
effecting  a  Transaction  (as  hereinafter  defined)  and  effecting  a certain
Financing  as  hereinafter  described.  In  the  context  of  this  Agreement,
"Transaction"  shall  mean,  whether effected in one transaction or -a series of
transactions, (i) any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or
other  business  combination  pursuant  to  which  the  business of PhotoLoft is
combined  with  that  of  another entity (the "Merger Candidate"),whether or not
                                               -----------------
PhotoLoft  is  the  surviving  entity  in  such  business  combination.

     1.     SERVICES.     Pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement,  Baytree will assist  PhotoLoft in negotiating  and effecting:  (i) a
Loan (as  hereinafter  described  in  subparagraph  (a) if such is  requested by
PhotoLoft;  and (ii) a  Transaction;  and will act as the  placement  agent with
regard to obtaining the Financing (as hereinafter  described in Paragraph 2) for
the Company. In this regard, Baytree proposes to undertake certain activities on
behalf of PhotoLoft, including, the following:

                                        1
<PAGE>
          (a)     structuring  and  negotiating  a  loan  (the  "Loan")  in  the
principal  amount  of  Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) Dollars should said
loan  be  requested  in  writing  by  PhotoLoft prior to the consummation of the
Transaction,  provided,  however,  that  said Loan shall be subject to Baytree's
satisfactory  completion  of  its  due  diligence review of PhotoLoft (as herein
further  described  in  paragraph  2  (a)  ).  In the event that PhotoLoft shall
request  the Loan, it shall simultaneously execute and deliver the Agreement and
Plan  of  Reorganization with regard to the Transaction arid execute and deliver
the  Note  (as  hereinafter  defined).  Said  Loan will be provided to PhotoLoft
within  five (5) days of such a request on terms and conditions substantially in
the  form  of  the  Note  (the  "Note)  as set forth in Annex B attached hereto;

          (b)     identifying  a  Merger  Candidate  which  is  a public company
within  the  meaning  of  Rule  15(c)-2  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1934;

          (c)     advising  PhotoLoft  as  to  the  structure  and  form  of the
Transaction;

          (d)     assisting  PhotoLoft  in obtaining appropriate information and
performing  due  diligence  regarding  the  Merger  Candidate;

          (e)     counseling  PhotoLoft  with  respect  to,  and  conducting,
negotiations  with,  the  Merger  Candidate  regarding  the  Transaction;

          (f)     arranging  for  consummation  of  the  Transaction;

          (g)     arranging  for financing on behalf of the Company as otherwise
discussed  in  this  Agreement;

          (h)     rendering such other financial advisory and investment banking
services as may from time to time be agreed upon by Baytree and PhotoLoft or the
Company.

     Any  obligations pursuant to this Paragraph I shall survive the termination
or  expiration  of  this  Agreement.

     2.     FINANCING.
            ----------

     (a)     Baytree shall arrange  (i)  the  Loan (if one has been so requested
pursuant  to Paragraph(a) and(ii) a financing (the "Financing") on behalf of the
Company.  The  Financing  shall be arranged either by the conversion of the Loan
into  equity  of  PhotoLoft  or other funding or a combination of conversion and
other  funding,  and will be completed through a limited offering. The Financing
will  be  for  a  maximum  of  One  Million  ($1,000,000.00  US)  Dollars  and

                                        2
<PAGE>
will  be  completed  contemporaneously with consummation of the Transaction. The
limited  offering  comprising  the  Financing  will  be  of  Common Stock of the
Company.  The Loan and the Financing will be subject to Baytree's successful and
satisfactory  completion  in  Baytree's  sole and absolute discretion of its due
diligence prior to the funding of the Loan or the Financing, such shall include,
but  not  be  limited to, a review and analysis of PhotoLoft's financial status,
business  plans  and  any  pending or potential litigation. The placement of the
Common  Stock  will rely on Rule 504 of Regulation D ("Regulation D")promulgated
                                                       ------------
under  the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),and shall thereby
                                                        -----
be exempt from the registration requirements of the Act, provided, however, that
should  Rule  504  of  Regulation  D  be  changed  so  that  the  exemption from
registration  for  stock  so  issued  is  altered  then  no further Financing as
contemplated  in  this Agreement will occur unless and until the parties to this
Agreement  enter  into  a  separate  and  distinct  Agreement to continue with a
financing  wherein  the terms of said financing shall be specifically described.
In  connection  with  their  purchase  of the Common stock in the Financing, the
purchasers  will  receive  Two  Hundred  Thousand (200,000) shares of the Common
Stock  of  the  Company for every One Hundred Thousand ($ 100,000 US) Dollars so
invested  and  a  prorata  number of shares for any portion thereof so invested.

     Baytree  shall  not be  deemed  an  agent  of the  Company  nor an agent of
PhotoLoft for any other purpose.  Any proceeds  shall be paid,  less the Expense
Allowance and legal fees  reimbursement  (each as defined in Paragraph 4 below),
to the Company at a closing held with respect to the sale of the Common Stock in
the Financing (the "Closing"  against delivery of certificates  representing the
securities  sold. The Company agrees that until the later of the  termination of
the  Offering  Period,  or twelve  (12) months  from the  Closing,  it will not,
directly  or  indirectly,  seek to arrange  or place any  equity or  convertible
security  financing,  without  Baytree's  prior written  consent  except if such
financing is a sale of  securities of  nonconvertible  debt.  Additionally,  the
Company  agrees that upon  Closing,  the Company  shall grant Baytree a right of
first  refusal for a period of  twenty-four  (24)  months from the Closing  with
respect to any sale of  securities  by the Company  except if the sale is either
pursuant  to  an   underwritten   public   offering  or  is  of   securities  of
non-convertible debt and except for the issuance of securities upon the exercise
of  currently  outstanding  options and  warrants.  Baytree  shall have ten (10)
business days following receipt of written notice from the Company setting forth
the terms of any  proposed  financing to be  conducted  by it (a  "Notice"),  to
exercise  the right of first  refusal  by  presenting  a letter of intent  for a
proposed  financing  on the same or better  economic  terms as  presented to the
Company.  In the event  Baytree fails to exercise this right to present a letter
of intent  for a  proposed  financing,  the  Company  shall be free to sell such
securities  in the manner,  amount and for the prices and terms set forth in the
Notice without liability to Baytree, subject to Baytree's right of consent for a
period of twelve (12) months as set forth above.

     (b)     In  the  event  that  the  Loan  shall have been converted to stock
pursuant  to the  terms of the Note,  then and in that  event  Baytree  shall be
deemed to have provided the Company that portion of the  Financing  contemplated
in subparagraph (a) hereof

                                        3
<PAGE>
and  shall  therefore  be  entitled  to  all  Fees  and Expenses provided for in
Paragraph  4  of  this  Agreement.

     This  Agreement  does not  constitute  an  understanding  or a  commitment,
express or  implied,  by Baytree to provide  any of the  Financing  from its own
account.  Any  obligations  pursuant  to  this  Paragraph  2 shall  survive  the
termination or expiration of this Agreement.

     3.     REGISTRATION  RIGHTS     Baytree  shall  receive  one  "Piggyback"
            --------------------
registration  right  for  the  shares of Common Stock representing fees or other
compensation  to  Baytree.

     4.     FEES  AND  EXPENSES     PhotoLoft agrees to cause the Company to pay
            -------------------
Baytree  for  its  services  as  follows:

          (a)     Baytree  shall receive a placement fee in cash and  shares  of
the  Common  Stock  of the  Company(the  "Placement  Fee")  herein  equal to Ten
Thousand  ($10,000.)  Dollars and Twenty Five  Thousand  (25,000)  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock for each gross One Million ($  1,000,000.00  US) Dollars
raised in the  Financing  and a pro rata amount of cash and number of shares for
any part of One Million  ($1,000,000.00 US) Dollars so raised. The Placement Fee
and Baytree's  Expense  Allowance (as  hereinafter  defined) with respect to the
Financing  shall be payable  concurrently  with Closing (or each Closing if more
than one).

          (b)     In  addition  to any other fees payable to Baytree  hereunder,
if at any time  commencing  with the date  hereof  and ending  twenty-four  (24)
months after  termination  of this  Agreement or the closing of the  Transaction
(whichever  is later) a party  introduced to PhotoLoft or the Company by Baytree
or by any  broker-dealers  selected by Baytree to  participate  in the Financing
shall purchase or commit to purchase any securities (other than those offered in
the Financing) of PhotoLoft,  the Company or any person or entity  controlled by
or under common control with PhotoLoft, the Company, or such other person (which
commitment  the  Company  shall have  accepted  or shall  subsequently  accept),
Baytree  shall  receive as  compensation  the Placement Fee that would have been
payable  and  issuable  had  such  purchases  occurred  in  connection  with the
Financing,  regardless  of the type of  securities  so  purchased or the form of
payment therefor.

          (c)     It  shall  be  the  Company's  obligation  to  bear all of its
expenses  in  connection  with the Transaction and the Financing, which expenses
shall  include,  but  are not limited to the following: printing and duplication
costs, postage and mailing expenses with respect to the transmission of offering
materials,  registrar  and  transfer  agent  fees, accounting fees and issue and
transfer  taxes, if any. In addition, PhotoLoft will cause the Company to pay to
Baytree a non-accountable  expense allowance of Thirty Thousand  ($30,000.00 US)
Dollars with respect to the Transaction  and Financing,  which shall include the
fees and reasonable

                                        4
<PAGE>
disbursements  of Baytree's and the Merger Candidate's legal counsel incurred in
connection  with  the  Transaction  and  Financing  (collectively,  the

     Any  obligation  pursuant to this Paragraph 4 shall survive the termination
or  expiration  of  this  Agreement.

          (d)     Following the provision of a Merger Candidate into which there
shall  have  been any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or
other  business  combination  pursuant  to  Paragraph  I  of this Agreement, the
Company  agrees  that  six  hundred twenty five thousand (625,000) shares of the
Common Stock of the Merger Candidate shall remain with the original shareholders
of  the  Merger  Candidate.

          Any  obligation  pursuant  to  this  Paragraph  4  shall  survive  the
termination  or  expiration  of  this  Agreement.


     5.     REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES,  AND  COVENANTS.
            ----------------------------------------------

     (a)     PhotoLoft represents and warrants and shall cause the Company to so
represent and warrant that this Agreement has been duty authorized, executed and
delivered  by  the  Company and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the
Company  enforceable  against  the  Company  in  accordance  with its terms- The
Company  further  represents  and warrants that consummation of the transactions
contemplated  herein  will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the
terms, provisions or conditions of any written agreement to which it is a party.

     (b)     PhotoLoft  has  not  done,  and  shall  cause the Company not to do
anything  that may be considered a direct selling effort in the United States or
which  could  reasonably be expected to result in general preconditioning of the
United  States  Market  for  the  Securities  of  the  Company.  Subject  to the
requirements  of  law, the Company shall not make any public announcement of the
Financing  without the prior written consent of Baytree and in any event,  shall
make no such  disclosure  which could be deemed to be a general  solicitation or
directed selling effort within the meaning of Regulation D under the Act,

     (c)    Baytree covenants that it will comply with all Rules and Regulations
applicable  to  Regulation  D with  regard to this  Offering.  Further,  Baytree
represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly  authorized,  executed
and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and binding agreement  enforceable
against it in accordance with its terms. Baytree further represents and warrants
that consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not conflict with
or result in a breach  of any of the  terms,  provisions  or  conditions  of any
written agreement to which it is a party.

                                        5
<PAGE>
     (d)     PhotoLoft  represents,  warrants, and covenants that at the time of
any  Loan  and  /or  Financing  contemplated  herein  there  shall  be no liens,
encumbrances  or  security  interest  in  any  assets  of  PhotoLoft  (or  any
subsidiaries  or  affiliates), said unencumbered assets shall include but not be
limited  to the intellectual or proprietary property of PhotoLoft which property
shall  include  but  not be limited to, any and all copyrights issued to, titled
to,  or  claimed  by  PhotoLoft.

     (e)     The  PhotoLoft  represents and PhotoLoft shall cause the Company to
so  represent  that  upon  the  completion  of  the Transaction it shall cause a
nominee  identified by Baytree to be added to the  Company's  Board of Directors
for the maximum term provided for in the Company's By Laws.

     (f)     PhotoLoft  represents  and  shall cause the Company to so represent
that  they have One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) of eligibility pursuant to Rule
504  of  Regulation  D. In the event that it is deter-mined that the Company has
less  than  One  Million  Dollars  of eligibility, then the amount undertaken in
connection  with  any  Financing shall be reduced to the amount of the Company's
remaining  Rule  504  eligibility.

     (g)     The  Company acknowledges that Baytree's undertaking to perform the
Financing  described  in  Paragraph  2  is  on  a  best  efforts  basis.

     (h)     PhotoLoft represents and warrants and shall cause the Company to so
represent  and  warrant  that the post Transaction capitalization of the Company
shall  be  as  set  forth  on  Annex  C  attached  hereto.

     6.     TERM.     The  term  of this Agreement with regard to the completion
            -----
of  the  Transaction shall be ninety (90) days from the date of the execution of
this  Agreement.  This Agreement may be renewed upon mutual written agreement of
Baytree and PhotoLoft and/or the Company.  PhotoLoft agrees to cause the Company
to pay Baytree any fees specified in Paragraph 4 if the events specified therein
shall  occur  during the term of this  Agreement  or within two years  after the
termination or expiration of this  Agreement.  Any  obligation  pursuant to this
Paragraph 6 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

     Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement to the contrary,  in the event
that  Baytree  shall have failed to arrange for and fund the Loan within  thirty
(30) days of the date of a request  for such  Loan then and in that  event  this
Agreement shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.

     7.     INDEMNIFICATION.     In  addition  to  the  payment  of  fees  and
            ----------------
reimbursement of fees and expenses provided for above, and regardless of whether
the  Transaction  or  the

                                        6
<PAGE>
Financing  are  consummated,  PhotoLoft  agrees  to  indemnify  and to cause the
Company to  indemnify  Baytree and any  broker-dealers  who  participate  in the
Financing,  as set forth in Annex A, attached  hereto,  which is incorporated by
reference  as if fully set forth  herein.  This  Paragraph  7 shall  survive the
termination or expiration of this Agreement.

     8.     INFORMATION.     PhotoLoft  recognizes  and  confirms  that  in
            ------------
performing  its  duties  pursuant to this  Agreement, Baytree and broker-dealers
selected  by  it  to  participate  in the Financing will be using and relying on
data,  material,  and  other  information  (the  "Information")  or  ("Offering
                                                                     ----------
Materials")furnished  by  PhotoLoft and the Merger Candidate or their respective
- ---------
employees  and  representatives.  In  connection  with  Baytree's  activities on
PhotoLoft's  behalf,  PhotoLoft  will  cooperate  with  Baytree and will furnish
Baytree with all information  concerning  PhotoLoft the Transaction  and, to the
extent  available  to  PhotoLoft  the  Merger  Candidate,  which  Baytree  deems
appropriate  and will  provide  Baytree  with  access to  PhotoLoft's  officers,
directors, employees,  independent accountants and legal counsel for the purpose
of performing Baytree's  obligations  pursuant to this agreement.  To the extent
that  PhotoLoft has access to the officers,  directors,  employees,  independent
accountants  and legal  counsel of the Merger  Candidate,  it will  provide such
access to Baytree for the purpose of performing  Baytree's  obligations pursuant
to this Agreement.  PhotoLoft  hereby agrees and represents that all Information
(a) furnished to Baytree  pursuant to this  Agreement,  and (b) contained in any
filing  by  PhotoLoft  with any  court or  governmental  or  regulatory  agency,
commission or instrumentality (each, an "Agency")shall,  at all times during the
                                         ------
period of the engagement of Baytree  hereunder,  be accurate and complete in all
material  respects and that, if the  Information  provided by PhotoLoft  becomes
materially  inaccurate,  incomplete or  misleading  during the term of Baytree's
engagement   hereunder,   the  Company  shall  so  advise  Baytree  in  writing.
Accordingly, Baytree assumes no responsibility for the accuracy and completeness
of the Information.  In rendering its services hereunder,  Baytree will be using
and relying upon the Information  without  independent  verification  thereof or
independent  evaluation of any of the assets or  liabilities of PhotoLoft or the
Merger Candidate. All Information that is not publicly available will be treated
in  strict  confidence,  and  will  not be  revealed,  or  used  (except  in the
performance of Baytree's  duties under this Agreement) by Baytree unless legally
compelled as determined in good faith by counsel to Baytree.

     9.     DISCLOSURE.     PhotoLoft  agrees  that, except as compelled by law,
            -----------
rule  or  regulation,  it  will  not  disclose and will cause the Company not to
disclose the services or advice to be provided by Baytree  under this  Agreement
publicly or to any third party without the prior written approval of Baytree.

     10.     SEVERABILITY.     If  any provision of this Agreement shall be held
             -------------
or  made  invalid  by  a  statute,  rule,  regulation, decision of a tribunal or
otherwise,  the  remainder  of  this

                                        7
<PAGE>
Agreement  shall  not be affected thereby and, to this extent, the provisions of
this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  be  severable.

     11.     AUTHORIZATION.     PhotoLoft and Baytree represent and warrant that
             --------------
each has all requisite power and authority, and all necessary authorizations, to
enter  into  and  carry  out  the  terms  and  provisions  of  this  Agreement.

     12.     SUCCESSORS.     This  Agreement  and  all  rights,  liabilities and
             -----------
obligations  hereunder  shall  be  binding upon and inure to the benefit of each
party's successors but may not be assigned without the prior written approval of
the  other  party.  Any  such  approval  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld.

     13.     HEADINGS.     The  descriptive  headings  of the Paragraphs of this
             ---------
Agreement  are  inserted  for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this
Agreement  and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement.

     14.     NO  BROKERS.     PhotoLoft  represents and warrants to Baytree that
             ------------
there are no brokers, representatives or other persons which have an interest in
or claim for  compensation  due to  Baytree  from any  transaction  contemplated
herein.

     15.     NOTICES.     Any  notice  or  other  communication  to  be given to
             --------
PhotoLoft  hereunder  may  be  given  by  delivering  the same in writing to the
address  set  forth  above, and any notice or other communication to be given to
Baytree may be given by delivering the same to Baytree Capital Associates,  LLC,
40 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Michael Gardner, Principal,
or in each case, such other address of which a party shall have received notice.
Any notice or other  communication  hereunder  shall be deemed  given three days
after deposit in the mail if mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested,
or on the day after  deposit  with an  overnight  courier  service  for next day
delivery, or on the date personally delivered.

     16.     ARBITRATION.     In  the case of any dispute, question, controversy
             ------------
or  claim  arising  among  the  parties  hereto  which  shall arise out of or in
connection  with  this  Agreement,  the  same  shall be submitted to arbitration
before  a  panel  of three arbitrators in New York, New York, in accordance with
the  rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association. One arbitrator shall be
appointed  by  the  party  or  parties  bringing the claims ("Claimant") and one
                                                            ----------
arbitrator  shall  be  appointed  by  the  party  or parties defending the claim
("Respondent").The arbitrators selected by such parties shall be selected within
      ---------
thirty  (30)  days  after notification by the Claimant to the Respondent that it
has  determined  to  submit  such  dispute,  question,  controversy  or claim to
arbitration.  The  two  arbitrators  so selected shall select a third arbitrator
within  thirty  (30) days after the selection of the arbitrator selected by such
parties.  Should  a party fail to select an arbitrator within the specified time
period, or should the arbitrators selected by the parties fail to select a third
arbitrator,  the missing arbitrator or arbitrators shall be appointed by the New
York,  New  York office of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of
the panel shall be final and binding on the parties and enforceable in any court
of competent jurisdiction. The costs of the arbitration will be imposed upon the
Claimant  and Respondent as determined by the arbitration panel or, failing such
determination,  will  be  home  equally  by  the

                                        8
<PAGE>
Claimant and the Respondent. The successful or prevailing party or parties shall
be  entitled  to  recover  reasonable  attorneys'  fees in addition to any other
relief  to  which  it  may  be  entitled.

     In  the  event of any dispute, question, controversy or claim arising among
the  parties  hereto  which  shall  arise  out  of  or  in  connection with this
Agreement,  the parties shall keep the proceeding related to such controversy in
strict  confidence and shall not disclose the nature of said dispute, the status
of  the  proceeding  or  any  testimony,  documents  or  information obtained or
exchanged  in  the course of said proceeding without the express written consent
of  all parties to such dispute unless either party is legally compelled to make
any  such  disclosure.

     Please  confirm  that  the  foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by
signing  the enclosed letters in the space provided and returning them to us for
execution,  whereupon  we  will  send you a fully executed original letter which
shall  constitute  a  binding  agreement  as  of  the  date first above written.



                                       Very  truly  yours,

                                       BAYTREE  CAPITAL  ASSOCIATES,  LLC

                                       By:  /s/ Michael  Gardner
                                              -------------------------------
                                              Michael  Gardner,  Principal


Agreed  to  and  accepted  as  of  the  above  date

PHOTOLOFT.COM,  INC.

By:  /s/ Jack  Marshall
        ----------------------------
        Jack  Marshall,  President

                                        9
<PAGE>
                            ANNEX A: INDEMNIFICATION

     PhotoLoft  agrees  to  indemnify  and to cause  the  Company  to  indemnify
Baytree,  any  broker-dealers  who  participate  in  the  Financing,  and  their
respective employees,  directors, officers, agents, affiliates, and each person,
if any,  who  controls  them  within  the  meaning  of either  Section 20 of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 or  Section 15 of the  Securities  Act of 1933
(each such person, including Baytree and such broker-dealers,  is referred to as
"Indemnified  Party")  from  and  against  any  losses,   claims,   damages  and
liabilities,  joint or several including all legal or other expenses  reasonably
incurred by an  Indemnified  Party in  connection  with the  preparation  for or
defense of any threatened or pending claim, action or proceeding, whether or not
resulting in any liability  ("Damages"),  to which such  Indemnified  Party,  in
connection  with its services or arising out of its  engagement  hereunder,  may
become subject under any applicable Federal or state law or otherwise, including
but not limited to liability (i) caused by or arising out of an untrue statement
or an alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material  fact  necessary  in order to make a statement  not
misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, (ii) caused by
or arising out of any act or failure to act or (iii)  arising  out of  Baytree's
engagement or the rendering by any Indemnified  Party of its services under this
Agreement;  provided,  however,  that neither  PhotoLoft nor the Company will be
liable to the  Indemnified  Party  hereunder  to the extent that any Damages are
found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to
have resulted from the gross negligence,  bad faith or willful misconduct of the
Indemnified Party seeking indemnification hereunder.

     These  indemnification  provisions  shall  be  in addition to any liability
which  PhotoLoft and/or the Company may otherwise have to any Indemnified Party.

     If  for  any  reason, other than a final non-appealable judgment finding an
Indemnified  Party  liable  for  Damages for its gross negligence, bad faith, or
willful  misconduct  the  foregoing  indemnity  is unavailable to an Indemnified
Party  or  insufficient  to  hold  an Indemnified Party harmless, then PhotoLoft
shall  and  shall  cause  the  Company,  to  contribute  to

                                       10
<PAGE>
the amount paid or payable by an  Indemnified  Party as a result of such Damages
in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative  benefits
received by PhotoLoft or the Company, as the case may be and its shareholders on
the one hand, and Baytree on the other, but also the relative fault of PhotoLoft
or the  Company,  as the case may be, and the  Indemnified  Party as well as any
relevant  equitable  considerations,  subject to the limitation that in no event
shall the total  contribution  of all  Indemnified  Parties to all such  Damages
exceed the amount of fees  actually  received  and  retained  by Baytree and the
broker-dealers  selected by Baytree  that  participate  in the  placement of the
Common Stock.

     Promptly  after  receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any claim or
of  the  commencement of any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought,
the  Indemnified  Party  will  notify PhotoLoft or the Company in writing of the
receipt  or  commencement  thereof  and  PhotoLoft or the Company shall have the
right to assume the defense of such claim or action (including the employment of
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party and the payment of fees
and  expenses  of  such counsel), provided that the Indemnified Party shall have
the  right  to  control  its  defense  if,  in  the  opinion of its counsel, the
Indemnified  Party's  defense is unique or separate to it as the case may be, as
opposed  to  a  defense pertaining to PhotoLoft or the Company In any event, the
Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory
to  PhotoLoft  or  the  Company,  at  PhotoLoft's  or  the Company's expense, to
represent  it in any claim or action in respect of which indemnity may be sought
and  agrees  to  cooperate  with PhotoLoft or the Company and PhotoLoft's or the
Company's  counsel  in the defense of such claim or action, it being understood,
however,  that  PhotoLoft  or  the Company shall not, in connection with any one
such claim or action or separate, but substantially similar or related claims or
actions  in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or
circumstances,  be  liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one
separate  firm  of attorneys, for all the Indemnified Parties unless the defense
of  one Indemnified Party is unique or separate from that of another Indemnified
Party  subject  to  the same claim or action. In the event that PhotoLoft or the
Company  does  not  promptly  assume  the  defense  of  a  claim  or action, the
Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory
to PhotoLoft or the Company, at PhotoLoft's or, the Company's expense, to defend
such  claim  or  action. The omission by an Indemnified Party to promptly notify
PhotoLoft  or  the Company of the receipt or commencement of any claim or action
in  respect  of  which  indemnity  may  be  sought will relieve PhotoLoft or the
Company from any liability PhotoLoft or the Company may have to such Indemnified
Party  only to the extent that such a delay in notification materially prejudice
PhotoLoft's  or  the Company's defense of such claim or action. PhotoLoft or the
Company  shall  not  be  liable  for  any settlement of any such claim or action
effected  without  its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld
or  delayed. Any obligation pursuant to this Annex shall survive the termination
or  expiration  of  this  Agreement.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                        ANNEX B: FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

$250,000                                                February  -,  1999
- --------

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PHOTOLOFT.COM, INC. (the "Maker"), a California corporation,
with  offices  at 300 Orchard City Drive, Suite 142, Campbell, California 95008,
hereby  promises  to  pay  to the order of                        (the "Payee"),
                                          ------------------------
residing  at  (or  with  a  business  office  located
at)                                  ,  the  principle  sum of Two Hundred Fifty
   ----------------------------------
Thousand  ($250,000.00  US)  Dollars,  together  with  interest on the principal
amount  outstanding  from  the  date  hereof  until  payment  in  full.

     The  principal  amount of this Note together with all interest then accrued
shall  be  payable  three months from the date hereof (the "Due Date"). However,
the  term  of  this Note shall automatically be extended for an additional three
months  from the original Due Date in the event that the conversion of this Note
as  hereinafter  described  has  not  been  completed  by the original Due Date.
Interest  on outstanding principal shall accrue at the rate of nine (9%) percent
per  annum  from the date hereof and shall be paid on the Due Date. All interest
shall  be  calculated on the basis of a 365 day year, counting the actual number
of  days  elapsed  from  the  date of this Note to the Due Date. Interest on any
overdue  payments  of  principal  and interest due hereunder shall accrue and be
payable  at  the  rate  of  twelve  (12%) percent per annum, based on the actual
number  of days elapsed from the date such principal or interest payment was due
to  the  date  of  actual  payment.

     The  principal  of  this  Note  may  be prepaid in whole or in part without
premium  or  penalty,  at  any  time.  The  Maker shall prepay the principal and
accrued  interest  of  this  Note,  as and to the extent that the Maker receives
proceeds  (net of expenses) (1) from the sale of common stock of the Maker prior
to the Due Date, or (2) as a part of being acquired by a public company prior to
the  Due  Date.

     Maker  shall offer the Payee the option to convert this note into shares of
common  stock of any corporation which acquires at least fifty-one (51%) percent
of  the  Maker  at  any time prior to the Due Date. The terms of the issuance of
such  shares  shall  be part of a structure wherein it is contemplated that such
corporation  shall  have 13,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding after the
acquisition  of  Maker  (but  before  the conversion of a maximum of $250,000 of
Notes  or  further  financing).  In  connection  with  said  acquisition,  it is
contemplated  that the company shall issue 12,375,000 shares to the shareholders
of the Maker and shall undertake a financing by selling 2,000,000 shares at $.50
per  share  (the "Offering Shares"). The shares issuable upon conversion of this
Note  shall  be a part of the Offering Shares and shall be converted at $.50 per
share.

                                       12
<PAGE>
     All  principal  and interest payments hereunder are payable in lawful money
of  the  United States of America to the Payee at the address first shown above,
or  at  such other address as may be directed by Payee, in immediately available
funds.

     The  Maker  hereby waives presentment, demand, dishonor, protest, notice of
protest, diligence and any other notice or action otherwise required to be given
or taken under the law in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance,
default,  enforcement or collection of this Note, and expressly agrees that this
Note,  or  any  payment hereunder, may be extended, modified or subordinated (by
forbearance  or  otherwise)  from time to time, without in any way affecting the
liability  of  the  Maker.

     In  the event that (a) the Maker shall fail to pay when due, any payment of
principal  or interest due hereunder and such failure to pay is not cured within
ten  (10)  days  of the date such payment was due, or (b) if the maker shall (i)
make  a  general  assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) be adjudicated a
bankrupt or insolvent; (iii) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy-, (iv) take
advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law or statute of the United States of
America  or  any  state  or jurisdiction thereof now or hereafter in effect; (v)
have  a  petition  or proceeding filed against the Maker under any bankruptcy or
insolvency  law  or  statute  of  the  United  States of America or any state or
jurisdiction  thereof,  which  petition  or  proceeding  is not dismissed within
forty-five  (45)  days  from  the  date  of commencement thereof; or (vi) have a
receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other person appointed by any court
to  take  charge of the Maker's affairs, assets or business and such appointment
is  not  vacated or discharged within forty-five (45) days thereafter; then, and
upon  the  happening of any such event, the Payee, at Payee's option, by written
notice  to the Maker, may declare the entire indebtedness evidenced by this Note
immediately  due  and  payable,  whereupon  the  same shall forthwith mature and
become  immediately  due  and  payable  without  presentment, demand, protest or
further  notice.

     In  the  event  that  Maker  shall  fail  to  pay when due any principal or
interest  payment,  and  the Payee shall exercise or endeavor to exercise any of
its  remedies  hereunder,  the Maker shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses
incurred  in  connection  therewith  including,  without  limitation, reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  and  the  Payee  may  take  judgment  for all such amounts in
addition  to  all  other  sums  due  hereunder.

     No  consent or waiver by the Payee with respect to any action or failure to
act by maker which, without such consent or waiver, would constitute a breach of
any  provision  of  this  Note  shall be valid and binding unless in writing and
signed  by  the  Payee.

     All  agreements  between  the  Maker and the Payee are expressly limited to
provide  that  in  no  contingency  or  event  whatsoever,  whether by reason of
acceleration  of  maturity  of  the  indebtedness evidenced hereby or otherwise,
shall  the  amount  paid  or  agreed  to  be  paid  to  the

                                       13
<PAGE>
Payee for the use, forbearance or detention of the indebtedness evidenced hereby
exceed  the  maximum  amount  which  the  Payee  is  permitted  to receive under
applicable  law.  If,  from  any  circumstances  whatsoever,  fulfillment of any
provision  hereof, at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall
involve  transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law, then, without the
necessity  of any action by Payee or Maker, the obligation to be fulfilled shall
automatically  be  reduced  to  the  limit  of  such  validity,  and if from any
circumstance  the  Payee  should  ever receive as interest an amount which would
exceed  the  highest  lawful rate, such amount which would be excessive interest
shall  be  applied  to the reduction of the principal balance hereof, and not to
the  payment  of  interest. As used herein, the term "applicable law" shall mean
the  law  in  affect as of the date hereof, provided, however, that in the event
there  is  a  change  in  the  law which results in a higher permissible rate of
interest,  then  this Note shall be governed by such new law as of its effective
date.  This  provision  shall  control  every  other provision of all agreements
between  the  Maker  and  the  Payee.

     This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the  State  of  New  York, except to the extent that such laws are superseded by
Federal  enactments.

     If  any  covenant  or  other  provision of the Note is invalid, illegal, or
incapable  of  being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all
other  covenants  and  provisions  of the Note shall nevertheless remain in full
force  and  effect,  and no covenant or provision shall be deemed dependent upon
any  other  covenant  or  provision.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Maker,  by  its  duly  authorized  officer, has
executed  this  Note  as  of  the  date  first  above  written.

                                   PHOTOLOFT.COM,  INC.

                                   By:  /s/ Jack  Marshall
                                      ------------------------------
                                            Jack  Marshall,  President

                                       14
<PAGE>
                                     ANNEX C
                                     -------

                       PHOTOLOFT.COM CAPITALIZATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          SHARES    PERCENTAGE
                                        ----------  -----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>

ORIGINAL PHOTOLOFT.COM SHAREHOLDERS. .  12,375,000       82.36%
                                        ----------  -----------
INVESTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2,000,000       13.31%
                                        ----------  -----------
ORIGINAL MERGER CANDIDATE SHAREHOLDERS     625,000        4.16%
                                        ----------  -----------
BAYTREE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      25,000        0.17%
                                        ----------  -----------

TOTAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15,025,000      100.00%
- --------------------------------------  ----------  -----------
</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>




                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") effective as of the 26th day of February
1999, between photoLoft.com , a Nevada corporation having its principal place of
business  at  300  Orchard  City  Drive,  Suite  142, Campbell, California 98005
("Employer")  ,  and  Jack  Marshall  ("Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,  Employer  desires to employ Employee upon the terms and subject to the
conditions  hereinafter  set  forth,  and  Employee  desires  to  accept  such
employment:

NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in consideration of the premises, the mutual promises,
covenants  and  agreements  contained  herein,  and  for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties  agree  as  follows.

1.     EMPLOYMENT.  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of this Agreement,
Employer  shall  employ  Employee  and  Employee hereby accepts such employment.

2.     TERM.  The  term  of this Agreement shall be for the period from March 1,
1999 through December 31, 2001 (the "Initial Term"), thereafter to continue on a
year  to  year  basis,  unless or until terminated pursuant to the terms of this
agreement.

3.     POSITION  AND  DUTIES.

A.     POSITION.  Employee shall serve as CEO, President and Treasurer and shall
perform  the duties and exercise the powers in connection with such position and
which may from time to time be reasonably assigned to or vested in him or her by
the  board  of  Directors or similar governing body of Employer (the "Board") or
the  duly  authorized  committee  or  designee  thereof.

B.     FULL  TIME  EFFORTS.  Employee  shall  perform  and discharge faithfully,
diligently  and  to  the  best  of  his  or  her  ability  such  duties  and
responsibilities  and  shall devote his or her full-time efforts to the business
and  affairs  of  Employer.

C.     NO  INTERFERENCE  WITH  DUTIES.  Employee  shall not devote time ot other
activities  such  as  would  inhibit  or  otherwise  interfere  with  the proper
performance  of  his  or  her  duties.

4.     WORK  STANDARD.  Employee  hereby agrees that he or she will at all times
comply  with  abide by all terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and
all applicable work policies, procedures and rules as may be issued by Employer.

5.     COMPENSATION.

A.     BASE  SALARY.  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions set forth in this
Agreement,  Employer  shall  pay  Employee,  and Employee shall accept, a salary
("Base  Salary") at the annual rate of $120,000 for all services rendered during
the  term  of  this Agreement.  Base Salary shall be reviewed no less frequently
than  annually.  The  Base  Salary  is  not to be considered in any way to limit
Employee's  opportunity  to  receive appropriate increases in Base Salary during
the  term  of  this Agreement.  The Base Salary shall be apid in accordance with
Employer's  normal  payroll  procedures.

B.     INCENTIVE  BONUS.  Subject  to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement,  Employer  shall  pay  Employee, and Employee shall accept, an annual
bonus  ("Incentive  Bonus")  to be no less than 50% of Employee's Base Salary as
defined  by  this  Agreement  if the following criteria are met:  1) the company
begins  trading  on  the  NASD  Bulletin Board during calendar year 1999, 2) the
company  achieves  a minimum of $100,000 via e-commerce in 1999, 3) there are an
average of 500,000 hits to the site for a one month period.  The Incentive Bonus
is  not  to  be considered in any way to limit Employee's opportunity to receive
additional  cash bonus compensation as deemed appropriate by the Employer.  This
incentive  Bonus  shall  be paid no later than February 15 of the year following
the  year  the  incentive  bonus  was  earned.

C.     STOCK  OPTIONS.  Employer  will  grant  to  Employee:  250,000  shares of
PhotoLoft.com common stock exercisable at current market value on the day of the
grant  when traffic to the site averages 500,000 hits during a one month period;
500,000 shares of photoLoft.com common stock exercisable at current market value
on  the day of the grant when traffic to the site averages 750,000 hits during a
one  month period; and  750,000 shares of PhotoLoft.com common stock exercisable
at  current  market  value  on  the  day  of  the  grant  when  traffic  to  the
PhotoLoft.com  web  site averages 1,000,000 hits per day for a one month period.

D.     WITHHOLDING.  All  compensation  payable  to  Employee  pursuant  to this
Agreement  shall  be  subject  to,  and  Employer  will deduct and withhold, all
applicable  federal,  state  and local withholding, employment, social security,
and  other  similar  taxes.

6.     FRINGE  BENEFITS.  During  the  term  of Employee's employment under this
Agreement,  Em0ployee  shall  receive  the  fringe  benefits  described  below:

A.     MEDICAL,  DENTAL,  VISION, LIFE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE.  Employer shall
provide Employee and eligible dependents ("spouse and children under 21 years of
age")  with  medical, dental and vision insurance coverage.  Life and disability
insurance  coverage  will  be  provided  by  Employer  to  Employee.

B.     VACATION.  Employee  is eligible for vacation as outlined in the standard
corporate  vacation  plan.

C.     CAR ALLOWANCE.  Employee is eligible for a monthly car allowance of $500.

D.     OUT  OF  POCKET  EXPENSES.  Employer  will  reimburse Employee for out of
pocket  expenses  ("out  of pocket expenses") as incurred by the Employee in the
normal  course  of  business,  including,  but  not  limited  to  corporate
entertainment,  non-capital  purchases  and  corporate  travel.

7.     LAWS, REGULATIONS, AND PUBLIC ORDINANCES.  Employee shall comply with all
federal,  state, and local statutes, regulations and public ordinances governing
the  work.

8.     CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION;  INVENTIONS; CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT; RETURNING
COMPANY  DOCUMENTS;  SOLICITATION  OF  EMPLOYEES;  NON-COMPETE.

A.     COMPANY  INFORMATION:  I  agree  at  all  times  during  the  term  of my
employment  and thereafter, to hold in strictest confidence, and not use, except
for  the  benefit  of  the  Employer,  or  to  disclose  to  any person, firm or
corporation  without  written  authorization  of  the  board of Directors of the
Company,  any  Confidential  Information  of  the  Company.  I  understand  that
Confidential  Information  means  any company proprietary information, technical
data,  trade  secrets  or  know-how,  including,  but  not limited to, research,
product  plans, products, services, customer lists and customers (including, but
not  limited to, customers of the company on whom I called or with whom I became
acquainted  during  the term of my employment), markets, software, developments,
inventions,  processes,  formulas,  technology,  designs, drawings, engineering,
hardware  configuration  information,  marketing,  finances,  or  other business
information  disclosed  to  me  by  the company either directly or indirectly in
writing,  orally  or by drawings or inspection of parts or equipment.  I further
understand  that  Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing
items  which  has  become publicly known and made generally available through no
wrongful  act  of  mine.

B.     FORMER  EMPLOYER  INFORMATION.  I  agree  that  I  will  not,  during  my
employment  with  the  company,  improperly  use  or  disclose  any  proprietary
information  or  trade  secrets  of  any  former or concurrent employer or other
person  or  entity with which I have an agreement or duty to keep in confidence,
information acquired by me in confidence, if any, and that I will not bring onto
the  premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information
belonging  to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing
by  such  employer,  person  or  entity.

C.     THIRD  PARTY  INFORMATION.  I recognize that the company has received and
in  the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary
information  subject  to a duty on certain limited purposes. I agree to hold all
such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not
to  disclose  it  to  any  person,  firm  or  corporation or to use it except as
necessary  in carrying out my work for the company consistent with the company's
agreement  with  such  third  party.

D.     INVENTIONS RETAINED AND LICENSED:  I have attached hereto as Exhibit A, a
list  describing  all  inventions,  original  works of authorship, developments,
improvements and trade secrets which were made by me prior to my employment with
the  company (collectively referred to as Prior inventions), which belong to me,
which  relate to the company's  purposed business, products or hereunder; or, if
not  such list is attached, I represent that there are no such prior inventions.
If  in the course of my employment wit the company, I incorporate into a company
product,  process or machine a prior invention owned by me or in which I have an
interest,  the  Company  is  hereby  granted  and  shall  have  a non-exclusive,
royalty-free,  irrevocable,  perpetual,  worldwide  license  to make, have made,
modify,  use and sell such prior invention as part of or in connection with such
product,  process  or  machine.

E.     ASSIGNMENT OF INVENTIONS;  I agree that I will promptly make full written
disclosure  to the company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of
the  company  and  hereby  assign to the company, or its designee, all my right,
title,  and  interest  in  and  to  any  and  all  inventions, original works of
authorship,  developments,  concepts,  improvements or trade secrets, whither or
not  patentable  or  registrable  under  copyright  or similar laws, which I may
solely  or  jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, during the period
of  time  I  am  in  the  employee  of  the company (collectively referred to as
"Inventions"),  except  as  provided  in Section i below.  I further acknowledge
that  all  original  works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly
with  others)  within  the  scope  of my employment and which are protectable by
copyright  are  "works  made  for  hire,"  as that term is defined in the United
States  Copyright  Act.

F.     MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS: I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current
written  records  of  all  inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others)
during  the  term of my employment with the company.  The records will be in the
form  of notes, sketches, drawings and any other format that may be specified by
the  company.  The  records will be available to and remain the sole property of
the  company  at  all  times.

G.     PATENT AND COPYRIGHT REGISTRATION:  I agree to assist the company, or its
designee,  at the company's expense, in every proper way to secure the company's
rights  in the inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other
intellectual  property  rights  relating  thereto  in  any  and  all  countries,
including  the  disclosure  to the company of all pertinent information and data
with  respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths,
assignments  and all other instruments which the company shall deem necessary in
order  to  apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to
the  comp0any,  its  successors,  assigns  and  nominees  the sole and exclusive
rights,  title  and  interest  in  and  to  such inventions, and any copyrights,
patents,  mask  work  rights,  or  other  intellectual  property rights relating
thereto.  I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed,
when  it  is  in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue
after the termination of this Agreement.  If the company is unable because of my
mental  or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature to
apply  for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents
or  copyrights registrations covering inventions or original works of authorship
assigned  to  the  company  as  above,  then  I hereby irrevocably designate and
appoint  company  and  its  duly  authorized officers and agents as my agent and
attorney  in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any
such  applications  and  to  do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the
prosecution  and  issuance  of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon
with  the  same  legal  force  and  effect  as  if  executed  by  me.

H.     EXCEPTIONS  TO  ASSIGNMENTS.  I  understand  that  the provisions of this
Agreement  requiring  assignment  of  inventions  to company do not apply to any
invention  which  qualifies  fully under the provisions of California Labor Code
Section  2870.  I  will advise the company promptly in writing of any inventions
that  I  believe meet the criteria in California Labor Code Section 2870 and not
otherwise  disclosed  on  Exhibit  A.

I.     CONFLICTING  EMPLOYMENT.  I  agree that, during the term of my employment
with  the  company,  I  will  not  engage  in  any other employment, occupation,
consulting  or other business activity directly related to the business in which
the  company  is  now  involved  or  become  involved  during  the  terms  of my
employment,  nor  will  I  engage  in any other activities that conflict with my
obligations  to  company.

J.     RETURNING  COMPANY  DOCUMENTS.  I  agree that, at the time of leaving the
employ  of  the  company  I will deliver to the company (and will not keep in my
possession or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records, data, notes,
reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints,
sketches,  materials, equipment, others documents, or property, or reproductions
of  any  aforementioned items developed by me pursuant to my employment with the
company  or  otherwise  belonging  to  the  company,  its successors or assigns.

K.     SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES.  I agree that I shall not, for a period of one
year  immediately  following the termination of my relationship with the company
for any reason, whether with or without cause, either directly or indirectly, on
my  own  behalf  or  in  the  service or on behalf of other, solicit, recruit or
attempt  to  persuade  any person to terminate such person's employment with the
company,  whether  or  not such person is a full-time employee or whether or not
such  employment  is  pursuant  to  a  written  agreement  or  is  at-will.

L.     NON-COMPETE.  I  agree  that  I  shall  not,  for  a  period  of one year
immediately  following  the  termination of my relationship with the company for
any  reason, whether with or without cause, either directly or indirectly engage
in  any  activity  that  competes  with  PhotoLoft.com

9.     TERMINATION  FOR  CAUSE.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time by
Employer  without  prior  notice  thereof  to Employee and without any liability
owning  to Employee under this Agreement under the following conditions, each of
which  shall  constitute  "Cause";

A.     FAILURE  TO  DISCHARGE DUTIES.  Employee willfully neglects or refuses to
discharge  his  duties  hereunder  or  refuses  to  comply  with  any lawful and
reasonable  instructions  given  to  him  by Employer without reasonable excuse;

B.     BREACH.  Employee  shall  have committed any material breack, or repeated
or continued after written notice of any breach, whether material or not, of his
obligations  hereunder;

C.     GROSS  MISCONDUCT.  Employee  is  guilty  of  gross  misconduct.  For the
purposes of this Agreement the following acts shall constitute gross misconduct:

I)     Any act involving fraud or dishonesty or breach of applicable regulations
of  competent  authorities  in  relation  to  trading  or  dealing  with stocks,
securities,  investments  and  the  like;

II)     The  carrying  out  of any activity or the making of any statement which
would  prejudice  or impair the good name or standing of Employer or would bring
Employer  into  contempt,  riducule  or  would  reasonable  shock  or offend any
community  in  which  Employer  is  located;

III)     Attendance  at work in a state of intoxication or otherwise being found
in  possession at his place of work any prohibited drug or substance, possession
of  which  would  amount  to  a  criminal  offense;

IV)     Assault  or  other  act  of violence against any employee of Employer or
other  person  during  the  course  of  his  or  her  employment;

V)     Harassment  of  disparagement  of  others based on their age, disability,
color, national origin, race, religion, sex or veteran status, including acts of
sexual  harassment  or,

VI)     Conviction  of  any  felony  or  misdemeanor  involving moral turpitude.

10.     TERMINATION  BY  EMPLOYER FOR REASONS OTHER THAN CAUSE.  Notwithstanding
anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  and  subject to the survival provisions of
Paragraph  13.G  hereof,  Employer may terminate this Agreement at any time with
thirty  (30)  days prior notice thereof to Employee.  In such an event, Employer
shall  pay  to  Employee  in accordance with Employer's normal practices; 1) the
Base  Salary;  2)  Incentive  Bonus  as  applicable, 3) vested Stock Options, 4)
Medical, Dental, Vision, Life and Disability Insurance, 5) car Allowance, 6) and
any  unused  Vacation  -  all  through  December  31,  2001.

11.     TERMINATION  BY  EMPLOYEE.

A.     VOLUNTARY  TERMINATION.  Employee may terminate his employment under this
Agreement  at  any  time  with  thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof to
Employer.  Upon  such  termination,  Employee  shall be entitled to his pro-rata
Base  Salary  and  Incentive  Bonus  through  the  date  of  such  termination.

B.     RESIGNATION FOR GOOD CAUSE.  The termination of his employment under this
Agreement  by  Employee following a substantial reduction in Employee's position
or  duties  or  material  breach of this Agreement by Employer shall be deemed a
termination  by  employee for reasons other than cause as set forth in paragraph
10  hereof.

C.     TERMINATION  UPON DEATH.  This Agreement shall terminate immediately upon
Employee's death.  Employee's estate shall be entitled to Employee's Base Salary
up  to twelve (12) months after the Employee's death, Incentive Bonus based upon
the average of the previous two annual Incentive Bonuses received by Employee or
the  previous  Incentive  Bonus  is only one such bonus was received, and earned
Stock Options.  Medical, Dental and Vision Insurance payments shall continue for
six  (6)  months  from  date  of  Employee's  death.
GENERAL  PROVISIONS.

A.     AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement  may be amended or modified only by a writing
signed  by  both  of  the  parties  hereto.

B.     BINDING  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding  upon  Employee,  his  or  her  heirs  and personal representatives, and
Employer,  its  successors  and  assigns.

C.     WAIVER.  The  waiver  by  either  party  of  a  breach  of  any provision
contained  in this Agreement shall not be construed as or operate as a waiver of
any  subsequent  breach.

D.     NOTICES

I)     All  notices  and all other communication provided for herein shall be in
writing  and  delivered  personally  to the other designated party, or mailed by
certified  or  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested  or  delivered by a
recognized  national overnight courier service, or sent by facsimile as follows:

If  to  Employer  to:     Mr.  Patrick  Dane
                          Director

If  to  Employee  to:     Mr.  Jack  Marshall
                          CEO,  President,  Treasurer

If  Employee  has provided notice to Employer that he is represented by counsel,
Employer  shall  copy  Employee's  counsel  at  the address specified.  Employee
agrees  and  understands  that  any  legal  fees  or expenses incurred by him in
connection  with  this  Agreement are his sole responsibility and Employer shall
not  reimburse  Employee  for  any  portion  of  such  fees  or  expenses.

II)     All  notices  sent  under  this  Paragraph  13  shall  be  deemed  given
twenty-four  (24)  hours after sent by facsimile or courier and seventy-two (72)
hours  after  sent  by  certified  or  registered  mail.

III)     Either  party  hereto  may  change the address to which notice is to be
sent  hereunder  by  written  notice  to  the other party in accordance with the
provisions  of  this  Paragraph.

E.     GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed by and construed in
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California,  without  regard to
principles  of  conflicts  of  laws.

F.     ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  contains  the  full  and  complete
understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained
herein  and  this Agreement supersedes and replaces any prior agreement , either
oral or written, which Employee may have with Employer that relates generally to
the  same  subject  matter.

G.     SURVIVAL.  Notwithstanding  any  expiration  or  termination  of  this
Agreement,  the  provisions  of  this agreement shall survive and remain in full
force  and  effect,  as  shall  any other provision hereof that, by its terms or
reasonable interpretation thereof, sets forth obligations that extend beyond the
termination  of  this  Agreement.

H.     ASSIGNMENT.  This  Agreement  may not be assigned by Employee without the
prior  written  consent  of  Employer,  and  any  attempted  assignment  not  in
accordance  herewith shall be null and void and of no force or effect.  Employer
can  assign  this  Agreement  to  any Affiliate with Employee's written consent.
Thereafter,  any  such  assignee  shall be considered to be the Employer for all
purposes  under  this  Agreement;  provided however, that references to previous
incentive  bonuses  shall  be  deemed  to  include incentive bonuses paid by any
assignor.

I.     SEVERABILITY.  I  any  one or more of the terms, provisions, covenants or
restrictions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction  to  be  invalid,  void or unenforceable, then the remainder of the
terms,  provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in
full  force  and  effect,  and to that end the provisions hereof shall be deemed
severable.

J.     PARAGRAPH  HEADING.  The  section  headings  set  forth  herein  are  for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of  this  Agreement  whatsoever.

K.     VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT.  Employee and Employer represent and agree that each
has  reviewed  all  aspects  of  this  Agreement,  has  carefully read and fully
understands  all  provisions of this Agreement, and is voluntarily entering into
this  Agreement.  Each  party  represents and agrees that such party has had the
opportunity  to  review any and all aspects of this Agreement with legal, tax or
other  advisers(s)  of  such  party's  choice  before  executing this Agreement.

10.     REMEDIES.

ARBITRATION  OF DISAGREEMENTS.  Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of
or  relating  to  the obligations under this Agreement shall be settled by final
and  binding arbitration in accordance with the American Arbitration Association
Employment Dispute Resolution Rules.  The arbitrator shall be selected by mutual
agreement  of  the parties, if possible.  If the parties fail to reach agreement
upon  appointment of an arbitrator within 30 days following receipt by one party
of  the  other  party's  notice  of desire to arbitrate, the arbitrator shall be
selected from a panel or panels of persons submitted by the American Arbitration
Association (the "AAA").  The selection process shall be that which is set forth
in the AAA Employment Dispute Resolution Rules, except that, if the parties fail
to select an arbitrator from one or more panels, AAA shall not have the power to
make  an  appointment  but  shall  continue to submit additional panels until an
arbitrator  has  been  selected.

All  fees  and expenses of the arbitration, including a transcript if requested,
will be borne by the Employer.  Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator's
award  shall  be  governed  by  the  Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and
otherwise  by  California  state  law.

IN  WTINESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have executed, or caused their duly
authorized  representative to execute, this Agreement as of the date first above
written.


EMPLOYER
Patrick  Dane                              Jack  Marshall

BY:

<PAGE>



                                  PHOTOLOFT.COM
                                STOCK OPTION PLAN

     PhotoLoft.com,  a  corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State  of  Nevada  (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), hereby adopts the
following  Stock  Option  Plan  for  certain  of  Its  employees  and  outside
consultants:

1.     PURPOSE.
       -------

     This  Stock  Option  Plan (herein referred to as the "Plan") Is intended to
advance  the  interests  of  the  Company  by  providing  employees  and outside
consultants  having  substantial responsibility for the direction and management
of  the  Company & its subsidiaries with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary
interest  in  the Company and an additional Incentive to promote its success and
to  encourage  them to remain In the employ of the Company. The Plan Is intended
to  permit  stock  options  granted  to  employees  under the Plan to qualify as
incentive  stock options, herein referred to as "Incentive Stock Options", under
Section  422  of  the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Internal
Revenue  Code").  All  options  granted under the plan which are not intended to
qualify  as  Incentive  Stock  Options  shall  herein  be  referred  to as "Non-
Statutory  Options".  All  options  granted  under the Plan, including Incentive
Stock  Options,  and  Non-Statutory  Options  are  referred  to  as  "Options".

2.     ADMINISTRATION  OF  PLAN.
       ------------------------

     The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  a  Stock  Option  Committee  (the
"Committee")  consisting  of  directors of the Company who shall be appointed by
Its Board of DirectorThe Committee may adopt rules and regulations from time to
time  for  carrying  out  the


Plan.  The  interpretation  and construction of any provision of the Plan by the
Committee shall be final and conclusive, The Committee may consult with counsel,
who  may  be  counsel  to the Company, and shall not incur any liability for any
action  taken  in  good  faith  in  reliance  upon  the  advice  of  counsel.

3.     ELIGIBILITY.
       ------------

     All employees of the Company and all outside consultants providing services
to  the Company shall be eligible to have options granted to them. The Committee
shall  grant  Options  only  to  employees  of  the  Company and Company outside
consultants  of  the  Company  who  perform  services of major importance in the
management,  operation  end  development  of the business of the Company, and it
shall determine the number of shares to be allocated to each Option. The Company
shall  effect  the  grant  of  Options  under  the  Plan  in  accordance  with
determinations  made  by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan by
execution  and  delivery  of  written  Instruments  in  a  form  approved by the
Committee.  All  persons  to  whom  Incentive  Stock Options are granted must be
employees  of  the  Company.

4.     STOCK.
       -----

     The  Company  has  authorized  the  Committee  to  appropriate and to grant
Options  for  and  to issue and sell for the purpose of the Plan an aggregate of
1,000,000  shares  of  the  common stock of the Company. Options to purchase any
shares issued pursuant to the Plan that, for any reason expire or are terminated
unexercised may be reissued under the Plan. The Company shall not be required to
Issue  or  deliver  any  certificate  for shares of its stock purchased upon the
exercise  of  any  part  of  an  Option  before  (i)


                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>
completion  of  any registration or other qualification of such shares under any
state or federal law or ruling or regulation of any governmental regulatory body
that  the  Company  shall,  in  its  sole  discretion, determine is necessary or
advisable,  or  (ii)  the  Board of Directors shall have been advised by counsel
that  the  issuance  of  such  shares  is exempted from any such registration or
qualification  of  such  shares.  In  this regard the Committee shall be able to
require  the  execution of an "investment lettert' in standard form prior to the
Issuance  of  any  shares  purchased upon the exercise of any part of an Option.
Before  the  granting of any Option hereunder, Optionee must agree that no share
of  stock  transferred  to  him  pursuant to this Plan may be disposed of by him
within  two (2) years from the date of the granting of the Option nor within one
(1)  year  after the transfer of such share to said Optionee or such Option will
not  be  qualified  as  an  Incentive  Stock  Option.

5.     TAX  CHARACTER  OF  OPTIONS.
       ---------------------------

     The  Committee  shall have discretion to designate whether Options shall be

Incentive  Stock  Options  or  Non-Statutory Options. Subject to the limitations
described  in  Sections  4,11,  16  and  17, all Options granted to employees of
Company  shall  be  Incentive  Stock  Options,  unless  the Committee determines
otherwise.

6.     PRICE.
       ------

     Except  as to Options to which the provisions of paragraph 16 and 17 apply,
the purchase price of each share of stock covered by an Option granted hereunder
shall  be equal to the fair market value per share of the Company's common stock
on  the  date  the  Option  Is granted. As to Options to which the provisions of
paragraph  16  apply  the


                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>
purchase  price  of each share of stock covered by such Option granted hereunder
shall  be  at  least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value per
share  of  the  Company's common stock on the date the Option is granted. If the
stock  is traded in the over-the-counter market, such fair market value shall be
deemed  to  be  the  mean  between  the  asked and the bid prices on such day as
reported  by  the  NASD. If the stock is traded on an exchange, such fair market
value  shall  be deemed to be the mean of the high and low prices at which it is
quoted  or  traded  on  such  day  on the exchange on which it generally has the
greatest  trading  volume.  If  the  stock  is  not  traded  on  either  an
over-the-counter market or on an exchange, the fair market value shall be set by
the  Committee  in  good  faith  based upon all relevant facts and circumstances
pursuant  to  any  and  all  regulations issued by the internal Revenue Service.

7.     DURATION  AND  EXERCISE  OF  OPTIONS.
       ------------------------------------

     A.     Except  as to Options to which the provisions of paragraph 16 and 17
hereof  apply,  the  Option period shall be ten (10) years or less from the date
the Option is granted, and as to Options to which the provisions of paragraph 16
apply,  the  Option  period  shall  be  five (5) years or less from the date the
Option  is granted, except that either such period shall be reduced with respect
to  any  Option  as  outlined  below  in  the  event  of death or termination of
employment  or  retirement  of the Optionee; provided that the Committee may, in
the  case  of  merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation. accelerate the
expiration  date  and  the  dates  on  which  any  part  of  the Option shall be
exercisable for all of the shares covered thereby, but the effectiveness of such
acceleration,  and  any exercise of the Option pursuant thereto in excess of the
number


                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>
of  shares  for  which  it  would  have  been exercisable in the absence of such
acceleration,  shall  be  conditioned  upon  the  consummation  of  the  merger,
consolidation,  dissolution  or  liquidation.

     B.     The exercise of any Option and delivery of the optioned shares shall
be  contingent  upon  receipt by the Company of the full purchase price in cash.

     C.     No  Incentive  Stock  Option  may be exercised more than thirty (30)
days  after  termination  of  employment  of  the Optionee except as hereinafter
provided.

     D.     Except  as otherwise provided herein, or unless otherwise determined
by  the  Committee,  every  Option  granted  hereunder shall, upon its grant, be
immediately  exercisable.  The Committee shall have the right to set any vesting
schedule  or  delay  of  exercisability  it  deems  appropriate.

     E.     Incentive  Stock Options granted under the Plan may be exercised, if
otherwise  timely,  (I)  within  three  (3)  months after retirement, other than
retirement  by  reason  of  disability,  of  the Optionee at or after the age of
sixty-five  (65) years, if such retirement occurs on or after one year following
the  grant  of  any  incentive Stock Option hereunder, and (ii) within three (3)
months  after  retirement  occurring  at any age by reason of disability. In any
such  case,  the  Incentive  Stock Option may not be exercised for more than the
number  of  shares,  if  any,  as  to  which  if was exercisable by the Optionee
immediately  before  such  retirement;  provided  that if such retirement was by
reason  of disability, said Option shall in any case be exercisable for at least
fifty  percent (50%) of the shares covered thereby; and provided further that if
such  retirement  occurred  when


                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>
or  after  the  Optionee  attained the age of sixty-five (65) years, said Option
shall  be  exercisable  for  all  of  the  shares  covered  thereby.

     F.     If  an  Optionee  shall  die while employed by the Company or within
three  (3) months after retirement, such incentive Stock Option may be exercised
(to  the  extent that the Optionee would have been entitled to do so at the date
of  this  death) by the legatees, personal representative or distributees of the
Optionee  during  the balance of the term thereof or within one year of the date
of  the  Optionee's  death,  whichever  is  shorter.

     G.     if  Optionee  is  at the time of exercise, a person who is regularly
required to report his ownership and changes of ownership of the common stock of
the  Company  to  the Securities and Exchange Commission and is subject to short
swing  profit  liability under the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of 1934 as the same, or any replacement rule, now exists, or may,
from  time  to time, be amended, then the Optionee may only exercise Options and
Release  Rights during the period beginning on the third business day and ending
on  the  twelfth business day following the release for publication of quarterly
or  annual  summary  statements  of  sales and earnings. This condition shall be
deemed  to  be  satisfied  if the specified financial data appears (I) on a wire
service,  (ii)  in  a  financial  news  service, (iii) in a newspaper of general
circulation,  or  (iv) is otherwise made publicly available, and shall remain in
effect  so long as it does not violate the law or any rule or regulation adopted
by  appropriate  governmental  authority,


                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>
     H.     Options  may be exercised in whole or in part, but only with respect
to  whole shares of stock. The Committee shall have the right to set any minimum
amount  on  the  number  of shares which must be exercised at any one time as it
deems  appropriate.


8.     NON-TRANSFERABILITYOFOPTIONS.
       ----------------------------

     An  Incentive  Stock  Option,  by  its  terms,  shall  not  be transferable
otherwise  than  by  will  or  by  the  laws of descent and distribution, and an
Incentive Stock Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only
by  him.

9.     EFFECT  OF  STOCK  DIVIDENDS,  ETC.
       ----------------------------------

     The Committee shall make appropriate adjustments in the price of the shares
and  the number allotted or subject to allotment if there are any changes in the
common  stock of the Company by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse
stock  splits,  recapitalizations,  mergers  or  consolidations.

10.     REORGANIZATION.
        --------------

     If  (a)  the Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation and
the  Company  is  not the surviving corporation, (b) all or substantially all of
the  property  is  acquired  by  another  corporation,  or  (o)  the  Company is
reorganized,  then  the  Company, or the corporation assuming the obligations of
the  Company,  shall  by  action  of  its  Board  of  Directors  either:


          (i)          make  equitable  provisions  so  that  the  excess of the
aggregate  fair market value of the shares subject to the Stock Options over the
option  price  of  such  shares  immediately  after the merger, consolidation or
reorganization of the Company, is equivalent to the excess of the aggregate fair
market  value  of  the


                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>
shares  subject  to  such  Stock  Options  over  the option price of such shares
immediately  before such merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company,
or

          (ii)          give  written  notice  to  the employee that the Options
shall  be  terminated if they are not exorcised within a prescribed period after
the  date  of  such  notice.


11.     LIMITATIONS  ON  INCENTIVE  STOCK  OPTIONS.
        ------------------------------------------

     Notwithstanding  anything  in this Plan to the contrary, the aggregate fair
market  value  (determined  at the time of grant) of stock for which an employee
may  exercise  incentive  Stock Options under all plans of the Company shall not
exceed  $1O0~0QO  per  calendar  year.  If  any employee shall have the right to
exercise any Options in excess of $100,000 during any calendar year, the options
in  excess  of  $100,000  shall  be  deemed  not  to be Incentive Stock Options.

12     EXPIRATION  AND  TERMINATION  OF  THE  PLAN.
       -------------------------------------------

     Options  may  be  granted  under  the  Plan  at  any time until the Plan is
terminated  by  the Board of Directors of the Company or until such earlier date
when  termination of the Plan shall be required by applicable low. If not sooner
terminated,  the  Plan  shall  terminate automatically on that date which is ten
years  from the earlier of the date on which the Plan was originally approved by
the  shareholders  of  the  Company or the date on which this' Plan was adopted.


                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>
13.     AMENDMENTS.
        ----------

     The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company may from time to time make such
changes  in  and  additions  to the Plan as it may deem proper; provided that no
change  shall  be  made  that increases (except pursuant to Section 9) the total
number  of  shares  covered by the Plan or effects any change in who may receive
Options  under  the  Plan  or  materially  Increases  the  benefits  accruing to
Optionees  hereunder  unless  such  change  Is  authorized by the holders of the
common  stock  of  the  Company.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Board of
Directors  of  the  Company may amend the Plan, without stockholder approval, to
the  extent necessary to cause Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan to
meet  the  requirements  of  Section  422  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.

14.     INTERPRETATION.
        --------------

     The  terms  of  this Plan concerning Incentive Stock Options are subject to
all  present and future regulations and rulings of the Secretary of the Treasury
or  his  delegate relating to the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts
with  any  such  regulation  or ruling, then that provision of the Plan shall be
void  and  of  no  effect.

15.     EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF  THE  PLAN.
        ------------------------------

     This Plan shall become effective February 26, 1999, having been approved by
shareholders  and  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors.

16.     TEN  PERCENTOR  GREATER  SHAREHOLDERS.
        -------------------------------------

     Anything  to  the  contrary  contained herein notwithstanding, no incentive
Stock  Option  shall be granted hereunder to any individual, if at the time such
Incentive  Stock


                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>
Option  is  granted, such individual owns stock possessing more than ten percent
(10%)  of  the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Company or
its parent or subsidiary corporations, unless at the time such option is granted
the  option  price is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market
value  of  the  stock  subject to the option and such option by its terms is not
exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years or less from the date of such
option  is  granted.  My  option  which  does  not comply with the terms of this
paragraph  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  an  Incentive  Stock  Option.

17.     Non-StatutoryOptions
        --------------------

     The Committee shall have the right to determine, subject to approval of the
Board of Directors, the rights and terms of all Non-Statutory Options, including
price,  duration,  transferability  and  limitations  on  exercise.

                              PHOTOLOFT.COM


                           By:  /s/  Gary B. Peterson
                                -----------------------------------
                                     Gary  B.  Peterson,  President









                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

                                 FIRST AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                       TEE PHOTOLOFT.COM STOCK OPTION PLAN


     This  First  Amendment  (the "Amendment") to the PhotoLoft.com Stock Option
Plan  (the  "Plan")  is  adopted  this  __  day  of  ___,  1999.

1.     Section 4 of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the number of Options
available  to  be  granted  under  the  Plan  from  1,000,000  to  3,800,000.

2.     Except as set forth in this A.rnendxnent, all terms and conditions of the
Plan  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect.


<PAGE>



                                  PHOTOLOFT.COM

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                     [FORM]

     This Photoloft.com Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement"), by and between
Photoloft.com,  a  Nevada  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and  _______________
("Optionee"),  is  made  effective  as  of  this  day of  ______________, 199__.

                                    RECITALS

     1.     Pursuant  to  the Photoloft.com 1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),
the  Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has authorized the grant of
an  option to purchase common stock of the Company ("Common Stock") to Optionee,
effective  on  the  date indicated above, thereby allowing Optionee to acquire a
proprietary  interest  in  the  Company in order that Optionee will have further
incentive  for  continuing  his  or her employment by, and increasing his or her
efforts  on  behalf  of,  the  Company  or  an  Affiliate  of  the  Company.

     2.      The  Company  desires  to  issue  a  stock  option  to Optionee and
Optionee  desires  to  accept  such stock option on the terms and conditions set
forth  below.

     NOW  THEREFORE,  for  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
adequacy  of  which  are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  agree as follows:


                                    AGREEMENT

     1.     Option  Grant.  The  Company  hereby  grants  to  the Optionee, as a
            -------------
separate  incentive and not in lieu of any fees or other compensation for his or
her services, an option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth,  all  or  any  part  of  an  aggregate  of  ____________________
(________________)  shares of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, at
the  Purchase  Price  set  forth  in  paragraph  2  of  this  Agreement.

     2.     Purchase  Price.  The  Purchase Price per share (the "Option Price")
            ---------------
shall  be $_________, which is not less than ___________________________ percent
(___%)  of  the  fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date hereof.
The  Option  Price shall be payable in the manner provided in paragraph 9 below.

     3.     Adjustment.  The number and class of shares specified in paragraph 1
            ----------
above,  and the Option Price, are subject to appropriate adjustment in the event
of certain changes in the capital structure of the Company such as stock splits,
recapitalizations  and  other  events  which alter the per share value of Common
Stock  or  the  rights  of  holders thereof.  In connection with (i) any merger,
consolidation,  acquisition,  separation,  or  reorganization in which more than
fifty  percent (50%) of the shares of the Company outstanding immediately before
such  event  are  converted  into  cash  or  into  another  security,  (ii)  any
dissolution  or  liquidation of the Company or any partial liquidation involving
fifty percent (50%) or more of the assets of the Company, (iii) any sale of more
than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets, or (iv) any like occurrence in
which  the  Company is involved, the Company may, in its absolute discretion, do
one  or  more  of  the  following  upon  ten  days'  prior written notice to the
Optionee:  (a)  accelerate any vesting schedule to which this option is subject;
(b)  cancel this option upon payment to the Optionee in cash, to the extent this
option  is  then exercisable, of any amount which, in the absolute discretion of
the  Company,  is  determined to be equivalent to any excess of the market value
(at  the  effective  time  of such event) of the consideration that the Optionee
would  have received if this option had been exercised before the effective time
over  the  Option  Price;  (c)  shorten  the  period during which this option is
exercisable  (provided  that this option shall remain exercisable, to the extent
otherwise  exercisable,  for  at  least  ten  days  after the date the notice is
given);  or  (d)  arrange  that  new option rights be substituted for the option
rights  granted  under this option, or that the Company's obligations under this
option  be  assumed,  by  an employer corporation other than the Company or by a
parent  or  subsidiary  of  such employer corporation.  The actions described in
this paragraph 3 may be taken without regard to any resulting tax consequence to
the  Optionee.

<PAGE>
[OPTIONAL  FOUR  YEAR  VESTING]
     4.     Option Exercise.  Commencing on the date one (1) year after the date
            ---------------
of this Agreement the right to exercise this option will accrue as to one-fourth
(  )  of  the number of shares subject to this option.  Thereafter, the right to
exercise the remainder of this option will accrue in twelve (12) equal quarterly
installments.  Shares  entitled to be, but not, purchased as of any accrual date
may  be  purchased  at any subsequent time, subject to paragraphs 5 and 6 below.
The number of shares which may be purchased as of any such anniversary date will
be  rounded  up  to the nearest whole number.  No partial exercise of the option
may  be for an aggregate exercise price of less than One Hundred Dollars ($100).
In order to exercise any part of this option, Optionee must agree to be bound by
the  Company's  Shareholder  Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, existing at the time of
the  exercise  of  this  Option.

     5.     Termination of Option.  The right to exercise this option will lapse
            ---------------------
in four (4) equal installments of the number of shares subject to this option on
each  of  the  sixth,  seventh, eighth, and ninth anniversaries of the effective
date  of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
this option may not be exercised after, and will completely expire on, the close
of  business  on  the  date  ten  (10)  years  after  the effective date of this
Agreement,  unless  terminated  sooner  pursuant  to  paragraph  6  below.

     6.     Termination  of  Employment.  In  the  event  of  termination  of
            ---------------------------
Optionee's  employment  with  the  Company  for  any  reason,  this  option will
terminate  three  (3)  months  after  the  date of the termination of Optionee's
employment,  unless  terminated earlier pursuant to paragraph 5 above.  However,
(i)  if  termination is due to the death of Optionee, the Optionee's estate or a
legal  representative  thereof,  may  at  any  time within and including six (6)
months after the date of death of Optionee, exercise the option to the extent it
was  exercisable  at  the  date of termination; or (ii) if termination is due to
Optionee's  "disability"  (as  determined in accordance with Section 22(e)(3) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code),  Optionee  may,  at any time, within one (1) year
following  the  date of this Agreement, exercise the option to the extent it was
exercisable  at  the  date  of termination.  If the Optionee or his or her legal
representative fails to exercise the option within the time periods specified in
this  paragraph  6,  the  option shall expire.  The Optionee or his or her legal
representative  may,  on  or  before the close of business on the earlier of the
date for exercise set forth in paragraph 5 or the dates specified in paragraph 4
above,  exercise the option only to the extent Optionee could have exercised the
option  on  the  date of such termination of employment pursuant to paragraphs 4
and  5  above.

     7.     Repurchase  Option  of  Company.  Pursuant  to  Section 6.1.8 of the
            -------------------------------
Plan,  in the event of termination of Optionee's employment with the Company for
any reason, the Company shall have an option to repurchase ("Repurchase Option")
any  Common  Stock  owned  by  the  Optionee  or  his  or  her  heirs,  legal
representatives,  successors  or assigns at the time of termination, or acquired
thereafter  by  any  of them at any time, by way of an option granted hereunder.
The Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, by the Company within ninety
(90) days after the date of termination upon notice ("Repurchase Notice") to the
Optionee  or  his or her heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns, in
conformance  with  paragraph  13  below.  The  purchase price to be paid for the
shares  subject  to the Repurchase Option shall be the average trading price for
the shares of common stock of the Company over a thirty (30) day period prior to
the delivery of the Repurchase Notice. Any shares issued pursuant to an exercise
of  an option hereunder shall contain the following legend condition in addition
to  any  other  applicable  legend  condition:

     THE  SHARES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  ARE  SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE
PROVISIONS  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND
THE  SHAREHOLDER,  A  COPY  OF  WHICH  IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE
COMPANY.

                                        2
<PAGE>
     8.     Transferability.  This  option will be exercisable during Optionee's
            ---------------
lifetime  only  by  Optionee.  Except  as  otherwise set forth in the Plan, this
option  will  be  non-transferable.

     9.     Method  of Exercise.  Subject to paragraph 10 below, this option may
            -------------------
be  exercised  by  the  person then entitled to do so as to any shares which may
then  be  purchased  by delivering to the Company an exercise notice in the form
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  and:
                      ----------

          (a)     full  payment  of  the Option Price thereof (and the amount of
any  tax  the Company is required by law to withhold by reason of such exercise)
in  the  form  of:

               (i)     cash  or  readily  available  funds;  or

               (ii)     delivery  of  Optionee's  promisory  note  (the  "Note")
substantially  in  the  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit B in the amount of the
                                                  ---------
aggregate  Option  Price of the exercised shares together with the execution and
delivery by the Optionee of the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C;
                                                                      ---------
or

               (iii)     a  written  request to Net Exercise, as defined in this
paragraph  9(a)(iii).  In  lieu  of  exercising  this Option via cash payment or
promissory note, Optionee may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this
Option  (or  portion  thereof  being  canceled)  by  surrender of Options at the
principal  office of the Company together with notice of election to exercise by
means  of  a  Net  Exercise in which event the Company shall issue to Optionee a
number  of  shares  of  the  Company  computed  using  the  following  formula:

                    X  =    Y  (A-B)
                            --------
                               A

where  X  is  the  number  of shares of stock to be issued to Optionee; Y is the
number  of  shares  purchasable under this Option; A is the fair market value of
the stock determined in accordance with Section 6.1.12 of the Plan; and B is the
Option  Price  as  adjusted  to  the  date  of  such  calculation.

          (b)     payment  of  any  withholding  or  employment  taxes,  if any.

The Company will issue a certificate representing the shares so purchased within
a  reasonable  time after its receipt of such notice of exercise, payment of the
Option  Price  and  withholding  or employment taxes, and execution of any other
appropriate  documentation,  with  appropriate  certificate  legends.

     10.     Securities  Laws.  The  issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the
             ----------------
exercise  of  the  option  will  be subject to compliance by the Company and the
person  exercising  the  option  with all applicable requirements of federal and
state  securities  and  other laws relating thereto.  No person may exercise the
option at any time when, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, such exercise
is  permitted under applicable federal or state securities laws.  Nothing herein
will  be  construed to require the Company to register or qualify any securities
under  applicable federal or state securities laws, or take any action to secure
an  exemption  from  such registration and qualification for the issuance of any
securities  upon  the  exercise  of  this  option.

     11.     No Rights as Shareholder.  Neither Optionee nor any person claiming
             ------------------------
under or through Optionee will be, or have any of the rights or privileges of, a
shareholder  of  the  Company  in respect of any of the shares issuable upon the
exercise  of  the  option, unless and until this option is properly and lawfully
exercised.

     12.     No  Right  to Continued Employment.  Nothing in this Agreement will
             ----------------------------------
be  construed as granting Optionee any right to continued employment.  EXCEPT AS
THE  COMPANY  AND  OPTIONEE  WILL  HAVE  OTHERWISE AGREED IN WRITING, OPTIONEE'S
EMPLOYMENT WILL BE TERMINABLE BY THE COMPANY, AT WILL, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE FOR
ANY REASON OR NO REASON.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Board in
its  sole discretion will determine whether any leave of absence or interruption
in  service (including an interruption during military service) will be deemed a
termination  of  employment  for  the  purpose  of  this  Agreement.

                                        3
<PAGE>
     13.     Notices.  Any  notice to be given to the Company under the terms of
             -------
this  Agreement  will  be addressed to the Company, in care of its Secretary, at
its  executive  offices,  or  at such other address as the Company may hereafter
designate in writing.  Any notice to be given to Optionee will be in writing and
delivered  or  mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage  prepaid,  addressed  to  Optionee  at  the  address  set  forth beneath
Optionee's  signature  in  writing.  Any such notice will be deemed to have been
duly given where deposited in a United States post office in compliance with the
foregoing.

     14.     Non-Transferrable.  Except  as otherwise provided in the Plan or in
             -----------------
this  Agreement,  the  option  herein  granted  and  the  rights  and privileges
conferred  hereby  will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in
any  way  (whether  by  operation  of  law  or  otherwise).  Upon any attempt to
transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option, or of
any  right or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar
process  upon  the  rights  and  privileges  conferred  hereby, this option will
immediately  become  null  and  void.

     15.     Successor.  Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the
             ---------
option  contained  herein,  this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the
benefit  of  the  heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors and assigns of the
parties  hereto.

     16.     California  Law.  This  Agreement will be governed by and construed
             ---------------
in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California.

     17.     Type  of  Option.  The  option  granted  in  this  Agreement:
             ----------------

     [ ]     Is  intended  to  be  an  Incentive Stock Option ("ISO") within the
meaning  of  Section  422  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended.

     [ ]     Is  a  non-qualified  Option  and  is  not  intended  to be an ISO.

     18.     Plan  Provisions  Incorporated by Reference.  A copy of the Plan is
             -------------------------------------------
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by this reference.  In
the  case  of conflict between any provision in this Agreement and any provision
in  the  Plan  or  a  Shareholder  Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, the terms of this
Agreement  shall  prevail.  In the case of conflict between any provision in the
Plan  and a provision in a Shareholders Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, the terms of
the  Plan  shall  prevail.

     19.     Term.  Capitalized  terms  used  herein,  except  as  otherwise
             ----
indicated,  shall  have  the  same  meaning  as those terms have under the Plan.

                                        4
<PAGE>
     IN  WITNESS WHEREOF,     the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day  and  year  written  below.

COMPANY:                         PHOTOLOFT.COM

                              By:________________________________

                              Title:_____________________________

OPTIONEE:                     ___________________________________
                              (print name)

                              ___________________________________
                              (signature)

                              Address:___________________________

                              ___________________________________

                                        5
<PAGE>



                                  PHOTOLOFT.COM

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     This Photoloft.com Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement"), by and between
Photoloft.com,  a  Nevada  corporation  (the  "Company"), and CHRISTOPHER MCCONN
("Optionee"),  is  made  as  of  this  1ST  DAY  OF  JULY,  1999.

                                    RECITALS

     1.     Pursuant  to  the  Photoloft.com Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), the
Board  of  Directors of the Company (the "Board") has authorized the grant of an
option  to  purchase  common  stock of the Company ("Common Stock") to Optionee,
effective  on  the  date indicated above, thereby allowing Optionee to acquire a
proprietary  interest  in  the  Company in order that Optionee will have further
incentive  for  continuing  his  or her employment by, and increasing his or her
efforts  on  behalf  of,  the  Company  or  an  Affiliate  of  the  Company.

     2.      The  Company  desires  to  issue  a  stock  option  to Optionee and
Optionee  desires  to  accept  such stock option on the terms and conditions set
forth  below.

     NOW  THEREFORE,  for  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
adequacy  of  which  are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  agree as follows:


                                    AGREEMENT

     1.     Option  Grant.  The  Company  hereby  grants  to  the Optionee, as a
            -------------
separate  incentive and not in lieu of any fees or other compensation for his or
her services, an option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth,  all  or  any  part  of  an aggregate of FOUR HUNDRED FIFTY FOUR THOUSAND
THIRTEEN  (454,013) shares of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, at
the  Purchase  Price  set  forth  in  paragraph  2  of  this  Agreement.

     2.     Purchase  Price.  The  Purchase Price per share (the "Option Price")
            ---------------
shall  be  $0.48,  which  is not less than ONE HUNDRED TEN PERCENT (110%) of the
fair  market  value  per  share  of Common Stock on the date hereof.  The Option
Price  shall  be  payable  in  the  manner  provided  in  paragraph  9  below.

     3.     Adjustment.  The number and class of shares specified in paragraph 1
            ----------
above,  and the Option Price, are subject to appropriate adjustment in the event
of certain changes in the capital structure of the Company such as stock splits,
recapitalizations  and  other  events  which alter the per share value of Common
Stock  or  the  rights  of  holders thereof.  In connection with (i) any merger,
consolidation,  acquisition,  separation,  or  reorganization in which more than
fifty  percent (50%) of the shares of the Company outstanding immediately before
such  event  are  converted  into  cash  or  into  another  security,  (ii)  any
dissolution  or  liquidation of the Company or any partial liquidation involving
fifty percent (50%) or more of the assets of the Company, (iii) any sale of more
than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets, or (iv) any like occurrence in
which  the  Company is involved, the Company may, in its absolute discretion, do
one  or  more  of  the  following  upon  ten  days'  prior written notice to the
Optionee:  (a)  accelerate any vesting schedule to which this option is subject;
(b)  cancel this option upon payment to the Optionee in cash, to the extent this
option  is  then exercisable, of any amount which, in the absolute discretion of
the  Company,  is  determined to be equivalent to any excess of the market value
(at  the  effective  time  of such event) of the consideration that the Optionee
would  have received if this option had been exercised before the effective time
over  the  Option  Price;  (c)  shorten  the  period during which this option is
exercisable  (provided  that this option shall remain exercisable, to the extent
otherwise  exercisable,  for  at  least  ten  days  after the date the notice is
given);  or  (d)  arrange  that  new option rights be substituted for the option
rights  granted  under this option, or that the Company's obligations under this
option  be  assumed,  by  an employer corporation other than the Company or by a
parent  or  subsidiary  of  such employer corporation.  The actions described in
this paragraph 3 may be taken without regard to any resulting tax consequence to
the  Optionee.

<PAGE>
     4.     Option  Exercise.  Commencing  on July 1, 1998 the right to exercise
            ----------------
this  option  will  accrue  in  forty  (48)  equal  monthly installments. Shares
entitled  to  be,  but not, purchased as of any accrual date may be purchased at
any  subsequent time, subject to paragraphs 5 and 6 below.  The number of shares
which may be purchased as of any such anniversary date will be rounded up to the
nearest whole number.  No partial exercise of the option may be for an aggregate
exercise  price  of  less than One Hundred Dollars ($100).  In order to exercise
any  part  of  this  option,  Optionee  must  agree to be bound by the Company's
Shareholder  Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, existing at the time of the exercise of
this  Option.

     5.     Termination of Option.  The right to exercise this option will lapse
            ---------------------
on  the  ninth  anniversary  of  the  effective  date  of  this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of this Agreement, this option may not be
exercised  after,  and  will  completely expire on, the close of business on the
date  ten  (10)  years  after  the  effective  date  of  this  Agreement, unless
terminated  sooner  pursuant  to  paragraph  6  below.

     6.     Termination  of  Employment.  In  the  event  of  termination  of
            ---------------------------
Optionee's  employment  with  the  Company  for  any  reason,  this  option will
terminate  three  (3)  months  after  the  date of the termination of Optionee's
employment,  unless  terminated earlier pursuant to paragraph 5 above.  However,
(i)  if  termination is due to the death of Optionee, the Optionee's estate or a
legal  representative  thereof,  may  at  any  time within and including six (6)
months after the date of death of Optionee, exercise the option to the extent it
was  exercisable  at  the  date of termination; or (ii) if termination is due to
Optionee's  "disability"  (as  determined in accordance with Section 22(e)(3) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code),  Optionee  may,  at any time, within one (1) year
following  the  date of this Agreement, exercise the option to the extent it was
exercisable  at  the  date  of termination.  If the Optionee or his or her legal
representative fails to exercise the option within the time periods specified in
this  paragraph  6,  the  option shall expire.  The Optionee or his or her legal
representative  may,  on  or  before the close of business on the earlier of the
date for exercise set forth in paragraph 5 or the dates specified in paragraph 4
above,  exercise the option only to the extent Optionee could have exercised the
option  on  the  date of such termination of employment pursuant to paragraphs 4
and  5  above.

     7.     Repurchase  Option  of  Company.  Pursuant  to  Section 6.1.8 of the
            -------------------------------
Plan,  in the event of termination of Optionee's employment with the Company for
any reason, the Company shall have an option to repurchase ("Repurchase Option")
any  Common  Stock  owned  by  the  Optionee  or  his  or  her  heirs,  legal
representatives,  successors  or assigns at the time of termination, or acquired
thereafter  by  any  of them at any time, by way of an option granted hereunder.
The Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, by the Company within ninety
(90) days after the date of termination upon notice ("Repurchase Notice") to the
Optionee  or  his or her heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns, in
conformance  with  paragraph  13  below.  The  purchase price to be paid for the
shares  subject  to the Repurchase Option shall be the average trading price for
the shares of common stock of the Company over a thirty (30) day period prior to
the delivery of the Repurchase Notice. Any shares issued pursuant to an exercise
of  an option hereunder shall contain the following legend condition in addition
to  any  other  applicable  legend  condition:

     THE  SHARES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  ARE  SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE
PROVISIONS  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND
THE  SHAREHOLDER,  A  COPY  OF  WHICH  IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE
COMPANY.

     8.     Transferability.  This  option will be exercisable during Optionee's
            ---------------
lifetime  only  by  Optionee.  Except  as  otherwise set forth in the Plan, this
option  will  be  non-transferable.

     9.     Method  of Exercise.  Subject to paragraph 10 below, this option may
            -------------------
be  exercised  by  the  person then entitled to do so as to any shares which may
then  be  purchased  by delivering to the Company an exercise notice in the form
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  and:
                      ----------

                                        2
<PAGE>
          (a)     full  payment  of  the Option Price thereof (and the amount of
any  tax  the Company is required by law to withhold by reason of such exercise)
in  the  form  of:

               (i)     cash  or  readily  available  funds;  or

               (ii)     delivery  of  Optionee's  promisory  note  (the  "Note")
substantially  in  the  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit B in the amount of the
                                                  ---------
aggregate  Option  Price of the exercised shares together with the execution and
delivery by the Optionee of the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C;
                                                                      ---------
or

               (iii)     a  written  request to Net Exercise, as defined in this
paragraph  9(a)(iii).  In  lieu  of  exercising  this Option via cash payment or
promissory note, Optionee may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this
Option  (or  portion  thereof  being  canceled)  by  surrender of Options at the
principal  office of the Company together with notice of election to exercise by
means  of  a  Net  Exercise in which event the Company shall issue to Optionee a
number  of  shares  of  the  Company  computed  using  the  following  formula:

                    X  =    Y  (A-B)
                            --------
                               A
where  X  is  the  number  of shares of stock to be issued to Optionee; Y is the
number  of  shares  purchasable under this Option; A is the fair market value of
the stock determined in accordance with Section 6.1.12 of the Plan; and B is the
Option  Price  as  adjusted  to  the  date  of  such  calculation.

          (b)     payment  of  any  withholding  or  employment  taxes,  if any.

The Company will issue a certificate representing the shares so purchased within
a  reasonable  time after its receipt of such notice of exercise, payment of the
Option  Price  and  withholding  or employment taxes, and execution of any other
appropriate  documentation,  with  appropriate  certificate  legends.

     10.     Securities  Laws.  The  issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the
             ----------------
exercise  of  the  option  will  be subject to compliance by the Company and the
person  exercising  the  option  with all applicable requirements of federal and
state  securities  and  other laws relating thereto.  No person may exercise the
option at any time when, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, such exercise
is  permitted under applicable federal or state securities laws.  Nothing herein
will  be  construed to require the Company to register or qualify any securities
under  applicable federal or state securities laws, or take any action to secure
an  exemption  from  such registration and qualification for the issuance of any
securities  upon  the  exercise  of  this  option.

     11.     No Rights as Shareholder.  Neither Optionee nor any person claiming
             ------------------------
under or through Optionee will be, or have any of the rights or privileges of, a
shareholder  of  the  Company  in respect of any of the shares issuable upon the
exercise  of  the  option, unless and until this option is properly and lawfully
exercised.

     12.     No  Right  to Continued Employment.  Nothing in this Agreement will
             ----------------------------------
be  construed as granting Optionee any right to continued employment.  EXCEPT AS
THE  COMPANY  AND  OPTIONEE  WILL  HAVE  OTHERWISE AGREED IN WRITING, OPTIONEE'S
EMPLOYMENT WILL BE TERMINABLE BY THE COMPANY, AT WILL, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE FOR
ANY REASON OR NO REASON.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Board in
its  sole discretion will determine whether any leave of absence or interruption
in  service (including an interruption during military service) will be deemed a
termination  of  employment  for  the  purpose  of  this  Agreement.

     13.     Notices.  Any  notice to be given to the Company under the terms of
             -------
this  Agreement  will  be addressed to the Company, in care of its Secretary, at
its  executive  offices,  or  at such other address as the Company may hereafter
designate in writing.  Any notice to be given to Optionee will be in writing and
delivered  or  mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage  prepaid,  addressed  to  Optionee  at  the  address  set  forth beneath
Optionee's  signature  in  writing.  Any such notice will be deemed to have been
duly given where deposited in a United States post office in compliance with the
foregoing.

                                        3
<PAGE>
     14.     Non-Transferrable.  Except  as otherwise provided in the Plan or in
             -----------------
this  Agreement,  the  option  herein  granted  and  the  rights  and privileges
conferred  hereby  will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in
any  way  (whether  by  operation  of  law  or  otherwise).  Upon any attempt to
transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option, or of
any  right or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar
process  upon  the  rights  and  privileges  conferred  hereby, this option will
immediately  become  null  and  void.

     15.     Successor.  Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the
             ---------
option  contained  herein,  this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the
benefit  of  the  heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors and assigns of the
parties  hereto.

     16.     California  Law.  This  Agreement will be governed by and construed
             ---------------
in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California.

     17.     Type  of  Option.  The  option  granted  in  this  Agreement:
             ----------------

     [X]     Is  intended  to  be  an  Incentive Stock Option ("ISO") within the
meaning  of  Section  422  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended.

     [ ]     Is  a  non-qualified  Option  and  is  not  intended  to be an ISO.

     18.     Plan  Provisions  Incorporated by Reference.  A copy of the Plan is
             -------------------------------------------
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by this reference.  In
the  case  of conflict between any provision in this Agreement and any provision
in  the  Plan  or  a  Shareholder  Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, the terms of this
Agreement  shall  prevail.  In the case of conflict between any provision in the
Plan  and a provision in a Shareholders Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, the terms of
the  Plan  shall  prevail.

     19.     Term.  Capitalized  terms  used  herein,  except  as  otherwise
             ----
indicated,  shall  have  the  same  meaning  as those terms have under the Plan.

                                        4
<PAGE>
     IN  WITNESS WHEREOF,     the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day  and  year  written  below.

COMPANY:                      PHOTOLOFT.COM

                              By:  /S/  CHRISTOPHER  MCCONN
                                   ------------------------------

                              Title:_____________________________

OPTIONEE:
                              CHRISTOPHER  MCCONN

                              Address:___________________________

                              ___________________________________

                                        5
<PAGE>



                                  PHOTOLOFT.COM

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     This Photoloft.com Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement"), by and between
Photoloft.com,  a  Nevada  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and  JACK  MARSHALL
("Optionee"),  is  made  as  of  this  1ST  DAY  OF  JULY,  1998.

                                    RECITALS

     1.     Pursuant  to  the  Photoloft.com Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), the
Board  of  Directors of the Company (the "Board") has authorized the grant of an
option  to  purchase  common  stock of the Company ("Common Stock") to Optionee,
effective  on  the  date indicated above, thereby allowing Optionee to acquire a
proprietary  interest  in  the  Company in order that Optionee will have further
incentive  for  continuing  his  or her employment by, and increasing his or her
efforts  on  behalf  of,  the  Company  or  an  Affiliate  of  the  Company.

     2.      The  Company  desires  to  issue  a  stock  option  to Optionee and
Optionee  desires  to  accept  such stock option on the terms and conditions set
forth  below.

     NOW  THEREFORE,  for  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
adequacy  of  which  are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  agree as follows:


                                    AGREEMENT

     1.     Option  Grant.  The  Company  hereby  grants  to  the Optionee, as a
            -------------
separate  incentive and not in lieu of any fees or other compensation for his or
her services, an option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth,  all  or  any part of an aggregate of ONE MILLION ONE HUNDRED THIRTY FIVE
THOUSAND  THIRTY  TWO  (1,135,032)  shares  of authorized but unissued shares of
Common  Stock, at the Purchase Price set forth in paragraph 2 of this Agreement.

     2.     Purchase  Price.  The  Purchase Price per share (the "Option Price")
            ---------------
shall  be  $0.48,  which  is not less than ONE HUNDRED TEN PERCENT (110%) of the
fair  market  value  per  share  of Common Stock on the date hereof.  The Option
Price  shall  be  payable  in  the  manner  provided  in  paragraph  9  below.

     3.     Adjustment.  The number and class of shares specified in paragraph 1
            ----------
above,  and the Option Price, are subject to appropriate adjustment in the event
of certain changes in the capital structure of the Company such as stock splits,
recapitalizations  and  other  events  which alter the per share value of Common
Stock  or  the  rights  of  holders thereof.  In connection with (i) any merger,
consolidation,  acquisition,  separation,  or  reorganization in which more than
fifty  percent (50%) of the shares of the Company outstanding immediately before
such  event  are  converted  into  cash  or  into  another  security,  (ii)  any
dissolution  or  liquidation of the Company or any partial liquidation involving
fifty percent (50%) or more of the assets of the Company, (iii) any sale of more
than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets, or (iv) any like occurrence in
which  the  Company is involved, the Company may, in its absolute discretion, do
one  or  more  of  the  following  upon  ten  days'  prior written notice to the
Optionee:  (a)  accelerate any vesting schedule to which this option is subject;
(b)  cancel this option upon payment to the Optionee in cash, to the extent this
option  is  then exercisable, of any amount which, in the absolute discretion of
the  Company,  is  determined to be equivalent to any excess of the market value
(at  the  effective  time  of such event) of the consideration that the Optionee
would  have received if this option had been exercised before the effective time
over  the  Option  Price;  (c)  shorten  the  period during which this option is
exercisable  (provided  that this option shall remain exercisable, to the extent
otherwise  exercisable,  for  at  least  ten  days  after the date the notice is
given);  or  (d)  arrange  that  new option rights be substituted for the option
rights  granted  under this option, or that the Company's obligations under this
option  be  assumed,  by  an employer corporation other than the Company or by a
parent  or  subsidiary  of  such employer corporation.  The actions described in
this paragraph 3 may be taken without regard to any resulting tax consequence to
the  Optionee.

<PAGE>
     4.     Option  Exercise.  Commencing  on July 1, 1998 the right to exercise
            ----------------
this  option  will  accrue  in  forty  (48)  equal  monthly installments. Shares
entitled  to  be,  but not, purchased as of any accrual date may be purchased at
any  subsequent time, subject to paragraphs 5 and 6 below.  The number of shares
which may be purchased as of any such anniversary date will be rounded up to the
nearest whole number.  No partial exercise of the option may be for an aggregate
exercise  price  of  less than One Hundred Dollars ($100).  In order to exercise
any  part  of  this  option,  Optionee  must  agree to be bound by the Company's
Shareholder  Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, existing at the time of the exercise of
this  Option.

     5.     Termination of Option.  The right to exercise this option will lapse
            ---------------------
on  the  ninth  anniversary  of  the  effective  date  of  this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of this Agreement, this option may not be
exercised  after,  and  will  completely expire on, the close of business on the
date  ten  (10)  years  after  the  effective  date  of  this  Agreement, unless
terminated  sooner  pursuant  to  paragraph  6  below.

     6.     Termination  of  Employment.  In  the  event  of  termination  of
            ---------------------------
Optionee's  employment  with  the  Company  for  any  reason,  this  option will
terminate  three  (3)  months  after  the  date of the termination of Optionee's
employment,  unless  terminated earlier pursuant to paragraph 5 above.  However,
(i)  if  termination is due to the death of Optionee, the Optionee's estate or a
legal  representative  thereof,  may  at  any  time within and including six (6)
months after the date of death of Optionee, exercise the option to the extent it
was  exercisable  at  the  date of termination; or (ii) if termination is due to
Optionee's  "disability"  (as  determined in accordance with Section 22(e)(3) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code),  Optionee  may,  at any time, within one (1) year
following  the  date of this Agreement, exercise the option to the extent it was
exercisable  at  the  date  of termination.  If the Optionee or his or her legal
representative fails to exercise the option within the time periods specified in
this  paragraph  6,  the  option shall expire.  The Optionee or his or her legal
representative  may,  on  or  before the close of business on the earlier of the
date for exercise set forth in paragraph 5 or the dates specified in paragraph 4
above,  exercise the option only to the extent Optionee could have exercised the
option  on  the  date of such termination of employment pursuant to paragraphs 4
and  5  above.

     7.     Repurchase  Option  of  Company.  Pursuant  to  Section 6.1.8 of the
            -------------------------------
Plan,  in the event of termination of Optionee's employment with the Company for
any reason, the Company shall have an option to repurchase ("Repurchase Option")
any  Common  Stock  owned  by  the  Optionee  or  his  or  her  heirs,  legal
representatives,  successors  or assigns at the time of termination, or acquired
thereafter  by  any  of them at any time, by way of an option granted hereunder.
The Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, by the Company within ninety
(90) days after the date of termination upon notice ("Repurchase Notice") to the
Optionee  or  his or her heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns, in
conformance  with  paragraph  13  below.  The  purchase price to be paid for the
shares  subject  to the Repurchase Option shall be the average trading price for
the shares of common stock of the Company over a thirty (30) day period prior to
the delivery of the Repurchase Notice. Any shares issued pursuant to an exercise
of  an option hereunder shall contain the following legend condition in addition
to  any  other  applicable  legend  condition:

     THE  SHARES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  ARE  SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE
PROVISIONS  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND
THE  SHAREHOLDER,  A  COPY  OF  WHICH  IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE
COMPANY.

     8.     Transferability.  This  option will be exercisable during Optionee's
            ---------------
lifetime  only  by  Optionee.  Except  as  otherwise set forth in the Plan, this
option  will  be  non-transferable.

     9.     Method  of Exercise.  Subject to paragraph 10 below, this option may
            -------------------
be  exercised  by  the  person then entitled to do so as to any shares which may
then  be  purchased  by delivering to the Company an exercise notice in the form
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  and:
                      ----------

                                        2
<PAGE>
          (a)     full  payment  of  the Option Price thereof (and the amount of
any  tax  the Company is required by law to withhold by reason of such exercise)
in  the  form  of:

               (i)     cash  or  readily  available  funds;  or

               (ii)     delivery  of  Optionee's  promisory  note  (the  "Note")
substantially  in  the  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit B in the amount of the
                                                  ---------
aggregate  Option  Price of the exercised shares together with the execution and
delivery by the Optionee of the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C;
                                                                      ---------
or

               (iii)     a  written  request to Net Exercise, as defined in this
paragraph  9(a)(iii).  In  lieu  of  exercising  this Option via cash payment or
promissory note, Optionee may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this
Option  (or  portion  thereof  being  canceled)  by  surrender of Options at the
principal  office of the Company together with notice of election to exercise by
means  of  a  Net  Exercise in which event the Company shall issue to Optionee a
number  of  shares  of  the  Company  computed  using  the  following  formula:

                    X  =    Y  (A-B)
                            --------
                               A
where  X  is  the  number  of shares of stock to be issued to Optionee; Y is the
number  of  shares  purchasable under this Option; A is the fair market value of
the stock determined in accordance with Section 6.1.12 of the Plan; and B is the
Option  Price  as  adjusted  to  the  date  of  such  calculation.

          (b)     payment  of  any  withholding  or  employment  taxes,  if any.

The Company will issue a certificate representing the shares so purchased within
a  reasonable  time after its receipt of such notice of exercise, payment of the
Option  Price  and  withholding  or employment taxes, and execution of any other
appropriate  documentation,  with  appropriate  certificate  legends.

     10.     Securities  Laws.  The  issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the
             ----------------
exercise  of  the  option  will  be subject to compliance by the Company and the
person  exercising  the  option  with all applicable requirements of federal and
state  securities  and  other laws relating thereto.  No person may exercise the
option at any time when, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, such exercise
is  permitted under applicable federal or state securities laws.  Nothing herein
will  be  construed to require the Company to register or qualify any securities
under  applicable federal or state securities laws, or take any action to secure
an  exemption  from  such registration and qualification for the issuance of any
securities  upon  the  exercise  of  this  option.

     11.     No Rights as Shareholder.  Neither Optionee nor any person claiming
             ------------------------
under or through Optionee will be, or have any of the rights or privileges of, a
shareholder  of  the  Company  in respect of any of the shares issuable upon the
exercise  of  the  option, unless and until this option is properly and lawfully
exercised.

     12.     No  Right  to Continued Employment.  Nothing in this Agreement will
             ----------------------------------
be  construed as granting Optionee any right to continued employment.  EXCEPT AS
THE  COMPANY  AND  OPTIONEE  WILL  HAVE  OTHERWISE AGREED IN WRITING, OPTIONEE'S
EMPLOYMENT WILL BE TERMINABLE BY THE COMPANY, AT WILL, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE FOR
ANY REASON OR NO REASON.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Board in
its  sole discretion will determine whether any leave of absence or interruption
in  service (including an interruption during military service) will be deemed a
termination  of  employment  for  the  purpose  of  this  Agreement.

     13.     Notices.  Any  notice to be given to the Company under the terms of
             -------
this  Agreement  will  be addressed to the Company, in care of its Secretary, at
its  executive  offices,  or  at such other address as the Company may hereafter
designate in writing.  Any notice to be given to Optionee will be in writing and
delivered  or  mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage  prepaid,  addressed  to  Optionee  at  the  address  set  forth beneath
Optionee's  signature  in  writing.  Any such notice will be deemed to have been
duly given where deposited in a United States post office in compliance with the
foregoing.

                                        3
<PAGE>
     14.     Non-Transferrable.  Except  as otherwise provided in the Plan or in
             -----------------
this  Agreement,  the  option  herein  granted  and  the  rights  and privileges
conferred  hereby  will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in
any  way  (whether  by  operation  of  law  or  otherwise).  Upon any attempt to
transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option, or of
any  right or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar
process  upon  the  rights  and  privileges  conferred  hereby, this option will
immediately  become  null  and  void.

     15.     Successor.  Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the
             ---------
option  contained  herein,  this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the
benefit  of  the  heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors and assigns of the
parties  hereto.

     16.     California  Law.  This  Agreement will be governed by and construed
             ---------------
in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  California.

     17.     Type  of  Option.  The  option  granted  in  this  Agreement:
             ----------------

     [X]     Is  intended  to  be  an  Incentive Stock Option ("ISO") within the
meaning  of  Section  422  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended.

     [  ]     Is  a  non-qualified  Option  and  is  not  intended to be an ISO.

     18.     Plan  Provisions  Incorporated by Reference.  A copy of the Plan is
             -------------------------------------------
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by this reference.  In
the  case  of conflict between any provision in this Agreement and any provision
in  the  Plan  or  a  Shareholder  Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, the terms of this
Agreement  shall  prevail.  In the case of conflict between any provision in the
Plan  and a provision in a Shareholders Buy-Sell Agreement, if any, the terms of
the  Plan  shall  prevail.

     19.     Term.  Capitalized  terms  used  herein,  except  as  otherwise
             ----
indicated,  shall  have  the  same  meaning  as those terms have under the Plan.

                                        4
<PAGE>
     IN  WITNESS WHEREOF,     the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day  and  year  written  below.

COMPANY:                         PHOTOLOFT.COM

                              By:  /s/  Jack Marshall
                                   ------------------------------

                              Title:  President
                                   ------------------------------

OPTIONEE:
                              Jack  Marshall

                              Address:  1668 Hyacirith Ln.
                                        -------------------------
                                        San Jose, CA  95124
                                        -------------------------

                                        5
<PAGE>

                               PhotoLoft.com, Inc.

                         Co-Branded Marketing Agreement

Thus Agreement is made March 8 1999 (the "Effective Date") between Picture Works
a California corporation, having a place of business at __________, Danville, CA
("Partner"), and PhotoLoft.com, Inc., a California corporation having a place of
business  at  300  Orchard  City  Drive  Suite#142,  Campbell,  California 95009
("PhotoLoft.com").

1.0     INTENT:     PhotoLoft.com  offers  certain  proprietary  software  and
        -------
services  for  creation, maintenance and storage of on-line digital photo albums
via  its  PhotoLoft.com  web  site  (the  "Service").
PhotoLoft.com  and  Partner desire to provide the Service to Partner's customers
through:

1.1     The  creation  of  a  Co-Branded  PhotoLoft.com  entrance  page  on
PhotoLoft.com's  server  (having  the  URL  address
http://www.photoloft.com/Pictureworks  ("Co-Branded  PhotoLoft.com")  to  enable
Partner's  visitors  and  customers  ("Visitors") to register to use services or
view  photo  albums  from  PhotoLoft.com.

1.2     The  creation  of  a  link  in  Partners Software products and a link on
Partner's  web  page  that  will promote and direct a customer to the Co-branded
page.

2.0     LINK:     PhotoLoft.com.  will  cooperate  to  promptly  develop  (a)  a
        -----
specially co-branded PhotoLoft.com page using both PhotoLoft.com's and Partner's
names  and  logos (the "Co-Branded Pages"); and (b) links from Partner's Site to
the  Co-Branded  Pages  (the  "Links").

3.0     USAGE:     Partner's  customers  will be offered a one year free Premium
        ------
PhotoLoft  account.

<PAGE>
5.0  PROMOTION  BY  PHOTOLOFT.COM:     Every  image posted by Partner's customer
     -----------------------------
will  be identified as a Partner's customer image. Every time that that image is
viewed  by any PhotoLoft viewer, the logo or link of the Partner will also be on
display  to the PhotoLoft viewer. Partners logo and link may not be displayed on
any  private  label  or  customized  site  built or run specifically for a third
party.

7.0     CO-PROMOTION:     Partner  will  mention  and reference the relationship
        -------------
with PhotoLoft.com in Partner's launch press release.  PhotoLoft.com may put out
a  separate press release announcing the relationship between the two companies.
Partner  will  cooperate  with  PhotoLoft  in  developing  this  release.

8.0     FURTHER  CUSTOMIZATION:     PhotoLoft.com  has  complete  discretion  on
        -----------------------
making  any  additional page modifications to the Co-Branded PhotoLoft.com after
the  initial  design.

9.0     TRADEMARKS:
        -----------

PHOTOLOFT.COM  MARKS:     PhotoLoft.com  hereby  grants  Partner  a nonexclusive
- ---------------------
limited  license  to use, reproduce and display the PhotoLoft.com trademarks and
- ----
logos  designated by PhotoLoft.com on Partner's Web Site during the term of this
Agreement  in  accordance  with any guidelines that PhotoLoft.com may provide to
Partner  from  time  to time.  PhotoLoft.com will supply Partner with electronic
versions  of  the  PhotoLoft.com  trademarks  and  logos for Partner's use.  All
representations of the PhotoLoft.com trademarks and logos that Partner uses will
be  exact copies of those provided by PhotoLoft.com, or shall First be submitted
to  PhotoLoft.com  for  approval.

<PAGE>
PARTNER  MARKS:     Partner  hereby  grants PhotoLoft.com a nonexclusive limited
- ---------------
license  to use, reproduce and display Partner's trademarks and logos designated
by  Partner  on  the  Co-Branded  Pages  during  the  term  of this Agreement in
accordance  with  any  guidelines that Partner may provide to PhotoLoft.com from
time to time.  Partner will supply PhotoLoft.com with electronic versions of the
Partner trademarks and logos for PhotoLoft.com's use. All representations of the
Partner's  trademarks  and logos that PhotoLoft.com intends to use will be exact
copies  of  those

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com                                Initials  of  Partner


<PAGE>
provided  by  Partner,  or  shall  first  be  submitted to Partner for approval.

10.0     PROPRIETARY RIGHTS:     Except as expressly provided herein, each party
         -------------------
shall  own  all  right,  title  and  interest in its respective web site and all
portions  thereof, including without limitation all intellectual property rights
therein.  Except  as  specifically  and  clearly  set  forth  in this Agreement,
neither  party shall be granted any right or license to any of the other party's
property,  including  intellectual property in its respective software, web site
or  any  portions  thereof

11.0     TERM:     This  Agreement  shall become effective on the Effective Date
         -----
and  shall  remain  in  effect  for  a  one  (1)  year  term  which  shall renew
automatically for successive one-year terms, unless terminated by written notice
by  either party @ (30) days prior to the end of any one-year term. In the event
of  a  breach, the non-breaching party may serve written notice of breach on the
breaching  party.  If  such  breach  is not cured within fourteen (14) days, the
non-breaching  party  may  immediately  terminate  this  Agreement.

12.0     ASSIGNMENT:     This  Agreement and any rights under this Agreement may
         ----------
be  transferred, assigned or delegated by either party without the prior written
consent  of  the  other  party.

13.0     INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR:     With  respect  to  all matters relating to
         ------------------------
this  Agreement  each  party is deemed to be an independent contractor.  Neither
party  shall  represent  itself  as  an  employee,  servant,  agent  or  legal
representative  of  the  other  party  for  any  purposes  whatsoever.

14.0  GOVERNING LAW/DISPUTE RESOLUTION:     The parties intend this Agreement to
      --------------------------------
be  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of California.  Partner and PhotoLoft.com
agree  that  they will attempt to settle any claim or controversy arising out of
this  Agreement  through  consultation  and  negotiation in the spirit of mutual
friendship  and  cooperation.  Any  dispute  which  the  parties  cannot resolve
between  themselves  in  good  faith  within  six  (6) months of the date of the
initial  demand  by either party for such resolution will be submitted for final
determination  by  one  (1)  mutually  agreed  arbitrator  within  the  State of
California.

<PAGE>
15.0    Limitation  of Liability:     Neither party shall be liable to the other
        -------------------------
for  any  lost profit or other commercial damage, including, without limitation,
indirect,  special,  consequential, incidental or punitive damages of any nature
arising  out  of  this  Agreement.

16.0  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT:     This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the
      ------------------
parties  and  supersedes  all previous understandings and agreements between the
parties  relating  to  the  subject  matter  hereof.

17.0     NOTICES:     Any  notice  or  request  required to be given under or in
         --------
connection  with  this  Agreement  shall be in writing and given by facsimile or
postpaid  registered  or  certified  mail return receipt requested.  The date of
receipt shall be deemed die date on which such notice or request has been given.
Until  such  time  as  written  notice of a change of address is given by either
party  to  the  other,  any  such notice or request shall be deemed sufficiently
addressed  when  directed  to  the addresses of the parties set out in the first
paragraph  of  this  Agreement.

IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agree Effective Date:

                                                 BY:
     Name:  Jack  Marshall                       Name:
            --------------
     Date:  3/22/99                              Date:

     Title:  President                           Title:
     PhotoLoft.com,  Inc.






Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  Initials  of  Partner

<PAGE>


                               PHOTOLOFT.COM, INC.

                         CO-BRANDED MARKETING AGREEMENT

This  Agreement is made this  March 11,1999  (the "Effective Date") between Umax
                              -------------
Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, having a place of business at 3361
Gateway  Blvd.,  Fremont,  CA  94538  ("Partner"),  and  PhotoLoft.com,  Inc., a
California  corporation  having  a  place  of business at 300 Orchard City Drive
Suite#142,  Campbell,  California  95008  ("PhotoLoft.com").

1.0     INTENT:  PhotoLoft.com  offers certain proprietary software and services
        -------
for  creation,  maintenance  and storage of on-line digital photo albums via its
PhotoLoft.com  web  site  (the  "Service").  PhotoLoft.com and Partner desire to
provide  the Service to Partner's customers through the creation of a Co-Branded
PhotoLoft.com  site  on  PhotoLoft.com's  server  (having  the  URL  address
http://www.photoloft.com/UMAX  ("Co-Branded  PhotoLoft.com") to enable Partner's
visitors  and  customers  ("Visitors") to register to use services or view photo
albums  from  PhotoLoft.com.

2.0     LINK:  PhotoLoft.com. will cooperate to promptly develop (a) a specially
        -----
co-branded PhotoLoft.com page using both PhotoLoft.com's and Partner's names and
logos  (the  "Co-Branded  Pages");  and  (b)  links  from  Partner's Site to the
Co-Branded  Pages (the "Links").  During the term of this agreement, the Partner
will  maintain  the  links  on  the  Partners  home  page/front  page
(http://www.umax.com),  toolbar/menu  bar, and other appropriate locations to be
agreed  upon  by  PhotoLoft.com  and  Partner.

3.0     CLIENT  SOFTWARE:  Partner  agrees to ship the PhotoLoft Client software
        -----------------
with  each  copy  of  the  product.   The  PhotoLoft Client software will direct
customers  to  the  Co-Branded  Page,  and  contain  the  Partner  Logo.

4.0     USAGE:  Partner's  customers  will  be  offered  a one year free Premium
        -----
PhotoLoft account.   Partner's customers will be identified by the serial number
associated  with  the  hardware.

5.0     PROMOTION  BY PHOTOLOFT.COM:  Every image posted by PhotoLoft's customer
        ----------------------------
will  be  identified  as  a  Partner's  customer.  Every time that that image is
viewed  by any PhotoLoft viewer, the logo of the Partner will also be on display
to  the  PhotoLoft  viewer.

6.0     PROMOTION BY PARTNER:      Partner will (a) provide a sticker or logo on
        --------------------
the  hardware box identifying Partner as a PhotoLoft partner, and (b) provide in
box  documentation  promoting  the  Premium  Account  special  offer.

7.0     CO-PROMOTION:  Upon  completion  of  the Co-Branded pages and associated
        ------------
links, PhotoLoft.com and Partner will issue a joint press release.  In addition,
Partner  will  notify  installed  base  of the availability of PhotoLoft.com via
e-mail.

8.0     FURTHER  CUSTOMIZATION:  PhotoLoft.com  will be entitled to make changes
        ----------------------
to  the  co-branded entrance page to assure the same look and feel with the rest
of the site.  Umax shall approve these changes within 10 days of notification by
PhotoLoft.  Umax  shall  not  unreasonably  withhold  approval of these changes.

9.0     TRADEMARKS:
        ----------

     PHOTOLOFT.COM  MARKS:  PhotoLoft.com  hereby  grants Partner a nonexclusive
     ---------------------
limited  license  to use, reproduce and display the PhotoLoft.com trademarks and
logos  designated  by  PhotoLoft.com  on  Partner's  Web  Site  and in Partner's
promotional  material  and  documentation  during  the term of this Agreement in
accordance  with  any  guidelines that PhotoLoft.com may provide to Partner from
time to time.  PhotoLoft.com will supply Partner with electronic versions of the
PhotoLoft.com  trademarks  and  logos for Partner's use.  All representations of
the PhotoLoft.com trademarks and logos that Partner uses will be exact copies of
those  provided  by  PhotoLoft.com, or shall first be submitted to PhotoLoft.com
for  approval.

                                                                               1
<PAGE>
     PARTNER  MARKS:  Partner hereby grants PhotoLoft.com a nonexclusive limited
     ---------------
license  to use, reproduce and display Partner's trademarks and logos designated
by  Partner  on  the  Co-Branded  Pages  during  the  term  of this Agreement in
accordance  with  any  guidelines that Partner may provide to PhotoLoft.com from
time to time.  Partner will supply PhotoLoft.com with electronic versions of the
Partner  trademarks  and  logos for PhotoLoft.com's use.  All representations of
the  Partner's  trademarks  and  logos that PhotoLoft.com intends to use will be
exact  copies  of  those  provided  by  Partner,  or shall first be submitted to
Partner  for  approval.

10.0     PROPRIETARY  RIGHTS:  Except  as  expressly provided herein, each party
         -------------------
shall  own  all  right,  title  and  interest in its respective web site and all
portions  thereof, including without limitation all intellectual property rights
therein.  Except  as  specifically  and  clearly  set  forth  in this Agreement,
neither  party shall be granted any right or license to any of the other party's
property,  including  intellectual property in its respective software, web site
or  any  portions  thereof

11.0     TERM:  This  Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and
         -----
shall  remain  in effect for a one (1) year term which shall renew automatically
for  successive  one-year  terms,  unless terminated by written notice by either
party  thirty (30) days prior to the- end of any one-year term.  In the event of
a  breach,  the  non-breaching  party  may serve written notice of breach on the
breaching  party.  If  such  breach  is not cured within fourteen (14) days, the
non-breaching  party  may  immediately  terminate  this  Agreement.

12.0     NON  ASSIGNMENT:  Neither  this  Agreement  nor  any  rights under this
         ---------------
Agreement  may be transferred, assigned or delegated by either party without the
prior  written  consent  of  the  other  party.

13.0     INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR:  With  respect to all matters relating to this
         ------------------------
Agreement,  each party is deemed to be an independent contractor.  Neither party
shall represent itself as an employee, servant, agent or legal representative of
the  other  party  for  any  purposes  whatsoever.

14.0     GOVERNING LAW/DISPUTE RESOLUTION:  The parties intend this Agreement to
         --------------------------------
be  construed  in  accordance with the laws of the State of California.  Partner
and  PhotoLoft.com  agree  that  they  will  attempt  to  settle  any  claim  or
controversy  arising  out of this Agreement through consultation and negotiation
in  the  spirit  of  mutual  friendship  and cooperation.  Any dispute which the
parties cannot resolve between themselves in good faith within six (6) months of
the  date  of  the  initial  demand  by either party for such resolution will be
submitted  for  FINAL determination by one (1) mutually agreed arbitrator within
the  State  of  California.

15.0     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR
         -----------------------
ANY  LOST  PROFIT  OR  OTHER  COMMERCIAL  DAMAGE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
INDIRECT,  SPECIAL,  CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
ARISING  OUT  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT.

16.0     ENTIRE  AGREEMENT:  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the
         -----------------
parties  and  supersedes  all previous understandings and agreements between the
parties  relating  to  the  subject  matter  hereof.

17.0     NOTICES:  Any  notice  or  request  required  to  be  given under or in
         --------
connection  with  this  Agreement  shall be in writing and given by facsimile or
postpaid  registered  or  certified  mail  return receipt requested. The date of
receipt shall be deemed the date on which such notice or request has been given.
Until  such  time  as  written  notice of a change of address is given by either
party  to  the  other,  any  such notice or request shall be deemed sufficiently
addressed  when  directed  to  the addresses of the parties set out in the first
paragraph  of  this  Agreement.



                                                                               2
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in as of the
Effective  Date:

     By: s.  Jack  Marshall               By:  s.  John
         ------------------                    --------------------------

     Date:  3/12/99                       Date:  3/11/99

     Title:  President                    Title:  Senior  Director  Mktg.
     PhotoLoft.com,  Inc.


                                                                               3
<PAGE>


                   INTERNET SERVICES AND CO-LOCATION AGREEMENT

PLEASE  READ THIS INTERNET SERVICES AND CO-LOCATION AGREEMENT (THIS "AGREEMENT")
CAREFULLY BEFORE SIGNING, SINCE BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, YOU CONSENT TO ALL OF
ITS  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS.  This  Agreement  is  made  by and between AboveNet
Communications,  Inc.  ('AboveNet')  and  Customer.  This Agreement is effective
upon AboveNet's acceptance as indicated by its signature below on the date below
(the  'Effective  Date').  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more
counterparts,  each  of which will     ad an original, but all of which together
shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                     <C>
Customer Signature: /S/ Chris McConn    Customer ID#
- --------------------------------------
(print name):       Chris McConn        Contract No. C
- --------------------------------------
Title :             V.P.                Effective Date:
- --------------------------------------
Date:               3/15/99             AboveNet Signature
- --------------------------------------
Company Name:       PhotoLoft.com       (print name)
- --------------------------------------
Address:300 Orchard City Dr. Suite 142
- --------------------------------------
Campbell, CA 95008
- --------------------------------------
Phone:            408-364-8777
- --------------------------------------
Fax:              408-364-8778
- --------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Thank  you  for choosing AboveNet to provide your Internet co-location services.
As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the  term  'you'  and  "Customer"  refers to the
above-named  corporation,  partnership or other business entity that enters into
this  Agreement,  and  "Service"  means the transmission of data to and from the
Internet  through  the  network  of routers, switches and communication channels
owned  and controlled by AboveNet ('Network') together with co-location services
including  24x7  connectivity  to the Internet and Co-location Space, as further
defined  in  this  Agreement  and  in your Order for AboveNet Services Form (the
'Order  Form').  The initial Order Form is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit
A.  AboveNet  and  Customer  may  enter  into  subsequent Order Forms, which may
supercede  or complement prior Order Forms.  As used in this Agreement, the term
"Customer  Equipment'  refers  to  any  and  all  computer  equipment, software,
networking  hardware  or  other  materials  placed  by  or  for  Customer in the
Co-location  Space,  other  than  AboveNet  Equipment.

AboveNet  will  begin installation, initiation and Service after it receives and
accepts:  (1)  your  Order  Form:  (2)  a  copy of this Agreement signed by your
authorized  representative  and  (3)  payment  of  amounts due under Section 1.1
below,  detailed  on  your  Order  Form.

1.     SERVICE  FEES AND BILLING.  Customer agrees to pay the Service Activation
Charges,  Monthly  Service  Fees,  and  other
fees  indicated  on  the  Order  Form  (collectively,  "Service  Fees').

1.1     ACTIVATION  CHARGES.  AboveNet  will  bill  Customer  for  all  Service
Activation  Charges  and  first  and  last  month  Service Fees (the "Activation
Charges")  upon  AboveNet's  acceptance  of  this  Agreement and the Order Form.
AboveNet will not commence installation, initiation and Service unless and until
it  either has received payment in full of all Activation Charges or has agreed,
at  its  sole  option,  to  extend  credit  to  Customer.

1.2     RECURRING  FEES.  AboveNet will begin billing for recurring Service Fees
on  the  date that is the earlier of: (a) the Installation Date specified in the
Order  Form  '  and  (b)  the  date  that  Customer places Customer Equipment in
AboveNet's  premises.  If,  however,  Customer  is  unable  to  use the Services
commencing  on  the  Installation  Date  solely  as a result of delays caused by
AboveNet,  then  the  Installation  Date  specified  in  the Order Form shall be
extended  one  day  for  each  day of delay caused by AboveNet.  On or about the
first  day  of  each  month,  AboveNet  will  bill Customer for Network services
provided  during the previous month, and for co-location services to be provided
in  the  current month.  Recurring Service Fees do not include monthly telephone
company  charges  which are billed separately by the local telephone company(s).

Rev.  2  4  1           Page I of 8   ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC. CONFIDENTIAL
<PAGE>
1.3     PAYMENT.  All  Fees  and  charges  will  be due, in U.S. dollars, within
twenty  (20)  days  of  the  date  of each AboveNet invoice.  Late payments will
accrue interest at a rate of one and one-half percent (1 1/2%) per month, or the
highest  rate  allowed by applicable law, whichever is lower, If in its judgment
AboveNet  determines that Customer lacks financial resources, AboveNet may, upon
written  notice  to  Customer,  modify  the  payment  terms to secure Customer's
payment  obligations  before  providing  Services.

1.4     TAXES.  All  payments  required  by  this  Agreement  are  exclusive  of
applicable taxes and shipping charges.  Customer will be liable for and will pay
in  full  all  such  amounts,  other  than  taxes  based on AboveNet net income.

2.     CO-LOCATION.

2.1     INSTALLATION.  AboveNet  grants  you  the  right  to  operate  Customer
Equipment  at  the  Co-location  Space,  as  specified  on your Order Form.  The
Co-location  Space  is  provided  on  an  'AS-IS'  basis  and  you  may  use the
Co-location  Space  only  for the purposes of maintaining and operating Customer
Equipment  as  necessary  to  support local access communications facilities and
links  to  AboveNet  and  to  third  parties.  Customer  will  install  Customer
Equipment in the Co-location Space after obtaining the appropriate authorization
from  AboveNet  to access AboveNet premises.  Customer will remove and be solely
responsible  for  all  packaging  for  Customer  Equipment.

2.2     ACCESS.  You  may  access  the Co-location Space only in accordance with
the  AboveNet  Co-Location  Access  Policies  located  at
http://www.above.net/html/security.html, as updated from time to time.  Customer
- ----------------------------------------
may  not  provide  or  make  available  to  any  third  party any portion of the
Co-location  Space  without  AboveNet's  prior  written  consent,  which consent
AboveNet  may  withhold  in  its  sole  discretion.

2.3     REMOVAL  OF  CUSTOMER  EQUIPMENT.  Customer  will  provide AboveNet with
written  notification two (2) days before Customer wishes to remove any Customer
Equipment.  Before authorizing the removal of any Customer Equipment, AboveNet's
accounting department will verify that Customer has no payments due to AboveNet.
Once  AboveNet  authorizes  removal  of Customer Equipment, Customer will remove
such  Customer  Equipment,  and  will be solely responsible to bring appropriate
packaging  and  moving  materials.  Should  Customer use an agent or other third
party  (for example, but without limitation, a common carrier such as U.P.S.) to
remove  Customer  Equipment, Customer will be solely responsible for the acts of
such  party,  and  any  damages  caused  by  such party to Customer Equipment or
otherwise.  At  Customer's  option,  AboveNet  will  remove and package Customer
Equipment,  and  place such Customer Equipment in a designated area for pick-up,
on  the  condition  that  Customer  either provides all packaging needed or pays
AboveNet to package Customer Equipment.  Customer may thereafter remove Customer
Equipment  from  the designated area, or may arrange for a carrier to remove and
ship  such  equipment  with  any  necessary  insurance  to  be paid by Customer.

3.     SECURITY.  AboveNet  does  not  guarantee security of Customer Equipment,
the  Co-Location  Space  or of the Network.  AboveNet requires that you and your
employees comply with all Co-Location Security Procedures, as modified from time
to time, in order to maximize the security of the Network and AboveNet premises.
AboveNet's  current  Go-Location  Security  Procedures  are  located  at
http://www.above.net  In particular, you must establish a password with AboveNet
- --------------------
for  purposes  of  requesting  any  support  services  with  respect to Customer
Equipment  or your Network connection, either by telephone or email, Information
detailing  password  requirements  is  available  on  the  World  Wide  Web  at
http://www.above.net/html/aug.html.  Only  individuals  whom you have identified
- ----------------------------------
as  'Customer Representatives" in writing to AboveNet will be permitted to enter
the  Co-location  Space,  to  request Services on your behalf, or to request any
support  services with respect to Customer Equipment or your Network connection,
either  by  telephone or email (for example, but without limitation, instructing
AboveNet to modify or reconfigure its Services or to remove Customer Equipment).
For good cause, AboveNet may suspend the right of any Customer Representative or
other  person  to  visit  the  AboveNet  premises  and/or the Co-location Space.
AboveNet will assist in Network security breach detection or identification, but
shall  not  be  liable  for  any  inability,  failure  or  mistake  in doing so.

4.     LOCAL  AND LONG DISTANCE CARRIERS.  AboveNet will provide Customer with a
list  of  approved  third  party  carriers  for  data  communications  and
telecommunications.  Customer  is  responsible  for  ordering  all  local  and
long-distance  lines  from  such  third  party carriers and ordering any and all
necessary  cross-connects  from  AboveNet.  AboveNet  Service  Fees  for  such
cross-connects  are  as  indicated  on the Order Form, The carriers will install
such  circuits in Customer's name.  Customer will be solely responsible for such
circuits  and  for  all  payments due to the carriers.  Customer will notify the
carrier  directly  when  Customer  wishes  to  terminate or modify such circuit,

5.     DOMAIN  INFORMATION  AND  REGISTRATION  APPLICATION,  If Customer has not
registered  the  domain  name  that  it wishes to use, Customer may complete the
applicable  sections  of  the  Order Form to request registration or a change in
domain  name.

Rev. 2.4 1              Page 2 of 8   ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC. CONFIDENTIAL
<PAGE>
6.     OTHER  NETWORKS;  APPROVAL  AND  USAGE,  Services  include the ability to
transmit  data  beyond  AboveNet's  Network,  through other networks, public and
private,  Use  of  or  presence  on  other  networks may require approval of the
respective  network  authorities  and  will  be  subject to any acceptable usage
policies  such  networks  may  establish.  Customer  will  not  hold  AboveNet
responsible  for,  and  AboveNet  will  not  be liable for, such approval or for
violation  of such policies.  Customer understands that AboveNet does not own or
control  other  networks outside of its Network, and AboveNet is not responsible
or  liable  for  performance (or non-performance) within such networks or within
interconnection  points between the Service and other networks that are operated
by  third  parties.

7.     RESALE.  Customer may resell the Service after receiving AboveNet's prior
written  approval  as  to  the  nature  and scope of such resale as set forth in
Section  2.2.  Should  Customer  resell  any portion of the Service to any other
party,  Customer assumes a[( liabilities arising out of or related to such third
party sites and communications, Customer agrees to enter into written agreements
with  any  and  all parties to which it resells any portion of the Services with
terms  and  conditions  at  least as restrictive and as protective of AboveNet's
rights  as  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement, including, without
limitation,  Sections  2.3,  3, 6, 8, 9.6-9.8. 10, 11, 12, 14 and 16, and naming
AboveNet  as  a  third  party  beneficiary

8.     ACCEPTABLE USE GUIDELINES.  Customer must at all times conform its use of
the  Service  to  AboveNet's  Acceptable Use Guidelines and Anti-SPAM Policy, as
AboveNet  may  update  such Guidelines and Policy from time to time, The current
version  of  AboveNet's  Acceptable  Use  Guidelines  can  be  found  at
http://www.above.net/html/aug.html.  AboveNet's  Anti-SPAM  Policy is located at
- ----------------------------------
http://www.above.net/html/anti-spam.html.  If AboveNet is informed by government
- ----------------------------------------
authorities  or  other  parties  of  inappropriate  or illegal use of AboveNet's
facilities (including but not limited to the Network) or other networks accessed
through  AboveNet,  or  AboveNet  otherwise  learns of such use or has reason to
believe such use may be occurring, then Customer will cooperate in any resulting
investigation  by  AboveNet  or  government  authorities.  Any  government
determinations  will  be  binding  on  Customer.  If Customer fails to cooperate
with  any such  investigation  or determination, or fails to immediately rectify
any  illegal use, AboveNet may immediately suspend Customer's Service.  Further,
upon  notice  to  Customer, AboveNet may modify or suspend Customer's Service as
necessary  to  comply  with  any  law  or regulation as reasonably determined by
AboveNet.  This  includes,  without limitation, any use contrary to the  Digital
Millennium  Copyright  Act  of  1998,  17  U.S.C.  512.

9.     LIMITED  SERVICE  LEVEL WARRANTY.  AboveNet warrants that it will use its
commercially  reasonable efforts to minimize Excess Packet Loss and Latency, and
to  avoid  Downtime,  and  that  AboveNet will provide the following remedies to
Customer:     (Excess  Packet  Loss,  Latency  and  Downtime  are defined below)

9.1     PACKET  LOSS  AND  LATENCY.  AboveNet  does  not proactively monitor the
packet  loss  or  transmission  latency  of  specific customers.  AboveNet does,
however,  proactively monitor the aggregate packet loss and transmission latency
within  its  LAN and WAN.  In the event that AboveNet discovers (either from its
own  efforts  or after being notified by Customer) that Customer is experiencing
packet  loss  in  excess  of  five  percent  (5%)  ("Excess  Packet  Loss")  or
transmission  latency  in  excess  of  120 milliseconds round-trip time based on
AboveNet's  measurements  ("Latency')  between  any  two  routers  within  the
continental  United  States portion of the Network on average for each hour, and
Customer  notifies  AboveNet  (or AboveNet has notified Customer), then AboveNet
will  use  its  commercially  reasonable  actions to determine the source of the
Excess  Packet  Loss  or  Latency  and  correct  the  problem.

9.2     Remedy  FOR Failure.  If either Excess Packet Loss or Latency occurs and
it  stems  from  a source within the Network and not from the Customer or beyond
the  Network, and if AboveNet fails to correct the Excess Packet Loss or Latency
after using its commercially reasonable efforts for a period of twenty four (24)
hours  after the onset of such Excess Packet Loss or Latency, then AboveNet will
credit  Customer's  account  the  pro-rata  Bandwidth  Fees (as set forth in the
applicable Order Form) for the continuous duration of such Excess Packet Loss or
Latency;  provided  that  all  such credits will not exceed an aggregate maximum
credit  of Bandwidth Fees otherwise due from Customer for one (1) calendar month
for  failures  in  any  one  (1)  calendar  month.

9.3     INABILITY  TO  ACCESS  THE  INTERNET  (DOWNTIME).  AboveNet will use its
commercially  reasonable  efforts to avoid Downtime for 99.9% of the hours as an
average  calculated  over each calendar year.  If Customer is unable to transmit
and  receive  information  from  the  Network  to other portions of the Internet
because AboveNet failed to provide Network access Services ("Downtime") for more
than four (4) continuous hours, then AboveNet will credit Customer's account the
pro-rata  Bandwidth  Fees  (as  set  forth in the applicable Order Form) for the
continuous  duration  of  such  Excess Packet Loss or Latency; provided that all
such  credits  will  not  exceed  an  aggregate maximum credit of Bandwidth Fees
otherwise  due  from Customer for one (1) calendar month for failures in any one
(1)  calendar  month.  For  purposes  of  the foregoing, "unable to transmit and
receive" shall mean sustained packet loss in excess of fifty percent (50%) based
on  AboveNet'  measurements.

     9.4     YEAR  200O.  AboveNet  hereby incorporates its Year 2000 Compliance
Disclosure  found at http://www.above.netlhtml/y2k.html into this Agreement.  If
                     ----------------------------------
Customer  experiences  any  Excess  Packet  Loss,

Rev.  2.4  1             Page 3 of 8  ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC. CONFIDENTTAL
<PAGE>
Latency  or  Downtime  due  to  AboveNet's failure to be Year 2000 compliant (as
defined in the Year 2000 Compliance Disclosure), Customer will have the remedies
set  forth  in  this Section 9, and the limitations set forth in this Section 9,
Section  11  and  the Year 2000 Compliance Disclosure.  The Year 2000 Compliance
Disclosure,  as  incorporated  into  this Agreement, is provided as a 'Year 2000
Readiness  Disclosure"  as  defined  in  the Year 2000 Information and Readiness
Disclosure  Act  of 1998 (Public Law 105-271, 112 Stat. 2386) enacted on October
19,  1998.

9.5     CUSTOMER  MUST  REQUEST  CREDIT.  Customer  must  notify AboveNet within
three  (3)  business  days  from the time Customer becomes eligible to receive a
credit under this Section 9 to receive such credit.  Failure to comply with this
requirement  will  forfeit  Customer's  right  to  receive  a  credit.

9.6     LIMITATION  ON  REMEDIES.  IF  CUSTOMER  IS ENTITLED TO MULTIPLE CREDITS
UNDER  THIS  SECTION  9,  SUCH CREDITS SHALL NOT BE CUMULATIVE BEYOND A TOTAL OF
CREDITS  FOR  ONE  (1)  CALENDAR MONTH OF BANDWIDTH FEES IN ANY ONE (1) CALENDAR
MONTH  IN ANY EVENT.  ABOVENET WILL NOT APPLY A CREDIT UNDER SECTION 9.2 FOR ANY
EXCESS PACKET LOSS OR LATENCY FOR WHICH CUSTOMER RECEIVED A CREDIT UNDER SECTION
9.3.  ABOVENET  WILL  ONLY  APPLY  A  CREDIT  TO THE MONTH IN WHICH THE INCIDENT
OCCURRED.  FURTHER,  ABOVENET  WILL  NOT  APPLY A CREDIT FOR ANY PERIOD IN WHICH
CUSTOMER  RECEIVED  ANY BANDWIDTH SERVICES FREE OF CHARGE.  SECTIONS 9.2 AND 9.3
ABOVE  STATE CUSTOMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY FAILURE BY ABOVENET TO
PROVIDE  SERVICES  OR  ADEQUATE SERVICE LEVELS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY
OUTAGES  OR  NETWORK  CONGESTION.  ABOVENET'S BLOCKING OF DATA COMMUNICATIONS IN
CONTRAVENTION  OF ITS ANTI-SPAM POLICY OR ACCEPTABLE USE GUIDELINES SHALL NOT BE
DEEMED TO BE A FAILURE OF ABOVENET TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SERVICE LEVELS UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT.

9.7     NO  OTHER  WARRANTY.  EXCEPT  FOR  THE  EXPRESS WARRANTY SET OUT IN THIS
SECTION  9  ABOVE,  THE SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND CUSTOMERS
USE  OF  THE  SERVICES  IS  AT ITS OWN RISK.  ABOVENET DOES NOT MAKE, AND HEREBY
DISCLAIMS,  ANY AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED  TO,  WARRANTIES  OF  MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
NON-INFRINGEMENT AND TITLE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING,
USAGE,  OR  TRADE PRACTICE.  ABOVENET DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED,  ERROR-FREE,  OR  COMPLETELY  SECURE.

9.8     DISCLAIMER  OF  THIRD  PARTY ACTIONS AND CONTROL.  AboveNet does not and
cannot control the flow of data to or from the Network and other portions of the
Internet,  Such  flow  depends  in  large  part  on  the performance of Internet
services  provided  or  controlled  by  third  parties.  At  times,  actions  or
inactions caused by these third parties can produce situations in which AboveNet
customers'  connections to the Internet (or portions thereof) may be impaired or
disrupted.  Although  AboveNet  will use commercially reasonable efforts to take
actions  it  deems  appropriate to remedy and avoid such events, AboveNet cannot
guarantee that they will not occur.  Accordingly, AboveNet disclaims any and all
liability  resulting  from  or  related  to  such  events,

10.     INSURANCE.  Customer  will keep in full force and effect during the term
of this Agreement: (i) business loss and interruption insurance in an amount not
less  than  that necessary to compensate Customer and its customers for complete
failure of Service ' (ii) comprehensive general liability insurance in an amount
not  less  than  one  (1)  million  dollars per occurrence for bodily injury and
property  damage, (ii) employer's liability insurance in an amount not less than
one  (1)  million  dollars  per  occurrence;  and  (iii)  workers'  compensation
insurance  in an amount not less than that required by applicable law.  Customer
also  agrees  that  it  will  be solely responsible for ensuring that its agents
(including contractors and subcontractors) maintain other insurance at levels no
less  than  those required by applicable law and customary in Customer's and its
agents'  industries,  Prior  to  installation  of  any Customer Equipment in the
Co-location  Space  or  otherwise as AboveNet may request, Customer will furnish
AboveNet  with  certificates  of  insurance which evidence the minimum levels of
insurance  set  forth  above.         Customer  agrees  that  prior  to  the
installation  of  any Customer Equipment at AboveNet premises or the Co-location
Space,  Customer  will cause its insurance provider(s) to name both AboveNet and
the  AboveNet  landlord  indicated  on  the  applicable Order Form as additional
insured  and  notify AboveNet in writing of the effective date of such coverage.
Customer  agrees  that  Customer  and  its  agents and representatives shall not
pursue  any claims against AboveNet for any liability AboveNet may have under or
relating  to this Agreement unless and until Customer or Customer's employee, as
applicable, first makes claims against Customer's insurance provider(s) and such
insurance  provider(s)  finally resolve(s) such claims.            Any inability
by Customer to furnish the proof the insurance required under this Section 10 or
failure  to  obtain such insurance shall be a material breach of this Section 10
and  of  this  Agreement.

11.  LIMITATIONS  OF  LIABILITY.

11.1  PERSONAL  INJURY.  Each  Customer  Representative  and  any  other persons
visiting  AboveNet  facilities does so at his or her own risk and AboveNet shall
not  be  liable  for  any  harm  to  such  persons  resulting  from  any  cause

Rev.  2.4  1              Page 4 of 8  ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC CONFIDENTIAL
<PAGE>
other  than  AboveNet's  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct resulting in
personal  injury  to  such  persons  during  such  a  visit.

11.2     Damage  to Customer Business.  Except as expressly set forth in Section
9  including the limited remedy and other limitations set forth under Section 9,
in no event will AboveNet be liable to Customer, any Customer Representative, or
any third party for any claims arising out of or related to Customer's business,
Customer's  customers  or  clients,  Customer  Representative's  activities  at
AboveNet or otherwise, or for any lost revenue, lost profits, replacement goods,
loss  of  technology,  rights  or  services,  incidental,  punitive, indirect or
consequential  damages,  loss of data, or interruption or loss of use of Service
or  of  any  Customer's  business,  even  if  advised of the possibility of such
damages,  whether  under theory of contract, tort (including negligence), strict
liability  or  otherwise.

11.3     Damage  to  Customer  Equipment.  AboveNet assumes no liability for any
damage  to,  or  loss  of, any Customer Equipment resulting from any cause other
than  AboveNet's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  To the extent AboveNet
is  liable for any damage to, or loss of, the Customer Equipment for any reason,
such  liability will be limited solely to the then-current value of the Customer
Equipment  and further subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 11.3
and in Section 11.4 below.  In no event will AboveNet be liable to Customer, any
Customer  Representative,  or  any  third party for any claims arising out of or
related  to  Customer  Equipment for any lost revenue, lost profits, replacement
goods, loss of technology, rights or services, incidental, punitive, indirect or
consequential  damages,  loss  of  data,  or  interruption or loss of use of any
Customer  Equipment, even if advised of the possibility of such damages, whether
under  theory  of  contract,  tort  (including  negligence), strict liability or
otherwise.

11.4     Maximum  Liability.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the contrary in this
Agreement,  AboveNet's  maximum aggregate liability to Customer related to or in
connection  with  this  Agreement  will  be  limited to the total amount paid by
Customer  to  AboveNet  hereunder  for the Twelve (12) month period prior to the
event  or  events  giving  rise  to  such  liability

12.     DEFENSE  OF  THIRD  PARTY  CLAIMS  AND  INDEMNIFICATION.

12.1     DEFENSE.  Customer  will  defend  AboveNet,  its  directors,  officers,
employees,  affiliates and customers (collectively, the 'Covered Entities') from
and  against  any  and  all  claims,  actions  or  demands brought by or against
AboveNet  and/or  any  of the Covered Entities alleging: (a) with respect to the
Customer's  business  (i)  infringement  or misappropriation of any intellectual
property  rights:  (ii)  defamation,  libel, slander, obscenity, pornography, or
violation of the rights of privacy or publicity; or (iii) spamming, or any other
offensive,  harassing  or  illegal  conduct  or  violation of the Acceptable Use
Guidelines or Anti-Spam Policy. (b) any damage or destruction to the Co-location
Space,  the  Network,  AboveNet  premises,  AboveNet  Equipment  or to any other
AboveNet  customer  which  damage is caused by or otherwise results from acts or
omissions  by  Customer, Customer Representative(s) or Customer's designees; (c)
any  personal  injury  or  property  damage  to  any Customer employee, Customer
Representative  or  other  Customer  designee  arising  out of such individual's
activities  related  to  the  Services, unless such injury or property damage is
caused  solely  by AboveNet's gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (d) any
other  damage  arising  from  the  Customer  Equipment  or  Customer's  business
(collectively,  the  'Covered  Claims').

12.2     INDEMNIFICATION.  Customer hereby agrees to indemnify AboveNet and each
Covered Entity from and against all damages, costs, and fees awarded in favor of
third  parties  in  each  Covered  Claim,  and  Customer will indemnify and hold
harmless  AboveNet  and each Covered Entity from and against any and all claims,
demands,  liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and costs (including reasonable
attorneys  fees)  (collectively, "Losses") suffered by AboveNet and each Covered
Entity  which  Losses  result  from  or  arise  out  of  a  Covered  Claim.

12.3     NOTIFICATION.  Customer  will  provide  AboveNet  with  prompt  written
notice of each Covered Claim of which Customer becomes aware, and, at AboveNet's
sole  option, AboveNet may elect to participate in the defense and settlement of
any  Covered  Claim, provided that such participation shall not relieve Customer
of  any  of  its  obligations  under  this  Section  12.

13.     RELIANCE  ON  DISCLAIMER,  LIABILITY  LIMITATIONS  AND  INDEMNIFICATION
OBLIGATIONS.  Customer acknowledges that AboveNet has set its prices and entered
into  this  Agreement  in  reliance  upon  the  limitations  and  exclusions  of
liability,  the  disclaimers  of warranties and damages and Customer's indemnity
obligations  set  forth herein, and that the same form an essential basis of the
bargain  between  the  parties.  The  parties  agree  that  the  limitations and
exclusions of liability and disclaimers specified in this Agreement will survive
and  apply  even  if  this  Agreement is found to have failed of their essential
purpose.

Rev.  2.4.1              Page 5 of 8  ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC. CONFIDENTIAL
<PAGE>
14.     CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  Each  party  acknowledges  that it will have
access  to  certain  confidential  information of the other party concerning the
other  party's  business,  plans, customers, technology, and products, including
the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement  ('Confidential  Information').
Confidential  Information  will  include,  but  not  be limited to, each party's
proprietary  software  and customer information.  Each party agrees that it will
not  use  in  any  way,  for  its own account or the account of any third party,
except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, nor disclose to any third party
(except  as  required by law or to that party's attorneys, accountants and other
advisors  as  reasonably  necessary),  any  of  the  other  party's Confidential
Information  and will take reasonable precautions to protect the confidentiality
of  such  information.  Information  will not be deemed Confidential Information
hereunder  if  such  information:  (I)  is known to the receiving party prior to
receipt  from  the  disclosing  party directly or indirectly from a source other
than  one  having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; (ii)
becomes  known  (independently  of  disclosure  by  the disclosing party) to the
receiving  party  directly  or indirectly from a source other than one having an
obligation  of  confidentiality  to the disclosing party; (iii) becomes publicly
known  or otherwise ceases to be secret or confidential, except through a breach
of this Agreement by the receiving party. (iv) is independently developed by the
receiving  party;  or  (v)  is  required  to  be  released by law or regulation,
provided  that  the  receiving  party  provide  prompt  written  notice  to  the
disclosing  party  of  such impending release, and the releasing party cooperate
fully  with  the  disclosing  party  to  minimize  such  release.

15.     TERM.  This  Agreement will be effective beginning on the Effective Date
and ending at the end of the last 'Term' specified in any Order Form accepted by
AboveNet, unless terminated as provided in Section 16 below.  Use of any Service
after the Term specified on the Order Form under which such Service was provided
will  constitute  Customer's  acceptance  of  AboveNet's  then  current standard
Agreement  and  the fee rates then in effect, but be terminable by AboveNet upon
notice.

16.     TERMINATION.

16.L    FOR  NONPAYMENT.  After  fifteen  (15)  days of non-payment from the due
date,  or  such  longer  period  as  AboveNet's  Billing  Terms & Conditions may
provide,  AboveNet  may  disable  Service.  To  re-enable Service, AboveNet will
require  a  reconnection  fee.  After  thirty  (30)  days of nonpayment from the
AboveNet  invoice  due date, or such longer period as AboveNet's Billing Terms &
Conditions  may  provide,  AboveNet  may  terminate  the  Service  permanently.
Termination  does  not  remove  Customer's  obligations  under  this  Agreement,
including  the  obligation  to pay all fees for Service until termination or due
for  a  committed,  initial  Term.

16.2    UNACCEPTABLE  USE;  BANKRUPTCY.  AboveNet  may  terminate  this
Agreement  upon  written  notice to Customer for violation of the Acceptable Use
Guidelines or Anti-Spam Policy or if Customer becomes the subject of a voluntary
petition  in  bankruptcy  or  any  voluntary  proceeding relating to insolvency,
receivership,  liquidation,  or  composition  for  the  benefit  of creditors or
becomes  the subject of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy or any involuntary
proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation, or composition for
the benefit of creditors, if such petition or proceeding is not dismissed within
sixty  (60)  days  of  filing.

16.3     FOR CAUSE. Either  party may terminate this Agreement if the other
party  materially  breaches any term or condition of this Agreement and fails to
cure  such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the
same,  except  in  the  case  of failure to pay fees which failure is subject to
Section  16.1  above  or  for  failure  to comply with AboveNet's Acceptable Use
Guidelines  or  Anti-SPAM  Policy  as  set  forth  in  Section  16.2.

16.4     NO  LIABILITY  FOR  TERMINATION.  Neither  party  will be liable to the
other for any termination or expiration of this Agreement in accordance with its
terms.  However,  expiration  or  termination  will  not  extinguish  claims  or
liability  (including,  without  limitation,  for payments due) arising prior to
such  expiration  or  termination.

16.5     EFFECT  OF  TERMINATION.  Upon  the  effective  date  of  expiration or
termination of this Agreement: (a) AboveNet will immediately cease providing the
Services,  (b)  any and all payment obligations of Customer under this Agreement
will become due immediately, including but not limited to Recurring Service Fees
through  the  end  of  the term indicated on the Order Form adjusted for the net
present  value  of  the  prospective payments; (c) within thirty (30) days after
such  expiration  or  termination,  each  party  will  return  all  Confidential
Information  of  the  other party in its possession at the time of expiration or
termination  and  will  not  make  or  retain  any  copies  of such Confidential
Information except as required to comply with any applicable legal or accounting
record  keeping  requirement:  and  (d)  Customer  will  remove  from AboveNet's
premises  all  Customer  Equipment  and  any  of  its other property on AboveNet
premises  within  ten  (10)  days of AboveNet's request (and only after Customer
receives  authorization from AboveNet as provided in Section 2.3) and return the
Co-location  Space  to  AboveNet  in  the  same  condition  as  it  was prior to
Customer's  installation.  If  Customer does not remove such property (or cannot
remove  such  property because of payments due to AboveNet) within such ten (10)
day  period,  then  AboveNet  may  move any and all such property to storage and
charge  Customer  for the cost of such removal and storage, without being liable
for  related  damages.  If Customer does not pay all amounts due to AboveNet and
remove  such  property from AboveNet premises or storage within thirty (30) days
of  such

Rev.  2.4  1             Page 6 of 8  ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC. CONFIDENTIAL
<PAGE>
AboveNet  request, AboveNet may liquidate the property in any reasonable manner,
without  being  liable  for  related  damages.

16.6     SURVIVAL.  The  following  provisions  will  survive  any expiration or
termination of the Agreement: Sections 1.3, 1.4, 2 (until all Customer Equipment
is  removed  from  the Co-location Space), 3, 4, 6, 8, 9.5-9.8, 10-13, 14 (for a
period  of  three  (3)  years),  16.4-16.6,  and  17.

17.     MISCELLANEOUS  PROVISIONS.

17.1     FORCE  MAJEURE.  Except  for the obligation to pay money, neither party
will be liable for any failure or delay in its performance under this Agreement,
or  for credits under Section 9, due to any cause beyond its reasonable control,
including  act  of war, acts of God, earthquake, flood, embargo, riot, sabotage,
labor shortage or dispute, governmental act or failure of the Internet, provided
that  the  delayed party: (a) gives the other party prompt notice of such cause,
and  (b) uses its reasonable commercial efforts to correct promptly such failure
or  delay  in  performance.

17.2     NO  LEASE.  This  Agreement is a services agreement and is not intended
to  and  will  not  constitute  a  lease  of  any real or personal property.  In
particular,  Customer acknowledges and agrees that Customer has not been granted
any  real property interest in the Co-location Space or other AboveNet premises,
and  Customer  has no rights as a tenant or otherwise under any real property or
landlord/tenant  laws,  regulations,  or  ordinances.

17.3     MARKETING.  Customer  agrees  that  AboveNet  may  refer to Customer by
trade  name  and  trademark,  and  may  briefly describe Customer's Business, in
AboveNet  marketing  materials  and web site.  Customer hereby grants AboveNet a
limited  license  to  use  any  Customer  trade  names  and trademarks solely in
connection  with  the  rights granted to AboveNet pursuant to this Section 17.3.
All  goodwill  associated  with  Customer's trade name and trademarks will inure
solely  to  Customer.  Customer  may  display  the  slogan 'Powered by AboveNet'
together with the AboveNet logo, or any other AboveNet trademark or service mark
or  logo,  on  Customer's web sites or marketing literature only after obtaining
AboveNet's  written approval on a case-by-case basis, and provided that Customer
abide by the AboveNet trademark guidelines and such other guidelines as AboveNet
may  provide  Customer.  All  goodwill  associated  with  AboveNet's trade name,
trademarks,  slogans  and  logos  will  inure  solely  to  AboveNet.

17.4     GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS.  Customer will not export, re-export, transfer,
or  make  available,  whether  directly  or  indirectly,  any  regulated item or
information to anyone outside the U.S. in connection with this Agreement without
first  complying  with  all  export  control  laws  and regulations which may be
imposed by the U.S. Government and any country or organization of nations within
whose  jurisdiction  Customer  operates  or  does  business.

17.5     ASSIGNMENT.  Neither party may assign its rights or delegate its duties
under  this  Agreement  either  in  whole  or  in part without the prior written
consent of the other party, except to a party that acquires substantially all of
the  assigning  party's assets or a majority of its stock as part of a corporate
merger  or  acquisition.  Any  attempted  assignment  or delegation without such
consent will be void.  This Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of each
party's  successors  and  permitted  assigns.

17.6     NOTICES.  Any  notice  or  communication  required  or permitted to be
given  hereunder  may  be  delivered  personally,  deposited  with  an overnight
courier, sent by confirmed facsimile, or mailed by registered or certified mail,
return  receipt  requested,  postage prepaid, in each case to the address of the
receiving  party first indicated above, or at such other address as either party
may  provide to the other by written notice.  Such notice will be deemed to have
been  given  as  of  the  date it is delivered, or five (5) days after mailed or
sent,  whichever  is  earlier.

17.7     RELATIONSHIP  OF  PARTIES.  AboveNet  and  Customer  are  independent
contractors  and  this  Agreement  will  not  establish  any  relationship  of
partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency between AboveNet and
Customer.  Neither  AboveNet  nor Customer will have the power to bind the other
or  incur  obligations  on  the other's behalf without the other's prior written
consent,  except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein.

     17.8 CHOICE OF LAW AND ARBITRATION.  This Agreement will be governed by and
construed  in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding its
conflict  of  laws principles.  Each party agrees to submit any and all disputes
concerning  this  Agreement,  if  not  resolved  between the parties, to binding
arbitration  under  one  (1)  neutral,  independent  and impartial arbitrator in
accordance  with  the  Commercial  Rules of the American Arbitration Association
("AAA")  provided, however, the arbitrator may not vary, modify or disregard any
of  the  provisions  contained  in this Section 17.8. The decision and any award
resulting  from  such  arbitration  shall  be

Rev.  2.4  1             Page 7 of 8  ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS, INC. CONFIDENTIAL
<PAGE>
final and binding.  The place of arbitration will be at AboveNet's offices.  The
arbitrator  is  not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages
and  each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover such damages with
respect  to  any  dispute  resolved  by arbitration.  Both parties shall equally
share  the fees of the arbitrator.  The language of arbitration will be English,
provided,  however  that  an  interpreter  may  be provided for any witness that
requires  an interpreter.  The costs of such interpretation will be borne by the
party  requesting the interpreter.  Any final decision or award from arbitration
under  this  Section  17.8 NO. I be in writing and reasoned.  The arbitrator may
award  attorney's  fees  to the prevailing party as determined by the arbitrator
with wide discretion considering both (I) which party bettered its position most
by  the  outcome of the Arbitration, and (II) that the parties intended that all
limitations  on  liability  would  be  enforced  by  the arbitrator.  Except for
attorney's  fees  as  the  arbitrator  may  award  as  provided  in the previous
sentence,  each  will  bear their own costs and expenses that are reasonable and
necessary  for  participating in arbitration under this Section 17.8. As part of
any  arbitration  conducted under this Section 17.8, each party may: (i) request
from  the  other party documents and other materials relevant to the dispute and
likely to bear on the issues in such dispute, (ii) conduct no more than five (5)
oral  depositions  each  of which will be limited to a maximum of seven hours in
testimony,  and  (iii)  propound  to  the  other  party no more than thirty (30)
written  interrogatories, answers to which the other party will give under oath.
All the dispute resolution proceedings contemplated in this Section 17.8 will be
as  confidential and private as permitted by law.  The parties will not disclose
the  existence,  content  or  results of any proceedings conducted in accordance
with  this  Section  17.8,  and  materials  submitted  in  connection  with such
proceedings  will  not  be admissible in any other proceeding, provided however,
that  this  confidentiality  provision  will not prevent a petition to vacate or
enforce  an  arbitration  award,  and shall not bar disclosures required by law.
The  parties  agree  that  any  decision  or award resulting from proceedings in
accordance  with  this Section 17.8 shall have no preclusive effect in any other
matter  involving  third  parties.  All  applicable  statutes  of limitation and
defenses  based  upon  the  passage  of time will be tolled while the procedures
specified  in this Section 17.8 are pending.  The parties will take such action,
if  any.  required to effectuate such tolling, The arbitration shall be governed
by  the  United  States Arbitration Act and judgement upon the award rendered by
the  arbitrator  may  be  entered  by  any  court  having  jurisdiction.

17.9     CHANGES  PRIOR  TO  EXECUTION.  Customer represent and warrants that it
made  no changes to this Agreement prior to providing this Agreement to AboveNet
for  its  acceptance and execution, and that AboveNet alone incorporated any and
all changes negotiated between, and accepted by, Customer and AboveNet into this
Agreement  or  into  an  addendum  executed  by  both  parties.

17.10     ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement,  together with the Order Form and
AboveNet  policies  referred  to  in  this  Agreement  represents  the  complete
agreement  and  understanding  of the parties with respect to the subject matter
herein,  and  supersedes  any other agreement or understanding, written or oral.
This  Agreement may be modified only through a written instrument signed by both
parties.  Both parties represent and warrant that they have full corporate power
and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and to perform their
obligations  under  this  Agreement  and that the person whose signature appears
above  is  duly  authorized  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  on  behalf of the
respective  party.  Should  any  terms  of  this  Agreement  be declared void or
unenforceable  by  any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such terms
will be amended to achieve as nearly as possible the same economic effect as the
original terms and the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.  If  a  conflict arises between Customer's purchase order terms and this
Agreement,  this Agreement shall take precedence.  In the case of international,
federal,  state  or  local  government  orders,  Customer's  purchase order must
contain  the following language: 'Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary
on  the  face  of this purchase order, attachments to this purchase order, or on
the  reverse  side of this purchase order, this purchase order is being used for
administrative  purposes  only,  and  this  purchase  order  is placed under and
subject  solely  to  the  terms and conditions of the AboveNet Network Agreement
executed  between  Customer  and  AboveNet.'

End  OF  ABOVENET  Internet  SERVICES  Agreement

Rev.  2  4  1         Page 8 of 8     ABOVENET COMMUNICATIONS. INC. CONFIDENTIAL
<PAGE>
50  WEST  SAN  FERNANDO  STREET  #1010  SAN JOSE CA 95113 TEL: 408-367-6666 FAX:
408-367-6688  HTTP:HWWW.ABOVE.NET

March  1,  1999

Christopher  McConn
Photoloft.com
300  Orchard  City  Drive
ste.  142
Campbell,  CA  95008

Dear  Christopher,

it  was  a pleasure speaking with you, and discussing your requirements, and our
Internet  Service  Exchange.  ABOVENET  is  pleased to present PHOTOLOFT.COM the
following  QUOTATION  OF  SERVICE for your mission critical, secured, co-located
business  server  application.  I  believe  that  AboveNet  is the best possible
choice  for  your  connectivity  solution  for  the  following  reasons:

          SUPPORT     AboveNet's  entire  support  focus  is  MISSION  CRITICAL
Co-location  service.
          BANDWIDTH     AboveNet  provides  non-stop,  non congestive GUARANTEED
BANDWIDTH.
          MAINTAINABILITY     AboveNet's pro-active, automated service reporting
and  ALERTING  SYSTEM.

          The 1.5 Mbps bandwidth included with your space is based upon 5 minute
averages  of  your  actual  usage,  then
          subjected  to  95" percentile adjustment. (Additional bandwidth beyond
the  1.5  Mbps  is  figured  this  way  also.)
          Here's  how  that  works:

          We  sample  your actual usage 5 minutes, we then average the total and
post  the  result  as  a  5  minute  usage  point  on  a
          5  minute  usage  point  on  your usage graph. Over the month, we will
continue  to  plot  the  5  minute  averages,  which
          total  about  8640 points plotted on the graph. We then take the top 5
percent  of  your  usage  (432  points)  and  throw  it
          out!  Your  usage is determined based upon the highest remaining usage
plotted.  If  your  usage  is  at  or  lower  than  5
          Mbps  AFTER  we've  taken  off  the  top  5%, you will not receive any
additional  billing.  Any  usage  over  the  minimum
          will  be  billed  at  the  appropriate  rate.

          You  are  automatically  placed on a burstable 1OOMbps link. You'll be
able  to  monitor  your  bandwidth  usage  to
          understand  exactly  what  your  usage  is.  At  the  beginning of the
following  month,  you  will  get  a  bill  for  actual  95t'
          percentile  usage.  If  you go over your base of 1.5 Mbps, and wish to
stay  on  the  burstable  link,  simply  pay  the  bill.
          If you want to remain at 1.5 Mbps, simply contact our customer service
department,  pay  your  agreed  upon  base,  and
          VOLI  will  be capped at 1.5 Mbps. Also, AboveNet will only charge for
traffic  one  way.

          This  method  of  billing  provides  you  with a number of advantages.
First,  any  usage  bursts  that  are  untypical  of  your
          bandwidth  requirements  are riot charged to you. Second, this equates
to  receiving  your  highest  36  hours  of
          bandwidth  usage free each month. Third, like our network, our billing
is  scaleable  -  the  cost  of  entry  is  reduced  and
          your  bill  will  only  increase  as  actual  bandwidth  usage occurs.

          AboveNet  appreciates  this  opportunity  to  be  of  service  to
Photoloft.com.  We  look  forward  to  a  long  lasting,
          mutually  beneficial  business  relationship.  Once you have read this
proposal,  please  contact  me  to  discuss  the
          details.

          Sincerely,


Todd  Mayo  408-367-6621  [email protected]

<PAGE>
            50  WEST  SAN FERNANDO STREET #1010 SAN JOSE CA 95113 Q M
            TEL: 408-367-6666 FAX: 408-367-6688  HTTP://WWW.ABOVE.NET

                                SUPPORT SERVICES

The  following  AboveNet  service  offerings  are  designed  to  cover  commonly
requested  support  needs  of  our  Network Operations Center (NOC).  Customized
support  plans  are  available  on  a  case  by  case  basis.

AUTOMATED  PRO-ACTIVE  SERVICE  (APST")  INCLUDED
Every 5 minutes your equipment will be pinged and probed (HTTP, FTP, SNTP, NNTP)
You  will  need  to  select  who will be notified and at what intervals.  A full
description  of  these  and our escalation procedures can be reviewed on our web
site  http://www.above.net/html/customer - services.html. At the time of install
your customer service representative will help you select the configuration that
best  suits  your  requirements.

REMOTE  HANDS  LEVEL  1  INCLUDED
This  service  is  provided  at  no  additional  cost,  involves  the most basic
activities  of  an AboveNet 24x7 on-duty staff performed with "eyes", "ears" and
"fingers",  but  without involvement of tools or equipment.  Examples of Level I
services  would  include:  pushing  a  button, switching a toggle, setting a dip
switch,  power  cycling  (turning  on  and  off)  equipment, securing cabling to
connections,  observing,  describing or reporting on indicator lights or display
information on machines or consoles basic observation and reporting on the local
environment  in  AboveNet's  Premises  running  single,  built  in  diagnostics
equipment  typing  commands  on  a keyboard cable organization, ties or labeling
modifying  basic  cable  layout,  such  as  Ethernet connections labeling or/and
re-labeling  equipment installation of newly or previously received equipment in
rack  space.

REMOTE  HANDS  LEVEL  2  OPTIONAL  $125/HOUR
Provided  for  a  fee,  this  service  involves all the service of level 1, plus
direct  contact  with  equipment  configuration, including hardware and software
interaction.  Upon  request,  AboveNet  will provide the Customer with a list of
AboveNet's  3rd party partners for advanced service requirement.  Please contact
[email protected]  for  details.  Examples  of  Level  2 services would include:
replacing  hardware  components  with spares or upgrades adding memory upgrading
drive  capacity  by  installation  of  new  or additional disk drives install or
re-install  legal  software

REMOTE  POWER  CYCLE  FOR  REBOOT  OPTIONAL  $15/MONTH
From time to time many servers require reboot after a notification of a problem.
You can call and have the tech support team re-boot your server, or with a Power
Cycle  Port,  you  can  have  Remote  power  reset  activated  with  a Web based
interface.  By  using  this  feature,  you  will be able to reboot remotely.  In
addition,  if  designated,  the PPS will automatically reboot your system when a
malfunction  is  detected.

TAPE  BACK  UP  OPTIONAL  $100/MONTH
AboveNet  can  facilitate daily tape backup of your equipment, To take advantage
of  this  service, the equipment must have its own tape drive and be accompanied
by a set of tapes.  Before installation of the server, configure the software to
back  up  files  to  be  saved  every  day.  When  the  server arrives, AboveNet
personnel  will verify that backups are operating correctly.  AboveNet personnel
will  change  the  tape  in  your  backup  unit and retrieve archived tapes when
needed.

DNS  ADMINISTRATION  OPTIONAL  $50/DOMAIN  See:  http://www.above.net/htmi/ip
and_dns.html  Most  customers  administer  their  own DNS (Domain Name Service),
however we can administer this for a fee.  As names are added or deleted, notify
NOC  by  E-mail.  You  will be responsible to notify InterNic of the transfer of
the  account  to  AboveNet.

SECONDARY  DNS  SERVICE  OPTIONAL  $]O/DOMAIN
Customer  must create name entry first before submitting to InterNic hostmaster.
Customer  must  "cc"  the  domain  name  registration/modification  request  to
"[email protected]". Changes to DNS records will be handled by AboveNet as required.
Incorrectly  registered  domains  will  be  deleted.

TELCO  SERVICES  AND  REMOTE  ACCESS  OPTIONAL
AboveNet  will, assist in co-ordination of the provisioning of telco services to
support  your  co-location  remote  access.  Ordering  of  and payment for Telco
services  connected  to  equipment  owned  by  will  be  your  responsibility.

<PAGE>
               50 WEST SAN FERNANDO STREET #1010 SAN JOSE CA 95113
             TEL: 408-367-6666 FAX: 408-367-6688 HTTP:HWWW.ABOVE.NET

MARCH  15,1998
QUOTATION  OF  SERVICE

FOR:  PHOTOLOFT.COM

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SERVICE ACTIVATION CHARGES:
- ---------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE                               UNITS COST OF SERVICE  EXTENSION
<S>                                                  <C>                    <C>
Above Net Asymmetric Allocation of Packets (ASAPTM)               lncl.
Bandwidth on Demand Feature                                       Incl.
Automated Pro-Active service (APSTM)                              Incl.
Primary & Secondary DNS service                           2       Incl.
IP Address                                                2       Incl.
Daily Tape Back-up                                        1     $100.00       $100.00
Remote Access through leased line                         0     $250.00
Installation I ('@ Rack Cage)                             1  $ 2,500.00     $2,500.00
TOTAL (ONE TIME)                                                            $2,600.00
</TABLE>

MONTHLYSERVICE  RATES-  100  MB  S  ETHERNET  SEGMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>
DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE                        UNITS COST OF SERVICE EXTENSION
Remote Hands Level I                          incl.
1.5 Mbps of Bandwidth usage (95" Percentile)  incl.
Additional bandwidth usage per Kbps                          f. 00-.90
Amps of Clean 120V AC Power                   TBD            $   20.00
Additional Power per Amp                                     $   20.00
Daily Tape Back Up                                        1  $100.00 $100.00
Remote Access through Leased Line                         0  $   50.00
Power Cycle for Remote Reboot                             0  $   15.00
Shelf Space 1 (3 Rack Cage)                               1  $4,500.00  $4,500.00
                                                        TOTAL (MONTHLY)
                                                             $4,600.00
</TABLE>

ADDITIONAL  BANDWIDTH
1-2  Mbps  $1.30  per  Kbps
- ---------------------------
2-4  Mbps  $1.20  per  Kbps
- ---------------------------
4-10  Mbps  $1.10  per  Kbps
- ----------------------------
10-20  Mbps  $1.00  per  Kbps
- -----------------------------
Over  20  Mbps$.95  per  Kbps
- -----------------------------

TOTAL  AMOUNTS  DUE  UPON  SIGNING:
- -----------------------------------
TOTAL  SERVICE  ACTIVATION  $2,600.00
FIRST  MONTH'S  SERVICE     $4,600.00
LAST  MONTH'S  SERVICE      $4,600.00
TOTAL:                      $11,800.00
TERM:  1  YEAR


SERVICE  ORDER  AUTHORIZED BY: Print Name     Chris McConn Title V.P Engineering
                                              ------------ ---------------------
Company:  PhotoLoft.com
Signature:  s.  Chris  McConn               Date:  3/15/99_____________________
- -----------------------------               -----------------------------------
(signature  executes  this  Service  Order)  SERVICES AND PRICES ARE TO ABOVENET
SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTIFICATION. QUOTE VALID FOR
30  DAYS.

Quote  prepared  by:  Todd  Mayo  Tel:  408-367-6621  Fax:  408-367-6688 E-mail:
[email protected]
- ---------------

PAYMENT  INFORMATION
- --------------------

     Charge                              Invoice                         Other


Credit  Card  #      Expiration  Date
- -------------------  ----------------
Name  on  Card       visa                 Amex                 Mastercard
- -------------------  ------------------------------------------------------
Card  Holder's Card
- -------------------
Signature

<PAGE>



                  COWABUNGA RECIPCAL WEB SITE LINKING AGREEMENT

     This  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") entered into this ___ day of April, 1999
("Effective  Date"),  by  and  between Cowabunga Enterprises Inc, a wholly owned
subsidiary  of  Gateway  2000  Inc.,  ("Cowabunga"),  having  an  office  at 610
Gateway  Drive,  N.  Sioux  City,  SD  57049  and  PhotoLoft.com,  Inc. a Nevada
corporation,  having  an office at  300 Orchard City Drive, Suite 142, Campbell,
CA  95008  ("Provider").

     In  consideration  of  the  mutual promises and covenants herein contained,
Cowabunga  and  Provider  agree  as  follows:

1.     This  Web  Linking  Agreement ("Agreement") shall take effect on the date
set  forth above and shall remain in effect until sooner terminated as set forth
in  this  Agreement.

2.     Provider hereby grants to Cowabunga during the term of this Agreement the
worldwide,  non-exclusive,  non-transferable  license,  subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, to establish one or more hyperlinks ("Link(s)") to
the  Provider's  URL http://www.photoloft.com/gatewaynet and from Provider's URL
to  gateway.net's  URL:  http://www.gateway.net,("Site")  under  the  guidelines
provided  by  Cowabunga.

2.1     Provider  acknowledges  and  agrees that its use of the Link will comply
with  the  Logo  and Distribution Guidelines provided by Cowabunga.  If Provider
makes a new release of the Link or component thereof, then: the Link will comply
with  the  Logo and Distribution Guidelines provided by Cowabunga.  If Cowabunga
utilizes  Provider's  icon  or brand features to indicate the location(s) of the
Links,  then  Provider  further  grants to Cowabunga a worldwide, non-exclusive,
non-transferable  license  to  use, reproduce, distribute and display Provider's
icon  or brand features solely for the purpose of indicating the location of the
Link(s),  as  set  forth  above.

2.2     Cowabunga may display Provider's icon or brand features to establish one
or  more  Links,  provided  that  set-up  fee  is  timely  paid.

2.3  Cowabunga  may not use or modify the Provider's icon, brand features, marks
or  logos  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  Provider.

3.      Inclusion  of  Link.  During the term of this agreement, Cowabunga shall
designate  the  Provider's  Site  Link  on  the  Site  in  the Travel and Family
category.

3.1     Within  30  days  following  the  completion  of  each calendar quarter,
Provider  shall  submit  to  Cowabunga  a  report  setting  forth  the number of
end-users  that  accessed  the  Provider's  Site pursuant to Section 2 above and
Provider  shall  pay  Cowabunga  the  amounts due pursuant to Section 3.6 above.

3.2     Neither  Cowabunga  nor  Provider make any representations(s) of fact or
opinion  or  promises  to  each  other  with  respect  to anticipated or minimum
commercial  activity,  revenues,  customer volume or other tangible results from
their  respective  activities  under  this  Agreement.

3.3     Cowabunga shall have the right to audit Providers' books and records, no
more  than  twice  per  year  to  determine revenue due and owing.  If errors in
payments  resulting  from the audit are greater than five percent (5%), Provider
agrees  to  pay  for all the costs of the audit.  Cowabunga shall not engage the
auditors  under  a  contingency  fee  basis.

3.4     Cowabunga will offer its users a Free Premium Account.  This has a value
of  $29.95  and entitles the user to 50Mbytes of disk space for image storage on
Providers  site  and password protection of the users on-line photo albums for a
period  of  one  year.

                          Web Link Agreement -1
<PAGE>
3.5     Provider  will create a co-branded site with a unique Cowabunga entrance
page that will contain the Cowabunga logo and branding information on each page.

3.6     Provider  will  share 10% of the page view advertising revenue generated
from  the Cowabunga co-branded site. All advertising revenue sharing is based on
net  income  received  by  Provider  after  allowances are made for commissions,
agency  fees,  and  any  other  fees.

3.7  Cowabunga  will feature the Free Premium Account offer to its customer base
in  the  following manner a) list the special offer in the Special Offer section
of  the  gateway.net web page, c) display Providers logo and link information in
the  family  and  travel  sections  of  the  Cowabunga  site.

4.     Neither  Cowabunga,  its  officers,  directors  or  employees may be held
liable  for  any  damages  suffered  or  incurred  by  Provider  arising  out of
Cowabunga's failure to display Provider's icon or brand features, or Cowabunga's
failure  to  display  Provider's  icon  or  brand features within a certain time
period.

5.     Neither  party  will be liable for any failure to perform any obligations
hereunder, or from any delay in the performance hereof, due to causes beyond its
control.

6.     EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES,
CONDITIONS,  GUARANTIES  OR REPRESENTATIONS AS TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR  PURPOSE  OR  OTHER  WARRANTIES,  CONDITIONS,  GUARANTIES  OR
REPRESENTATIONS,  WHETHER  EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED,  IN  LAW OR IN FACT, ORAL OR IN
WRITING.

7.     Under  no  circumstances will either party, or their respective officers,
directors  or  employees  be  liable  for any indirect, special or consequential
damages  with  respect  to the provision of the Provider's Content to Cowabunga,
including  lost  profits  regardless  of  whether  such  damages could have been
foreseen  or  prevented  by  either  party.

9.     Notwithstanding  any  provision  contained  herein to the contrary, in no
event  will  the aggregate liability of Cowabunga or its officers, directors and
employees  to  Provider  for  damages, direct or otherwise, arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement exceed $1,000.00, regardless of the cause or form
of  action.

10.     Provider  will  indemnify,  defend  and hold Cowabunga and its officers,
directors  and  employees  harmless from and against any claim, suit, action, or
other  proceeding  and  all damages resulting from or arising out of claims that
any  of  the  Provider's  icon  or  brand  features  infringes any United States
trademark  right  of  any third party or breach of representation or warranty of
Provider  contained  herein.

11.     Term;  Termination.

11.1  Term.  This  Agreement will remain in effect for a period of one year from
the  date  hereof  and shall automatically renew for successive one-year periods
unless  terminated by either party upon written notice at least 30 days prior to
expiration  of  the  then  current  term.

11.2  Automatic  Immediate  Termination.  This  Agreement shall be automatically
terminated immediately upon either party becoming the subject of any bankruptcy,
liquidation,  receivership  or similar proceedings, making an assignment for the
benefit  of  its  creditors,  or becoming unable to pay its debts as they become
due.

11.3     Termination  for Non-compliance of Linking Policies.  Without prejudice
to  any other rights or remedies available at law non-breaching party demands in
writing (email included) or in equity, either party may terminate this Agreement
at  any  time  if the other party does not comply with the terms and policies in
this Agreement and does not cure its breach within five (5) days after notice do
so.

                          Web Link Agreement -2
<PAGE>
11.4     Cowabunga  may  terminate  the Agreement on thirty (30) days notice for
any  reason.

12.     Nothing  will  be  deemed  to  limit  or  restrict  either  party  from
entering into agreements with any other person-covering establishment of branded
Links similar to Provider's or to Cowabunga's Site or from offering such similar
Links  itself.

13.     Neither  party  will  make  or  issue  any  press statement or publicity
regarding  the  terms  of  this  Agreement.

14.     The  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  considered
confidential  and  shall  not  be  disclosed to any third parties except to such
party's  accountants  or  attorneys  or  except  as  otherwise  required by law.

15.     This  Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties regarding
the  subject  matter  hereof.

16.     This  Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws  of  the  State  of  New  York.

17.     All  notices,  requests  and other communications to any party hereunder
will  be  in writing and will be given to such party at its address set forth in
this  Agreement.

18.     Neither party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties
under  this  Agreement  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  other.

19.     There is no joint venture, partnership, agency or fiduciary relationship
existing  between  the  parties and the parties do not intend to create any such
relationship  by  this  Agreement.

20.     This  Agreement  may  not  be  amended,  modified  or  superseded unless
expressly  agreed  to  in  writing  by  both  parties.

21.     If  any  provision  or  term  of  this  Agreement is held to be invalid,
illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality  and enforceability of the
remainder  of  this  Agreement  will  not  be  affected.

22.     The  provisions  of  Paragraphs 5 through 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 21
and  22  shall  survive  the  termination  of  this  Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be duly
executed  by  their  respective duly authorized offices or representatives as of
the  date  and  year  first  above  written.


Cowabunga:                          Provider:



By:  __________________________     By:  __________________________
     Name:                               Name:
     Title:                              Title:

                          Web Link Agreement -3
<PAGE>

                                 ADSMART NETWORK
                            REPRESENTATION AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------

     THIS REPRESENTATION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made on this 26th day of
April,  1999  (the "Effective Date"), by and between ADSMART NETWORK ("ADSMART")
with  its  principal  place  of  business  located at 100 Brickstone Square, 5th
Floor,  Andover,  MA  01810  and  PHOTOLOFT.COM, INC. ("PLI") with its principal
place of business located at 300 Orchard City Dr. Suite 142, Campbell, CA 95008.

     NOW  THEREFORE,  for  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby  acknowledged,  ADSmart and PLI agree to the
following:

1.     ADSMART  RESPONSIBILITIES.

(a)     Representation.  ADSmart  will  provide advertising sales representation
        --------------
and     consultation  services  (collectively  the "Representation Services") on
behalf  of  PLI's  web  site(s)  (the  "Website")  set  forth  in  Attachment  A
("Attachment  A")  and  made  a part of this Agreement.  In connection with such
Representation  Services, ADSmart shall actively promote the Website and solicit
advertising  for  the  Website.  Any and all advertising shall be subject to the
approval  of  PLI  in  its  absolute  and  unfettered  discretion.

(b)     Exclusivity.  ADSmart  is  appointed  the exclusive sales representative
        -----------
for PLI for the Initial Term and all Renewal Terms of this Agreement, as defined
below

(c)     Management  Services.  ADSmart  will  provide  the  following management
        --------------------
services  ("Management  Services"):

     (i)  Collect  advertising  creative  ("Creative")  from  advertisers  or ad
          agencies ("Advertisers") that will be displayed on the Website.

     (ii) Provide pipeline reports (the "Pipeline Reports") every two (2) weeks,
          which  outline  advertising  schedule,   including  costs,  number  of
          impressions and outstanding proposals to Advertisers.

     (iii)Update  PLI on the  progress  and demand of the  Internet  advertising
          marketplace.

     (iv) Consult with PLI on marketing and advertising opportunities.

(d)     Ad  Serving  &  Tracking.
        ------------------------

          (i) Banners.  PLI will utilize banner serving through  ADSmart.  There
              -------
     will be no charge by  ADSmart  for this  service  (Subject  to  section  2F
     below).  ADSmart  shall have  exclusive  control  of the  banner  inventory
     allocated to ADSmart by PLI and ADSmart  shall have  reasonable  discretion
     over the content and nature of the banners that can be sold to cover banner
     serving and bandwidth cost.  ADSmart will not run any advertising  campaign
     on the Website,  which PLI reasonably  determines to be offensive to PLI or
     its customers or inconsistent with PLI's editorial policy.




<PAGE>
Promotional  campaigns  and/or  sponsorships shall not be included in the banner
inventory  allocated  to  ADSmart.

          (ii)  Specific  Requests.  If PLI requests  specific  paid or non-paid
                ------------------
     campaigns to be placed on the banner spots allocated to ADSmart,  PLI shall
     pay ADSmart $.55 net per thousand  impressions,  for paid or non-paid  open
     inventory banner serving, auditing and reporting.  ADSmart will deduct fees
     for banner serving from checks being sent to PLI for  advertising  revenue.
     If PLI requests banners to be served for its own internal  purposes,  using
     the cost listed above, the amount of banner impressions will not exceed ten
     percent (10%) of the monthly banner inventory allocated to ADSmart by PLI.

(f)     Guarantee
        ---------
ADSmart guarantees that it will sell 100% of PLI's allocated banner inventory at
a minimum $2.00 gross CPM.

2.     PLI'S  RESPONSIBILITIES.

(a)     Impressions.  PLI  will  allocate  a  minimum  of  one-  (1)  million
        -----------
impressions  ("Impressions")  per  month  to  ADSmart.  (IMPRESSION-shall mean a
                                                         -----------
single  viewing  of  a  web  asset,  such  as  an  ad  banner or HTML document.)
Impressions  shall  be  a  cross  section  of  all  available Impressions on the
Website.  PLI  will  make  reasonable  efforts  to  ensure  that the Impressions
committed  to  ADSmart are available and notify ADSmart immediately in the event
that  any  major  decrease  in  Impressions  is  foreseen.

(b)     Website Information.  Upon execution of this Agreement, PLI will provide
        -------------------
ADSmart  with the following information: available demographic and psychographic
(interest  and  behavioral)  information  regarding  Website  audience,  Website
description  by  section,  advertising  and sponsorship opportunities, technical
specifications  relating  to  advertising,  marketing  information,  and contact
information.  PLI agrees to keep all information provided to ADSmart current and
will  advise  ADSmart  on  new  opportunities  with its Website and new services
offered  by  PLI.

(c)     Tracking.  PLI will provide ADSmart with a detailed inventory projection
        --------
analysis     of  the  Website's  traffic, including visitor and page view totals
for  its  primary     sections.

(d)     Editorial  Policy.  PLI  will provide ADSmart with its Website editorial
        -----------------
policy.

(e)     Fulfillment of Advertising Campaigns.  PLI shall use its best efforts to
        ------------------------------------
fulfill  all     advertising  campaigns  obtained by ADSmart in a timely manner,
including  but  not     limited  to  fulfilling  estimated  impressions.

(f)     In-House Sales.ADSmart acknowledges that PLI's in-house sales force will
        ---------------
continue  its  advertising  sales  efforts  concurrently with this agreement and
ADSmart  and  PLI agree to work together to prevent duplication of sales efforts


<PAGE>
and  to  inform  the other of targeted advertisers.  To facilitate this process,
PLI  shall  provide  ADSmart  with  a  report every month or more often in PLI's
discretion,  which  contains  the same information provided by ADSmart to PLI in
ADSmart's  Pipeline  Report.

(g)     Advertiser  Exclusions.  ADSmart  shall not pursue any Advertiser listed
        ----------
on  Attachment  B  ("Attachment  B")  and  made  a  part  of  this  Agreement.

3.     MARKETING  MATERIAL

(a)     Highlighting  and  Approval.  ADSmart  will highlight the Website in its
        ---------------------------
World     Wide  Web  site  on the Internet located at www.adsmart.net and within
                                                      ---------------
its media     kit.  PLI will have the right to review in advance and approve the
final  version  of  the  media  kit.

(b)     Marketing  Materials.  PLI  agrees  and  acknowledges  that  ADSmart may
        --------------------
market  and  promote  the  Website to potential Advertisers, by such means as it
deems  appropriate,  including,  without limitation, listing the in directories,
trade  publications,  ADSmart  proposals  and presentations, advertisements, and
other  promotional  opportunities.

(c)     Promotional  Material.  PLI  agrees  to  provide ADSmart with reasonable
        ---------------------
amounts  of  PLI's  promotional  materials.

(d)     Press Releases.  Both parties must approve in writing all press releases
        --------------
or announcements referring to any ADSmart/PLI agreement before they are released
to  the  press  or  any  third  party.

(e)     Registry as Agent.  PLI authorizes  ADSmart Network to register as PLI's
        -----------------
agent  in  all  relevant  periodicals,  directories, and other marketing sources
identified  by  ADSmart  and  approved in advance by PLI within the scope of and
during  the  Initial  Term  and  all  Renewal  Terms  of  this  Agreement.

4.     COMPENSATION.  For  the  Representation  Services and Management Services
provided  by  ADSmart,  PLI  agrees  to pay ADSmart a thirty-five- (35%) percent
commission  on  all  net  advertising revenues invoiced and collected by ADSmart
arising  out of the advertisements placed upon the Website by ADSmart during the
term  of  this  Agreement,  less  credits,  refunds  and  sales  or  use  taxes.

5.     BILLING.
       --------

(a)     Collection.  ADSmart  will  invoice  and collect all advertising revenue
        -----------
from  Advertisers  solicited  by  ADSmart  on  behalf  of  PLI.

(b)     Billing.    Billing by ADSmart is calculated using gross invoice amount,
        -------
equal  to CPM in  effect  at the  time  of  signature  of the  insertion  Order,
multiplied by the number of Impressions  delivered divided by one thousand.  The
net invoice  amount is the gross  invoice  amount  less a 15% agency  commission
(where  applicable).  The invoice sent by ADSmart to the Advertiser will include
both a gross invoice amount and the net invoice amount in applicable situations.



<PAGE>
ADSmart  shall  pay  PLI  the  amount  for each campaign calculated from the net
invoice  amount  billed to the Advertiser (i.e., the amount that we are actually
due  to receive from the Advertiser), less ADSmart's Commission, as set forth in
Section  4  above.

(c)     Reports.  ADSmart  will  provide  written  details  of ADSmart generated
        -------
activity  on  the  Website.  These reports will, at a minimum, summarize (i) the
ADSmart  ad  campaigns  that  ran  and  how  long  they  ran, (ii) the number of
Impressions  delivered.

(d)     Payment.  ADSmart  shall  remit  amounts  due to PLI within fifteen (15)
        -------
business  days from the date of receipt of payment or within one hundred, twenty
(120)  days  from  the  end  of  the  campaign,  whichever  occurs  first

6.     CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION.  "Confidential  Information"  means  all
       --------------------------
information  identified  in  written  or  oral format by the Disclosing Party as
confidential, trade secret or proprietary information, and, if disclosed orally,
summarized  in  written  format  within  thirty  (30)  days  of  disclosure.
Confidential  Information  shall  also  include the terms and conditions of this
Agreement.  "Disclosing Party" is the party disclosing Confidential Information.
"Receiving  Party"  is  the  party  receiving  Confidential  Information.  The
Receiving  Party  shall not use the Confidential Information except to carry out
the  purposes of this Agreement, or disclose the Confidential Information to any
third  party  other than persons in the direct employ of the Receiving Party who
have  a  need  to  have  access to and knowledge of the Confidential Information
solely  for  the  purpose  authorized  above.  Each party shall take appropriate
measures  by  instruction and agreement prior to disclosure to such employees to
assure  against  unauthorized use or disclosure.  The Receiving Party shall have
no obligation with respect to information which (i) was rightfully in possession
of  or  known  to  the Receiving Party without any obligation of confidentiality
prior  to  receiving  it  from  the  Disclosing  Party; (ii) is, or subsequently
becomes,  legally and publicly available without breach of this Agreement; (iii)
is  rightfully  obtained  by  the  Receiving  Party from a source other than the
Disclosing Party without any obligation of confidentiality; or (iv) is disclosed
by  the  Receiving  Party  under  a valid order created by a court or government
agency,  provided  that the Receiving Party provides prior written notice to the
Disclosing  Party  of  such  obligation  and  the  opportunity  to  oppose  such
disclosure.  Upon  written  demand  of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party
shall  cease  using  the  Confidential  Information  and return the Confidential
Information  and  all  copies, notes or extracts thereof to the Disclosing Party
within  seven  (7)  days  of  receipt  of  notice.

7.     PLI'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.PLI represents and warrants that (i)
       -------------------------------------
it  has  full  power  and  authority  to  enter  into  this Agreement, (ii) this
Agreement  does not conflict with any other agreement or commitment made by PLI,
(iii)  it  shall  not  do  anything to harm or bring into disrepute or disparage
ADSmart  or  any Advertiser, (iv) the Website is year 2000 compliant, and (v) it
will  use  best  efforts to provide its services in accordance with the terms of
this  Agreement  and  in  accordance  with  industry  standards.



<PAGE>
8.     ADSMART'S  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  ADSmart  represents  and
       --------------------------------------------
warrants  that (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement,
(ii)  this  Agreement  does  not conflict with any other agreement or commitment
made  by ADSmart, (iii) it shall not do anything to harm or bring into disrepute
or  disparage  PLI, and (iv) it will use best efforts to provide its services in
accordance  with  the  terms  of  this Agreement and in accordance with industry
standards.

9.     WARRANTV DISCLAIMER.EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
       --------------------
PROVIDED  IN  THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY
EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED  WITH  RESPECT  TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION,  NETWORK FAILURES, THIRD-PARTY AD SERVING DIFFICULTIES, THE SOFTWARE
PROGRAMS,  SERVICES  PROVIDED  HEREUNDER,  OR  ANY  OUTPUT  OR  RESULTS THEREOF.
ADSMART  SPECIFICALLY  DISCLAIMS  ANY  IMPLIED  WARRANTY  OF  MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS  FOR  A  PARTICULAR  PURPOSE.

10.     INDEMNIFICATION.   Each party agrees  to  indemnify,  defend,  and  hold
        ----------------
harmless  the  other  party, and its successors, officers, directors, employees,
agents  and assigns, from and against any and all third party actions, causes of
action, claims, demands, costs, liabilities, expenses and damages arising out of
or  in  connection  with  any  claim  which,  if  true, would be a breach of the
warranties, representations, and covenants set forth in this Agreement.  ADSmart
is  not a party to and has no liability for any and all problems which may arise
in  connection  with  the  Website,  including,  without  limitation, failure to
fulfill  an  advertising  insertion order obtained as part of the Representation
Services.

11.     LIMITATION  OF  LIABILITY.  Expect  as set forth in paragraphs 6 and 10,
ADSmart's total liability arising out of this Agreement or the services provided
hereunder,  whether  based  on  contract,  tort  or  otherwise, shall not exceed
commissions  paid  to  ADSmart  for ad campaigns run on PLI's behalf or $50,000,
whichever  is  less.  PLI's total liability arising out of this Agreement or the
services provided hereunder, whether based on contract, tort or otherwise, shall
not  exceed  revenues received from ADSmart for ad campaigns run on PLI's behalf
or  $50,000,  whichever  is  less.

12.     EXCLUSION  OF  DAMAGES.  IN  NO  EVENT  SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR
SPECIAL,  INDIRECT,  INCIDENTAL,  OR  CONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED  TO,  LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE, OR LOSS OF PROFITS ARISING HEREUNDER OR
FROM  THE PROVISION OF SERVICES, INCLUDING ADVERTISING ON PLI'S WEBSITE, EVEN IF
ADVISED  OF  THE  POSSIBILITY  OF  SUCH  DAMAGES.

13.     TERM  AND  TERMINATION.
        -----------------------

(a)     Basic  Provisions.  This  Agreement  shall  have a term of one year (the
        -----------------
 .'Term") and shall automatically renew for periods of one year thereafter (each,
a

<PAGE>
"Renewal  Term"), unless either party provides sixty (60) days written notice of
their  intent  to  terminate  the  Agreement  immediately  prior to any renewal.

(b)     Minimum  Term.  After an initial term of ninety- (90) days, either party
        --------------
may  terminate  this  Agreement at the end of ninety (90) days with thirty- (30)
days-advanced  written  notice.

(c)     Breach  and  Cure.  In  the  event a party is given notice that it is in
        -----------------
material  breach     of  this  agreement,  it  shall  have thirty (30) days from
receipt  to  cure its breach     in all material respects.  On the failure so to
cure,  the  non-breaching  party  may terminate this agreement.  In the event of
termination  pursuant to this section, all revenue due PLI (minus all ad-serving
fees  &  compensations  due  ADSmart)  prior  to  termination  will  be  paid in
accordance  with  this  Agreement.

(d)     Content.  ADSmart  may, in its sole discretion, decide to terminate this
        -------
Agreement  immediately  if  ADSmart  feels  that  continuing  to represent PLI's
Website  conflicts with ADSmart's standards and the standards being set by other
websites in ADSmart's network.  Examples of this include: pornography, excessive
violence,  abusive  and/or foul language, or a pattern of neglect on the Website
such  that  it  appears  PLI  is  not updating it regularly, or has abandoned it
altogether.

(e)     For  a  period  of three- (3) months following the expiration or earlier
termination  of  this  agreement,  ADSmart  shelf continue to be entitled to its
commission  for  advertising  revenue  generated  from  any  and all advertisers
initially obtained by ADSmart.  Except as set forth in this agreement, PLI shall
have  no  other  liability to ADSmart whatsoever and shall not be liable for any
damages  or  losses  to  ADSmart resulting from the expiration or termination of
this  agreement.

14.     NON-COMPETITION.The  Parties  agree that during the Initial Term and all
        ----------------
Renewal Terms of this Agreement and for a period of six (6) months following the
expiration  or  earlier termination of this Agreement, a Party shall not solicit
the  services of any employee of the other Party, including, without limitation,
as a full or part-time employee or independent contractor unless such person has
left  the  employment  of  a  Party and formed his or her own business.  In such
case,  Party  shall  have  the  right  to  hire  such  person  as  a consultant.

15.     MISCELLANEOUS.  Sections 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 13(d), 14 and 15
        --------------
shall  survive  expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.  Nothing in
this  Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership or joint venture between
the  parties  and  neither ADSmart nor PLI shall hold itself out as the agent of
the  other, except for that specified in this Agreement.  Neither party shall be
liable  to the other for delays or failures in performance resulting from causes
beyond the reasonable control of that party, including, but not limited to, acts
of  God, labor disputes or disturbances, material shortages or rationing, riots,
acts  of  war,  governmental  regulations, communication or utility failures, or
casualties.  Any  notice required or permitted to be given by either party under
this  Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by
a  reputable  overnight  mail service (e.g., Federal Express), or by first class
mail  (certified  or  registered).  Failure  by  either  party  to  enforce  any
provision of this Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of future enforcement of
that or any other provision.  Any waiver, amendment or other modification of any
provision  of  this Agreement will be effective only if in writing and signed by
the  parties.  If  for  any  reason  a court of competent jurisdiction finds any
provision of this Agreement to be unenforceable, that provision of the Agreement
will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible so as to effect the intent of
the parties, and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and
effect.  This  agreement shall be interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth
of  Massachusetts,  and  the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  including  the federal courts
located  there.  Headings  used in this Agreement are for ease of reference only
and  shall  not  be  used  to  interpret  any  aspect  of  this Agreement.  This
Agreement, including all attachments which are incorporated herein by reference,
constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter  hereof,  and  supersedes  and  replaces  all  prior  and contemporaneous
understandings  or  agreements,  written or oral, regarding such subject matter.
Neither  ADSmart  nor  its  agents,  if  any,  is  a franchise, partner, broker,
employee,  servant  or  agent  of  PLI.  Each  is an independent contractor with
respect  to  its  right  s  and  obligations  under  this  agreement.


IN  WITNESS OF THE FOREGOING, the parties have caused the Agreement to be signed
as  of  the  Effective  Date  set  forth  above.


ADSMART  NETWORK                             PHOTOLOFT.COM

BY:  /S/  JEFF  EISENBERG                    BY:  /S/  JACK  MARSHALL
                                                  ------------------

NAME:  JEFF  EISENBERG                       NAME:  JACK  MARSHALL

TITLE:  VP,  BUSINESS  DEVELOPMENT           TITLE:  PRESIDENT

DATE:  APRIL  26,  1999                      DATE:  4/29/99





<PAGE>
                                  ATTACHMENT A

     This  Attachment  dated  April  26,  1999  supersedes  any previous drafted
Attachment  A.
     Representation  by  ADSmart  for  PLI  includes  the  following Website(s):
Site  Name  -

     http://www.i)hotoloft.com
     -------------------------

     plus  Co-Branded  photoloft.com  sites  -










<PAGE>
                                  ATTACHMENT B

     This  Attachment  dated  April  26,  1999  supersedes  any previous drafted
Attachment  B.

     ADSmart  is  not to contact any of the following accounts on behalf of PLI,
unless  PLI  formally  notifies  ADSmart  in  writing:


Competitors:
- ------------

Kodak
PhotoPoint
PhotoNet
Live  Pictures
Zing
Photo  Highway
Club  Photo







<PAGE>

                               PHOTOLOFT.COM, INC.

                         CO-BRANDED MARKETING AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is made this ____5/3/99_________________ (the "Effective Date")
between  Tribal  Voice,  a California corporation, having a place of business at
One Victor Square, Scotts Valley, CA 95066 ("Partner"), and PhotoLoft.com, Inc.,
a  California  corporation  having a place of business at 300 Orchard City Drive
Suite#142,  Campbell,  California  95008  ("PhotoLoft.com").

1.0     INTENT:  PhotoLoft.com  offers certain proprietary software and services
        -------
for  creation,  maintenance  and storage of on-line digital photo albums via its
PhotoLoft.com  web  site  (the "Service").  PhotoLoft.com and Tribal Voice, Inc.
desire  to  provide the Service to Partner's customers through the creation of a
Co-Branded  PhotoLoft.com site on PhotoLoft.com's server (having the URL address
http://www.photoloft.com/tribalvoice  ("Co-Branded  PhotoLoft.com")  to  enable
Partner's  visitors  and  customers  ("Visitors")  to  register to use services,
store,  share  and  view  photo  albums  from  PhotoLoft.com.

2.0     LINK:  PhotoLoft.com  will cooperate to promptly develop (a) a specially
        -----
co-branded  PhotoLoft.com  page  using  both  PhotoLoft.com's  and  Tribal Voice
Pow-Wow  names and logos (the "Co-Branded Pages"); (b) links from Partner's Site
to  the  Co-Branded Pages (the "Links"); and ( c ) placement of the Tribal Voice
link  and  logo  on  the Digital Imaging and Resource Page within the PhotoLoft.
During the term of this Agreement, the Partner will make commercially reasonable
efforts  to  place  and  maintain  links to the PhotoLoft service from prominent
places  on  the  Partner  web  site.  A  link  from the Partner home page to the
PhotoLoft  service  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  Partner.

2.1     PhotoLoft.com  will provide a notice on each co-branded page disclaiming
responsibility of both PhotoLoft and Partner for the content of that page.   The
disclaimer  shall  be  mutually  agreed  to  by  both  parties.

3.0     USAGE:  Partner's  customers  will  be  offered  a one year free Premium
        -----
PhotoLoft  account.   Partner's  users  will  be identified by entering the site
through  the  co-branded  page.

4.0     PROMOTION  BY PHOTOLOFT.COM:  Every image posted by PhotoLoft's customer
        ----------------------------
will  be  identified  as  a  Partner's  customer.  Every time that that image is
viewed  by any PhotoLoft viewer, the logo of  Tribal Voice, Inc. will also be on
display  to  the  PhotoLoft  viewer.

5.0     PROMOTION  BY  PARTNER:  Tribal  Voice,  Inc.  will  participate  in the
        ----------------------
announcement  and  co-promotion  of  the  partnership  on-line,  and  with press
releases,  and by furnishing information to its licensees and clients. Usual and
customary  types of promotional activities outside the sites may be, but are not
limited  to:  special  rewards and loyalty points awards programs with sponsors,
tradeshow  and  convention  appearance  coordination  and  cooperation,  print,
broadcast  and  other media advertising, as appropriate and at the discretion of
Tribal  Voice.  Examples  of the type of promotion that Tribal Voice may do are:

5.1     Write and post a feature article on the PhotoLoft capability and post it
on  the  Partner  Home  Page.

5.2     Include  PhotoLoft  in  email  newsletters to the Partner customer base.

5.3     Highlight  PhotoLoft  in  the  Partner  Community  Spotlight  feature.

6.0     CO-PROMOTION:  PhotoLoft.com  and  Partner  will issue independent press
        ------------
releases  announcing  the  relationship.  Partner  and  PhotoLoft.com  will each
review  and  approve  the  others'  press  releases.

7.0     FURTHER  CUSTOMIZATION:  PhotoLoft.com has complete discretion on making
        ----------------------
any additional page modifications to the PhotoLoft portion of the Co-Branded web
site  after the initial design provided such changes do not compromise or demean
Tribal  Voice's  brand  name,  marketing image and logo.  Tribal Voice shall not
make  unreasonable  requests  that may interfere with the operation of the site.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com _____     Initials of Tribal Voice, Inc. _____     1
<PAGE>
7.1     Tribal  Voice  will  provide  input  regarding the contents of the login
page.  Tribal  Voice  and  PhotoLoft.com  shall  mutually  agree and approve the
contents  of  the  login  page.

7.2     It  is  agreed that in the event of a major logo change by Tribal Voice,
Inc., PhotoLoft.com will make commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate such
a  change,  provided  that  Tribal  Voice  agrees  to  a  reciprocal arrangement
concerning the PhotoLoft.com Logo and  Tribal Voice hosted  indicia and content.

8.0     TRADEMARKS:
        ----------

     PHOTOLOFT.COM  MARKS:  PhotoLoft.com  hereby  grants  Tribal  Voice, Inc. a
     ---------------------
nonexclusive  limited  license  to  use, reproduce and display the PhotoLoft.com
trademarks  and  logos  designated  by PhotoLoft.com on Tribal Voice, Inc.'s Web
Site  during  the  term of this Agreement in accordance with any guidelines that
PhotoLoft.com  may  provide  to  Tribal  Voice,  Inc.  from  time  to  time.
PhotoLoft.com  will  supply  Tribal  Voice, Inc. with electronic versions of the
PhotoLoft.com  trademarks  and  logos  for  Tribal  Voice,  Inc.'s  use.  All
representations  of  the  PhotoLoft.com  trademarks and logos that Tribal Voice,
Inc.  uses  will  be  exact  copies of those provided by PhotoLoft.com, or shall
first  be  submitted  to  PhotoLoft.com  for  approval.

     TRIBAL  VOICE, INC. MARKS: Tribal Voice, Inc. hereby grants PhotoLoft.com a
     --------------------------
nonexclusive  limited license to use, reproduce and display Tribal Voice, Inc.'s
trademarks  and  logos  designated by Tribal Voice, Inc. on the Co-Branded Pages
during  the term of this Agreement in accordance with any guidelines that Tribal
Voice,  Inc. may provide to PhotoLoft.com from time to time.  Tribal Voice, Inc.
will  supply  PhotoLoft.com  with  electronic versions of the Tribal Voice, Inc.
trademarks and logos for PhotoLoft.com's use.  All representations of the Tribal
Voice,  Inc.'s  trademarks  and  logos that PhotoLoft.com intends to use will be
exact  copies  of  those  provided  by  Tribal  Voice,  Inc.,  or shall first be
submitted  to  Tribal  Voice,  Inc.  for  approval.

9.0     PROPRIETARY  RIGHTS:  Except  as  expressly  provided herein, each party
        -------------------
shall  own  all  right,  title  and  interest in its respective web site and all
portions  thereof, including without limitation all intellectual property rights
therein.  Except  as  specifically  and  clearly  set  forth  in this Agreement,
neither  party shall be granted any right or license to any of the other party's
property,  including  intellectual property in its respective software, web site
or  any  portions  thereof

10.0     TERM:  This  Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and
         -----
shall  remain  in effect for a one (1) year term which shall renew automatically
for  successive  one-year  terms,  unless terminated by written notice by either
party thirty (30) days prior to the- end of  any one year term.  In the event of
a  breach,  the  non-breaching  party  may serve written notice of breach on the
breaching  party.  If  such  breach  is not cured within fourteen (14) days, the
non-breaching  party  may  immediately  terminate  this  Agreement.

11.0     TERMINATION  FOR  CONVENIENCE:  Either  party  may  terminate  this
         -----------------------------
agreement,  after  the  initial  90  days of the agreement, upon 60 days written
notice  to  the  other  party.  If  Tribal  Voice terminates the Agreement, then
Tribal  Voice  will  inform its users that they may continue to use the Service,
and  PhotoLoft  will  have  no  obligation to continue financial payments to the
Tribal  Voice.  If PhotoLoft terminates the agreement, then PhotoLoft and Tribal
voice  will inform users of a replacement service (if any) and continue with the
financial  terms  of  the  agreement  for  a  period  of  2  years.

12.0     EFFECTS  OF  TERMINATION:  Upon  termination  of  this  Agreement
         -------------------------
PhotoLoft.com  will  remove  all  branding  information and revenue sharing will
- -------------
cease asset forth in 11.0 above.  PhotoLoft.com will continue to support Partner
members with the same service and support as PhotoLoft supports its own members.

13.0     NON  ASSIGNMENT:  Neither  this  Agreement  nor  any  rights under this
         ---------------
Agreement  may be transferred, assigned or delegated by either party without the
prior  written  consent  of  the other party. , In the event the other party has
been  acquired  or  undergone  a  change  of  control, such consent shall not be
unreasonably  withheld.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com _____     Initials of Tribal Voice, Inc. _____     2
<PAGE>
14.0     INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR:  With  respect to all matters relating to this
         ------------------------
Agreement,  each party is deemed to be an independent contractor.  Neither party
shall represent itself as an employee, servant, agent or legal representative of
the  other party for any purposes whatsoever.  The term "Partner" is descriptive
and  not  indicative  of legal partnership, joint venture or co-ownership of any
assets  or  interests.

15.0     GOVERNING LAW/DISPUTE RESOLUTION:  The parties intend this Agreement to
         --------------------------------
be  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of California.  Tribal
Voice, Inc.and PhotoLoft.com agree that they will attempt to settle any claim or
controversy  arising  out of this Agreement through consultation and negotiation
in  the  spirit  of  mutual  friendship  and cooperation.  Any dispute which the
parties  cannot resolve between themselves in good faith may be submitted to the
courts  of  the  State  of  California.

16.0     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR
         -----------------------
ANY  LOST  PROFIT  OR  OTHER  COMMERCIAL  DAMAGE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
INDIRECT,  SPECIAL,  CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
ARISING  OUT  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT.

17.0     INDEMNIFICATION  BY PHOTOLOFT.COM: PhotoLoft.com, Inc. shall indemnify,
         ---------------------------------
defend,  save  and hold Partner harmless from any and all liabilities, including
attorney's  fees  and  costs, arising out of claims that the PhotoLoft.com, Inc.
software  and  documentation,  and  the other intellectual property developed or
provided  by  PhotoLoft.com,  Inc.  hereunder  infringe  the  patent, trademark,
copyright,  trade secret or other proprietary or intellectual property rights of
others.  Partner  shall  promptly  notify  PhotoLoft.com,  Inc.  in  writing  if
PhotoLoft.com,  Inc.  becomes  subject  to  any such claims. PhotoLoft.com, Inc.
shall  assume  defense  of such claim at its own expense and with counsel of its
own  choosing.

18.0     MEMBER  DATA:  During  the term of this Agreement members who enter via
         ------------
the  Partner Co-Brand area shall provide only the necessary user information for
registration  to  access  the  Services  being  provided  as if entering via the
PhotoLoft.com  site.  No prospective user shall be allowed to register to access
the  service  unless  the  user  agrees  to  provide such information during the
registration  process  and agree to the terms and conditions as specified in the
Member  Agreement

19.0     REVENUE SHARING: PhotoLoft.com agrees to share net advertising revenues
         ----------------
on page views originated by Partner community members.   All advertising revenue
sharing  is  based  on net income received by PhotoLoft.com after allowances are
made  for  commissions, agency fees, and any other fees.  PhotoLoft.com will pay
advertising  revenue  sharing  within  30  days  after  the  end of the calendar
quarter.  The  percentage  of revenue sharing that Partner will receive is based
on  page  views  according  to  the  following  schedule:

PAGE  VIEWS  PER  CALENDAR  MONTH               PERCENTAGE  REVENUE  SHARE
- ---------------------------------               --------------------------
0  to  250,000                                                       20.0%
250,001  to  500,000                                                 30.0%
500,001  and  above                                                  40.0%

19.1     Photoloft.com  will make commercially reasonable efforts to insure that
the commissions, agency fees, and any other fees do not exceed 40% or gross page
view  advertising  revenue.

20.0     ENTIRE  AGREEMENT:  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the
         -----------------
parties  and  supersedes  all previous understandings and agreements between the
parties  relating  to  the  subject  matter  hereof.

21.0     NOTICES:  Any  notice  or  request  required  to  be  given under or in
         --------
connection  with  this  Agreement  shall be in writing and given by facsimile or
postpaid  registered  or  certified  mail  return receipt requested. The date of
receipt shall be deemed the date on which such notice or request has been given.
Until  such  time  as  written  notice of a change of address is given by either
party  to  the  other,  any  such notice or request shall be deemed sufficiently
addressed  when  directed  to  the addresses of the parties set out in the first
paragraph  of  this  Agreement.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com _____     Initials of Tribal Voice, Inc. _____     3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in as of the
Effective  Date:

     By:____________________     By:_____________________
     Name:  Jack  Marshall       Name:

     Date:  5/7/99               Date:  5/3/99

     Title:  President           Title:  V.P  Marketing
     PhotoLoft.com,  Inc.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com _____     Initials of Tribal Voice, Inc. _____     4
<PAGE>



                               PHOTOLOFT.COM, INC.

                         CO-BRANDED MARKETING AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  is  made  this  __May  12,1999___________________  (the
"Effective  Date")  between Netopia, Inc. a Delaware corporation, having a place
of  business  at  2470  Mariner  Square Loop, Alameda, CA 94501 ("Partner"), and
PhotoLoft.com,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation  having a place of business at 300
Orchid  City  Drive  Suite  #142,  Campbell, California 95008 ("PhotoLoft.com").

                                    RE CITALS

     A.     PhotoLoft.com offers certain proprietary software for the uploading,
editing  and  management  of photos and images (the "Software") and services for
creation,  maintenance  and  storage  of  on-line  digital  photo albums via its
PhotoLoft.com  web  site  (the  "Service").

     B.     PhotoLoft.com and Partner desire to provide the Service to Partner's
customers  through  the  creation  of  a  Co-Branded  PhotoLoft.com  site  on
PhotoLoft.com's  server (having the URL address http://www.PhotoLoft.com/netopia
to  enable  Partner's  visitors  and  customers  ("Visitors") to register to use
services  or  view  photo  albums  from  PhotoLoft.com.

                                    AGREEMENT

     For  good  and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
is  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  agree  as  follows:

1.     CO-BRANDING.
       -----------

     1.1     Co-Branded  Pages.  Upon  the  Effective  Date,  PhotoLoft.com will
             -----------------
promptly  develop (a) a co-branded version of the standard Premium PhotoLoft.com
service  offering  (the  "Co-Branded  Pages")  at  the  URL  address
http://www.PhotoLoft.com/netopia  showing  the  logo of Partner.  The Co-Branded
                   -------------
Pages  will  offer  users  all  of  the  functionality  and  look  and  feel  of
PhotoLoft.com's  standard  Premium  service  offering with the sole exception of
adding  Partner's  logo.   During  the  term of this Agreement, the Partner will
maintain Links on the Partners home page/front page, toolbar/menu bar, and other
appropriate  locations  to  be  agreed  upon  by  PhotoLoft.com  and  Partner.
PhotoLoft.com  reserves  the  right to make any additional page modifications to
the Co-Branded Pages after the initial design or refuse to include any design or
elements  that  interfere  with  the  operations  of the Co-Branded Pages or the
Service,  provided,  however,  that the Co-Branded Pages at all times will offer
users  all  of  the  functionality and look and feel of PhotoLoft.com's standard
Premium  service.

     2.     MARKETING BY PARTNER.   Partner will provide a logo on visible areas
            --------------------
of  Partner's pages with a link to the Co-branded Pages.  Partner will email all
current  users announcing new photo and album sharing capability. Partner agrees
to  place  the  PhotoLoft  offer  on  customers'  private  pages.

     3.     MARKETING  BY  PHOTOLOFT.COM.  PhotoLoft.com  shall  offer Partner's
            ----------------------------
customers  a  free  Premium  PhotoLoft.com account for a period of one (1) year.
Partner's  customers  will  be  identified by the co-branded entrance page which
will  be  referred  to  from  Partner's  site.  Every  image posted by Partner's
customer  will be identified as having been posted by Partner's customer.  Every
time  that image is viewed by any user on the PhotoLoft.com branded site, a logo
of  the  Partner containing that image will also be displayed to that user.  The
size  and  placement of the logo will be at the discretion of the PhotoLoft.com.

     4.     CO-PROMOTION:  Upon  completion  of  the  Co-Branded  Pages,  the
            ------------
Co-Branded Software and associated links, PhotoLoft.com and Partner will issue a
joint  press  release.  In  addition,  Partner will notify its installed base of
customers  of  the  availability  of  PhotoLoft.com via e-mail or other mutually
agreed  upon  method.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            1
<PAGE>
     5.     LICENSES  AND  OWNERSHIP.
            ------------------------

     5.1     Licenses  by  PhotoLoft.com  to  Partner.  During  the term of this
             ----------------------------------------
Agreement  PhotoLoft.com  hereby  grants  to Partner a non-exclusive, worldwide,
nontransferable,  royalty  free  license  to  use PhotoLoft.com's trademarks and
logos,  as the same may be modified from time to time by PhotoLoft.com, only for
the  purposes  of  this  Agreement.  All  representations  of  the PhotoLoft.com
trademarks and logos that Partner uses will be exact copies of those provided by
PhotoLoft.com,  or  shall  first  be  submitted  to  PhotoLoft.com for approval.
PhotoLoft.com  will supply Partner with electronic versions of the PhotoLoft.com
trademarks  and  logos  for  Partner's  use.

     5.2     Licenses  by  Partner  to  PhotoLoft.com.  During  the term of this
             ----------------------------------------
Agreement  Partner  hereby  grants  PhotoLoft.com  a  nonexclusive,  worldwide,
nontransferable,  royalty free license to use Partner's trademarks and logos, as
the  same may be modified from time to time by Partner, only for the purposes of
this  Agreement.  All  representations  of the Partner trademarks and logos that
PhotoLoft.com  uses  will be exact copies of those provided by Partner, or shall
first  be  submitted  to Partner for approval. Partner will supply PhotoLoft.com
with electronic versions of the Partner trademarks and logos for PhotoLoft.com's
use.

     5.3     Ownership  by  PhotoLoft.com.  PhotoLoft.com  shall  own all right,
             ----------------------------
title,  and  interest  in the PhotoLoft.com trademarks and logos, the Co-Branded
Pages,  the  services  offered  by  PhotoLoft.com  at  www.PhotoLoft.com and all
Intellectual  Property  Rights  therein, including any derivatives, improvements
thereof.  For  purposes  of this Agreement, "Intellectual Property Rights" shall
mean  all  patent  rights,  copyrights,  trademarks, service marks, trade dress,
trade  secrets  and  other  intangible  rights.  PhotoLoft.com  disclaims  any
ownership  interest  in  the  images  and  content  posted by its members to the
Partner  Co-Branded  area  and  the  Service.

     5.4     Ownership  by  Partner.  Partner  shall  own  all right, title, and
             ----------------------
interest in Partner's trademarks and logos, and all Intellectual Property Rights
therein,  including  any  derivatives,  or  improvements  thereof.

     5.5     Joint  Ownership.  PhotoLoft.com  and Partner shall jointly own the
             ----------------
data  regarding the persons accessing the Co Branded Pages.  Neither party shall
be  required to account to the other party, or share any of the profits from the
use,  if  any,  of  such  data.

     5.6     No  Implied  Licenses.     Except  as  specifically  and  clearly
             ---------------------
set forth in this Agreement, neither party shall be granted any right or license
to  any  of  the  other party's property, including intellectual property in its
respective  software,  web  site  or  any  portions  thereof.

     6.     PAYMENT:  The  business  terms  for  this  Agreement  are defined in
            -------
Exhibit  A.

     7.     REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.
            --------------------------------

     7.1     Representations  and  Warranties  of  Partner.  Partner  hereby
             ---------------------------------------------
represents  and  warrants to PhotoLoft.com that:  (i) Partner has the full power
and  authority  to  enter  into  this Agreement and to carry out its obligations
under this Agreement; (ii) Partner has the full power and authority to grant the
rights  and  licenses  granted  to  PhotoLoft.com  in  this Agreement; and (iii)
Partner  owns  the  Partner  trademarks  and  logos.

     7.2     Representations and Warranties of PhotoLoft.com.  PhotoLoft.com
             -----------------------------------------------
hereby  represents  and  warrants  to Partner that (i) Photloft.com has the full
power  and  authority  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and  to  carry  out its
obligations  under  this  Agreement;  (ii)  PhotoLoft.com has the full power and
authority to grant the rights and licenses granted to Partner in this Agreement;
and  (iii)  PhotoLoft.com  owns  the  PhotoLoft.com  trademarks  and  logos.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            2
<PAGE>
     7.3     THE  PHOTOLOFT.COM  SERVICES FURNISHED AS A RESULT OF OR UNDER
THIS  AGREEMENT  ARE  PROVIDED  ON  AN  "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES OR
REPRESENTATIONS  EXPRESS,  IMPLIED  OR STATUTORY; INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
WARRANTIES  OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, NONINFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR  A  PARTICULAR  PURPOSE. NOR ARE THERE ANY WARRANTIES CREATED BY A COURSE OF
DEALING,  COURSE  OF  PERFORMANCE OR TRADE USAGE. PHOTOLOFT.COM DOES NOT WARRANT
THAT  THE  SERVICES, WILL MEET PARTNER'S OR ANY END USERS' NEEDS OR BE FREE FROM
ERRORS,  OR  THAT  THE  OPERATION  OF  ITS  WEB PAGES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. THE
FOREGOING  EXCLUSIONS  AND  DISCLAIMERS ARE AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS AGREEMENT.

8.     COVENANTS.
       ---------

     8.1     Adult  Content.  PhotoLoft.com  shall  make  reasonable  commercial
             --------------
efforts  to  prevent  pornographic  material from being publicly viewable on the
Co-Branded  Pages.  Accordingly,  all members registering through the Co-Branded
Pages shall agree to be bound by the Member Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit
                                                                         -------
B.
- --

     8.2     Member  Data.  During  the  term  of  this  Agreement,  any members
             ------------
entering  via  the  Co-Branded  pages  shall provide only such information as is
necessary to register to access the Service in the same manner as if such member
was  entering  the  Service  through  the  PhotoLoft.com  branded  site.

     8.3     Technical  Support.  PhotoLoft.com  shall provide technical support
             ------------------
to  the  users  of  the  Co-Branded  Pages.  Technical support shall be provided
through  e-mail.  In  order to obtain support, users shall send their questions,
comments  or  requests  to  [email protected].  PhotoLoft.com  shall  use
reasonable  efforts  to  respond  in  a timely manner.  PhotoLoft.com shall also
provide  technical  support to Partner.  Support to Partner shall be provided by
e-mail  and telephone. Telephone support shall be provided Monday through Friday
9:00a.m  to  5:00  p.m. Pacific Standard Time, except for holidays.  Evening and
weekend  support  shall  be  provided  via  pager.

     9.     CONFIDENTIALITY.
            ---------------

     9.1     Agreement as Confidential Information.  The parties shall treat the
             -------------------------------------
terms  and conditions of this Agreement as Confidential Information.  Each party
shall  obtain the other's consent prior to any publication, presentation, public
announcement  or  press release concerning the existence or terms and conditions
of  this  Agreement.

     9.2     Confidential  Information.  "Confidential  Information"  means  all
             -------------------------
information  identified  in  written  or  oral format by the Disclosing Party as
confidential, trade secret or proprietary information, and, if disclosed orally,
summarized  in written format within thirty (30) days of disclosure. "Disclosing
Party"  is  the  party disclosing Confidential Information. "Receiving Party" is
the  party  receiving  Confidential  Information.  The Receiving Party shall not
disclose  the  Confidential Information to any third party other than persons in
the  direct  employ of the Receiving Party who have a need to have access to and
knowledge  of  the  Confidential  Information  solely for the purpose authorized
above.  Each  party shall take appropriate measures by instruction and agreement
prior  to  disclosure  to  such  employees to assure against unauthorized use or
disclosure.  The  Receiving  Party  shall  have  no  obligation  with respect to
information  which (i) was rightfully in possession of or known to the Receiving
Party  without  any obligation of confidentiality prior to receiving it from the
Disclosing  Party;  (ii)  is,  or  subsequently  becomes,  legally  and publicly
available  without breach of this Agreement; (iii) is rightfully obtained by the
Receiving  Party  from  a  source  other  than  the Disclosing Party without any
obligation  of confidentiality; (iv) is disclosed by the Receiving Party under a
valid order created by a court or government agency, provided that the Receiving
Party  provides  prior written notice to the Disclosing Party of such obligation
and  the  opportunity  to  oppose  such  disclosure.  Upon written demand of the
Disclosing  Party,  the  Receiving  Party  shall  cease  using  the Confidential
Information  and  return  the  Confidential Information and all copies, notes or
extracts  thereof  to  the  Disclosing Party within seven (7) days of receipt of
notice.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            3
<PAGE>
10.     INDEMNITY  AND  LIMITATION  OF  LIABILITY.
        -----------------------------------------

     10.1     Indemnification  by  Partner.  Partner shall defend, indemnify and
              ----------------------------
hold  PhotoLoft.com  harmless  from  any and all damages, liabilities, costs and
expenses  (including, but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by
PhotoLoft.com  as  a  result of (i) any breach of this Agreement; (ii) any claim
that  the  Partner  trademarks  or  logos  or  any  part  thereof,  infringes or
misappropriates  any  Intellectual  Property  Right  of a third party; (iii) any
claim  arising  out of PhotoLoft.com 's display of Partner's trademark or logos.
PhotoLoft.com  shall provide Partner with written notice of the claim and permit
Partner to control the defense, settlement, adjustment or compromise of any such
claim.  PhotoLoft.com  may  employ  counsel at its own expense to assist it with
respect  to any such claim; provided, however, that if such counsel is necessary
because  of  a  conflict of interest of either Partner or its counsel or because
Partner  does not assume control, Partner will bear the expense of such counsel.

     10.2     Indemnification  by  PhotoLoft.com.  PhotoLoft.com  shall  defend,
              ----------------------------------
indemnify and hold Partner harmless from any and all damages, liabilities, costs
and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred
by  Partner as a result of (i) any breach of this Agreement; (ii) any claim that
the  Photoloft.com  trademarks  or  logos  or  any  part  thereof,  infringes or
misappropriates  any  Intellectual Property Right of a third party; or (iii) any
claim  arising out of Partner's display of the PhotLoft.com trademarks or logos.
Partner  shall provide PhotoLoft.com with written notice of the claim and permit
PhotoLoft.com  to  control  the defense, settlement, adjustment or compromise of
any  such claim. Partner may employ counsel at its own expense to assist it with
respect  to any such claim; provided, however, that if such counsel is necessary
because  of  a  conflict  of  interest of either PhotoLoft.com or its counsel or
because  PhotoLoft.com  does  not  assume  control,  PhotoLoft.com will bear the
expense  of  such  counsel.

     10.3     Limitation of Liability.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9 AND 10,
              -----------------------
UNDER  NO  CIRCUMSTANCES  WILL  EITHER  PARTY  BE  LIABLE TO THE OTHER UNDER ANY
CONTRACT,  STRICT  LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY, FOR
ANY  INCIDENTAL  OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SUBJECT  MATTER  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT.

     11.     TERM  AND  TERMINATION.
             ----------------------

     11.1     Term  of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall be effective upon the
              -------------------
Effective  Date  and  shall remain in force for a period of three (3) years, and
shall  be  automatically  renewed  for successive periods of one (1) year unless
otherwise  terminated  as  provided  herein.

     11.3     Termination  for  Cause.  This  Agreement  may  be terminated by a
              -----------------------
party  for  cause  immediately upon the occurrence of and in accordance with the
following:

     (a)     Insolvency  Event.  Either  may  terminate  this  Agreement  by
delivering  written  notice to the other party upon the occurrence of any of the
following  events: (i) a receiver is appointed for either party or its property;
(ii)  either  makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (iii)
either  party  commences,  or  has  commenced  against it, proceedings under any
bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  debtor's  relief  law,  which  proceedings  are not
dismissed  within  sixty  (60)  days;  or  (iv)  either  party  is liquidated or
dissolved.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            4
<PAGE>
     (b)     Default.  Either  party may terminate this Agreement effective upon
written notice to the other if the other party violates any covenant, agreement,
representation  or warranty contained herein in any material respect or defaults
or  fails  to  perform  any  of  its  obligations or agreements hereunder in any
material respect, which violation, default or failure is not cured within thirty
(30)  days  after  notice  thereof  from  the  non-defaulting  party stating its
intention  to  terminate  this  Agreement  by  reason  thereof.

     11.4     Survival  of  Rights and Obligations Upon Termination. Sections 6,
              -----------------------------------------------------
7,  8,  9,  10 and 12 shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

     11.5     Return  of Materials Upon Termination.  On or before ten (10) days
              -------------------------------------
after  the  termination of this Agreement, each party shall deliver to the other
party  all such other party's Confidential Information and trademarks and logos,
including  but not limited to all work product, diagrams, designs and schematics
in  Partner's  possession.

     12.     MISCELLANEOUS.
             -------------

     12.1     Force  Majeure.  Neither  party  shall  be liable to the other for
              --------------
delays  or  failures  in performance resulting from causes beyond the reasonable
control  of  that  party,  including,  but  not  limited  to, acts of God, labor
disputes  or  disturbances, material shortages or rationing, riots, acts of war,
governmental  regulations,  communication  or  utility  failures, or casualties.

     12.2     Relationship  of Parties.  The parties are independent contractors
              ------------------------
under  this  Agreement  and  no  other  relationship  is  intended,  including a
partnership,  franchise,  joint  venture,  agency, employer/employee, fiduciary,
master/servant relationship, or other special relationship.  Neither party shall
act  in  a  manner  which expresses or implies a relationship other than that of
independent  contractor,  nor  bind  the  other  party.  The  term  Partner  is
descriptive  and  does  not  imply  a  legal  partnership,  joint  venture,  or
co-ownership.

     12.3     No  Third  Party  Beneficiaries.  Unless  otherwise  expressly
              -------------------------------
provided,  no provisions of this Agreement are intended or shall be construed to
confer  upon or give to any person or entity other than PhotLoft.com and Partner
any  rights,  remedies  or  other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

     12.4     Equitable  Relief.  Each  party  acknowledges that a breach by the
              -----------------
other  party  of  any  confidentiality  or  proprietary rights provision of this
Agreement  may  cause  the non-breaching party irreparable damage, for which the
award  of  damages  would  not  be  adequate  compensation.  Consequently,  the
non-breaching  party  may institute an action to enjoin the breaching party from
any  and  all  acts  in  violation  of  those  provisions, which remedy shall be
cumulative  and  not  exclusive, and a party may seek the entry of an injunction
enjoining  any  breach  or threatened breach of those provisions, in addition to
any  other  relief to which the non-breaching party may be entitled at law or in
equity.

     12.5     Attorneys'  Fees.  In  addition  to  any other relief awarded, the
              ----------------
prevailing  party  in any action arising out of this Agreement shall be entitled
to  its  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  costs.

     12.6     Notices.  Any  notice  required or permitted to be given by either
              -------
party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered
or  sent  by  a  reputable overnight mail service (e.g., Federal Express), or by
first  class  mail (certified or registered), or by facsimile confirmed by first
class  mail  (registered  or  certified),  to the party at the address indicated
above.  Notices  will  be  deemed  effective  (i)  three  (3) working days after
deposit,  postage  prepaid,  if  mailed,  (ii) the next day if sent by overnight
mail,  or  (iii)  the  same  day if sent by facsimile and confirmed as set forth
above.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            5
<PAGE>
     12.7     Non  Assignment.  Neither this Agreement nor any rights under this
              ----------------
Agreement  may be transferred, assigned or delegated by either party without the
prior  written  consent  of the other party, which consent shall not be withheld
unreasonably.

     12.8     Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by California law.
              -------------

     12.9     Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  contains  the  entire
              -----------------
agreement  between  the  parties  and  supercedes  all  previous understandings,
agreements,  correspondence  and  memorandums  between  the  parties  hereto.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in as of the
Effective  Date:


PHOTOLOFT.COM:           PARTNER:


By:/S/ Jack  Marshall    By:/S/ Alan Lefkof
   --------------------     --------------------
Name: Jack  Marshall     Name:
Title:_________________  Title:_________________
Date:__________________  Date:__________________



TABLE  OF  EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT  A  -     BUSINESS  TERMS
EXHIBIT  B  -     MEMBER  AGREEMENT

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            6
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                                 BUSINESS TERMS


1.     ADVERTISING

a.     PhotoLoft.com will be solely responsible for selling the ads shown on the
Co-Brand  Pages.  PhotoLoft.com  will  insure  that  no  ads  are  shown  on the
Co-Branded  Pages  for  companies  that  are  directly competitive with Partner.
Partner  agrees  to  provide  PhotoLoft.com a complete list of companies that it
considers  to be its direct competitors and that Partner will be responsible for
updating  such  list  on  behalf  of  PhotoLoft.com.

b.     PhotoLoft.com  will  pay  to  Partner  fifteen  percent  (15%)  of  all
advertising  revenues  actually  received by PhotoLoft.com.  Partner understands
that  PhotoLoft.com  may  use  third  party agencies to manage the sales of such
advertising,  and  that such agencies deduct their ad sales commissions prior to
making any payments to PhotoLoft.com.  As a result Partner's revenue share is on
those  amounts  actually  received  by  PhotoLoft.com.

2.     REPORTING  AND  PAYMENT

a.     PhotoLoft.com  shall  make all payments due to Partner within thirty (30)
days  of the end of each calendar quarter for all amounts received under Exhibit
A,  Section 1(b) and Exhibit A, Section 2(b) during such calendar quarter.  Such
payments  will  be  accompanied  by  a report which shall provide all reasonably
necessary  information  for  computation of the amounts due Partner, if any, for
the  applicable period.   Such report shall also provide Partner with statistics
on  the  number of users that sign up to use the service on the Co-Branded Pages
and  shall  provide  Partner  with the last name and zip code of all such users.

c.     PhotoLoft.com agrees to keep accurate books of account and records at its
principal  place of business covering all amounts receives for advertising sales
and  commissions  on  commerce related to the Co-Branded Pages.  Upon reasonable
notice  of not less than seven (7) business days, but in no event more than once
per  year  (unless  the  immediately  preceding  audit  showed  a  material
underpayment), Partner shall have the right, subject to suitable confidentiality
measures,  to  cause  a certified public accountant at Partner's sole expense to
inspect  those  portions of the books of account and records which relate to the
royalties  owed  Partner, to confirm that the correct amount owing Partner under
this Agreement has been paid. PhotoLoft.com shall maintain such books of account
and  records  which  support  each  statement  for  at least two years after the
termination  or  expiration of this contract or for at least two years after the
final  payment  made  by  PhotoLoft.com  to  Partner,  whichever  is  later.

d.     Partner  agrees  to  keep  accurate  books  of account and records at its
principal place of business covering all sales resulting from the use of Partner
supplied  banners  on  the Co-Branded Pages.  Upon reasonable notice of not less
than  seven  (7)  business days, but in no event more than once per year (unless
the  immediately  preceding audit showed a material underpayment), PhotoLoft.com
shall  have  the right, subject to suitable confidentiality measures, to cause a
certified  public  accountant  at  PhotoLoft.com's sole expense to inspect those
portions  of the books of account and records which relate to the royalties owed
PhotoLoft.com, to confirm that the correct amount owing PhotoLoft.com under this
Agreement  has  been  paid.  Partner  shall  maintain  such books of account and
records  which  support  each  statement  for  at  least  two  years  after  the
termination  or  expiration of this contract or for at least two years after the
final  payment  made  by  Partner  to  PhotoLoft.com,  whichever  is  later.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            7
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B
            PHOTOLOFT.COM AND PARTNER PRIVATE LABEL MEMBER AGREEMENT

PhotoLoft.com,  Terms  and  Conditions

AGREEMENT  FOR  USE  OF PHOTOLOFT.COM WEB HOSTING AND E-COMMERCE SERVICES BEFORE
YOU  USE  OR  ACCEPT  THE  WEB  HOSTING  OR  E-COMMERCE  SERVICES  PROVIDED  BY
PHOTOLOFT.COM,  AND  IN  ORDER  TO CONTINUE THE USE OF THESE SERVICES, CAREFULLY
READ  THE  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT. BY  INPUTTING SUBSCRIBER
INFORMATION, REGISTERING, OR ACTIVATING YOUR WEB  HOSTING ACCOUNT or CLICKING ON
THE  "I  ACCEPT"  BUTTON,  YOU  ARE AGREEING  TO BE BOUND BY, AND ARE BECOMING A
PARTY  TO,  THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO  NOT ACCEPT AND AGREE TO ALL THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT,  DO NOT INPUT SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION, REGISTER, OR
ACTIVATE  YOUR  ACCOUNT.This  agreement ("Agreement") becomes effective when you
complete  all  of the membership information required on the Member Registration
Form  and  indicate your agreement to this Member Agreement by "clicking" on the
"I  ACCEPT" button when it is presented. This Agreement is between PHOTOLOFT.COM
("PhotoLoft"),  a  Nevada  corporation,  and  the  Member  ("Member,"  "you," or
"your").  This  Agreement  sets  forth  the
terms  and  conditions  under which you agree to use PhotoLoft's Web Hosting and
eCommerce  Services  ("Service"  or  "Services").

1.  Terms  of  Service

A.  Commencing on the date on which you initiate the Services, you will have use
of the Services pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the
accompanying  Acceptable  Use  Policy.  In  exchange,  you  will pay the current
charges  for  such  Services,  if  applicable. The Free Basic PhotoLoft Account,
providing  simple  photo  uploading  capability,  shall  be  free of charge. The
Premium  PhotoLoft  Account, providing greater functionality, shall be available
at the price regularly posted on the PhotoLoft Web site (www.photoloft.com). The
terms,  conditions,  and  charges for the Services may be periodically modified.
Such  modified  terms, conditions, and charges can be found at the PhotoLoft Web
site  (www.photoloft.com). After notice of a modification, your continued use of
the Services constitutes an affirmative agreement to be bound by such new terms,
conditions,  and  charges.

B.  The  Services  shall  continue until such time as you provide PhotoLoft with
notice  that  you  wish  to  discontinue  the  Services,  or  the  Services  are
terminated and/or canceled by PhotoLoft, as set forth herein. For termination of
the  Premium  PhotoLoft  Account, notice must have been received by PhotoLoft at
least  two  billing  days  prior  to  the  yearly billing date in order to avoid
charges  for  the  subsequent  year.

C.  PHOTOLOFT  reserves the right to modify or discontinue the Services, and any
rates,  terms,  or  conditions,  at  any  time.

2.  Modifications.

PhotoLoft may modify this Agreement and its Acceptable Use Policy at any time in
its  sole  discretion.  Any  modification is effective immediately upon either a
posting  on  the  PhotoLoft  Home  Page,  or by a message from PhotoLoft sent by
electronic  mail, or by conventional mail. If any modification to this Agreement
is  unacceptable to you, you may immediately terminate the Services. However, if
you  do  not  terminate  the Services, or continue to use the Services following
modification  to  this  Agreement,  your  continued  use will mean that you have
accepted  that  modification.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            8
<PAGE>
3.  Fees.

For  all  Charges  for  the  Services,  PhotoLoft  will  bill  your credit card.
Recurring charges are billed in advance of service. In the event legal action is
necessary  to  collect on balances due, you agree to reimburse PhotoLoft for all
expenses  incurred to recover sums due, including attorneys fees and other legal
expenses.  You  are  responsible  for  purchase  of, and payment of charges for,
Internet  Access  Services and Telecommunications Services needed for use of the
Services.

4.  Personal Information. You hereby certify that you are not a minor. A minor's
parent  or  legal guardian may authorize a minor to use his/her account(s) under
supervision  by  the parent or guardian. For purposes of identification, billing
and  marketing,  you must provide accurate, complete, and updated information to
register  for  use  of the Services ("Member Registration Data"), including your
legal  name,  address,  telephone  number(s),  and  applicable payment data (for
example,  a  credit  card  number and expiration date). You must provide updated
information  within  30  days  of  any changes in your Member Registration Data.
PhotoLoft  may  require  a  copy of a state-issued form of identification before
making  changes  to the billing information or registration data on a Customer's
account.

5.  Provision  of  Services.

You  understand and agree that temporary interruptions of the Services may occur
as normal events. You further understand and agree that PhotoLoft has no control
over  third  party  networks  you  may  access  in  the course of the use of the
Services,  and  therefore,  delays and disruption of other network transmissions
are  completely  beyond  the  control  of  PhotoLoft.

6.  Limitation  of  Liability

A.  PhotoLoft will make reasonable efforts to provide continuous, uninterrupted,
expedient, and error-free Service to you. Under no circumstances shall PhotoLoft
be liable to you or any other person for any special, incidental, consequential,
or  punitive damages of any kind, including without limitation, loss of profits,
loss  of  income  or  cost  of  replacement  Services.

B.  PhotoLoft's  liability  for  damages  in  regards  to  extraordinary  and
unreasonable  interruptions  of  service,  or  for  mistakes, omissions, delays,
errors  and  defects  (including,  but  not limited to, interruption of service,
deletion  of  files,  loss  of  or  damage  to  data, and damages resulting from
computer  viruses) in the provision of the Services, shall in no event exceed an
amount  equal  to  the  prorata  charges  to you for the period during which the
Services  are  affected.  YOU HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS PROVISION WILL  APPLY
WHETHER  OR NOT PHOTOLOFT IS GIVEN NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND
THAT THIS PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ALL CONTENT, MERCHANDISE OR SERVICES AVAILABLE
FROM  PHOTOLOFT  OR  ITS  AFFILIATES  AND  VENDORS.

C.  EXCEPT  AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, PHOTOLOFT HEREBY DISCLAIMS
ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS, MERCHANTABILITY,
AND PERFORMANCE. D. PHOTOLOFT MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT THE SERVICES WILL MEET YOUR
REQUIREMENTS,  OR  THAT  THE  SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, TIMELY, SECURE, OR
ERROR  FREE;  NOR  DOES  PHOTOLOFT  MAKE  ANY  WARRANTY  AS  TO  THE ACCURACY OR
RELIABILITY OF ANY INFORMATION OBTAINED THROUGH THE SERVICES. YOU UNDERSTAND AND
AGREE THAT ANY MATERIAL AND/OR DATA UPLOADED, DOWNLOADED, OR OTHERWISE OBTAINED,
THROUGH  THE  USE OF THE SERVICES IS DONE AT YOUR OWN RISK, AND THAT YOU WILL BE
SOLELY  RESPONSIBLE  FOR ANY DAMAGE TO YOUR COMPUTER SYSTEM OR LOSS OF DATA THAT
RESULTS FROM THE UPLOAD OR DOWNLOAD OF SUCH MATERIAL AND/OR DATA. NO ORAL ADVICE
OR  WRITTEN  INFORMATION GIVEN BY PHOTOLOFT, ITS EMPLOYEES, LICENSORS, AGENTS OR
THE  LIKE,  WILL  CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU MAY NOT RELY ON SUCH ORAL ADVICE OR
WRITTEN  INFORMATION.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____            9
<PAGE>
D. Through your use of the Services, you may have the opportunities to engage in
commercial  transactions  with other Internet users and vendors. You acknowledge
that  all  transactions  relating  to any merchandise or services offered by any
party,  including,  but  not  limited  to  the  purchase  terms,  payment terms,
warranties,  guarantees,  maintenance  and  delivery  terms  relating  to  such
transactions,  are  agreed  to  solely  between  the seller or purchaser of such
merchandize  and  services  and  you.  PHOTOLOFT MAKES NO WARRANTY REGARDING ANY
TRANSACTIONS  EXECUTED  THROUGH,  OR  IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE SERVICES, AND YOU
UNDERSTAND  AND  AGREE THAT SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE CONDUCTED ENTIRELY AT YOUR OWN
RISK.

7.  Indemnity

A.  You  agree to indemnify and hold PhotoLoft harmless from all claims, losses,
liens,  expenses,  suits  and attorneys' fees ("Liabilities") for injuries to or
death  of any person and for damages to or loss of any property which may in any
way  arise out of or result from or in connection with your use of the Services,
except  to the extent that such Liabilities arise from the willful misconduct of
PhotoLoft. B. You agree to indemnify PhotoLoft, its affiliates and subsidiaries,
in  the  event  that your use of the Services (i) constitutes a violation of any
law,  regulation  or  tariff  (including,  without  limitation,  copyright  and
intellectual  property laws); (ii) is defamatory, fraudulent or deceptive, (iii)
is  intended  to  threaten,  harass  or  intimidate,  (iv)  violates PhotoLoft's
Acceptable  Use  Policy  as  it is modified from time to time, or (v) interferes
with  other  customers'  use  or
enjoyment  of  the  Services  provided  by  PhotoLoft.

8.  Compatibility

You  are  solely  responsible for provisioning, configuration and maintenance of
all  equipment  and  software  on  your premises, including, without limitation,
computer  equipment,  photography  equipment and software, application software,
and  modems.  PhotoLoft  shall not be responsible for delays in the provision of
Services  resulting  from  incompatibility  of  such  equipment and software, or
resulting  from  improper  provisioning,  configuration  or  maintenance of such
equipment  and  software

9.  Advertising

You  shall  not  use PhotoLoft's name or any language, pictures or symbols which
could, in PhotoLoft's judgment, imply PhotoLoft's endorsement in any (i) written
or  oral  advertising  or  presentation,  or (ii) brochure, newsletter, book, or
other  written  material  of  whatever  nature,  without  prior written consent.

10.  Member  Responsibilities  and  Use  Limitations

A.  You  agree  to  comply  with  PhotoLoft's Acceptable Use Policy as it may be
modified  from  time  to  time,  and  to comply with the rules, regulations, and
policies  applicable  to  any  network  you access. Any violation of such rules,
regulation  and  policies,  or  any network policy document issued by PhotoLoft,
shall  be  cause  for  PhotoLoft  to  suspend  or  terminate  the  Services.

B. You agree that you will not place or allow anyone using your account to place
any  copyrighted material on the Service without the permission of the copyright
owner  or persons authorized by the copyright owner to grant permission. You are
responsible  for  obtaining  the  necessary  permission  before  permitting  any
copyrighted material that belongs to others to be placed on the Service. You may
download  the  material  available  on  the  Service  only  for  your  personal,
non-commercial  use.  Except  as  authorized  to  use  material  without express
permission  under  the  copyright  laws,  you  are  responsible  for  obtaining
permission  before  reusing  any  copyrighted  material that is available on the
Service.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____           10
<PAGE>
C.  Nothing  contained  in  this Agreement may be construed to convey to you any
interest, title, or license in the user ID, URL, IP Address, or domain name used
by  you  in  connection  with  the  Services.

D.  PhotoLoft reserves the right to suspend or terminate the Services to you, or
to  suspend  or  terminate  any user ID, URL, IP Address, or domain name used by
you,  in the event it is used in a manner which (i) constitutes violation of any
law,  regulation  or  tariff  (including,  without  limitation,  copyright  and
intellectual  property  laws);  (ii)  is  defamatory,  fraudulent,  obscene  or
deceptive;  (iii)  is  intended to threaten, harass or intimidate; (iv) tends to
damage  the  name  or  reputation  of  PhotoLoft,  its  parent,  affiliates  and
subsidiaries;  (vi)  violates  PhotoLoft's  Acceptable  Use  Policy  or  (vii)
interferes  with  other customers' use and enjoyment of the Services provided by
PhotoLoft.

E.  You understand and agree that any attempt to break security, or to access an
account  which  does not belong to you, shall be considered a material breach of
this  Agreement,  and such breach may result in suspension or termination of the
Services.  You  further  agree  to  immediately  notify  PhotoLoft  of  (i)  any
unauthorized use of your account and/or (ii) any breach, or attempted breach, of
security  known  to  you.

11.  License  Grant  and  Copyright  Notice

A.  You  retain  all  rights  in  any material uploaded to the Service by you or
others you authorize to use your account. You grant PhotoLoft and its designated
licensees  a  non-exclusive,  paid-up,  perpetual,  and worldwide right to copy,
distribute,  display,  perform, publish, translate, adapt, modify, and otherwise
use  such  material  in  connection with the PhotoLoft Service regardless of the
medium,  technology,  or  form  in  which  it  is
used.

B. The entire content of the Service is copyrighted by PhotoLoft as a collective
work  under  the  United  States  copyright  laws.  Portions  of the Service are
provided  to  PhotoLoft under license. The copying, reproduction, or publication
of any part of the Service is prohibited, unless expressly authorized in writing
by  PhotoLoft.  1.  Force Majeure Neither PhotoLoft nor you shall be responsible
for  damages  or  for  delays  or failures in performance resulting from acts or
occurrences  beyond  their  reasonable  control,  including, without limitation:
fire,  lightning,  explosion,  power  surge or failure, water, acts of God, war,
revolution,  civil  commotion or acts of civil or military authorities or public
enemies: any law, order, regulation, ordinance, or requirement of any government
or  legal  body  or  any representative of any such government or legal body; or
labor  unrest,  including  without limitation, strikes, slowdowns, picketing, or
boycotts;  inability to secure raw materials, transportation facilities, fuel or
energy  shortages,  or  acts  or  omissions  of  other  common  carriers.

12.  Cancellation,  Termination,  and  Assignment

A.  In  the  event  that  a  ruling,  regulation, or order issued by a judicial,
legislative  or  regulatory body causes PhotoLoft to believe that this Agreement
and/or  the  Services  provided  hereunder,  may be in conflict with such rules,
regulations,  or  orders,  PhotoLoft  may  suspend or terminate the Services, or
terminate  this  Agreement,  without  liability.

B.  Cancellation  Charges: PhotoLoft does not refund charges for unused service.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____           11
<PAGE>
C.  If  you  fail  to  pay  any  charge when due, including, but not limited to,
product charges, service charges, or taxes, or if you fail to perform or observe
any  other material term or condition of this Agreement, or if you provide false
or inaccurate information which is required for the provision of the Services or
is necessary to allow PhotoLoft to bill you for the Services, and such condition
continues  unremedied for thirty days, you shall be in default and PhotoLoft may
suspend  or  terminate  the  Services.

D.  You  may  not assign your account for Services to anyone without the express
written  consent  of PhotoLoft. Upon reasonable notice, PhotoLoft may assign its
rights  and  obligations  under  this  Agreement.

13.  Notices.

Any  notices  in  connection  with  this Agreement must be sent to each party as
follows:  if
to  PhotoLoft:
     300  Orchard  City  Drive  Suite  142
     Campbell,  CA  95008
     Email:[email protected]
if  to  you:
     Either  the e-mail address supplied for your account, or the address
     supplied  by  you  as  part  of  the  Member  Registration  Data.

Any  notices  or  communication under this Agreement will be deemed delivered to
the  party  receiving  such  communication (1) on the delivery date if delivered
personally  to  the party; (2) two business days after deposit with a commercial
overnight  carrier, with written verification of receipt; (3) five business days
after the mailing date, if sent by US mail, return receipt requested; (4) on the
delivery date if transmitted by confirmed facsimile; or (5) on the delivery date
if  transmitted  by  confirmed  e-mail.

14.  General:

A.  This  Agreement, and the provision of the Services, may be terminated at any
time  by  either  party  upon  written  notice  to  the  other.

B. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of
California.

C. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, in which
case  such  warranty  exclusions  may  not  apply  to  you.

D.  This  Agreement  and  the  accompanying Acceptable Use Policy constitute the
entire  agreement  between  you  and  PhotoLoft  with respect to the Service and
supersede  all  other  communications.

E. The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of PhotoLoft.com and its
service  providers,  licensors,  employees,  and agents; and each may assert and
enforce  those  provisions  directly  on  its  own  behalf.

15.  PhotoLoft.com  Acceptable  Use  Policy

Important Note: This document is updated often. Please make a habit of reviewing
it from time to time to stay abreast of acceptable as well as inappropriate uses
of your PhotoLoft.com ("PhotoLoft") account. Reports of activity in violation of
this  policy  may  be sent via e-mail to  [email protected] This document is
divided  into  the  following  sections:

                                         Introduction
                                         General  Information
                                         Web  Sites
                                         Security
                                         Network  Management
                                         Network  Performance
                                         Illegal  Activity

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____           12
<PAGE>
Introduction

PhotoLoft.com  has  established  an  Acceptable  Use Policy in order clarify the
duties and responsibilities of the Members. This document is intended to provide
a  general  understanding  of  PhotoLoft's  Acceptable Use Policy. The following
factors  guide  the establishment and enforcement of PhotoLoft's usage policies:

Ensure  reliable  service  to  our  customers

Ensure  security and privacy of our systems and network, as well as the networks
and  systems  of  others.

Comply  with  existing  laws

Maintain  our  reputation  as  a  responsible  service  provider

Encourage responsible use of the Internet and discourage activities which reduce
the  usability  and  value  of  Internet  services

Preserve  the  value  of Internet resources as a conduit for free expression and
exchange  of  information

Preserve  the  privacy  and  security  of  individual  users
We  do not routinely monitor the activity of accounts except for measurements of
system  utilization  and  the  preparation  of  billing records. However, in our
efforts  to  promote  good  citizenship  within  the Internet community, we will
respond  appropriately  if  we become aware of inappropriate use of our service.

If  your  account  is  used to violate the Acceptable Use Policy, we reserve the
right  to  terminate  your  service  without  notice.  We  may  also suspend the
account,  restrict  access  to  it,  or  remove  content from it if necessary or
appropriate.  We  prefer  to  advise customers of inappropriate behavior and any
necessary  corrective action. However, flagrant violations of the Acceptable Use
Policy  will  result in immediate termination of service. Our failure to enforce
this  policy,  for  whatever  reason,  shall not be construed as a waiver of our
right  to  do  so  at  any  time.

As  a  member  of  our  photographic  community,  you  must  use your membership
responsibly.  If you have any questions regarding this policy, please contact us
at  [email protected]

General  Information

Your  PhotoLoft  account  provides  you  with  the  opportunity to upload, view,
organize,  and  print  a  variety  of  your  photographs  and images quickly and
conveniently.  Your  use  of  these services is subject to the following policy.
Violations  of  this  policy  may  result in termination of your account with or
without  notice  in  accordance  with  the  Agreement  for  Use of PhotoLoft.com
Services  that  you  accepted  at  the  time  you  created  your  account.

In  general,  you  may  NOT  use  your  PhotoLoft  account:

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____           13
<PAGE>
In  a manner that violates any law, regulation, treaty or tariff or infringes on
the  legal  rights  of  any  third  party;

In  a  manner which is defamatory, fraudulent, indecent, offensive or deceptive;

To  threaten,  harass,  abuse  or  intimidate  others;

To  damage the name or reputation of PhotoLoft, its affiliates, or subsidiaries;

To break security on any computer network access an account that does not belong
to  you;  or

In  a  manner  that  interferes  with  other customers' use and enjoyment of the
services  provided  by  PhotoLoft.

PhotoLoft  reserves sole discretion to determine whether any use of the service
is  a  violation of this policy. Guidelines for using your account follows. This
information  is  only  a  guideline,  and  is  not intended to be all-inclusive.

Web  Sites

PhotoLoft  provides  storage space and access for photographs and images through
its  Web  Hosting  service. PhotoLoft will not routinely monitor the contents of
your  photo  albums.

You  are  solely responsible for any information contained in your photo albums.
However,  if  complaints  are  received regarding language, content, or graphics
contained  on  your  web site, PhotoLoft may, at its sole discretion, remove the
photographs  hosted on PhotoLoft servers and terminate your Web Hosting service.
We  may  also suspend the account, restrict access to it, or remove content from
it  if  necessary  or  appropriate.

You  may not use your web site to publish material that PhotoLoft determines, at
its sole discretion, to be unlawful, indecent, or objectionable. For purposes of
this  policy,  "material"  refers  primarily to photographs, but also extends to
cover  all  forms  of communication that the PhotoLoft site may allow, including
narrative  descriptions,  other  graphics  (including  illustrations,  images,
drawings,  logos),  executable programs, video recordings, and audio recordings.

Unlawful content is that which violates any law, statute, treaty, regulation, or
order.  This  includes,  but  is  not  limited to: obscene material; defamatory,
fraudulent,  or  deceptive  statements;  threatening, intimidating, or harassing
statements,  or  material that violates the privacy rights or property rights of
others  (copyrights  or  trademarks,  for  example).

Indecent  content  is  that  which  depicts  sexual or excretory activities in a
patently  offensive  matter  as  measured  by  contemporary community standards.

Objectionable content is otherwise legal content with which PhotoLoft concludes,
in  its  sole  discretion, it does not want to be associated in order to protect
its  reputation  and  brand image, or to protect its employees, shareholders and
affiliates.  This includes, but is not limited to, all content that, in the sole
discretion  of  PhotoLoft,  is  determined  to  be  advertising or otherwise for
commercial  purposes,  unless  expressly  permitted  in  writing  by  PhotoLoft.

Examples  of  prohibited  web  site  content:

Materials  that depict or describe scantily-clad and lewdly depicted male and/or
female forms or body parts, and which lack serious literary, artistic, political
or  scientific  value.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____           14
<PAGE>
Materials  that  suggest  or  depict  obscene,  indecent, vulgar, lewd or erotic
behavior,  and  which  lack  serious literary, artistic, political or scientific
value.

Materials  that  hold  PhotoLoft  including  its  affiliates,  employees  or
shareholders  up  to  public  scorn  or  ridicule.

Materials  that  encourage  the  commission of a crime; or which tends to incite
violence;  or  which  tends  to  degrade  any  person  or  group  based  on sex,
nationality,  religion,  color,  age,  marital  status,  sexual  orientation,
disability  or  political  affiliation.  Materials  including  product
advertisements.

Security

You  are  responsible  for any misuse of your account, even if the inappropriate
activity  was  committed  by  a  friend,  family  member,  guest,  or  employee.
Therefore,  you must take steps to ensure that others do not gain access to your
account. In addition, you may not use your account to breach security of another
account  or  attempt  to  gain unauthorized access to another network or server.

You  must  adopt  adequate security measures to prevent or minimize unauthorized
use  of  your  account.

You  may not attempt to circumvent user authentication or security of PhotoLoft.
This includes, but is not limited to, attempting to access data not intended for
you,  logging  into  or  making use of a server or account you are not expressly
authorized  to  access,  or  probing  the  security  of  other  networks. Use or
distribution of tools designed for compromising security is prohibited. Examples
of  these  tools  include,  but  are not limited to, password guessing programs,
cracking  tools  or  network  probing  tools.

Users  who  violate  systems  or  network  security  may incur criminal or civil
liability.  PhotoLoft  will cooperate fully with investigations of violations of
systems  or  network  security  at  other  sites, including cooperating with law
enforcement  authorities  in the investigation of suspected criminal violations.

Network  Management

You  are  responsible for ensuring that the services obtained from PhotoLoft are
used  in  an  appropriate  manner  by those who you encourage to view your photo
albums.  Therefore,  you  must  take  steps  to  manage  the use of the services
obtained from PhotoLoft in such a way that network abuse is minimized.  You must
respond  in  a  timely  manner  to  complaints concerning misuse of the services
obtained  from  PhotoLoft. Failure to responsibly manage the use of the services
obtained  from  PhotoLoft  may  be  cause  for  termination  of services to you.

Network  Performance

PhotoLoft  accounts operate on shared resources. Excessive use or abuse of these
shared network resources by one customer may have a negative impact on all other
customers.  Misuse  of  network  resources  in  a  manner  which impairs network
performance  is  prohibited by this policy and may result in termination of your
account.

You  are prohibited from excessive consumption of resources, including CPU time,
memory,  disk  space,  and  session  time.  You  may  not use resource-intensive
programs  which  negatively  impact  other  customers  or  the  performance  of
PhotoLoft  systems  or  networks.  PhotoLoft  reserves the right to terminate or
limit  such  activities.

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____           15
<PAGE>
Illegal  Activity

Any activity on our network that is a violation of any state or federal law is a
violation  of  this  policy and will result in immediate termination of service.
Prohibited  activities  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:

Transmitting  obscene  materials

Intentionally  spreading  or  threatening  to  spread  computer  viruses

Gaining  or  attempting  to  gain  unauthorized access to any network, including
PhotoLoft's  private  network  infrastructure

Accessing  or  attempting  to  access  information  not  intended  for  you

Transmitting  pirated  software

Initials  of  PhotoLoft.com  _____     Initials  of  Partner  _____           16

<PAGE>



LIST  OF  SUBSIDIARIES


Photoloft.com,  Inc.
A  California  Corporation




<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND IS
QUALIFIED  IN  ITS  ENTIRETY  BY  REFERENCE  TO  SUCH  FINANCIALS  STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1000

<S>                                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                           YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                       DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                          JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                            DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                      370000
<SECURITIES>                                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    0
<ALLOWANCES>                                     0
<INVENTORY>                                      0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                           1211100
<PP&E>                                       99800
<DEPRECIATION>                               34100
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             2939000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       502900
<BONDS>                                          0
<COMMON>                                      6700
                            0
                                      0
<OTHER-SE>                                 1762700
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               2939000
<SALES>                                     674300
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            674300
<CGS>                                       113000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               113000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                           1324000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             500
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            2411300
<INCOME-TAX>                                748000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        1663300
<DISCONTINUED>                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  0
<CHANGES>                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                               1633300
<EPS-BASIC>                                  .26
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  .18


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission